A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement

TR010020

6.1 Environmental Statement – Volume 1

A19/A184 Testos junction The main text

Improvement Planningscheme Act 2008

Infrastructure Planning (Applications: Prescribed Forms and Procedure) Regulations 2009 TR010020 APFP Regulation 5(2)(a)

Environmental Statement

Volume 1

Volume 6.1 July 2017

Page intentionally left blank for double-sided printing

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Infrastructure Planning

Planning Act 2008

The Infrastructure Planning (Applications: Prescribed Forms and Procedure) Regulations 2009

A19 / A184 TESTOS JUNCTION IMPROVEMENT

The A19 / A184 (Testos Junction Improvement) Development Consent Order 201[ ]

______

ENVIRONMENTAL STATEMENT VOLUME 1, THE MAIN TEXT ______

Regulation Number: APFP Regulation 5(2)(a)

Planning Inspectorate Scheme TR010020 Reference Application Document Reference TR010020/APP/6.1 Author: A19 Project Team & Highways England

Version Date Status of Version Rev 2 July 2017 Final

Planning Inspectorate Scheme Ref: TR010020 Application Document Ref: TR010020/APP/6.1

Page intentionally left blank for double-sided printing

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

DOCUMENT CONTROL SHEET

Project: A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Client: Highways England Project No: B0140300 Document Environmental Statement, Volume 1, Main Text ODtitle: Ref. No: B0140300/OD/130 DCO Ref. No: TR010020/APP/ 6.1

Originated by Checked by Reviewed by

Rev 0 Dan Johnston and Lowri McCann and Dan Johnston and multiple authors others (see list) others (see list) NAME As Project Manager I confirm that the INITIALS Approved above document(s) have been subjected to by Jacobs’ Check and Review procedure and Graeme Willis that I approve them for issue Approved NAME INITIALS by Costain Project Manager Ben Wade DATE May 2017 Draft for client review

Originated by Checked by Reviewed by

Rev 1 Dan Johnston and Emma Adam and Dan Johnston and multiple authors others (see list) others (see list) NAME As Project Manager I confirm that the INITIALS Approved above document(s) have been subjected to by Jacobs’ Check and Review procedure and Graeme Willis that I approve them for issue Approved NAME INITIALS by Costain Project Manager Ben Wade DATE June 2017 Draft for client approval

Originated by Checked by Reviewed by

Rev 2 Dan Johnston and Emma Adam and Dan Johnston and multiple authors others (see list) others (see list) NAME As Project Manager I confirm that the INITIALS Approved above document(s) have been subjected to by Jacobs’ Check and Review procedure and Graeme Willis that I approve them for issue Approved NAME INITIALS by Costain Project Manager Ben Wade DATE July 2017 Final

© Copyright 2017 Jacobs U.K. Limited. The concepts and information contained in this document are the property of Jacobs. Use or copying of this document in whole or in part without the written permission of Jacobs constitutes an infringement of copyright. Limitation: This document has been prepared on behalf of, and for the exclusive use of Jacobs’ client, and is subject to, and issued in accordance with, the provisions of the contract between Jacobs and the client. Jacobs accepts no liability or responsibility whatsoever for, or in respect of, any use of, or reliance upon, this document by any third party.

Planning Inspectorate Scheme Ref: TR010020 Application Document Ref: TR010020/APP/6.1

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Document Control

Document Title Environmental Statement, Volume 1, Main Text OD Document Ref. B0140300/OD/130 DCO Document TR010020/APP/6.1 Ref. Author Dan Johnston/multiple contributors (Jacobs) Owner Paul Ahdal (Highways England) Document Status Final

Revision History

Version Date Description Author 2 July 2017 Final Dan Johnston/ multiple contributors

Distribution List

Name Role Paul Ahdal Highways England Project Manager Sheena Crombie Highways England PTS

Approvals

Date of Name Signature Title Version Issue

Planning Inspectorate Scheme Ref: TR010020 Application Document Ref: TR010020/APP/6.1

Page intentionally left blank for double-sided printing

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS

Chapter No. Title Originator

Chapter 1 Introduction Dan Johnston, Jacobs

Chapter 2 The project Dan Johnston, Jacobs

Chapter 3 Consideration of alternatives Dan Johnston, Jacobs

Chapter 4 Consultation Dan Johnston, Jacobs

Chapter 5 Approach to the assessment Dan Johnston, Jacobs

Chapter 6 Air quality Abbie Smith, Jacobs

Chapter 7 Cultural heritage Rob McNaught, Jacobs

Chapter 8 Landscape and visual effects Helen Pope, Jacobs

Chapter 9 Ecology and nature conservation Andrew McIlwraith, Jacobs

Chapter 10 Geology and soils Anna Firth, Jacobs, with a contribution from Ted Rogers, Acorus

Chapter 11 Materials Steven Cooke, Jacobs

Chapter 12 Noise and vibration Stephan Booi, Jacobs

Chapter 13 People and communities Emily King and Lowri McCann, Jacobs, with a contribution from Ted Rogers, Acorus

Chapter 14 Road drainage and the water environment Lowri McCann, with contributions from Sam Flint, Katy Kemble and Sera Roberts, Jacobs

Chapter 15 Cumulative effects Dan Johnston, Jacobs

Environmental Master Plan Jeremy Parr, Jacobs

Figures Ivan Magaz, Jacobs

Page intentionally left blank for double-sided printing

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 1 5.2 The Design Manual for Roads and Bridges ...... 24 5.3 Study area ...... 24 5.4 Existing baseline, future conditions and the ‘do minimum’ scenario ...... 24 Chapter 1 Introduction ...... 1 5.5 Data gathering ...... 25 1.1 A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement ...... 1 5.6 Identifying potential impacts ...... 25 1.2 Legal basis for the environmental statement ...... 1 5.7 Significance of impacts ...... 25 1.3 General principles of EIA ...... 1 5.8 Mitigation, enhancement and residual impacts ...... 26 1.4 Purpose of the environmental statement ...... 1 Chapter 6 Air quality ...... 28 1.5 Scope and content of the environmental statement ...... 1 1.6 Availability of the environmental statement ...... 2 Executive summary ...... 28 1.7 How to make comments / the next steps in the process ...... 3 6.1 Introduction ...... 28 1.8 Other regulatory regimes ...... 3 6.2 Limitations of the assessment ...... 28 6.3 Legislative background ...... 29 Chapter 2 The Scheme ...... 4 6.4 Assessment approach and method ...... 30 2.1 The applicant and design team ...... 4 6.5 Baseline conditions ...... 32 2.2 Background to the Scheme ...... 4 6.6 Potential impacts (without mitigation)...... 35 2.3 Scheme objectives ...... 5 6.7 Mitigation ...... 36 2.4 The site and its surroundings ...... 5 6.8 Residual impacts and their significance ...... 36 2.5 Scheme description ...... 5 6.9 Cumulative effects ...... 37 2.6 Landscaping and environmental design ...... 6 Chapter 7 Cultural heritage ...... 38 2.7 Temporary and permanent land-take ...... 6 2.8 Changes to traffic flows ...... 7 Executive summary ...... 38 2.9 Drainage design ...... 11 7.1 Introduction ...... 38 2.10 Non-motorised user facilities ...... 11 7.2 Legislative and policy background ...... 38 2.11 Diversions of utilities ...... 12 7.3 Assessment approach and method ...... 40 2.12 Accommodation works ...... 13 7.4 Limitations of the assessment ...... 41 2.13 Materials ...... 13 7.5 Baseline conditions ...... 41 2.14 Construction programme ...... 13 7.6 Potential impacts (without mitigation)...... 44 2.15 Maintenance proposals ...... 14 7.7 Mitigation ...... 46 2.16 Design uncertainties, limits of deviation and the ‘Rochdale envelope’ ...... 15 7.8 Monitoring and maintenance ...... 46 2.17 Other schemes ...... 15 7.9 Residual impacts and their significance ...... 46 7.10 Cumulative effects ...... 46 Chapter 3 Consideration of alternatives ...... 16 Chapter 8 Landscape and visual effects ...... 50 3.1 Origins of the Scheme and strategic alternatives ...... 16 3.2 Early design options (2004) ...... 16 Executive summary ...... 50 3.3 Revised design options (2009) ...... 16 8.1 Introduction ...... 50 3.4 Non-motorised user options ...... 17 8.2 Legislative and policy background ...... 50 8.3 Limitations of the assessment ...... 53 Chapter 4 Consultation ...... 18 8.4 Assessment approach and method ...... 53 4.1 Purpose of consultation ...... 18 8.5 Baseline conditions ...... 54 4.2 Timeline of consultation ...... 18 8.6 Potential impacts (without mitigation)...... 59 4.3 Consultation on options ...... 18 8.7 Mitigation ...... 61 4.4 Development of the preferred option ...... 19 8.8 Monitoring and maintenance ...... 62 4.5 Consultation with third parties on EIA matters ...... 19 8.9 Residual impacts (effects) and their significance ...... 62 4.6 Consultation with the community – ‘Section 47’ ...... 21 8.10 Cumulative effects ...... 67 4.7 Consultation of ‘prescribed consultees’ – ‘Section 42’...... 22 Chapter 9 Ecology and nature conservation ...... 68 4.8 Environmental data requests ...... 23 Executive summary ...... 68 Chapter 5 Approach to the assessment ...... 24 9.1 Introduction ...... 68 5.1 Legislation and guidance on EIA ...... 24 9.2 Limitations of the assessment ...... 68

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

9.3 Legislative and policy background ...... 69 Executive summary ...... 140 9.4 Assessment approach and method ...... 72 13.1 Introduction ...... 140 9.5 Baseline conditions ...... 74 13.2 Limitations of the assessment ...... 140 9.6 Summary Resource Evaluation ...... 85 13.3 Legislative and policy background ...... 141 9.7 Future ecological baseline conditions without the Scheme ...... 86 13.4 Assessment approach and method ...... 144 9.8 Potential impacts ...... 86 13.5 Baseline conditions ...... 147 9.9 Mitigation ...... 90 13.6 Potential impacts (without mitigation)...... 153 9.10 Monitoring and maintenance ...... 94 13.7 Mitigation ...... 160 9.11 Residual impacts and their significance ...... 95 13.8 Maintenance ...... 162 9.12 Cumulative effects ...... 95 13.9 Residual impacts and their significance ...... 163 13.10 Cumulative Effects ...... 170 Chapter 10 Geology and soils ...... 96 Chapter 14 Road drainage and the water environment...... 171 Executive summary ...... 96 10.1 Introduction ...... 96 Executive summary ...... 171 10.2 Limitations of the assessment ...... 96 14.1 Introduction ...... 171 10.3 Legislative and policy background ...... 96 14.2 Legislative and policy background ...... 171 10.4 Assessment approach and method ...... 100 14.3 Assessment approach and method ...... 173 10.5 Baseline conditions ...... 101 14.4 Baseline conditions ...... 177 10.6 Potential impacts (without mitigation) ...... 104 14.5 Limitations of the assessment ...... 181 10.7 Mitigation ...... 106 14.6 Potential impacts (without mitigation)...... 181 10.8 Residual impacts and their significance ...... 107 14.7 Mitigation ...... 184 10.9 Cumulative effects ...... 108 14.8 Monitoring and maintenance ...... 184 14.9 Residual impacts and their significance ...... 184 Chapter 11 Materials ...... 109 14.10 Water Framework Directive ...... 184 Executive summary ...... 109 14.11 Cumulative Effects ...... 184 11.1 Introduction ...... 109 Chapter 15 Cumulative effects ...... 189 11.2 Legislative and Policy Background ...... 110 11.3 Assessment approach and method ...... 111 Executive summary ...... 189 11.4 Limitations of the assessment ...... 113 15.1 Introduction ...... 189 11.5 Baseline conditions ...... 113 15.2 Scoping the cumulative effects assessment ...... 190 11.6 Potential Impacts (without mitigation) ...... 117 15.3 Assessment method ...... 190 11.7 Mitigation ...... 119 15.4 Baseline conditions ...... 191 11.8 Assessment of Residual Impacts and Summary ...... 122 15.5 Impact Prediction ...... 192 15.6 Mitigation ...... 193 Chapter 12 Noise and vibration ...... 125 15.7 Assessment of Significance ...... 193 Executive summary ...... 125 Glossary of technical terms and acronyms ...... 194 12.1 Introduction ...... 125 12.2 Limitations of the assessment ...... 125 Environmental Master Plan 12.3 Legislative and policy background ...... 126 12.4 Assessment approach and method ...... 128 12.5 Consultation ...... 130 12.6 Baseline conditions ...... 130 12.7 Potential impacts (without mitigation) ...... 130 12.8 Mitigation ...... 138 12.9 Monitoring and maintenance ...... 139 12.10 Residual impacts and their significance ...... 139 12.11 Cumulative effects ...... 139 Chapter 13 People and communities...... 140

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 2 – FIGURES Figure 8.3B Visual appraisal: zone of theoretical visibility (lighting, gantries and signage) Figure 8.3C Visual appraisal Figure accompanying Chapter 1 Figure 8.4 Photo locations Figure 1 Site location map Figure 8.5 Viewpoint 01: Boldon Lake LWS (Boldon Business Park) Figure 8.6 Viewpoint 02a&b: West House Farm House Figure 8.7 Viewpoint 03a&b: Bridleway B28 / A184 (Enterprise Garage) Figures accompanying Chapter 2 Figure 8.8 Viewpoint 04: West Boldon Environmental Education Centre: jetty Figure 2.1 General arrangement Figure 8.9 Viewpoint 05: Scot’s House – East Wing Figure 2.2 Schematic design layout Figure 8.10 Viewpoint 06a&b: West Pastures travelling community site Figure 2.3 General arrangement – roundabout detail Figure 8.11 Viewpoint 07a&b: Downhill Lane / Lawn Drive / Great North Forest Trail Figure 2.4 General arrangement – north of Testos Junction Figure 8.12 Viewpoint 08: Fellgate residential edge / open space Figure 2.5 General arrangement a– south of Testos Junction Figure 8.13 Viewpoint 09a&b: Hedworth southern edge Figure 2.6 General arrangement – flyover option Figure 8.14 Viewpoint 10: Town End Farm (north-western edge) Figure 2.7 Proposed gantry locations and traffic signs Figure 8.15 Viewpoint 11: Elliscope Farm Figure 2.8 Land-take required for the proposed junction improvement Figure 8.16 Viewpoint 12a&b: Hylton Grove Farm Figure 2.9 Features of the water environment Figure 8.17 Viewpoint 13: Hylton Bridge Farm Figure 2.10 Proposed drainage design Figure 8.18 Viewpoint 14: My Pet Store – Kennels and Cattery, Follingsby Lane Figure 2.11 Proposed changes to non-motorised user routes Figure 8.19A Photomontage PM01A: West Boldon open space opening year 2021 Figure 8.19B Photomontage PM01B: West Boldon open space future year 2036 Figures accompanying Chapter 3 Figure 8.20A Photomontage PM02A: Footpath B27 (left) opening year 2021 Figure 8.20B Photomontage PM02B: Footpath B27 (right) opening year 2021 Figure 3.1 High-level scheme options (2004) Figure 8.20C Photomontage PM02C: Footpath B27 (left) future year 2036 Figure 3.2 Detailed scheme options (2009) Figure 8.20D Photomontage PM02D: Footpath B27 (right) future year 2036 Figure 8.21A Photomontage PM03A: Mansion House – top floor flat (part of Scots Figures accompanying Chapter 6 House complex) opening year 2021 Figure 8.21B Photomontage PM03B: Mansion House – top floor flat (part of Scots Figure 6.1 Air quality constraints plan House complex) future year 2036 Figure 6.2 Air quality assessment – base 2012: NO2 annual mean concentration at sensitive receptors Figure 6.3 Air quality assessment – do minimum 2021: NO2 annual mean Figures accompanying Chapter 9 concentration at sensitive receptors Figure 9.1 Designated sites Figure 6.4 Air quality assessment – do something 2021: NO2 annual mean concentration at sensitive receptors Figures accompanying Chapter 10 Figure 6.5 Air quality assessment – change in NO2 annual mean concentration at sensitive receptors Figure 10.1 Geology and soils: superficial deposits Figure 10.2 Geology and soils: solid geology Figures accompanying Chapter 7 Figure 7.1 Archaeological remains and historic buildings Figures accompanying Chapter 12 Figure 7.2 Historic landscape Figure 12.1 Noise and vibration study and calculations area Figure 7.3 Scot's House in 1865 Figure 12.2 Noise and vibration receptor location plan Figure 12.3 Noise change contour plot for the short term, ‘with scheme’ , do minimum Figures accompanying Chapter 8 2021 scenario vs. do-something 2021 scenario Figure 12.4 Noise change contour plot for the long term, ‘without scheme’, do Figure 8.1 Landscape appraisal and related policies minimum 2021 scenario vs. do-minimum 2036 scenario Figure 8.2 Landscape character plan Figure 12.5 Noise change contour plot for the long term, do-minimum 2021 scenario Figure 8.3A Visual appraisal: zone of theoretical visibility (4.5 m tall HGV traffic on vs. do-something 2036 scenario main line)

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Figures accompanying Chapter 13 Figure 13.1 Driver stress: affected road links, 2021 Figure 13.2 Driver stress: affected road links, 2036 Figure 13.3 Agricultural land and land take Figure 13.4 Private property – residential, commercial and industrial Figure 13 5 Community land, facilities and bus routes Figure 13.6 Communities and deprivation – local study area Figure 13.7 Local authorities – wider study area Figure 13.8 Existing facilities for pedestrians, cyclists and equestrians

Figure 13.9 Locations and results of NMU surveys – June 2014 Figure 13.10 2033 traffic flows without scheme Figure 13.11 2033 traffic flows with scheme

Figures accompanying Chapter 15 Figure 15.1 Cumulative effects study area Figure 15.2 Long list of developments Figure 15.3 Short list of developments Figure 15.4 Short listed developments with zones of influence

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 3 – APPENDICES

Appendices accompanying Chapter 1 Appendices accompanying Chapter 12 Appendix 1.1: Scoping issue log Appendix 12.1: Acoustic Definitions Appendix 1.2: Register of environmental actions and commitments (REAC) Appendix 12.2: Legislative and Policy Background Appendix 1.3: Other regulatory regimes Appendix 12.3: Assessment Approach

Appendices accompanying Chapter 6 Appendix 12.4: Baseline Noise Monitoring Data Appendix 6.1: Air quality policy and legislation Appendix 12.5: Construction Information Appendix 6.2: Air quality assessment methodology Appendix 12.6: Noise Modelling Data Appendix 6.3: Air quality dispersion model setup Appendix 6.4: Verification and adjustment Appendices accompanying Chapter 13 Appendix 6.5: Receptor results Appendix 13.1: NMU Context Report Appendix 6.6: Mitigation measures Appendix 13.2: NMU Survey Results Appendix 6.7: TAG assessment Appendix 13.3: Driver Stress Calculations

Appendices accompanying Chapter 7 Appendices accompanying Chapter 14 Appendix 7.1: Cultural Heritage – Methodology Appendix 14.1: Results from the Routine Run-off and Spillage Risk Appendix 7.2: Cultural Heritage – Gazetteer Appendix 14.2: Flood Risk Assessment Appendix 7.3: Geophysical Survey Appendix 14.3: Water Framework Directive Assessment Appendix 7.4: Archaeological Watching brief on geotechnical survey Appendices accompanying Chapter 15

Appendices accompanying Chapter 8 Appendix 15.1: Approach to Screening Developments for Cumulative Effects Appendix 8.1: Landscape and visual impact assessment – methods Appendix 15.2: Short-listed Developments Appendix 8.2: Landscape – baseline information sources Appendix 15.3: Long List of Developments Appendix 8.3: Landscape character assessment Appendix 15.4: Short List of Developments Appendix 8.4: Landscape and visual impact tables

Appendices accompanying Chapter 9 Appendix 9.1: Baseline Ecology Reports Appendix 9.1A: Phase 1 Habitat Survey Report Appendix 9.1B: Breeding Bird Survey Report Appendix 9.1C: Great Crested Newt Survey Report Appendix 9.1D: Bat Roost Potential and Activity Report Appendix 9.1E: Water Vole and Otter Survey Report Appendix 9.2: Legislative Framework Appendix 9.3: Assessment Methodology Appendix 9.4: Characterisation of Impacts Table

Page intentionally left blank for double-sided printing

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement amended, referred to in this document as ‘the EIA Regulations’. The EIA Regulations implement European Union Directive 2011/92/EU ‘on the assessment 1.1.1 Highways England intends to improve the junction of the A19 and A184 at Testos of the effects of certain public and private projects on the environment’ into UK law. Junction, near West Boldon in South Tyneside (see Figure 1). 1.2.3 This Environmental Statement (ES) is the final report on the EIA that has been 1.1.2 The A19 runs from Doncaster to Tyneside. Together with the A168, its northern carried out for the Scheme. The EIA has been carried out over a period of time half forms a strategic route linking the A1 at Dishforth to the Tyne Tunnel and back and has influenced the development of the Scheme design. to the A1 north of Newcastle. More locally, it links the Tyne and Wear conurbation with Teesside. From Testos Junction northwards, it forms part of a Tyneside 1.3 General principles of EIA eastern orbital route, crossing the River Tyne via the Tyne Tunnel and meeting the A1 at Seaton Burn Interchange. 1.3.1 An EIA is the process of information gathering, consultation and impact 1 assessment leading to preparation of an ES. General principles for EIA on 1.1.3 The roundabout at Testos Junction is the only remaining significant at-grade highway schemes are set out in the 'Design Manual for Roads and Bridges' junction on the strategic route linking the A1 at Dishforth and the Tyne Tunnel. (DMRB)3, together with specific guidance on individual environmental topics. 1.1.4 The A19 dual carriageway runs north-south via the junction. The A184 dual Further information about the application of DMRB to this EIA scheme is given in carriageway joins it from the west, continuing eastwards as a single carriageway. Chapter 5, 'Approach to Assessment'. The A19 running north-south and the A184 to the west are part of the strategic 1.3.2 Some of the individual topics are subject to their own specialist regulations and / or road network cared for by Highways England, while the A184 to the east is a local guidance. These will be applied together with guidance in DMRB. Details of any road managed by South Tyneside Council. such guidance are provided as part of the methodology for each specialist topic. 1.1.5 Testos Junction is often heavily congested, leading to increased driver stress and 1.3.3 The Scheme is being procured under an 'Early Contractor Involvement' (ECI) inhibiting economic growth in the area. The Scheme would involve replacing the 2 Contract. This contract makes the Contractor and its Design Consultant existing at-grade roundabout with a new grade-separated junction. responsible for the EIA, ensuring that all parties, including the Contractor, are fully 1.1.6 The objectives and need for the Scheme are comprehensively set out in the committed to any mitigation measures proposed in this document. Planning Statement TRO10020/APP/7.1. 1.1.7 In its first ‘Roads Investment Strategy’ (RIS, published in 2014), the Department for 1.4 Purpose of the environmental statement Transport (DfT) committed to delivering the A19/A184 Testos Junction 1.4.1 This ES describes the potential effects of the Scheme on the environment and the Improvements within the 2015-2020 period. measures proposed to mitigate those effects. It is designed to accompany an application to the Planning Inspectorate for a Development Consent Order (DCO) 1.2 Legal basis for the environmental statement authorising Highways England to build the Scheme. The role of the Planning 1.2.1 The Scheme is a nationally significant infrastructure project ("NSIP") to which the Inspectorate is to examine the application and make a recommendation to the Planning Act 2008 (the 2008 Act) applies. Development consent to construct a Secretary of State for Transport as to whether the DCO should be granted. The NSIP may only be granted by a Development Consent Order ("DCO") following an principal purpose of this ES is to provide the Planning Inspectorate with the application under section 37 of the 2008 Act. Section 37 of the 2008 Act also relevant environmental information. This information, along with other application governs the content of an application for a DCO, including the requirements for the documents, will allow the Planning Inspectorate to make a well-informed necessary accompanying documents. These requirements are given effect by the recommendation to the Secretary of State on whether or not to grant a DCO, and Infrastructure Planning (Applications: Prescribed Forms and Procedure) to influence the terms of the DCO in relation to environmental matters. Regulations 2009 ("APFP Regulations"), which also require an application for a 1.4.2 The ES also makes the same information available to other interested parties who DCO to be accompanied by an Environmental Statement (ES) if the Scheme has have a role in, or wish to participate in the statutory decision-making process. been identified as an ‘Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) project’. 1.2.2 The Scheme has been identified as an EIA project in accordance with the 1.5 Scope and content of the environmental statement Infrastructure Planning (Environment Impact Assessment) Regulations 2009, as 1.5.1 The scope of coverage of this ES was determined initially by a collaborative process within the project team, leading to production of an EIA Scoping Report. 1 ‘At-grade’: a term meaning “on the same level” – i.e. when a roundabout or junction and all the roads joining it are at ground level, and all traffic goes around the roundabout or through the junction. 2 ‘Grade-separated’: as opposed to ‘at-grade’, this refers to a junction where one road has been elevated or 3 Design Manual for Roads and Bridges, Volume 10 (Environmental Mitigation) and Volume 11 (Environmental lowered to a different level such that the main flow of traffic is separated. Assessment) (Highways Agency, 1993, as amended)

1

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

This defined the overall approach to be taken, the topics to be covered and the 1.5.6 Each of these specialist chapters of the ES describes the following (further methods to be applied for each topic. The scoping process was guided by DMRB. information on the nature and scope of each topic is given in Chapter 5, and in A request for a Scoping Opinion was issued to the Planning Inspectorate in 2014, Chapters 6 -14): and the scope of the EIA was amended to take the Scoping Opinion into account.  An executive summary; More information on the Scoping Opinion is given in Chapter 4.  An introduction to the topic, including the legislative, policy and regulatory 1.5.2 The structure of this ES is governed to a large extent by the requirements of the background to the topic; EIA Regulations, supplemented by Volume 11 of DMRB. The ES comprises the following elements:  Existing environmental conditions;  Volume 1 of the ES, containing the main text;  The potential adverse or beneficial changes in environmental conditions that could arise from the Scheme;  Volume 2 of the ES, containing the drawings and other illustrative material; and  Proposed measures to avoid, reduce or mitigate any adverse impacts; and  Volume 3 of the ES, containing the appendices. 1.5.3 Volume 1 of this ES is written, so far as possible, in a non-technical style. This is  An assessment of the significance of any effects that would still occur after to make the text accessible and clear to a wide, non-specialist audience. measures to avoid, reduce or mitigate adverse effects are taken into account. Nevertheless, it is a technical document, with technical content. An explanation of 1.5.7 The mitigation measures from the ES as a whole are collated and summarised in the technical terminology is given in the text, footnotes and / or in a glossary at the the Register of Environmental Actions and Commitments (REAC; Appendix 1.2), end of the text. Volume 3 (the appendices) provides some technical material of which comprises two parts – a register of environmental commitments, and an specialist interest, and also other information considered too bulky for Volume 1 of environmental action plan (EAP). The EAP details all the environmental actions the ES. Finally, a non-technical summary of the ES is provided, both within that would be required to ensure that the commitments are met and the Scheme is Volume 1 and as a separate leaflet. delivered in accordance with this ES. 1.5.4 Volume 1 of the ES divides naturally into three parts: 1.6 Availability of the environmental statement  Chapters 1 to 5 provide information applicable to the whole of the EIA, including an introduction to and detailed description of the Scheme and the EIA 1.6.1 All of the application documents, including this ES, have been published via the itself, a summary of alternatives considered, an account of how the public have Planning Inspectorate’s website), and can be downloaded, free of charge, via the been consulted during the development of the Scheme, and a description of following link: the approach taken to the EIA;  https://infrastructure.planninginspectorate.gov.uk/projects/north-east/a19-a184-  Chapters 6 to 14 describe and assess the potential effects of the Scheme in testos-junction-improvement/ relation to a series of specialist topics covering particular aspects of the 1.6.2 Paper copies of the application documents will be placed on deposit at several environment; and locations in the area surrounding the Scheme. They will be available for the public  Chapter 15 considers the inter-relationships between the topics covered in to view, free of charge, for the duration of the pre-examination and examination Chapters 6 to 14, and between this scheme and other developments in the period at these locations. Details of the locations will be published in advance in surrounding area. the Highways England’s statutory notice of the submission and acceptance of the application, through newspaper advertisements in the Newcastle Evening 1.5.5 The specialist topics covered in Chapters 6 to 14 of Volume 1 are: Chronicle, Sunderland Echo, Shields Gazette, The Guardian and the London  Chapter 6 - Air quality; Gazette. The intended locations are:  Chapter 7 - Cultural heritage;  Bunny Hill Customer Service Centre, Sunderland  Chapter 8 - Landscape and visual effects;  The Word Library, South Shields; and  Chapter 9 - Ecology and nature conservation;  Highways England (Leeds Office).  Chapter 10 - Geology and soils; 1.6.3 Additionally, the application documents are available on the Highways England website: www.highways.gov.uk/a19-testos-downhill-lane  Chapter 11 - Materials; 1.6.4 Copies of the non-technical summary of the ES are available for members of the  Chapter 12 - Noise and vibration; public to take away, free of charge at these locations.  Chapter 13 - People and communities; and 1.6.5 Copies of the non-technical summary can also be obtained in paper form, free of  Chapter 14 - Road drainage and the water environment. charge, by writing to the following postal address:

2

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

 Highways England, Lateral, 8 City Walk, Leeds, LS 11 9AT. 1.8 Other regulatory regimes 1.6.6 Copies of the complete ES in electronic format on a CD can be obtained from the 1.8.1 As outlined in paragraph 1.4.1, this ES has been written to inform an application for same address, free of charge. Paper copies are available at a cost, as follows: a DCO. In addition to the application for a DCO, the potential applicability of other 1.6.7 The complete ES (all three volumes) - £900; regulatory regimes and consent requirements has been considered.  Volume 1 (the main text) - £220; 1.8.2 Two group Tree Preservation Orders (TPO) would be affected. It is intended that the required consent for removal of trees covered by the TPOs would be built-in to  Volume 2 (the Figures) - £175; and, the DCO itself. This Environmental Statement addresses the related  Volume 3 (the Appendices) £590; environmental consequences of the loss of these trees in relation to the landscape, ecology, amenity and the community. 1.6.8 To obtain any part of the ES or provide comments, please write to Highways England at the address given above, enclosing payment if required. All costs are 1.8.3 From consultation with the Environment Agency, it is understood that drainage- inclusive of VAT. related consents would be required for this improvement scheme. 1.8.4 The potential need for Habitats Regulations Assessment (HRA) has been 1.7 How to make comments / the next steps in the process considered separately from the EIA, in Appendix 1.3 (‘Other Regulatory Regimes’) 1.7.1 On receipt of the application for a DCO, the Planning Inspectorate has a period of and in Application Document TR010020/APP/6.10. 28 days to determine whether the information submitted with the application meets 1.8.5 It has been concluded that no screening for potential effects on Natura 2000 sites all the criteria to enable them to accept it as a valid application. is necessary as there is no potential for the project to have significant effects on 1.7.2 Should the Planning Inspectorate accept the application, the applicant (Highways any Natura 2000 site. England) must publish a notice to inform the public that an application has been 1.8.6 The potential need for protected species licences or consents has been considered made and accepted, and to invite them to make representations about the and it has been determined that such licenses or consents are not required for the application. This would mark the start of the ‘pre-examination period’. Scheme. 1.7.3 Third parties (individual members of the public or organisations) would then be able 1.8.7 Although several protected species are present, including European Protected to register as interested parties. This would entitle them to make representations Species, the Scheme itself does not include any works whose impacts require any to the Planning Inspectorate about the application and to be involved in the category of protected species licence and no mitigation works are required that examination of the application. would need a protected species licence to allow their implementation. 1.7.4 The pre-examination period would close with the ‘preliminary meeting’, to which all those who have registered as interested parties would be invited. At the preliminary meeting, the Planning Inspectorate would determine what the key issues affecting the application are. This decision would be based of the information in the application documents and the representations that have been made by registered interested parties. 1.7.5 The preliminary meeting would mark the start of the ‘examination period’, which has a maximum duration of six months. Examination is designed primarily to address each of the key issues identified during the pre-examination period and at the preliminary meeting. It operates through the provision of written representations to the Examining Authority and written questions from the Examining Authority to both the applicant and to interested parties. It is likely that there would be a number of hearings which parties who have registered an interest could attend, and where they could make statements and ask questions. 1.7.6 At the end of the examination period, the Planning Inspectorate has a period of up to three months to consider its recommendation. The recommendation and a supporting report would be passed to the Secretary of State for Transport, who would then have three months to consider a decision on whether to grant or withhold a DCO. Finally, the Secretary of State’s decision would be published, and there would be a six-week High Court challenge period. At the end of this period, unless there have been High Court challenges, the decision would be final.

3

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

CHAPTER 2 THE SCHEME

2.1 The applicant and design team  Achieve these aims without causing unacceptable problems on other transport networks in the area. 2.1.1 Highways England, the applicant, is responsible for the maintenance and improvement of the trunk road and motorway network in England. Highways 2.2.2 TAMMS considered existing and future transportation problems in Tyneside up to England’s Delivery Plan 2015-2020 sets out its key strategic objectives, which are: 2031, based on traffic growth projections. Strategies that were considered were based either on investment in highway improvements or in public transport and  “Supporting economic growth – through a modern and reliable network that road user charging. The outcome of the study was a suite of recommendations for reduces delays, thereby creating jobs, helping businesses and opening up new highway improvements, including construction of a second Tyne Tunnel and areas for development; improvements on the A1 and at specific junctions on the A19, including Testos  A safe and reliable network – where no one should be harmed when Junction. The second Tyne Tunnel has since been built and opened, whilst some travelling or working; other elements of the strategy have also been either built or are at various stages of development.  A more free-flowing network – where routine delays are less frequent and 2.2.3 Following the recommendations in the TAMMS, the Highways Agency (now journeys are safer and more reliable; Highways England) began work on a scheme for the A19 / A184 Testos Junction.  An improved environment – where our activities ensure a long term and In 2006-7, work on an EIA for the Scheme was taken to a fairly advanced stage. sustainable benefit to the environment; However, due to the need to revisit planning objectives, no ES was published for  A more accessible and integrated network – where we will work with local the Scheme. authorities and other transport hubs to facilitate other modes of transport and 2.2.4 In 2008/9, further consideration of alternative scheme layouts was undertaken (see enable safe movement across and alongside our network.” Chapter 3). Consideration of alternative designs led to the publication of an 2.1.2 Costain is Highways England’s Early Contractor Involvement (ECI) Contractor. ‘Options Identification Stage: Comparative Environmental Assessment’ report Costain appointed Jacobs to prepare the preliminary design of the Scheme, carry (CEAR) and to a Public Consultation in March 2009. This considered both an ‘on- out the EIA and assist in preparation of the application to the Planning Inspectorate line’ option (following the line of the existing A19) and ‘off-line’ options (to the west for a DCO. Costain and Jacobs comprise the ‘design team’. As ECI Contractor, of the existing A19). Costain has been responsible for overseeing development of this ES by Jacobs. 2.2.5 Environmental and technical factors and the majority of responses from the public 2.1.3 After submission of the application, Costain and Jacobs are supporting Highways all favoured the online option. However, as a result of the recession, the England during the statutory process, and would undertake the detailed design and Government’s spending review of 2010 led to the postponement of a number of construction of the Scheme after the award of a DCO. This would include refining highways schemes, including the A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement. The the design of environmental mitigation measures, obtaining any relevant Scheme was postponed without completing the process of formally selecting a environmental licenses, carrying out additional environmental surveys in advance preferred route. of construction and detailed design and overseeing implementation of 2.2.6 In April 2014, as part of its first Roads Investment Strategy, the Government environmental mitigation works. announced £36 billion of planned investment into infrastructure for 2014-15, providing funding for a number of new and previously postponed highways 2.2 Background to the Scheme schemes including the Testos Junction Improvement. 2.2.1 The proposed junction improvement at Testos Junction is one of a package of 2.2.7 The 2009 CEAR and the report on the results of the 2009 Public Consultation were both used, together with other information, to inform selection of a Preferred Route highway improvements that were recommended by the ‘Tyneside Area Multi-Modal 4 Study’ (TAMMS). TAMMS was completed in 2002 and involved a strategic (see Section 4.4). The Secretary of State announced the Preferred Route for the reassessment of the region’s transport needs. The strategic objectives of TAMMS A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement on 3 June 2014. On 10 October, the were set in line with the five over-arching objectives for transport applied by the Highways Agency formally notified the Planning Inspectorate of its intention to Government of the time (environment, safety, economy, accessibility, and apply for a Development Consent Order (DCO) for the Scheme (see Section 1.3). integration). Study-specific objectives were to identify ways to: 2.2.8 During 2015 and 2016, options were considered for the improvement of Testos  Reduce congestion on the A1 in Tyneside; Junction and the nearby Downhill Lane Junction as a joint scheme. However, in late 2016, it was determined that the two junction improvements should be pursued  Reduce congestion on the A19 approaches to the Tyne Tunnel;

 Improve safety on the A19 in Tyneside; and 4 Preferred Route Announcement is an official announcement of the route of the Scheme. The announcement allows the land in the vicinity of the Scheme to be protected from development.

4

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

separately in order to be able to bring forward the improvements to Testos Junction 2.5 Scheme description more quickly. 2.5.1 Figure 2.1 shows an overall view of the Scheme layout, while a schematic view of 2.3 Scheme objectives the Scheme, showing the functions of its main components, is shown in Figure 2.2. Figures 2.3 to 2.5 show more detailed views of the central, southern and northern 2.3.1 The key objectives of the proposed A19/A184 Testos Junction Improvement are to: parts of the layout respectively.  Improve journey times on this route of strategic national importance; 2.5.2 The A19 carriageway would be raised to an elevation of 7.5 m above ground level,  Improve network resilience and journey time reliability; passing over an enlarged roundabout and linked to it by slip roads. Traffic on the A19 would flow freely above the roundabout, while traffic using the A184 would still  Improve safety; travel around the roundabout. The carriageway would be raised to this height on  Maintain access for local traffic whilst improving the conditions for strategic approach ramps from north and south of the roundabout. The method by which the traffic; raised A19 carriageway will span the roundabout is not yet decided. Two options are currently under consideration, and are both assessed within this ES, as follows:  Facilitate future economic growth; and  To construct two separate bridges over the northern and southern sections of  Avoid, mitigate and compensate for potential impacts upon the built and natural the circulatory carriageway, with an embankment in the middle of the environment and identify opportunities to provide a long term and sustainable roundabout linking the two bridges (see Figure 2.3). The embankment slopes benefit to the environment with the overall objective to minimise the impacts on would be graded out to very gentle gradients on both sides to maximise the the environment. opportunity for landscape planting. This is referred to as the ‘two-bridge 2.3.2 The objectives and need for the Scheme are comprehensively set out in the option’. 5 Planning Statement .  To construct a single bridge crossing the whole roundabout in three spans (i.e. it would have two piers within the roundabout; see Figure 2.6). This is referred 2.4 The site and its surroundings to as the ‘single-bridge option’. 2.4.1 The location of Testos Junction is illustrated in Figure 1. It is located in South 2.5.3 The proximity of Testos to another grade-separated junction at Downhill Lane Tyneside, approximately 4 km south of the Tyne Tunnel entrance at Jarrow. The means that two conventional grade-separated junctions cannot safely junction is a key part of the southern approaches to the Tyne Tunnel. It lies in a accommodate a full suite of slip roads. The existing northbound on-slip road from narrow belt of countryside that separates the urban areas of South Tyneside and Downhill Lane Junction to the A19 and southbound off-slip road from the A19 to Sunderland. Downhill Lane Junction lies less than 1 km south of Testos Junction Downhill Lane Junction would therefore be reconfigured. These slip roads would (see Figure 1) and the interaction between the two influences the design of the be disconnected from the A19, and extended to form new link roads running Testos Junction Improvements. parallel to the A19 on either side between Downhill Lane Junction and Testos Junction. This means that traffic to the north from Downhill Lane Junction would 2.4.2 Figure 2.1 illustrates the surrounding area of the Scheme. Residential areas lie in first travel to Testos Junction using the link road, and then join the A19 there. close proximity to the proposed improvement scheme, at Fellgate and Hedworth to Traffic from the north to Downhill Lane Junction would leave the A19 at Testos the northwest, at Boldon Colliery to the northeast. A business park lies adjacent to Junction and use the southbound link road. the Scheme to the northeast. Two farms (West House Farm and Make-Me-Rich Farm) lie west of the A19. Southeast of Downhill Lane Junction is the residential 2.5.4 The northbound link road would comprise of two lanes and the southbound link area of Town End Farm. road one lane increasing to two lanes on approach to Downhill Lane junction. The southbound link road would diverge from the southbound on-slip road at Testos 2.4.3 All the adjacent land to the west is agricultural, with the exception of a car-hire Junction (i.e. the slip road from the roundabout to the A19 southbound). The business adjacent to the A184. To the east, in addition to the business park to the northbound link would merge with the northbound off-slip road (i.e. the slip road north-east and agricultural land to the south-east, there are three Local Wildlife from the A19 northbound to Testos Junction). The merge between the northbound Sites (LWSs), one of which (Mount Pleasant Marsh) is also an educational off-slip road and the northbound link road means there are four lanes on the community site, and a large electricity sub-station (See Figure 2.1). The landscape northbound approach to Testos junction. is characterised by multiple rows of pylons supporting high-tension overhead cables, fanning out in all directions from the electricity sub-station. 2.5.5 To the north of Testos roundabout, the northbound on-slip road from the roundabout to the A19 would have one running lane. The southbound off-slip road would also have one running lane increasing to two lanes on approach to the roundabout.

5 Application document 7.1, Planning Statement including NNNPS Accordance Table 2.5.6 Although the Scheme is an on-line improvement (i.e. the route of the A19 would not be changed), the nature of the proposals mean that the Scheme cannot be built

5

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

within the existing highway boundary. Some new land would therefore need to be purposes. There would be a wire mesh security fence installed around the acquired to build the Scheme (see Section 2.7). Most of this land would be to the boundary of Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS, which hosts the West Boldon west of the existing road, with smaller quantities of land required to the east. Environmental Education Centre (WBEEC). This would be in keeping with the 2.5.7 A summary of the proposed elements of the Scheme is presented below. Note that existing fencing within the site around the lodge building. all of these elements are based on the current preliminary design and are subject 2.5.17 Visual barriers would be located on the road side of the new bridleway link as it to the potential for change at the detailed design stage: passes under the A19 and in the immediate vicinity, and where the new bridleway would pass along the slip road adjacent to the WBEEC. Gantries and signs 2.5.18 Any additional environmental barriers or fencing that may be required are identified 2.5.8 Existing road signs would be removed and replaced, mainly with conventional post- within the relevant specialist topic chapters and on the Environmental Masterplan. mounted signs. New gantries would also be required (See Figure 2.7). Three gantries are proposed: Barriers  Two across the northbound carriageway and link roads between Downhill Lane 2.5.19 The Scheme design includes safety fencing on the edge of the carriageway and and Testos junctions; and central reserve. All the safety fencing for the A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement would be constructed of steel and would be in accordance with the  One south of the overbridge at Downhill Lane. relevant DMRB standards. 2.5.9 The number and location of gantries is unlikely to change, but will be reviewed as part of the detailed design. It is possible that the gantries between Downhill Lane Road surface and Testos Roundabout will not need to span the link roads, but for assessment 2.5.20 The surface of the roads for the Scheme would be black asphalt. As the surfaces purposes, it has been assumed that they will. would be new, they would provide noise advantages as traffic would be quieter 2.5.10 Cantilever advanced directional signage are to be provided due to the high compared to the existing road. During the detailed design stage of this scheme, percentage of Heavy Good Vehicles on this section of the network, and to avoid the specific types of road surfaces will be considered. confusion for drivers due to the new road layout. 2.6 Landscaping and environmental design Lighting and cabling 2.6.1 Landscape features are described in more detail in Chapter 8 and illustrated on the 2.5.11 Existing highway lighting is restricted to the immediate area of the Testos Junction Environmental Master Plan. itself, along the A184 east of the junction, and the Downhill Lane roundabout. 2.6.2 Appropriate landscape planting would be provided within the new highway 2.5.12 The improved junction would only need to be partially lit. Testos roundabout itself boundary to replace lost features, enhance visual amenity and provide visual would be lit, as well as a short distance on the roundabout exits and the immediate screening of the works. approaches to the roundabout. The length of road that would be lit on the approaches to the roundabout would be based on the predicted queue lengths. 2.7 Temporary and permanent land-take

2.5.13 The majority of slip roads would have lighting columns in a single sided 6 arrangement in the verge adjacent to the carriageway. However, the A19 2.7.1 Although this is an on-line improvement , the footprint of the new A19 would be northbound carriageway, just south of Testos junction, would have a staggered wider than it is now. In order to protect sensitive sites adjacent to the east side of lighting column arrangement due to a wide carriageway. All lighting columns would the road, the A19 would be widened asymmetrically, mainly to the west and very be 12 m high, positioned at existing ground level and at intervals of approximately little to the east (see Figure 2.7). The centre-line of the new A19 alignment would 35 m. therefore be located slightly west of the existing centre-line. The new roundabout would be slightly larger and centred slightly further west than the existing one, to 2.5.14 Lighting will be designed to modern standards to minimise light pollution of accommodate the new slip roads. surrounding areas. 2.7.2 Figure 2.8 shows the DCO boundary for the proposals and provides an indication 2.5.15 For cabling to new infrastructure, the existing loops and ducts would be used, of the purposes for which all permanent and temporary land-take is required. The where possible. Installation of signage at new sites would require cabling in new DCO boundary encompasses all the land on which any works are to take place. ducts. If electricity supply is required, there would be a need to verify off-site pole installation and wayleaves requirements for power supply, if there are any. 2.7.3 The Scheme would require 30.4 ha of land to construct the Scheme. Most of the land taken for permanent works is in agricultural use, most of it lying to the west of

Fencing the existing A19, both sides of the A184. A small proportion of this land is not 2.5.16 The new highway boundary would be fenced with standard wooden post and rail fencing that would be either newly installed or retained from the existing fence 6 ‘on-line’ improvement means the Scheme follows the existing road. lines. In addition to this, there would be other types of fencing for different

6

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

actively farmed. In addition, some land would be taken from woodland at the edge  Visual impact (Chapter 8); of Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS.  Wildlife and habitats through disturbance (Chapter 9); 2.7.4 An additional 35.4 ha of land would be required during construction, but would be returned to agricultural use after construction is complete (see Figure 2.8). This  The accessibility and amenity value of Public Rights of Way and open spaces land would be needed mainly for a construction site compound, an access / haul (Chapter 13). road to the compound, for temporary storage of topsoil and subsoil and bulk fill 2.8.4 Future traffic forecasts have been predicted for the A19 / A184 Testos Junction material, and for the diversion of statutory services – primarily overhead power Improvement. Computer traffic models have been used to forecast the future traffic lines. flows based on simulations of the existing traffic conditions. 2.7.5 In addition, in order to construct certain elements of the works, it would be 2.8.5 Traffic modelling is an iterative process, which considers current and future necessary to divert some statutory undertaker’s apparatus (‘utilities’); in particular infrastructure projects and other developments and updated guidance. More detail overhead electricity cables, but also a water main, a gas main and some can be found in the Traffic Forecast Report. telecommunications cables. The land required in the location of these utilities to 2.8.6 This model is the starting point for predicting traffic flows and behaviour in the construct temporary works and new permanent diversions is included in the future, allowing for growth in housing, employment and the number of cars on the temporary land-take requirements described in the previous paragraph. The network. Traffic forecasts have been developed for the proposed Opening Year of majority of the diverted utilities would be underground. Most of the land required the Scheme in 2021 and a Future Year in 20367 to help predict the long-term would be reinstated upon completion with the exception of positions of new above- impacts of the Scheme. ground structures. These would take less land than existing structures to be removed. The diversion works are being designed and would be undertaken by the 2.8.7 The forecasts examine two development scenarios: ‘Do Minimum’ (DM) and ‘Do statutory undertakers themselves. Something’ (DS), for the purposes of comparison. The ‘DM’ scenario only includes changes in traffic flows caused by other committed highway and development 2.7.6 It is intended to place the construction site compound in fields west of Testos schemes, but excludes the Testos Junction proposals. The ‘DS’ scenario includes Junction and south of the A184. A temporary access / haul road would run from changes in traffic flows caused by the Scheme as well as other committed highway the compound westwards to West Pasture Lane, parallel to and south of the A184. and development schemes. A comparison of the predicted traffic flows on the Temporary storage areas would be located in the fields either side of the A19, approach roads is set out in Table 2-1 below and Illustration 2.1 (on the next page). adjacent to the permanent works, and linked by additional haul roads. The table shows the predicted percentage difference in the flow of traffic between 2.7.7 The effects of this temporary land-take have been taken into account in this ES. the ‘DS’ and ‘DM’ scenario on the main road links around Testos Junction. Illustration 2.1 overleaf shows the predicted traffic levels for the ‘DM’ and ‘DS’ 2.8 Changes to traffic flows scenarios for the opening year (2021). Table 2-1: Summary of the predicted percentage difference in traffic flows 2.8.1 Testos junction is currently a busy interchange for local traffic travelling to Boldon 8 Business Park and the surrounding towns, as well as longer-distance traffic between the ‘Do Something’ and ‘Do Minimum’ scenarios passing through on the main A19 and A184 trunk roads. Approach Road 2021 2036 2.8.2 Changes to traffic flows are central to the potential impacts of the Scheme on the (traffic in both directions) environment. Traffic-flow factors that affect the environment are quantity of traffic, A19 North of Testos 18% 22% distribution of traffic, composition (i.e. the proportions of different types of vehicles), A184 East of Testos -4% -1% traffic speed and whether the traffic is stopping and starting or flowing smoothly. Changes in the flow of traffic are the central factor in identifying potential A19 South of Testos 10% 12% environmental impacts in the following topics: A184 West of Testos 1% 1%  Air quality (Chapter 6); 2.8.1 The table shows that the ‘DS’ scenario would result in an increase in traffic flows  Noise and vibration (Chapter 12); for the A19 north of Testos Junction, A19 south of Testos Junction and the A184 west of Testos Junction. The ‘DS’ scenario would result in a slight decrease in  The concentration of pollutants in rainwater routinely draining off the traffic flows on the A184 east of Testos Junction. Delays on the A19 to the south of carriageway and the likelihood of a spillage that could pollute the surrounding water environment (Chapter 14). 7 The future year is a specified year in the future, usually 15 years after opening of the Scheme, for which 2.8.3 Other environmental aspects that could be impacted by changes to the flow of predictions are made using computer models for both traffic flows and related environmental effects. 8 traffic include (this is not intended to be an exhaustive list): The table is taken from the A19 / A184 Junction Improvement Traffic Forecast Report. Note that flows vary at different locations on each road, and that there are several different ways of measuring traffic that would give  The setting of historic buildings (Chapter 7); different numbers. These figures are based on Annual Average Weekly Traffic (AAWT) for 24 hours.

7

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Testos Junction within the DM lead to a re assignment of traffic to the A184 east of Testos Junction. Within the DS these delays are removed by the Scheme allowing traffic to remain on the A19.

2.8.2 The A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Scheme Transport Assessment (Arup, March 2017), which forms part of the DCO submission, provides more detail of the predicted traffic forecasts for the Scheme and the overall impacts of the Scheme on transport-related receptors. The key conclusions of the Transport Assessment are that: “The analysis presented indicates that the Scheme:  Meets the requirements of central government’s transport objectives around economy, environment, social and public accounts;  Aligns with national and local planning policy;  Addresses future traffic demand and creates improved traffic congestion conditions and journey experience for motorists;  Improves facilities for NMUs; and  Creates a safer environment for all users. Accident rates are forecast to reduce as a result of the Scheme”.

8

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Do Something network A19 Do Minimum network diagram with forecast 24,686 23,607 diagram with forecast flows in 2021 (AADT24) flows in 2021 (AADT24)

20,684 20,346 5,060 4,342 20,344 18,546

8,697 15,716 16,641 9,230 A184 west 21,419 28,034 A184 east Testos 4,690 12,704 Junction 15,290 11,316 9,965 14,533 27,786 30,313 14,283 10,837

A19 SB exit slip

4,593 8,982 5,955 3,888 5,301

A19 NB 6,949 27,528 21,784 25,720 24,182 entry slip 2,341 5,082

6,289 4,854 2,946 3,987 3,214 2,548 8,677 3,645 2,313 4,370 A19 SB 7,598 4,089 entry slip 1,764 2,285 4,652 5,505 3,791

A19 NB 3,043 5,117 exit slip 5,554

30,368 25,899 31,319 24,021 5,853 A19 Illustration 2.1: Diagrammatic highway network and traffic flows in the opening year in the Do-Minimum and Do-Something scenarios (Annual Average Daily Traffic, 24 hours)

9

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Do Minimum network diagram with forecast flows in 2021 (AADT24)

20,684 20,346

15,716 8,697

15,290 11,316

27,786 30,313

4,593 5,955

5,082 21,784 25,720

6,289

2,946 3,987 3,214 8,677 4,370

2,285 4,652 3,043

24,021 30,368

10

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

remodelled roundabout, plus part of the A184). It would slow down the rate that surface 2.9 Drainage design water run-off would flow into the drainage system and the River Don. The ponds would do this by storing surface water run-off during peak flow (i.e. heavy rainfall) and slowly releasing 2.9.1 The drainage design for the A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement has been developed the water after the peak flow has passed. In accordance with Highways England guidance, with advice from environmental assessment practitioners and specialists in water-related the capacity of the ponds has been designed with an additional allowance of 20% to allow environmental disciplines. The assessment process and predicted impacts on the water for climate change. environment are reported in Chapter 14 of this ES, and associated appendices. The key environmental issue considered in developing the drainage design is the need to improve 2.9.9 A secondary effect of the attenuation ponds would be to treat the water. Sediment and protection of the local watercourse and water bodies, relative to the existing drainage of the pollutants would settle to the bottom of the attenuation ponds and, as a result, not enter the A19. The existing drainage was installed in the early 1970s and does not meet modern drainage system or the River Don. Additionally, plants associated with the ponds would standards in relation to either flood risk or protection of the local watercourse from pollution. uptake nutrients, which would reduce the nutrient concentration in the water. 2.9.2 The Environment Agency and South Tyneside Council have been consulted with regard to 2.9.10 The drainage design would also provide protection against spillage events and subsequent the preliminary drainage design and they agree with the design in principle. Ongoing contamination of the River Don. The attenuation ponds would be designed with overflow consultation relating to the proposed drainage design is being undertaken. Additionally and and isolation systems in order to retain contaminated water before it would flow into the necessary, Statements of Common Ground between the Environment Agency and Highways drainage system or the River Don. This would allow contaminated water to be treated before England and between South Tyneside Council and Highways England will be submitted being discharged. post-DCO submission. 2.9.11 Additionally, a Hydrodynamic Vortex Separator located within Testos Junction would provide 2.9.3 Figure 2.9 shows the existing highway drainage. The drainage is piped, and discharges into additional treatment for run-off from Catchment 2 by capturing and containing contaminants the River Don at three outfalls (i.e. the locations at which run-off is discharged into a before they would be discharged into the drainage system watercourse). The locations of these outfalls are: 2.9.12 The only area of the improved junction not benefiting from attenuation and treatment of run-  Northeast of Downhill Lane Junction (Outfall 1); off is Catchment 3. This is the smallest catchment, comprising part of the A19 carriageway to the north of the junction and a small part of two of the slip roads. Assessment has  To the east of Mount Pleasant Marsh, which is believed to enter the River Don indicated that attenuation and treatment are not required for this catchment. approximately 550 m east of the A19 (Outfall 2); and  Approximately 2 km north of Testos Junction (Outfall 3). 2.10 Non-motorised user facilities 2.9.4 The original construction of the A19 (as the Sunderland Bypass) interrupted a number of 2.10.1 The A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement scheme would affect provision for pre-existing agricultural land drainage systems, generally flowing from west to east and equestrians, cyclists and pedestrians (referred to as Non-Motorised Users (NMUs)). The discharging into the River Don. As was the practice at the time, parts of the severed existing NMU facilities are shown in Figure 13.8. Proposed changes to NMU facilities are elements of these systems (to the west of the A19) were connected into the highway shown on Figure 2.11, including closures or diversions of existing facilities, changes of drainage systems. The existing highway drainage outfalls therefore discharge not only water status of existing facilities (e.g. from footpath to bridleway) and provision of new facilities. drained from the highway but also water drained from parts of the agricultural land to the The proposals would require removal of an existing agricultural accommodation bridge west. carrying a bridleway over the A19 north of Testos Junction (Bridleway B28), and the stopping up of an existing at-grade footpath crossing of the A19 south of Testos Junction 2.9.5 The proposed drainage for the Scheme is divided into three catchment areas (1-3, see (Footpath B27). More detail about the B27 and B28 is as follows: Figure 2.9). Each catchment represents the area of road that would drain into a specific outfall. All the catchments would discharge into the River Don.  Footpath B27 runs eastward from a minor road known as 'West Pastures', crosses the 2.9.6 Figure 2.10 shows the proposed highway drainage system. A new outfall (A) is proposed A19 south of Mount Pleasant Marsh (with no signals or other controls), and joins northeast of Downhill Lane Junction to replace the existing Outfall 1 (also northeast of Bridleway B46; and Downhill Lane Junction, but nearer to it), which would discharge run-off from an enlarged  Bridleway B28 runs westwards from Boldon Business Park, crossing the A19 via an old Catchment 1 into the River Don. A second outfall (B) would be utilised; this is the existing accommodation bridge ('West House Accommodation Bridge') and turning south to drainage Outfall 3, approximately 2 km north of Testos Junction. Outfall B would take the reach the A184 west of Testos Junction. There are no facilities to allow pedestrians, combined run-off from the amended area of Catchments 2 and 3 into the River Don. horse riders or cyclists to safely cross the A184, to gain access to the quieter lanes and 2.9.7 The drainage design for the proposed A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement scheme more desirable riding routes to the south. There is a footway for pedestrians only to incorporates two attenuation ponds, one each lying between the highway drainage and continue on the A184 in either direction, adjacent to the eastbound (northern) Outfalls A and B. carriageway. 2.9.8 The attenuation ponds between them would capture all the water drained from Catchments 1 2.10.2 The NMU design for the Scheme would not provide direct replacements of the and 2 (i.e. the majority of the new A19 carriageway, slip roads and link roads and the accommodation overbridge carrying Bridleway B28, or the part of B27 crossing the A19

11

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

south of Testos Junction. However, the design does include replacement alternative routes 2.11 Diversions of utilities and provision of new facilities with additional connectivity, as follows: 2.11.1 Statutory services that require diversion include gas and water pipes, and  Diverting Footpath B27 northwards from its present line, on both sides of the A19, to telecommunications equipment, all located underground and running through Testos Testos Junction, and providing a signalised crossing on the south side of Testos Junction, principally along the A184, within the existing highway footprint. These services Junction. To the east of the A19, the footpath would be upgraded to bridleway status are to be diverted to new routes within the new highway footprint. (see below for more detail); 2.11.2 Overhead electrical power lines running westwards from a large sub-station in Mount  A new bridleway link from West Pastures (west of Testos Junction) to the B46 (east of Pleasant Marsh, crossing the A19, would also require diversion to new underground ducts. the junction), south of the A184, incorporating: Three rows of pylons/overhead lines would be affected. A fourth set of power lines already - A new section of bridleway running east-west between West Pastures and Testos cross the A19 underground, transferring to an overhead route just to the west of the Junction, along the northern edge of a field adjacent to the A184; highway. This underground route would need to be extended to the west, and its first pylon west of the A19 would be relocated. - New signalised equestrian crossings over each of the slip roads on the south side of the roundabout, linked by a broad shared-use path around the south side of the 2.11.3 The works to divert the overhead cables comprise four key elements: roundabout which would be segregated from traffic by a visual / noise screen that  Civil engineering works to provide a new underground route; uses a 'tried and tested' design;  Construction of three new pylons west of the A19 and installation of new cables in the - A new section of bridleway running north-south between the crossing and the present underground route; line of Footpath B27, between the A19 Mount Pleasant Marsh / WBEEC; and  Connection of the new cables to the electricity distribution network; and - An upgrade of the present line of Footpath B27 east of the A19 to bridleway status, as far as its junction with Bridleway B46.  Removal of the redundant overhead cables and of seven redundant pylons, including 2.10.3 The Scheme also proposes to enhance NMU facilities and connectivity by: three within Mount Pleasant Marsh. 2.11.4 The final routes for the diverted cables have not been confirmed. The work is being planned  Upgrading the footway between Testos Junction and Abingdon Way on the north side of to minimise the impact on Mount Pleasant Marsh as far as practicable. Minimum-impact the A184 to a segregated two-way cycle path and footpath; construction methods are being considered including trenchless techniques. It is anticipated  Provide a new cycleway / footway along the north side of the A184 from opposite West that the redundant cables can be removed without the need for extensive scaffolding towers. Pastures lane to Testos Junction, where at present there is only a narrow footway; The existing pylons would be dismantled carefully to reduce the amount of vegetation clearance required. Where vegetation clearance cannot be avoided, it should be possible to  Provide an upgraded pedestrian / cyclist crossing of the A19 north of Testos Junction, re-plant the majority of the cleared area, as the cables would be protected by robust plastic linked to the proposed cycle facilities on the north side of the A184 each side of Testos pipes. Junction; 2.11.5 These alternative methods and impact reduction measures relating to the overhead line  Provide a new footway on the south side of the A184 from the new signalised crossing of diversions will be confirmed by Northern Powergrid who will undertake the design and site the A19 eastwards around the north side of Mount Pleasant Marsh; works.  Provide a new signalised pedestrian crossing over the A184 west of Testos Junction, to 2.11.6 Highways England have instructed Northern Powergrid to design and plan the diversion provide safer access to the bus-stop on the southern (westbound) carriageway of the works. There are significant benefits for the Scheme if the diversions can be completed prior A184. A short length of new footway would be provided to link the bus-stop to the to the start of the main construction activities. Northern Powergrid and Highways England crossing and to the nearby new crossing of the A19. An opening would be provided are therefore working closely to try and accelerate the overhead cable diversion programme. near the bus-stop to enable direct access onto the new bridleway between West Highways England are negotiating for the advance purchase of the required land by Pastures and Testos Junction; and, agreement, and if this can be agreed the diversions will be undertaken ahead of the DCO  At the south end of Bridleway B46, provide a new ramp for cyclists parallel to but outside using Northern Powergrid’s own statutory powers. the A19 southbound off-slip linking the bridleway to Downhill Lane junction. 2.11.7 If that is the case, responsibility for identifying and mitigating the environmental effects of the 2.10.4 Compared to the existing NMU provision, the NMU design would provide improved work will transfer from Highways England to Northern Powergrid as the statutory undertaker. connectivity and safety for walkers, cyclists and equestrians. However, Highways England will provide information from this EIA to inform National Powergrid’s assessment and will liaise closely with them re identification of effects and 2.10.5 Chapter 13, People and Communities, provides more detail on the proposed NMU provision mitigation works. and potential impacts on NMUs, and Appendix 13.1 (the NMU Context Report) discusses the alternatives that were considered.

12

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

2.12 Accommodation works discussions with Northern Powergrid, it is anticipated that all of their cables cannot be diverted in one ‘outage season’. This means that these diversions would not be complete 2.12.1 Agricultural accommodation works include works to reconnect any land drainage or land until late summer 2019 and consequently key elements of the new road could not be access severed or blocked by the Scheme. A number of agricultural access points would be completed until after this. relocated and diverted due to the A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement. These accommodation works would be determined in principle at this stage to ensure that sufficient Main construction works land is available and designed during the detailed design phase of the Scheme. 2.14.3 The main construction works would be divided into four main phases dictated by the traffic Consultation will be undertaken with landowners to ensure accommodation works would suit management requirements. These are referred to as ‘Construction Phases’ 2A to 2D their requirements and enable continued operation of farm units. (Phase 1 being the preliminary design, including EIA, and the statutory process). The 2.12.2 The proposed accommodation works would be provided as part of the constructions works. phases are not completely discrete, and there would be some overlap in different areas of If necessary, temporary accommodation works would be provided during the construction the construction site. period. Construction Phase 2A 2.12.3 Chapter 13, People and Communities, provides more detail on the proposed 2.14.4 Phase 2A works are planned to take place between early 2019 and Autumn 2020. accommodation works. 2.14.5 During phase 2A, traffic would remain on the existing roads while elements of the link roads 2.13 Materials and slip roads on either side of the A19 and the enlarged roundabout would be built. 2.14.6 The critical electricity cable diversions, started in the enabling phase, would be completed. 2.13.1 Highways England has identified a potential earthworks collaboration opportunity with the This would include removal of the existing overhead lines and pylons. It is likely that the A19 / A1058 Coast Road scheme. The Coast Road scheme is currently in construction with removal of the existing cables over the A184 and A19 would require overnight road closures. the main earthworks phase due to commence in June 2017. The Schemes are only approximately 8 km apart, making bulk material transport between the sites a feasible 2.14.7 Footpath B27 and Bridleway B28 would be closed. Diversions would be established which proposition. lead to temporary crossings at Testos Junction. 2.13.2 This proposal presents a sustainable alternative to both disposal of the Coast Road scheme 2.14.8 West House Farm Accommodation Bridge and its abutments would be demolished. The material, and other import options for Testos Junction Improvement Scheme, should it prove removal of the bridge deck would require an overnight closure of the A19. Suitable diversion feasible. Other import sources for the Scheme are not confirmed, but the three known routes would be established during the period of closure. closest alternative options are further than 10 km away. There would also be a significant 2.14.9 Construction of the attenuation ponds could possibly start during the enabling phase. Both carbon saving which could be realised by reducing the number of haulage miles for both the attenuation ponds would be built so that the construction site drainage can be connected Coast Road and Testos schemes. into them at the earliest opportunity. This would provide protection to watercourses during 2.13.3 The earthworks collaboration opportunity is currently being developed. If the opportunity is the rest of the construction process. realised, the material would be stored temporarily at a former coal-washing site about 2.5 km 2.14.10 Testos roundabout would be enlarged by extending it to the west. Traffic would use this new west of Testos Junction. section of roundabout when it is available. 2.14 Construction programme 2.14.11 After the cable diversions had been completed, the roadworks to the west of the existing A19 would be constructed. These are the northbound link road (see 2.5.3-2.5.4), the A19 Construction enabling works phase northbound off-slip road and the A19 northbound on-slip road. 2.14.1 Should the Secretary of State grant the DCO application, site works would start in early 2019 2.14.12 To the east of the A19, the new Downhill Lane Junction southbound link road would be and be completed in mid-2021. The first phase of the works would comprise enabling constructed. activities including: 2.14.13 Some landscape planting works would take place during the winter of 2017/18.  Construction of the site compound, access and haul roads; Construction Phase 2B  Certain environmental mitigation works; 2.14.14 Phase 2B is planned to last between summer and the end of autumn 2020, overlapping with  Site clearance and fencing; and Phase 2A.  Diversion of statutory undertaker’s apparatus. 2.14.15 Northbound A19 traffic would be moved onto elements of the new road built earlier in Phase 2A, namely the northbound link road and slip roads. Southbound traffic south of Testos 2.14.2 The diversion of four overhead electricity cable routes by Northern Powergrid would be would be moved onto the old northbound carriageway. critical early activities that have a major impact on the construction programme. Periods when parts of the electricity distribution network can be switched off, known as ‘outages’, are limited to the period between April and October when demand is lowest. Through

13

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

2.14.16 The traffic switch described above would allow construction of the A19 southbound on-slip 2.14.27 Each environmental aspect is graded as ‘no significance’, ‘medium priority’ or ‘high priority’, road and the southbound link road between Testos Junction and Downhill Lane Junction to on a risk assessment basis (i.e. using a calculation based on the potential severity of the be completed. effect and its likelihood of occurrence). For all medium or high priority aspects, control 2.14.17 Construction of the northern section of the A19 on its new embankment would begin in this measures are identified to prevent the occurrence of an impact, or reduce the scale of phase, as well as construction of the new bridge abutments within the enlarged Testos impact. roundabout. 2.14.28 The CEMP will be further developed and finalised during the detailed design phase of the 2.14.18 The bridge foundations require the installation of piles to support the new structures. The project. Key operations to which these aspects relate are as follows: construction of the embankments includes either the installation of band drains9, to expedite  Setting-up, operating and removing the site compound; the settlement of the underlying ground, or piles to support the embankment and thus avoid  Delivery, storage and handling of fuels and other oil-based materials; settlement. Where band drains are used the embankments are required to be left to settle over a period of time, estimated at six months.  Delivery, storage and handling of other materials, including bulk materials such as soils Construction Phase 2C and imported fill;  Diversion of overhead cables (especially in Mount Pleasant Marsh SNCI); 2.14.19 Phase 2C is planned to last between summer 2020 and spring 2021, in certain areas this would overlap with Phases 2A and 2B.  Clearance of vegetation; 2.14.20 During Phase 2C, traffic would be diverted onto the new southbound link road and slip road  Top-soil stripping ; while the new embankments and bridge abutments both north and south of the roundabout  Excavation to form cuttings and formation of embankments; would be completed, and the new bridges are constructed. 2.14.21 The installation of the new bridge decks would require overnight closures to carry out the  Demolition works – especially the removal of the existing footbridge, planning out the required lifting operations. Suitable diversion routes will be established during the period of existing carriageway and burning off road markings; closure.  Construction of drainage – especially grouting and concrete pouring; Construction Phase 2D  Construction of structures (e.g. bridges) – especially concrete pouring; 2.14.22 Phase 2D is planned to last from summer 2021 through to completion of the works in  Waste management; and, autumn 2021. During Phase 2D, all elements of the new road would be in use by traffic.  Operation of plant and equipment (especially leakage or spillage of fuel or oil and 2.14.23 The final works to the roundabout and the A19 southbound off-slip road, along with minor cleaning of plant). works alongside the A19 and A184, would be completed. Some activities would take place during off-peak day-time or night-time lane closures, whilst other elements may require 2.15 Maintenance proposals overnight closures with diversion routes in place. 2.15.1 Maintenance of the trunk road network is the responsibility of Highways England, whilst 2.14.24 The new bridleway connection from the existing Bridleway B46 to the east, through Testos maintenance of the local road network is the responsibility of the local authorities. These Junction an on to West Pastures Lane, would be completed in this Phase. It would open at arrangements will apply to the Scheme, meaning that the A19, its link roads and Testos the end of construction. Junction will be maintained by Highways England and its agents/contractors. Side roads 2.14.25 All remaining landscape works, including planting, would take place during the 2021. including the A184 east of Testos Roundabout, and the modifications to Downhill Lane, would be adopted by South Tyneside Council. Construction activities 2.15.2 Maintenance of public rights of way within the A19 highway boundary (e.g. the crossings at 2.14.26 An outline Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) has been drafted, to Testos Junction and the cyclists’ facilities on the A184 and the Downhill Lane cyclists’ ramp) control construction operations that could have an impact on the environment. The CEMP would be the responsibility of Highways England. It is proposed that all other footpaths, includes an ‘Environmental Aspects Register’, listing such operations and the activities cycle paths and bridleway would be handed over to South Tyneside Council as the (‘environmental aspects’) they require that could have environmental impacts. Some responsible authority for the maintenance of public rights of way. activities appear as several different aspects, because they can have more than one type of environmental effect. 2.15.3 Maintenance of diverted power lines and other statutory utilities, including those beneath the A184 or A19, would remain the responsibility of Northern Power Grid and other relevant statutory undertakers.

9 Band drains are vertical drains that allow water to drain out of the soil. Soils must be drained in order for the soil skeleton to support the weight of the embankment.

14

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

2.16 Design uncertainties, limits of deviation and the ‘Rochdale envelope’ Non-highway schemes 2.16.1 The design has been developed to a level of detail that is sufficient to provide confidence 2.17.5 An International Advanced Manufacturing Park (IAMP) is proposed north of Nissan’s during examination of an application for a DCO, with due consideration given to aspects of manufacturing plant. The IAMP is a joint proposal of South Tyneside Council and the design that have not yet been fixed in the light of Planning Inspectorate Advice Note 9 Sunderland City Council, and the area of land affected straddles the boundary between the ‘Using the Rochdale Envelope’. two authorities. The aim is to attract advanced manufacturing businesses, with a particular focus on the automotive supply chain (given the proximity to Nissan). The main elements of 2.16.2 Where there are specific areas of uncertainty, or potential alternative designs still under the development are on a 100-hectare site either side of the A1290 to the west of the A19. consideration, these are identified within the project description. The detailed design will continue up until construction, but any changes will not be significant. A 0.25 m (plus or 2.17.6 In addition, expansion of the Nissan Manufacturing Plant, which is located 1.25 km south of minus) limit of deviation for vertical alignment has been incorporated into the design to Downhill Lane junction, has been proposed. North East Local Enterprise Partnership has ensure this. In considering this vertical limit of deviation, it should be noted that there are designated three Enterprise Zone sites for businesses within the offshore, renewables and limits on where it can practically be applicable – principally in the vicinity of the raised A19 automotive sectors. The Enterprise Zone sites would be located immediately south and west carriageway over the roundabout – as in other areas the Scheme has to tie in to existing of the Nissan Manufacturing site. highway levels. All members of the EIA team were briefed on the limits of deviation and the 2.17.7 Chapter 15, Cumulative Effects, provides more information on the other schemes that are in design uncertainties before beginning their assessment work, and these factors were taken the vicinity of the Scheme and how these have been incorporated into the environmental into account throughout the assessment to ensure that it was based on a ‘reasonable worst assessments. case’ scenario. This is to ensure that the permanent and temporary land-take boundaries will not be exceeded and to provide confidence that the environmental impact assessment covers all eventualities.

2.17 Other schemes 2.17.1 Other highways and non-highways schemes have been taken into account in this ES. Downhill Lane Junction 2.17.2 Highways England is also intending to improve the junction at Downhill Lane. During the period 2014-7, Highways England has undertaken an options identification and options selection process for Downhill Lane Junction, in which a total of 30 options were identified and five options were considered in more detail. Public consultation was carried out in November 2016 and a preferred option has been identified. 2.17.3 The preferred option for Downhill Lane Junction expands the existing junction by providing a second bridge to the south of the existing one and establishing a full circulatory system. The existing north-facing slip roads are disconnected from the A19 and instead tie in to the link roads proposed as part of the A19/A184 Testos Junction Improvement; in this respect there is no change from what is already proposed as part of the Testos scheme. Washington Road to the east of the A19 and the A1290 to the west of the A19 would be realigned slightly to tie-in to the new circulatory system, and provision would be made for tying-in with the A1290 as a dual carriageway (dualling the A1290 intended as part of the IAMP scheme). Downhill Lane to the east of the A19 would be realigned to the south to tie in to Washington Road at a location further away from the circulatory system. The southbound on-slip to the A19 would be reconstructed on-line, and the northbound off-slip would be replaced off-line. 2.17.4 As described above, the Testos Junction improvement and Downhill Lane Junction improvement would tie in but are considered as two separate schemes by Highways England. There are instances where the two schemes are intrinsically linked, such as the drainage design. Additionally, the construction periods for both junction improvements are expected to overlap. There would therefore be cumulative effects between Testos Junction and Downhill Lane Junction improvements, which have been reported in Chapter 15.

15

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

CHAPTER 3 CONSIDERATION OF ALTERNATIVES

3.1 Origins of the Scheme and strategic alternatives 'Targeted Programme of Improvements'. Option 1 was therefore provisionally identified as the preferred option. 3.1.1 The proposed junction improvement at Testos Junction is one of a package of highway 3.2.6 Following a Cost Challenge Workshop in September 2005, a low cost alternative was improvements that were recommended by the ‘Tyneside Area Multi-Modal Study’ (TAMMS). investigated in the form of a 'hamburger' roundabout. This was an at-grade option, involving TAMMS was completed in 2002 and involved a strategic reassessment of the region’s modification of the existing roundabout so that the A19 would pass through the centre of the transport needs. The strategic objectives of TAMMS were set in line with the five over- roundabout, removing A19 through flows from the circulatory carriageway. arching objectives for transport applied by the Government of the time (environment, safety, economy, accessibility, and integration). Study-specific objectives were to identify ways to: 3.2.7 The much smaller scale of construction and land-take for this option means that it would have smaller adverse environmental impacts than other options. However, beneficial effects  Reduce congestion on the A1 in Tyneside; available under the preferred scheme would not be available under this option. These would  Reduce congestion on the A19 approaches to the Tyne Tunnel; include the provision of safer crossing-points for footpaths and bridleways and new footpath and bridleway links. Benefits to vehicle travellers, in terms of reduced stress, would  Improve safety on the A19 in Tyneside; and probably be significantly reduced under the low-cost option.  Achieve these aims without causing unacceptable problems on other transport networks 3.2.8 Overall, the 'hamburger' option failed to meet the safety requirements of the Scheme brief. In in the area. addition, it does not support the strategic network development proposals for the A19 as it would not achieve grade separation. As a result this option was not developed further. 3.2 Early design options (2004) 3.2.1 Following on from the recommendations in the ‘Tyneside Area Multi-Modal Study’ (TAMMS) 3.3 Revised design options (2009) that improvements were required at Testos junction, considerations of potential improvement 3.3.1 In 2009, three options were considered in more detail and taken to public consultation, as scheme options was undertaken primarily through a Stage 1 Scheme Appraisal Report (‘the follows (see Figure 3.2): Stage 1 SAR’)10. Four options were considered for the improvement scheme (see Figure 3.1):  Option A – on-line grade separation of the existing junction. It involves carrying the A19 over the roundabout via two bridges and approach embankments, with the roundabout in  Option 1 – A19 north-south grade separation - on-line (following the existing road); the same location as at present but extended to the west; Option 2 – A184 east-west grade separation;   Option B – off-line grade separation, with the roundabout relocated approximately 300m  Option 3 – A19 north-south grade separation - off-line (not following the existing A19); further west, but otherwise very similar to Option A; and  Option C – off-line grade separation, with the roundabout relocated approximately 300m  Option 4 – A184 west to A19 south grade separation. further west, with the A19 at-grade and passing beneath a raised roundabout. 3.2.2 Options 2 and 4 were discounted because they would not meet the objectives of the 3.3.2 For all the options, A184 traffic would pass around the roundabout, while the A19 would be Scheme, as set by the TAMMS, and for reasons of ‘buildability’ and environmental impact. linked to the roundabout via slip roads. Options 1 and 3 were then assessed in more detail in the Stage 1 SAR. 3.3.3 For Options A and B, the A184, roundabout and A19 slip roads would remain at-grade, while 3.2.3 Option 3 (the off-line option) would have involved replacing the existing Testos junction with part of the A19 main carriageway would be raised on approach embankments to cross the a new grade-separated junction located further west. The realigned A19 would pass to the roundabout on two bridges. west of West House Farm, rather than to the east as it does at present, re-joining the 3.3.4 For Option C, the A19 would remain at-grade, while the roundabout would be raised on existing line south of Hedworth. embankments, crossing the A19 via two bridges. The A184 and the A19 would be raised on 3.2.4 The Stage 1 SAR concluded that Option 3 would generate a greater benefit-to-cost ratio embankments to reach the roundabout. than Option 1, but would be more costly and have slightly worse overall environmental 3.3.5 The proposed roundabout would be larger than the existing one to provide sufficient room impacts. for the slip road connections either side of the new embankment. 3.2.5 Further development of Options 1 and 3 was undertaken and a Scoping Report was 11 3.3.6 The northbound on-slip road from the roundabout to the A19 would have one running lane. produced (October 2004 ). A value engineering exercise was carried out, which indicated The other slip roads would each have two running lanes, although the southbound and that Option 3 could not be delivered within the budget for the then Highway Agency's northbound off-slip roads would widen to three and four lanes respectively before joining the roundabout. 10 A19 / A184 Testos Junction Stage 1 Scheme Appraisal Report (Bullen Consultants, February 2004) 11 A19 (T) Testos Junction Improvements: ECI Package B, Scoping Report (Atkins, October 2004). 3.3.7 The environmental effects of these options were considered in an Option Identification Comparative Environmental Assessment Report (CEAR). The CEAR concluded that in

16

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

relation to a wide range of environmental issues (including air quality, noise, the water 3.4.5 The option finally selected (see Section 2.10 for a more detailed description) is based on environment, non-motorised users and communities), any differences between the options in Option 2A, with some further modifications, chiefly to provide additional facilities, including the significance of either adverse or beneficial effects would have been marginal. an additional signalised crossing. The reasons behind this choice included: 3.3.8 In relation to the effects on West Boldon Environmental Education Centre, Mount Pleasant  It was felt to provide the best overall solution in terms of improved connectivity and Marsh and possibly the Great North Forest, the off-line options offered either slightly lower service to all non-motorised user groups; environmental impacts or the potential opportunity for greater benefits than the on-line  Although Option 1 had received more positive feedback from the public consultation, this option. However, these differences were small in scale. did not appear to reflect popularity with users of the public rights of way network, but 3.3.9 Similar small-scale differences arose in favour of the on-line option in relation to vehicle rather with motorists, and suggested a misconception that Option 1 would have fewer travellers. However, more significant differences between the options arose in relation to signalised crossings that would hold up traffic; and Green-Belt policy, the landscape, visual impacts, cultural heritage and land-use, where the off-line options would have all caused greater adverse impacts than the on-line option.  Options involving replacing the bridge to the north and extending the bridleway to meet it These environmental disadvantages of the off-line options outweighed the environmental raised concerns about increasing an existing problem of trespassing and anti-social advantages of the off-line options. behaviour on adjacent farmland. 3.3.10 Overall, the balance of environmental impacts and benefits favoured the on-line option. This on-line option forms the basis of the Preferred Route announced in 2014 (see Chapter 4). 3.4 Non-motorised user options 3.4.1 When the Scheme was initially promoted in 2006-10, a strategy was developed for the mitigation of effects on non-motorised users (NMUs) and the improvement of the connectivity of rights of way and other NMU routes around the junction. Extensive consultation with the Tyne and Wear Local Access Forum and NMU user groups was carried out during development of this strategy. Following the reinstatement of the Scheme in 2014, it was considered valuable to reconsider the strategy afresh and determine whether there may be alternative options. Several NMU strategies were therefore developed, and further preliminary consultation was undertaken with the Local Access Forum and NMU user groups prior to refining and reducing the options for the purposes of public consultation. 3.4.2 All options involved removal of the existing accommodation bridge carrying Bridleway B28 over the A19 north of Testos Junction, and stopping up of the existing uncontrolled at-grade crossing of the A19 on Footpath B27 some distance south of Testos Junction, as these are unavoidable consequences of the highway improvement. 3.4.3 The options taken to preliminary consultation with the Local Access Forum and NMU user groups in June 2014 included two that replaced the Bridleway B28 bridge further north, with appropriate extensions of the bridleway to reach it, and additional changes to Footpath B27 and other routes south of and around Testos Junction. The details of the provision both north and south of the junction and the nature and extent of crossing provision varied between options. Two other options did not replace the bridge, but instead focused on greater improvements to connectivity around the south side of the junction, again with variations in the detail. 3.4.4 Modifications of two of these options were included in the public consultation on the Scheme as a whole in November 2014. These included one option (termed Option 1) that replaced the bridge to the north and an option (Option 2) that focused on connectivity around the south of the junction. A third option (Option 2A) was also presented; this was a variant of Option 2 that drew on feedback from the preliminary consultation with the Local Access Forum and user groups, and in particular Sustrans. It was reconfigured to include an additional cycleway facility.

17

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

CHAPTER 4 CONSULTATION

4.1 Purpose of consultation  2006-7 – informal consultation with statutory environmental bodies, affected land interests and other organisations during detailed EIA studies; 4.1.1 Consultation has been key to the development of the A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement from the outset, and divides into three main overall phases:  2009 – formal public consultation on three scheme options;  Consultation on the assessment of options between 2004 and 2009, prior to the  February 2014 – selective consultation by letter to key stakeholders during ‘validation’ Secretary of State’s Preferred Route Announcement (PRA) (see Section 2.1) and prior exercise, leading to PRA; to the existence of the national infrastructure planning system; and  2014-15 – informal consultation with third parties during EIA studies;  Consultation on the Preferred Route in 2014 /15.  2014 – formal consultation on EIA scope, through the Planning Inspectorate, in  Update consultation of the Preferred Route in 2017. accordance with the EIA Regulations; 4.1.2 Consultation throughout has included consultation on environmental aspects of the Scheme,  November 2014 – formal consultation of the community in accordance with Section 47 of including where relevant the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA). This chapter focuses the Planning Act; and on the environmental aspects of consultation.  2014 – formal consultation of third parties prescribed under the Planning Act, in 4.1.3 The A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Consultation Report provides more detail on accordance with Section 42 of the Act. consultation activities, stakeholder feedback and amendments to the Scheme based on this  2017 – formal consultation of third parties (as per 2014 consultation) of the preferred feedback. The consultation report forms part of the DCO submission and is available on route. Highways England’s website and the Planning Inspectorate’s website. 4.1.4 Throughout all phases, consultation has divided into two main components – consultation of 4.3 Consultation on options the community, and consultation of statutory environmental bodies and other third parties. Early design options (2004) 4.1.5 Consultation has taken place with a wide range of organisations and individuals for the A19 / A184 Testos Junction. The consultation process for the three periods (2006-07, 2014-15 4.3.1 The previous EIA and environmental work on the design options (see Section 3.1 and 3.2) and 2017) was intended to address any or all of the following purposes: was undertaken in accordance with EIA Regulations that were applicable at the time, but which have since been superseded.  To obtain factual information about the environment; 4.3.2 In accordance with the EIA Regulations at the time, the relevant statutory consultation  To obtain advice or comment on the scope of the EIA work; bodies that were consulted regarding the proposed options in 2004 were:  To obtain comment and advice about the environmental merits of the Scheme or  Any relevant 'principal council' - in this case, South Tyneside Council (STC); strategic environmental issues it may affect;  The Environment Agency (EA);  To obtain comment and advice on the factors influencing our assessment of how significant each environmental impact may be;  The Countryside Agency (CA);  To obtain advice about potential design changes or other measures we could take to  English Nature (EN); and remove or reduce impacts or make them less significant; and  English Heritage (EH) (now Historic England).  To obtain advice or comment about the methods proposed in this report. 4.3.3 The Countryside Agency and English Nature have since merged to form ‘Natural England’. 4.2 Timeline of consultation 4.3.4 These statutory bodies were consulted prior to production of the Stage 1 Scheme Appraisal Report, after reduction of the options to two (online and offline grade separation; see Section 4.2.1 A simplified timeline of consultation can be set out as follows: 3.1). Key issues raised at this stage included:  2004 – consultation by letter with statutory environmental bodies relevant under the EIA  The adequacy of existing drainage, and potential consequent flood risks (EA); Regulations applicable at the time, regarding the development and selection of options;  Potential contamination at the petrol station near the junction (since disused, and  2005 – consultation by letter with 208 key business, land interest, environmental and subsequently Enterprise Rent-a-Car) (EA); other stakeholders in the local community and local area, regarding the selection of  The presence of a major aquifer (not a concern - it is actually a minor aquifer) (EA); options;  Protection of the pond at the junction (Boldon Lake) (EA, EN);

18

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

 Protection of habitat in Mount Pleasant Marsh (EN), and of the Environmental Education 4.4.2 Of the responses from this consultation exercise, 86% were positive. Highways England Centre located within it (CA); considers that this positive response validates the 2009 public consultation results.  Potential effects on protected species, especially water voles (EN); 4.4.3 On 3 June 2014, the Secretary of State, after considering the public and key stakeholders’ views, announced that the preferred route announcement was Option A. This was  The fragmented existing Public Rights of Way network, severed by existing highways, confirming that the improvements to the Testos junction would: creating 'boxed-in' communities. There was a request for better rights of way connections (CA);  Be an improvement scheme at the current junction;  Integration of landscape proposals with the 'Great North Forest Strategy' (CA);  Raise the existing A19 carriageway using an embankment and two bridge structures to carry it above the existing roundabout; and  The 'fragility' of the existing landscape, and the need for landscape planting to mitigate the proposed raised carriageway (CA); and  Provide access to Downhill Lane junction using two parallel link roads connecting to the south facing slip roads.  Although there were no statutory designated heritage sites in the vicinity, the wider surrounding landscape is characterised by industrial archaeology / historic transport 4.5 Consultation with third parties on EIA matters routes and by military archaeology (EH). 4.3.5 Only English Nature expressed a preference for a specific option. They considered that the 4.5.1 For the purposes of this assessment, ‘third parties’ is taken to mean organisations or off-line option would be 'less acceptable' than an on-line scheme. individuals who hold responsibilities or interests relevant to the EIA, including both prescribed consultation bodies12 and other organisations with relevant responsibilities. 4.3.6 A total of 208 key stakeholders, including all relevant land interests, local businesses and others were further consulted in 2005 after the Stage 1 Scheme Appraisal Report and the Consultation with the Planning Inspectorate re the scope of the EIA selection of the on-line option. Letters were issued to key stakeholders and of the responses 4.5.2 The Highways Agency issued an EIA Scoping Report to the Planning Inspectorate in July none expressed objection to the Scheme. 2014, with a formal request for a Scoping Opinion. Before forming its Scoping Opinion, the Revised design options (2009) Planning Inspectorate approached 61 consultation bodies. Fourteen of these consultation bodies replied within the statutory deadline and two consultation bodies replied outside the 4.3.7 In 2009, the Highways Agency consulted the local community and wider public on Options A, deadline. Several responses to the consultation were to state that the body had no B and C (see paragraph 3.2.1). The Highways Agency hosted six exhibition events between comment; while other bodies gave comments regarding the Scheme but not relevant to the March and June 2009 at the Quality Hotel in Boldon (open to the public) and at the Nissan EIA. Organisations that replied to the PINs consultation and expressed an interest in the UK Manufacturing Plant in Sunderland (on invitation). The same information was made Scheme, provided information or made comment on the scope of the EIA are listed below: available online, and leaflets were posted to all the homes in the surrounding area.  The Coal Authority; 4.3.8 The majority of stakeholders noted that there was a need to improve the junction and were comfortable with Option A (the preferred route). The outcomes of this consultation are given  English Heritage; in more detail in the 2009 Consultation Report.  ESP Gas Group Limited; 4.4 Development of the preferred option  Health and Safety Executive;  National Grid; 4.4.1 The Testos Junction Improvement scheme was suspended in 2010 due to a lack of funding. However, in the autumn statement 2013, the Minister identified the Testos Junction  Natural England; Improvement as a scheme that could potentially be developed further. As a result, in 2014 a  Nexus; targeted exercise to validate the outcome of the 2009 consultation was undertaken. In February 2014, the Highways Agency issued letters and information leaflets to key  North Tyneside Council; stakeholders, including:  Public Health England;  Sunderland Council;  Sunderland City Council; and  Gateshead Council;  Environment Agency.  South Tyneside Council;  Nissan; and 12 i.e persons / organisations covered by the ‘duty to consult’ under Section 42 of the Planning Act 2008, as prescribed  Affected landowners. under Regulation 3 and Schedule 1 of The Infrastructure Planning (Applications: Prescribed Forms and Procedure) Regulations 2009.

19

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

4.5.3 The Planning Inspectorate’s Scoping Opinion was issued in September 2014. Both the Consultation with the Environment Agency original Scoping Report and the Scoping Opinion are available on the Planning Inspectorate’s website13. The Scoping Opinion includes copies of all responses from 4.5.10 The Environment Agency (EA) has been consulted directly regarding the drainage designs, consultation bodies to the Planning Inspectorate’s consultation. Appendix 1.1 (Scoping flood risk, water quality and potential effects on aquatic habitats. In addition, the EA have Issue Log) of this Environmental Statement sets out a summary and analysis of the Scoping provided recommendations regarding the scope of the environmental assessments and the Opinion and of the responses. In addition, the Scoping Issue Log demonstrates how these proposed mitigation measures. The EA have also provided updates on changes to the comments have been taken into account during the EIA. ecological status of the River Don. 4.5.4 Following receipt of the PINs Scoping Opinion, ongoing consultation in relation to the 4.5.11 In the EA’s response to the consultation undertaken by the Planning Inspectorate, The EA Scheme focussed on those consultation bodies who had responded expressing an interest expressed support for the Water Framework Directive (WFD) assessment which has been in the Scheme. Selected additional organisations were also consulted, including some of the undertaken. In addition, the EA’s comments have been considered and as a consequence, prescribed consultees who had not responded to the Planning Inspectorate consultation potential effects of the IAMP site (see Section 2.18) on flood risk and ecology have been within the statutory deadline. considered in the cumulative effects assessment (Chapter 15). 4.5.5 Consultation of third parties prior to receipt of the Scoping Opinion had been focussed on Consultation with Natural England key environmental bodies (including, but not limited to the Environment Agency, Natural 4.5.12 Natural England has been consulted directly regarding environmental information and the England and English Heritage). In addition, South Tyneside and Sunderland Councils were scope of the EIA, including the scope of ecological surveys. In response to the Planning consulted in respect of their wide range of areas of interest and responsibility. Inspectorate’s consultation, Natural England provided numerous comments (see Appendix Consultation with South Tyneside Council 1.2). 4.5.6 Consultation with South Tyneside Council has been addressed to a wide range of specialist 4.5.13 Natural England’s comments to the Planning Inspectorate consultation relate to the: officers, including planning and highways officers and specialist officers dealing with air  EIA regulations; quality, noise, ecology, landscape, heritage, and NMU provision. Some of this consultation has been on an individual, one-to-one basis, between specialists within the EIA team and  Scope of the EIA; and their opposite numbers within the council; while some have been with multiple officers and /  3 SSSIs which lie within 3 km of the proposals. or other consultees. 4.5.14 Natural England’s comments have been considered and where possible influenced the EIA 4.5.7 Although South Tyneside Council did not respond to the consultation undertaken by PINs, and the design of the Scheme. The majority of Natural England’s comments were in line consultation with the council has been ongoing throughout the development of this ES. with the scope of the Scheme. However, Natural England requested that the influence of Concerns and queries raised by South Tyneside Council have been considered and where climate change on the effects of the Scheme should be identified. This consultation possible incorporated into the original Scoping Report, the implementation of the EIA and response was considered and is still under consideration. It should be noted that the the design of the Scheme. South Tyneside Council has provided invaluable input regarding drainage design (including the capacity of the attenuation ponds) and the flood risk the proposed NMU provision and mitigation measures adjacent to Mount Pleasant Marsh assessment all take account of the effects of climate change. (See Chapter 9). Consultation with English Heritage/Historic England Consultation with Sunderland City Council 4.5.15 Historic England and their predecessor organisation, English Heritage were consulted 4.5.8 Consultation of Sunderland City Council has also been addressed to a wide range of regarding listed buildings and scheduled monuments. Consultation has mainly been carried specialist officers including planning and highways officers and specialist officers dealing out through the regional inspector of ancient monuments. Consultation initiated in 2007 was with air quality, noise, ecology, landscape, heritage, and NMU provision. Consultation of the repeated in 2017. The key issue was the potential for impacts on the setting of Scot’s House council has been via one-to-one meetings between specialists from the EIA team and the Grade II* Listed Building. council, as well as larger, multidisciplinary meetings. 4.5.16 In addition, English Heritage responded to the consultation undertaken by the Planning 4.5.9 Sunderland City Council responded to the consultation undertaken by the Planning Inspectorate in relation to their Scoping Opinion. English Heritage welcomed the fact that Inspectorate. The council noted that the methodology proposed and information submitted the assessment of the impact on Scot’s House, which is a Grade II Listed Building, has been was considered satisfactory. assessed in line with guidance. The comments and concerns raised by English Heritage have been considered and incorporated into the EIA and scheme design, where ever possible. ‘Section 42’ consultation 4.5.17 It is a requirement to formally consult with prescribed consultees under Section 42 of the 13 Scoping Opinion: Proposed A19/A184 Junction Improvement, Planning Inspectorate, September 2014 (http://infrastructure.planningportal.gov.uk/projects/north-east/a19-a184-testos-junction-improvement/?ipcsection=docs) Planning Act 2008. A number of prescribed consultees were consulted with in regard to the

20

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement. In relation to this ES, the following prescribed  Newcastle City Council; consultees were contacted:  Tyne and Wear Local Access Forum;  Historic England;  Cyclists Touring Club;  Environment Agency;  British Horse Society;  Forestry Commission;  Sustrans;  Health and Safety Executive;  Ramblers Association; and  Natural England;  Nissan Manufacturing.  The British Waterways Board; 4.5.21 Consultation was undertaken with NMU consultees on the original NMU design between  The Canal and River Trust; 2006 and 2009. In total, two workshops were held where design updates were provided via presentations and feedback sought through a discussion. Additionally, a site walkover was  The Commission for Rural Communities; undertaken to update interested parties on the proposed design and put the NMU design in  South Tyneside Council; context.  Sunderland City Council; 4.5.22 Extensive consultation has been undertaken with regard to the various NMU options (see Section 3.3). Feedback from a workshop held in June 2014 was the basis of NMU design  North Tyneside Council; development and selection of the preferred NMU design. In addition, a workshop was held  Gateshead Council; in February 2015 to present the preferred NMU design and enable consultees to provide input on the detailed design of the NMU strategy.  Newcastle City Council; and  Durham County Council; 4.6 Consultation with the community – ‘Section 47’ th 4.5.18 These prescribed consultees were sent a consultation pack on 10 October 2014 which 4.6.1 In 2014, the Highways Agency undertook a consultation exercise under Section 47 of the included a: Planning Act. The consultation ran from 13 October to 28 November 2014. The main  Covering letter; purpose of community consultation was to engage with local residents, communities and stakeholders, to provide information on the Scheme and an opportunity to raise concerns. In  Copy of the Section 48 Notice which provided background to the Scheme and detailed addition, the proposals were publicised to the public at large via notices under Section 48 of the upcoming consultation events; the Act.  Link to the preliminary environmental information; and 4.6.2 In respect of the environment, the relevant document was the Preliminary Environmental  Consultation leaflet with enclosed questionnaire. Information (PEI). The PEI was prepared to inform community members before they responded to the consultation. The PEI provided information: 4.5.19 Natural England responded to the formal consultation and noted that the Scheme would be unlikely to have a significant impact on internationally and nationally designated sites or  About the existing environmental conditions; landscapes in the region. The Health and Safety Executive confirmed that the Scheme does  On the environmental objectives of the Scheme; not fall within any Major Hazard Site. Both South Tyneside Council and Sunderland City Council expressed support for the Scheme. Gateshead Council did not register any  On the potential environmental effects of the Scheme; and opposition to the Scheme.  On the planned environmental mitigation measures. Consultation with NMU consultees 4.6.3 A Statement of Community Consultation (SoCC)14 setting out the arrangements for the 4.5.20 Extensive consultation was undertaken with representative bodies for NMUs. This consultation was issued in October 2014. Alongside the SoCC, over 27,000 consultation consultation has been integral to the development and improvement of the NMU strategy leaflets were distributed to residential properties within the vicinity of the Scheme. The (see Section 3.3). The organisations and groups that were consulted in relation to the NMU SoCC and leaflets informed local residents and interested parties about the upcoming designs are listed below: exhibition events and available consultation materials.  South Tyneside Council;  Gateshead Council; 14 A Statement of Community Consultation (SoCC) is produced by the developer to determine the way in which they will  Sunderland City Council; consult with the local community prior to application.

21

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

4.6.4 The Highways Agency hosted three public exhibition events at the Monkton Suite, Quality  Local Authorities; and Hotel, West Boldon. A smaller, unmanned public exhibition event was held at Nissan UK  Land interest consultees15. Manufacturing Plant (Sunderland) for two weeks in November 2014. No official feedback was received from Nissan although staff were very interested in the Scheme and lots of 4.7.2 Prescribed consultees were identified by cross referencing the list of prescribed consultees attention was given to the boards and leaflets. in Schedule 1 of the Application Regulations and a list of prescribed consultees provided by PINs. The Consultation Report, which forms part of this DCO submission, provides a full list 4.6.5 Consultation materials, including the PEI, were also made available to view during the of the prescribed consultees that were consulted. consultation period at the following locations: 4.7.3 The following Local Authorities were consulted due to their regional importance and the  South Shields Central Library; proximity to Testos junction:  East Boldon Library;  South Tyneside Council;  Hebburn Library;  Durham County Council;  Sunderland City Centre Customer Service Centre;  Gateshead Council;  Bunny Hill Customer Service Centre;  Newcastle City Council;  Washington Millennium Centre Library;  North Tyneside Council; and  Gateshead Civic Centre;  Sunderland City Council  North Tyneside Council; 4.7.4 The land interest consultees were identified by contacting the Land Registry and purchasing  Jarrow Library; and the Title Plans and Register for lands which would be subject to acquisition for the Scheme.  Highways England (Leeds Office). 4.7.5 All statutory consultees were issued a consultation pack, which notified them of the upcoming exhibition events and enclosed a questionnaire on the Scheme. The consultation 4.6.6 Additionally, the consultation materials, including the PEI, were made available on Highways exhibition events provided an opportunity for statutory consultees to gain further information England’s website on 23 October 2014. on the Scheme, liaise with technical experts and raise concerns. 4.6.7 The outcomes of this consultation exercise are reported in the Consultation Report, which is 4.7.6 Additionally, landowners have been consulted via one-to-one meetings and telephone part of the DCO submission. Stakeholders concerns and comments regarding the conversations. The aim of this consultation was to inform consultees on the Scheme and to environment have been considered, and where possible the Scheme design has been provide an opportunity for landowners to raise concerns regarding the potential amended to address these concerns. environmental effects of the Scheme and proposed mitigation measures. Further consultation of the community, 2016-2017 4.7.7 A section of Mount Pleasant Marsh would be acquired for the Scheme (see paragraph 4.6.8 Following further exploration of the potential for promoting the Scheme jointly with the 2.5.2). The charity ‘Groundwork’ manage West Boldon Environmental Education Centre adjacent A19 Downhill Lane Junction Improvement, a decision was made to proceed with which operates within Mount Pleasant Marsh, and have therefore been classified as a key the A19/A184 Testos Junction Scheme in accordance with the 2014 Preferred Route stakeholder. Additionally, National Grid own the land that West Boldon Education Announcement. Environmental Centre resides on. 4.6.9 Due to the passage of time since the 2014 consultation, further public consultation was 4.7.8 Members of the project team have attended face-to-face meetings with Groundwork and undertaken in January to March 2017 to ensure that any changes in land interests were National Grid to update them on the Scheme and to provide an opportunity for Groundwork taken into account and that all members of the local community, including any that had to raise environmental concerns. joined the community since 2014, had the opportunity to comment. This consultation was Further Section 42 consultation carried out by leaflet and online. The 2017 consultation was supported by an updated PEI. 4.7.9 Due to the passage of time between the 2014 consultation and the preparation of a DCO 4.7 Consultation of ‘prescribed consultees’ – ‘Section 42’ application for submission in 2017, further consultation of prescribed bodies was undertaken in January to March 2017. 4.7.1 In accordance with Section 42 of the Planning Act 2008, consultation with the following statutory consultees was undertaken:  Prescribed consultees;

15 Consultees with an interest in land that would be subject to temporary or permanent acquisition for the Scheme.

22

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

4.8 Environmental data requests 4.8.1 Information and data required for environmental assessments have been requested from relevant environmental organisations. In each specialist chapter (Chapters 6-14), the organisations that have been consulted and the type of information obtained have been reported. The main organisations that have been consulted regarding environmental information and data are:  South Tyneside Council;  Sunderland City Council;  Natural England;  Environment Agency; and  English Heritage.

23

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

CHAPTER 5 APPROACH TO THE ASSESSMENT

5.1 Legislation and guidance on EIA 5.2.5 Guidance published in DMRB or in Highways England’s IANs for most topics defines topic- specific requirements for each level of assessment and reporting. The levels of assessment 5.1.1 The principal legislation governing EIA is European Directive 85/337/EEC and its to be applied to the various topics in this scoping report are given in each of the specialist subsequent amendments, codified in Directive 2011/92/EU (‘the EIA Directive’)16. The EIA topic chapters (Chapters 6 -14). Directive is given effect in the UK by a range of different Regulations applicable to various 5.2.6 DMRB Volume 11, Section 1, Part 1, supplemented by IAN 125/15 ‘Supplementary guidance sectors and geographic jurisdictions. In this case, the relevant Regulations are the for users of DMRB Volume 11 Environmental Assessment Update’ advises that the Infrastructure Planning (Environmental Impact Assessment) Regulations 2009, as amended. environmental assessment should consider the following environmental topics: These Regulations are applicable to any nationally significant infrastructure project (NSIP) that is subject to a requirement for EIA, and that initiated its ‘scoping’ phase before 16 May  Air Quality; 2017. The scoping phase for this Scheme was completed in 2014 and the ES was near-  Noise and Vibration; complete by 16 May 2017. 5.1.2 A new EIA Directive (2014/52/EU) was published in April 2014 and was implemented in  Nature Conservation; relation to Infrastructure Planning by the coming into force of new Regulations on 16 May  Cultural Heritage; 2017. Any new NSIPs subject to EIA whose scoping phase is initiated on or after that date are subject to the new Directive and the new Regulations.  Geology and Soils; 5.1.3 The Design Manual for Roads and Bridges (DMRB) provides guidance on EIAs for highway  Materials; schemes. The environmental assessments detailed in this ES are in accordance with  People and Communities; DMRB.  Road Drainage and the Water Environment; and 5.2 The Design Manual for Roads and Bridges  Combined and Cumulative Effects. 5.2.1 The design of major highway schemes is governed by guidance set out in the 15 volumes of 5.3 Study area DMRB. Volume 11 of DMRB provides guidance on EIA that is specifically applicable to highway schemes. Volume 10 of DMRB covers environmental mitigation. 5.3.1 Study areas have been defined individually for each environmental topic, taking account of 5.2.2 All EIA work and environmental reporting on the Scheme has been undertaken in guidance published in DMRB, the geographic scope of the potential impacts relevant to that accordance with guidance set out in DMRB. DMRB is constantly being amended to ensure topic or of the information required to assess those impacts. The study areas are described that the EIA process is updated and appropriate mitigation measures are recommended. within each relevant chapter of this report. The study area for environmental impact Highways England’s Interim Advice Notes (IANs) have been taken into consideration for the assessment for each environmental topic incorporates the entire DCO boundary for the assessments in this ES. Scheme. 5.2.3 The adopted scope, approach and method of assessment for each topic are outlined in the 5.4 Existing baseline, future conditions and the ‘do minimum’ scenario topic-specific chapters (Chapters 6 - 14). 5.2.4 DMRB guidance on EIA sets out three ‘levels’ of EIA assessment and reporting: ‘scoping’, 5.4.1 In order to identify the effects of the Scheme on the environment, it is important to ‘simple’ and ‘detailed’. These levels are not intended to be sequential (i.e. applied one after understand the environment that would be affected by the proposed works (the ‘baseline another in order), but ‘consequential’, in that the level to be applied at any stage of conditions’). Understanding the baseline allows the measurement of changes that would be environmental reporting is determined on a topic-by-topic basis according to the following caused by the Scheme. factors: 5.4.2 The ‘baseline’ for the measurement of environmental effects is not the situation as it exists now, but the situation as it would exist immediately before the implementation of the  The results of any previous assessment work (especially the Scoping Report); Scheme. This means that the identification of baseline conditions will take into account  The likely scale or significance of impact (not the scale of development); potential changes likely to occur before implementation of the Scheme, that are entirely independent of the Scheme. Identification of the baseline therefore requires first the  The nature of the decision-making process to which the report relates; and identification of the existing situation and then the prediction of how it is likely to change  The degree of uncertainty about the potential impact of the Scheme. between now and implementation of the Scheme.

16 A new EIA Directive (2014/52/EU) is now in force, but is not required to be implemented through national legislation in member states, including the UK, until 2017.

24

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

5.4.3 For some topics, it is necessary to predict the future conditions beyond this timeframe.  Will different types of impact occur that would interact in such a way as to alter the These conditions are part of the ‘DM’ scenario. For these topics, impacts are predicted both significance of their effects? for the baseline year17 and for a ‘future year’ (for example 15 years after opening, or the  Will the effects of this scheme on any environmental feature be compounded by similar worst year in the first 15 years of operation). It should be noted that in some cases, the effects of another transport-related scheme or non-transport development already worst year in the first 15 years after opening can in fact be the opening year, in which case planned? no separate future year prediction is made. This is usually the case for air quality, for instance. Occasionally, in special circumstances, an ‘interim’ year is also used.  Will any cumulative effects that are identified be temporary or permanent? 5.4.4 In most cases, impact prediction for the future year compares the predicted situation in that 5.6.3 In addition to other Highways England schemes, relevant recent and future schemes have year with the situation that would occur in that year if the Scheme had not been built. It been identified through consultation with the Local Highways Authority and the Local takes account of any other, independent changes that can be predicted, such as predicted Planning Authority. growth in traffic, or known future changes in law, regulations or policy, and including any scheduled maintenance or other works on the road itself that would occur if the Scheme 5.7 Significance of impacts were not built. Where relevant, the future year is defined separately for each topic. 5.7.1 The significance of environmental effects can be defined by reference to two key factors: 5.5 Data gathering  The ‘value’ or ‘sensitivity’ of the receptor19 ; and 5.5.1 For each topic, data was gathered from a number of sources during previous phases of  The ‘magnitude’ or ‘scale’ of the impact. scheme development. Additional or updated information from the same sources and from 5.7.2 DMRB specifies both a typical generic set of terminology and criteria and topic-specific new sources was gathered during the current phase of work, building on information terminology and criteria for some topics, covering the description of both the sensitivity and gathered at earlier stages of the Scheme. The data gathering work carried out is defined in magnitude. However, DMRB does not necessarily use the same scales, terminology or each specialist chapter. However, in most cases the work can be broken down into four criteria, or indeed the same overall approach, for all topics. For several topics whose elements: guidance was published in the 1990s there are no published criteria, while some recently  Consultation of third-party organisations to obtain factual information; introduced topics have no published topic-specific guidance.  Consultation of third-party organisations (including statutory Consultation Bodies) for 5.7.3 All assessments of impact are based on the professional judgement of the relevant comment on the scope of work required, on the prediction and assessment of impacts environmental specialist, supported by the application of published topic-specific guidance and in relation to mitigation requirements; found in DMRB where this is available. As a minimum, all impacts, for all topics, can be defined through the following four pairs of opposites:  Desk-based surveys; and  Adverse or beneficial (i.e. they are undesirable effects, or they represent an  Field surveys carried out for the EIA or for other aspects of the Scheme. improvement over the existing situation); 5.6 Identifying potential impacts  Short-term or long-term (i.e. they are felt for less than 15 years, or they will still be felt 15 years after construction and beyond); 5.6.1 The EIA considers both direct and indirect impacts. Direct impacts are those which arise directly from the Scheme, for example the noise benefits of reduced traffic. Indirect impacts  Construction or operational (i.e. caused by the construction of the Scheme, or by the in this context can be “those that alter the character, behaviour or functioning of the affected operation of the Scheme after opening); and environment because of the knock-on impacts over a wider area or timescale”, or “the  Significant or insignificant. effects related to pressure as a result of project-induced change”18. 5.7.4 However, for topics that benefit from detailed guidance in DMRB more detailed techniques 5.6.2 The potential for other developments or highway schemes to have effects that act can be applied to support and further refine the assessment of impact. For those topics cumulatively with the proposed A19 / A184 scheme have been considered in this EIA. whose impacts are most easily definable in absolute numbers, this is done through Additionally, throughout the EIA the potential for the Scheme to have multiple, different calculations or computer modelling and the definition of numerical values for the environmental effects on the same receptor has been considered. Both these types of environmental change (e.g. the increase or reduction in the concentration of an air pollutant, cumulative effects have been considered within the EIA through the following questions: or the increase or reduction in noise levels).  Will any environmental feature experience several different types of impact from this 5.7.5 For topics where the environmental impacts are less amenable to numerical measurement, scheme in such a way as to compound their effects? professional judgement can be applied to determine the significance of impact on a

17 The year that the road would be opened for public use. 19 The ‘receptor’ is the existing environmental feature that would be affected by an impact – for instance, the population of a 18 Extracts from DMRB, Volume 11 Section 2 Part 5 (HA 205/08), paragraph 1.50 i. and ii. protected species, or a specific archaeological site, or the occupants of a residential property

25

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

graduated scale. This is done by grading both the value / sensitivity of the receptor and the  Identify ‘environmental aspects’ – that is, features of the local environment that may be magnitude of impact on separate graduated scales and then applying a matrix, with the particularly vulnerable to impacts as a result of construction activity, and construction sensitivity of the affected receptor on one axis and the magnitude of the impact on the other activities that could give rise to accidental damage to the environment or accidental axis. A typical matrix for this purpose is given in DMRB, and is presented below as Table 5- nuisance to local residence; 1, showing typical terminology for sensitivity of receptor, magnitude of impact and  Set out good practice site management measures to minimise the routine effects of significance of impact. construction on the environment; 5.7.6 Some topics use this matrix unmodified, together with their own tables of criteria for defining value / sensitivity and magnitude of impact; some other topics use modified versions of the  Set out control measures to reduce the likelihood of accidental occurrences that could matrix; others use a combination of matrix and calculations. The impact assessment that will lead to environmental damage; and be used for each topic is set-out in each of the relevant topic chapters (Chapters 6 –14).  Set out action plans to respond to any such occurrences that do arise, to minimise the Table 5-1: Typical Matrix for Assessment of Significant Impacts damage caused. 5.8.4 In the environmental topic chapters of this ES, potential impacts are identified that fall into Magnitude the category of construction-period impacts. In many cases the mitigation measure specified Value / Sensitivity No change Negligible Minor Moderate Major for such impacts is by reference to the CEMP. Moderate or Large or Very Large or Very Mitigation of operational impacts Very High Neutral Slight Large Large Large 5.8.5 This ES details the potential environmental effects of the Scheme and the proposed Slight or Moderate or Large or Very mitigation measures. These mitigation measures are designed principally to address High Neutral Slight Moderate Large Large impacts whose occurrence, timing and location can be predicted in advance and are intrinsic Neutral or Slight or Moderate or to the design of the Scheme. Medium Neutral Slight Slight Moderate Large 5.8.6 The first option in mitigating any impact is to seek design measures that would enable the Neutral or Neutral or Slight or impact to be avoided, or at least reduced. Impacts can be avoided or reduced, for instance, Low Neutral Slight Slight Slight Moderate through changes to the horizontal or vertical alignment of the Scheme, junction strategy or other aspects of the Scheme layout; or through changes in the methods and / or materials to Neutral or Neutral or Negligible Neutral Neutral Slight be used in construction. Slight Slight 5.8.7 Where avoidance of an impact is through design measures is not possible, or is only partly 5.8 Mitigation, enhancement and residual impacts effective, further mitigation measures are required. Such measures fall into three broad categories: 5.8.1 Where there would be adverse environmental effects, mitigation measures are required.  Measures that do not remove an impact but make it less significant. A typical example is The purpose of any mitigation measure is to eliminate the impact or, where this is not planting trees to screen views of a road where it is visually intrusive; possible, to reduce its significance.  The like-for-like replacement of a feature that would be lost, for instance creating a new Mitigation of construction impacts pond designed to provide habitat similar to that in a pond that is on the Scheme 5.8.2 Construction impacts are potential impacts to the environment that would occur as a result of alignment and cannot be avoided; or the actual process of construction (such as the impacts of temporary haul roads); or from  The provision of a beneficial effect that is related to the impact, but is not a like-for-like accidental occurrences during construction, which may or may not occur, and whose timing replacement of the feature to be lost. A typical example would be an archaeological and location cannot always be accurately predicted (such as accidental spillages of fuels, excavation, which provides detailed archaeological records of the archaeological oils or other chemicals, or the generation of nuisance dust drifting off the construction site). remains to offset the loss of the remains themselves. 5.8.3 The likelihood of occurrence and the severity of any such incidents can be reduced through 5.8.8 In some cases, it may be necessary to apply a combination of two or more of these good construction site management practices. The contractor would ensure that such good approaches. Where appropriate, statutory Consultation Bodies have been consulted before practices are applied through the application of a detailed Construction Environmental determining the measures or combinations of measures to be used in mitigation. Each of the Management Plan (CEMP). A CEMP is prepared and implemented for a specific scheme, specialist topics includes a section on the measures proposed to mitigate potential adverse and it evolves through the life of the Scheme, developing information and a level of detail effects of the Scheme on the environment. In addition, Appendix 1.2 details a Register of appropriate to the particular stage of scheme development. The CEMP would: Environmental Actions and Commitments (REAC), incorporating an Environmental Action  Identify relevant environmental commitments made in the ES and measures put in place Plan (EAP) that sets out the environmental actions that would be required to implement the to enable their achievement; Scheme in accordance with this ES. The EAP includes the environmental actions that would be required before, during and after construction. An Environmental Master Plan (EMP) is

26

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

bound into Volume 1 of this ES; it illustrates the mitigation measures that have been proposed in accordance with this ES. Implementation and Enforcement of Mitigation 5.8.9 Mitigation will be secured by way of requirements in the DCO including that the Scheme is undertaken with the CEMP (which includes provision on mitigation of construction impacts); specific mitigation obligation in key topic areas such as landscaping, drainage and contaminated land. 5.8.10 The Application will place a contractual responsibility on detailed design and construction contractors to comply with the DCO requirements. Discharge of these requirements would be by consent from the Secretary of State, generally following consultation with the relevant planning or environmental authority. Residual impacts 5.8.11 Impacts that would still occur after mitigation measures are taken into account are ‘residual’ impacts. This ES identifies impacts before mitigation, but does not assess their significance. However, it does report the significance of the various environmental impacts of the Scheme with the proposed mitigation. As such, all of the effects assessed and reported reflect the residual impacts of the Scheme.

27

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

CHAPTER 6 AIR QUALITY

Executive summary  Regional air quality, which relates to pollutants dispersing over a larger area, with potential to affect human health and ecosystems. Carbon emissions, which can People living near busy roads, including the A19, are potentially exposed to air pollution influence the global issue of climate change, are included in the regional air quality concentrations from road traffic. Changes in traffic flows associated with the proposed A19/A184 assessment. Testos Junction Improvement could result in changes in the concentrations of air pollutants at nearby residential properties or other sensitive receptors. 6.1.4 The study area for the assessment of local air quality has been defined in line with the guidance contained in the Design Manual for Roads and Bridges DMRB Volume 11, Section A detailed air quality assessment has been carried out, based on computer modelling of future 3, Part 1 HA207/07 (referred to hereafter as ‘HA207/07’). It comprises: conditions. The assessment used forecast traffic data and other predicted parameters as part of the modelling procedure, in accordance with the most recent relevant guidance20.  All land within 200m of the centre line of the existing road; The assessment focuses on the effects of air pollution on local people, nature conservation and the  Land within 200m of the centre line of the improvement scheme; and global climate. As such, the receptors considered are residential properties, hospitals and schools,  Land within 200m of any other ‘affected roads’. and incorporates an assessment of carbon emissions at a regional level. The prescribed methodology for assessment also covers nature conservation sites designated at international and 6.1.5 ‘Affected roads’ were identified by qualifying criteria published in HA207/07’, based on European level which are sensitive to nitrogen deposition; however, no such sites were located within changes between Do Minimum (DM) and Do Something (DS) scenarios, that would occur as the air quality study area. a result of the Scheme being implemented, as follows: The principal pollutants of concern in relation to effects on human health are nitrogen dioxide (NO2)  Road alignment will change by 5 m or more; and particulate matter with an aerodynamic diameter of less than 10 microns (particulates, or PM10).  Daily traffic flows will change by more than 1,000 Annual Average Daily Traffic (AADT); Whilst PM10 is considered in this chapter, more emphasis is placed on NO2, due to the existing concentrations and potential effects of the Scheme with regard to NO2.  Heavy Duty Vehicle (HDV) flows will change by more than 200 AADT; The outcome of the assessment indicates that no sensitive receptors are predicted to experience an  Daily average speed will change by more than 10 kph; or exceedance of the relevant air quality objectives. The majority of receptors are predicted to  Peak hour speed will change by more than 20 kph. experience a negligible change in concentration, and would remain well below the relevant Air Quality Objective limits. 6.1.6 Data from the traffic model has been used to define the study area, in line with these qualifying criteria. Figure 6.1 defines the air quality study area and constraints. The study 6.1 Introduction area covers the A19 Testos Junction scheme, parts of the A194, as well as sections of the wider local road network serving these areas. 6.1.1 Air quality is a consideration in any development proposal involving significant changes in the nature and location of emissions to air. The proposed A19/A184 Testos Junction The two-bridge option and the single-bridge option Improvement (“the Scheme”) would change the way in which traffic flows around the junction 6.1.7 In the air quality assessment, the difference in form between these two options does not and the wider surrounding network. Vehicle traffic is the largest contributor to air pollution at affect the assessment. This is because there is no change in the position of the centre-line a local level in the UK, so changes in the flow of traffic could have the potential to increase of the A19 or any other component of the highway layout used in modelling the air quality emissions from vehicle traffic and change ambient air quality concentrations at nearby effects. For the purposes of the air quality assessment, therefore, the two options are receptors. identical. 6.1.2 A detailed air quality assessment has been undertaken to establish the potential effects of the proposed on local and regional air quality. This chapter describes the assessment and 6.2 Limitations of the assessment the predicted construction and operational effects arising from the Scheme. 6.2.1 As with any computer model that seeks to predict future conditions, there is inherent Study area uncertainty in the predictions made. The dispersion models provide an estimate of concentrations arising from input emissions and historical meteorological data. The 6.1.3 The air quality assessment comprises two sub-topics: estimates produced, while appropriately representing the complex factors involved in  Local air quality, which relates to pollutants with potential to affect human health and atmospheric dispersion, are subject to uncertainty. ecosystems at a local level; and 6.2.2 Whilst the predictions provided by the models should not be regarded as definitive statements of concentrations that will arise in the future, they are the most reasonable, 20 Highways Agency (2015) Interim Advice Note 185/15 Updated traffic, air quality and noise advice on the assessment of robust and representative estimates available. Whilst being the best predictions available, link speeds and generation of vehicle data into ‘speed-bands’ for users of DMRB Volume 11, Section 3, Part 1 ‘Air elements of impact prediction (such as the specific concentration of a given pollutant at a Quality’ and Volume 11, Section 3. Part 7 ‘Noise’ given property, or whether an exceedance of Air Quality Objectives (AQOs) would or would

28

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

not occur at a specific location), are not precise and are always subject to a margin for error. 6.3.4 More information on the terms used in relation to air quality, the science and the legislation, Further information on the modelling methodology can be found in Appendices 6.3 and 6.4. is given in the AQS documents and the supporting Defra Local Air Quality Management Technical Guidance21 (known as as ‘LAQM TG(16)’). 6.3 Legislative background 6.3.5 AQOs are health-based standards that are set at a level to provide protection to the whole 6.3.1 The assessment considers the relevant Air Quality legislation and policy, and Local Air population. Local Authorities are responsible for determining whether AQOs are complied Quality Management Technical Guidance. Further details on legislation and policy can be with within the system of Local Air Quality Management (LAQM). Local Authorities are found in Appendix 6.1. required to review and assess air quality within their districts, against the AQOs. Where the AQOs are not being met, they must declare an Air Quality Management Area (AQMA), and 6.3.2 Table 6-1 below summarises key legislation and policy relevant to air quality. implement an Air Quality Action Plan (AQAP) to improve air quality within 18 months. Table 6-1: Relevant air quality legislation 6.3.6 The AQS and LAQM TG(16) introduce measures to control exposure to PM2.5 (i.e. particulate matter with an average aerodynamic diameter less than 2.5 μm). These are Applicable Law Description intended to be delivered at the national level; it has not been incorporated into LAQM, and authorities have no obligation to address them. Impacts of road schemes on ambient PM2.5 Environment Protection Act 1990 Provides statutory nuisance provisions for nuisance dust concentrations are typically insignificant, and accordingly DMRB does not require the Part III assessment of PM2.5. Environment Act 1995, Part IV Defines requirements for Local Air Quality Management Dust nuisance Air Quality (England) (Amendment) Legislates for the limit values for pollutants set out in the 6.3.7 The main concern regarding air quality impacts during construction is the creation of fugitive Regulations 2000 / 2002 2007 Air Quality Strategy dust22. There are no nationally recognised criteria defining levels of dust that can cause an The National Air Quality Strategy (AQS) annoyance. for England, Scotland, Wales and Updates the 2000 Air Quality Strategy 6.3.8 Fugitive dust effects can be controlled under the Statutory Nuisance provisions of Part III of Northern Ireland, 2007 the Environmental Protection Act, 1990. Where required, best practice fugitive dust control The Air Quality Standards Regulations Transpose formalised limit values set out in the EU measures outlined in the Institute of Air Quality Management (IAQM) Guidance, 2014 have (England) 2010 ambient air quality directive 2008/50/EC to UK law been identified. More information is given in Section 6.7. Planning policy background Air Quality Strategy for England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland National Policy 6.3.3 The National Air Quality Strategy for England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland (the 6.3.9 National policy relevant to the scope of potential effects on Air Quality is outlined in Table 6- AQS) establishes Air Quality Objectives (AQO)s for a number of specific pollutants. The 3 below: pollutants relevant to this assessment are NO2, nitrogen oxides (NOx), and PM10 (see Table 6-3: Relevant National Policies Table 6-2). The dates were set out in the 2007 Strategy document, and remain valid. National Policy Relevant Paragraph How the policy has been addressed Table 6-2: Air Quality Objectives (AQO) National Networks Air Quality, including carbon The NNNPS sets out the Government’s Description Date to be Pollutant National Policy emissions, is referred to in vision and policy against which the SoS Concentration Measured as achieved by Statement (NNNPS) paragraphs 5.3 to 5.19 of the will make decisions on applications for (Designated January NNNPS. development consent for nationally 200 μg/m3 not to be exceeded more than 18 1 hour mean 31-12-2005 2015) significant infrastructure projects on the Nitrogen Dioxide times/yr (99.79th percentile) (NO ) strategic road and rail networks. 2 3 40 μg/m Annual mean 31-12-2005 Nitrogen Oxides A full review of the Scheme against the 30 μg/m3 Annual mean 19-07-2001 (NOx) NNNPS is set out in Appendix A of the Planning Statement (document ref 50 μg/m3, not to be exceeded more than 35 24 hour mean 31-12-2004 TR010020/APP/7.1) Particulate Matter times/yr (90.41th percentile) (PM ) 10 3 40 μg/m Annual mean 31-12-2004 21 Defra (2016) Local Air Quality Management Technical Guidance LAQM.TG(16) 22 i.e. visible emissions of dust that does not come from definable point sources such as smokestacks. Typical sources would be storage piles of soil, dry bare earth on a construction site, haul roads, etc.

29

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

National Policy Relevant Paragraph How the policy has been addressed South Tyneside How the policy has been Local Development Relevant Policy addressed National Planning Paragraph 109 notes that “the The detailed air quality assessment that Framework Policy Framework planning system should has been undertaken considers the (NPPF) (March 2012) contribute to and enhance the Scheme’s effects upon the local and Management Policies …. “the development does not adversely was considered in the (December 2011) impact upon air pollution levels, assessment and found to be natural and local environment natural environment, and contribution to by…preventing both new and air pollution. The assessment also particularly of nitrogen dioxide in the outside the study area. The

existing development from considers local air quality action plans Boldon Lane/Stanhope Road and Leam Leam Lane/Lindisfarn contributing to…air…pollution” and what impact the Scheme may have Lane/Lindisfarne Roundabout Air Quality Roundabout AQMA was Management Area, or any other identified to be within the on any AQMAs in the study area. designated area where air quality study area, and impacts were Paragraph 124 states that objectives are not met or not likely to be assessed as to whether air “planning decisions should met in the foreseeable future or a s a quality objectives were likely ensure that any new result of the proposed development……...” to be met or not met as a development in Air Quality result of the Scheme. Management Areas (AQMA) is consistent with the local air Site-Specific No relevant policies N/A quality action plan”. Allocations and Proposals Map (April Planning Practice Planning Practice Guidance The assessment undertaken considers 2012) Guidance (PPG) relating to NPPF policies of relevant Planning Practice Guidance; relevance are included under for example completion of a review of nine headings in the overall “Air the impact and the development of quality” heading. potential mitigation measures. Table 6-5: Relevant Policies within the Sunderland statutory Development Plan Sunderland City How the policy has been Relevant Policy Council addressed Local Policy City of Sunderland EN1 General Environmental Protection This assessment has 6.3.10 Local planning policy for South Tyneside and Sunderland City Council, which are relevant to Unitary Development “Improvement of the environment will be identified locations where the scope of potential effects on Air Quality, is outlined in Table 6-4 and Table 6-5. On Plan: Saved Policies achieved by: the environment may be review of the study area it was deemed that there are no relevant policies for Gateshead (March 2007) improved by reductions in Seeking to minimise all forms of pollution”. Council : levels of air pollution. Table 6-4: Relevant Policies within the South Tyneside statutory Development Plan 6.4 Assessment approach and method South Tyneside How the policy has been Local Development Relevant Policy 6.4.1 The assessment identifies the potential air quality effects by predicting the changes in air addressed Framework quality pollutant concentrations which would result from the combination of background concentrations and the contributions from the roads in the study area, including the Scheme. Core Strategy (June Objective 6: “To prevent deterioration and The assessment undertaken 2007) where possible improve local air quality identifies deterioration and 6.4.2 This assessment conforms to the standard practice of environmental impact assessment, levels for all”. possible improvements in air whereby the baseline is established, and then the situation with the development in place Policy EA5 Environmental Protection quality at relevant receptor (DS) is compared with the situation without it (DM). locations. The assessment “To complement the regeneration of the seeks to identify potential 6.4.3 The potential air quality impacts of the Scheme have been assessed following HA207/07’ Borough, the Council will control new reductions in levels of air and the associated Interim Advice Notes, and LAQM TG(16). Following the process set out development so that it: pollution and considers in HA207/07’, a detailed assessment has been carried out using the dispersion modelling A: acts to reduce levels of pollution, individual and cumulative software, Air Dispersion Model Software (ADMS)-Roads (Version 4.0.1). environmental risk and nuisance effects of the Scheme against 6.4.4 The assessment methodology is summarised as follows. Further details are provided in throughout the Borough…… air pollution limits and Appendices 6.2 to 6.4. D: ensures that the individual and objectives. cumulative effects of development do not Assessment scenarios breach noise, hazardous substances or pollution limits….” 6.4.5 The prescribed scope of assessment covers different geographic scales, as detailed in Table 6-6 below: Development DM1 Management of Development Boldon Lane/Stanhorpe Road

30

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Receptors Table 6-6: Assessment Scenarios 6.4.9 Residential receptors and other sensitive receptors (such as schools, nursing homes etc) have been considered within the study area. A total of 86 receptors were included in the Scenario/ Pollutants Scenarios Assessed local air quality assessment, and selected using professional judgement for being: geographic level Assessed  Representative of the maximum impacts of the Scheme in that region; and  Baseline Year 2012  At risk of exceeding the annual mean NO2 AQO. Local Air Quality NO2 and PM10  Without Scheme (“DM”) Opening Year 2021 6.4.10 Building usage was determined using the Ordnance Survey Address Layer dataset, and  With Scheme (“DS”) Opening Year 2021 calculations made at the nearest façade to the busiest road. All ‘receptors’ are treated as  Assessment Year 2036 – Without Scheme being equally sensitive. Regional Air Quality NOx, PM10 and carbon – DM Background concentrations (15 years after dioxide (CO2) opening) emissions.  Assessment Year 2036 – With Scheme – 6.4.11 For the purposes of this assessment, the background air quality represents the DS concentrations of pollutants that would be present if there were no emissions from the roads included in the dispersion modelling. The pollution derived from the existing road is added to Site-specific the background pollution concentrations. (sites designated at international and There are no relevant designated sites within the 6.4.12 Defra provides national background maps, (http://www.laqm.defra.gov.uk), with the most up European level NOx concentrations study area, so this element of the prescribed to date information held within base year 2013 data. As the base scenario is 2012, within 200m of the assessment scope is not required. background concentrations for NOx, NO2 and PM10 have been calculated using data for the Scheme or affected period 2013-2017 to allow 2012 data to be factored, in accordance with principals and tools roads) from Highways England.

6.4.13 To avoid double counting in the dispersion model, NOx and PM10 background concentrations that have motorway and trunk road contributions removed from the background annual Traffic data mean (known as ‘sector removed), and background annual mean NO2 estimates have been 24 6.4.6 Traffic data for the modelling scenarios has been provided from the traffic model. The base corrected using the Defra’s Background NO2 Calculator . The predicted background year air quality modelling uses traffic data, pollution measurements and meteorological pollutant concentrations in the study area are significantly below the AQOs (see Table 6.10). measurements from 2012 (meteorological data from Newcastle Airport was utilised). Prediction of environmental concentrations 6.4.7 Interim Advice Note (IAN 185/15) has been published by Highways England, providing 6.4.14 The model is used to predict the road traffic contributions to NOx and PM10 concentrations at supplementary guidance to HA207/07 regarding speed-band banding for vehicle emissions. specified receptors. Adjustments are applied to the model predictions (based on a For the purposes of this assessment, traffic data representing the average conditions in comparison against measured air quality concentrations, known as model verification and specific time periods, with the corresponding speed-band has been utilised. The data was adjustment). The model is then used for predicting air quality concentrations in the future used to calculate emission rates (using IAN185/15 values), which predict vehicle fleet, years. vehicle type and EURO emission standards. Further details are provided in Appendix 6.2. 6.4.15 A further adjustment step is undertaken to account for the observed long term trends in Local air quality assessment methodology ambient roadside NOx and NO2, using the Gap Analysis methodology prescribed in 6.4.8 The ADMS-Roads Software has been developed by Cambridge Environmental Research IAN170/12, to account for the Long Term Trends (LTTE6) for NOx and NO2. This approach Consultants Ltd (CERC). It is an atmospheric modelling system focusing on road traffic as a complements LAQM TG(16) to provide a more representative assessment of opening year source of pollutant emissions, and is an industry recognised tool for carrying out air quality impacts. The modelling, verification and adjustment processes are detailed further in impact assessments and has been comprehensively validated, both by the manufacturers Appendix 6.4. and independently of them. Version 4.0.1.0 (November 2015) was used for this Regional assessment assessment23. 6.4.16 A HA207/07’ regional air quality assessment has been undertaken to estimate the change in total emissions of PM10, NOx, carbon dioxide (CO2) from all vehicles on the affected roads. The assessment used the Defra Emissions Factor Toolkit (v7), using the traffic data provided 23 Version 4.1 was published in March 2017, when this assessment was already well advanced. It makes small changes to the software, affecting features that were not necessary to use for this assessment, so a switch was not made, as that 24 would have delayed the assessment for no benefit. Defra, NO2 Background Sector Tool - for Source Apportioned Background NOx v5.1

31

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

for each link (and incorporating banded speed data), for both the modelled year of opening Table 6-7: Guideline to Number of Properties Constituting a Significant Effect (2021) and assessment year (2036). Number of Receptors with: Transport Analysis Guidance assessment Improvement of an AQO Magnitude of Change Worsening of AQO already 6.4.17 In accordance with HA207/07, a Transport Analysis Guidance (TAG) assessment already above objective or in NO2 above objective or creation (Department for Transport, 2012) has been undertaken. The assessment identifies changes the removal of an existing of a new exceedance in NO2 and PM10 at properties within the study area. exceedance 6.4.18 The local air quality TAG assessment creates an overall ‘score’ for the Scheme, which is Large (>4 μg/m³)) 1 to 10 1 to 10 calculated on the basis of the number of residential properties within 200m of affected roads Medium (>2 to 4 μg/m³)) 10 to 30 10 to 30 (2490 properties were included), and the overall sum of the changes in NO2 and PM10 pollutant concentrations at these properties. As part of the TAG assessment, annual mass Small (>0.4 to 2 μg/m³)) 30 to 60 30 to 60 emissions of NOx and CO2 have also been calculated. The assessment is provided in Appendix 6.7, and is not discussed further within this chapter. 6.5.2 To identify the baseline air quality conditions, a review of information has been undertaken, including the latest local authority air quality reports, monitoring data and background Impact assessment and significance concentration maps. This section presents the results of the review. The air quality 6.4.19 To convey the level of impact of the Scheme, it is necessary to determine its significance. constraints including AQMAs are shown in Figure 6.1. The ‘significance’ of an environmental impact relates to the ‘sensitivity’ of the receptor and 6.5.3 Baseline air quality is predicted to change into the future (mainly because vehicle emissions the ‘scale’ of the impact. Highways England’s approach to evaluating significant air quality are changing due to improvements in engine technology). Therefore, the baseline situation is effects is set out in IANs 174/1325 and 175/1326. extrapolated forward to the opening year. The DM scenario is the predicted baseline for the 6.4.20 The model results are used to identify receptors which are in exceedance of AQOs in either opening year, and the DS scenario is the same as the DM but also includes the effects of the the DM or DS scenario – only those in exceedance are considered in the judgment of proposed A19 Testos scheme. The baseline year used for the Scheme is 2012, as provided significance. in the traffic modelling data. 6.4.21 Where the difference in concentrations (between DM and DS scenario) at a receptor is less Local Air Quality Management Summary than 1% of the AQO (e.g. less than 0.4 μg/m³ for NO2), it is considered to be imperceptible, 6.5.4 The Scheme is located within the jurisdiction of South Tyneside Council (STC) but given its and is scoped out of the judgement on significance. close proximity to the Sunderland Council (SC) area data for both areas has been taken into 6.4.22 Highways England has developed a framework to provide guidance on the number of account. Each Council monitors air quality within their Council area to identify any changes receptors for each of the magnitude of change categories that might result in a significant in air quality conditions. Monitoring data relevant to this scheme has been identified only in 27 effect. These are guideline values only, and are to be used to inform professional judgement the monitoring reports from South Tyneside Council . on significant effects of the Scheme. A judgement of significant effect is made in relation to 6.5.5 The most up to date LAQM documents from these councils have been reviewed for the the Scheme overall, and considers the aggregate of effect on all residential receptors assessment, including: exposure to exceedances of AQOs, and the risk of exceedance of EU limit values, rather 28 than in relation to individual receptors. The significance categories and guideline property  South Tyneside Council 2016 Annual Status Report; and numbers are summarised in Table 6-7 and more information on significance is provided in  Sunderland City Council 2016 Air Quality Annual Status Report29 Appendix 6.2. 6.5.6 Gateshead Council declared an AQMA for NO2 for the city centre (outside of the study area) 6.5 Baseline conditions in 2005, and implemented an Air Quality Action Plan in 2008. A further AQMA was declared in Birtley in 2008 (for NO2) but revoked in 2012. The 2016 report highlighted that NO2 6.5.1 In order to provide an assessment of the significance of any new development proposal (in monitoring data for 2015 did not include any exceedances, and that all AQOs were being terms of air quality), it is necessary to identify and understand the baseline air quality met across their area (outside of the AQMA). The monitoring data available for Gateshead conditions at and around the study area. This provides a reference level against which any was outside of the study area, and not included in the assessment. Sunderland Council potential changes in air quality can be assessed. 2016 report noted that the council have not declared any AQMAs in their area. All AQOs are being met within the area.

25 Highways Agency (2013) Interim Advice Note 174/13 Updated advice for evaluating significant local air quality effects for users of DMRB Volume 11, Section 3, Part 1 ‘Air Quality’ (HA207/07) 27 South Tyneside Council. (2014). Air Quality. Air Quality Monitoring Information. Accessed on 12 October 2014 from 26 Highways Agency (2013) Interim Advice Note 175/13 Updated air quality advice on risk http://www.southtyneside.info/article/8244/air-quality. assessment related to compliance with the EU Directive on ambient air quality and on the production of Scheme Air Quality 28 South Tyneside Council (2016), Annual Status Report Action Plans for user of DMRB Volume 11, Section 3, Part 1 ‘Air Quality’ (HA207/07) 29 Sunderland City Council, (2016), Air Quality Progress Report

32

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

6.5.7 The report from South Tyneside Council indicates that while air quality across the area is OS 2012 Annual Data generally good, some areas experience poor air quality, as a result of road transport 30 ID Monitoring Location Co-ordinates Mean NO2 Capture emissions . The LAQM assessment process resulted in the declaration of two AQMAs. All 3 X Y Conc (µg/m ) % other AQOs are being met within the area. STC NO2 monitoring data has been used in the assessment, and is detailed in Table 6-5. Lamppost Fellgate Estate A19- end of Air Quality Management Areas STC_19 433739 562070 34.8 42% Southerlands 6.5.8 STC declared two AQMAs in 2006 due to exceedances of the NO2 AQO at road junctions of STC_23 Lindisfarne Roundabout - On Sign 433738 563559 40.6 75% Boldon Lane and Stanhope Road, South Shields (not within the air quality study area) and Leam Lane / Lindisfarne Roundabout (within the air quality study area for this project). STC_24 Lindisfarne Road No 51 433709 563803 30.1 67% Lindisfarne Roundabout is illustrated in Figure 6.1. No AQMAs for Gateshead Council are STC_33 Hadrian Road No1 – Lamppost 433470 563394 19.8 100% within the study area and there are no AQMAs in Sunderland. STC_34, Edinburgh Road - Monitoring 434068 563695 27.0 75% 6.5.9 There are no AQMAs for PM10 within the air quality study area or within the administrative 35, 36 Station (triplicate) areas of Gateshead, South Tyneside and Sunderland Councils. John Reid Road - lamppost near STC_37 434293 563746 24.7 100% 6.5.10 Whilst the Scheme itself is not located within an AQMA, there is potential for air quality Stirling Avenue impacts upon receptors within the Leam Lane/Lindisfarne Road AQMA as a result of the Newcastle road - near JReid STC_39 434373 563955 30.7 100% Scheme. Road roundabout 6.5.11 The STC Action Plan notes that dispersion modelling undertaken during the detailed South Tyneside Council Continuous Analyser assessment of both AQMA locations within South Tyneside indicated that the major Edinburgh Road Continuous STC_CM 434068 563695 25.7 99.6% contribution to the observed concentrations of air quality pollutants in both locations was Monitor made by existing road traffic. 6.5.12 The actions detailed within the plan to reduce pollutant concentrations are similar to others 6.5.14 To supplement the available monitoring data, Highways England undertook a 12 month NO2 within the Tyne and Wear region, and are based around five themes, including: Managing monitoring survey around the Scheme area. The results provide 2012 annual mean the Highway Network, Emissions Management, Land Use Planning, Information and concentrations to inform the air quality assessment and verify dispersion modelling results, Education, and Promotion and Provision of Alternatives. The proposed actions include as shown in Table 6-9, and in Figure 6.1 congestion charging, low emission zones, car sharing, and development control. Table 6-9: HE A19 NO2 Diffusion Tube Survey (2012 Annual Mean) Monitoring Data OS 2012 Annual Data ID Monitoring Location Co-ordinates Mean NO2 Capture 6.5.13 Monitoring data from the relevant local authorities within the study area was obtained and 3 reviewed. Monitoring locations (and data) from Sunderland Council and Gateshead Council X Y Conc (µg/m ) % were outside the assessment study area, and therefore not suitable for use in the HA_001 Newcastle Road, A184 432552 561087 21.3 92% assessment. Bias adjusted annual mean data for 2012 from South Tyneside Council Unmarked road adjacent to monitoring sites with suitable data capture have been used to inform the air quality HA_002 431486 561200 19.9 75% Newcastle Road, A184 assessment and verify dispersion modelling results. The NO2 monitoring sites are shown on Laverick Hall Farm Cott adjacent to Figure 6.1, and are described in Table 6-8. There are no PM10 monitoring sites within the HA_003 431444 561256 24.9 92% study area. Newcastle Road, A184 HA_004 Brayside 433786 562323 23.5 100% Table 6-8: STC NO2 Monitoring Data (2012) HA_005 Romsey Drive 433931 561871 23.6 100% OS 2012 Annual Data HA_006 Henley Way (B1298) 434216 561584 31.4 100% ID Monitoring Location Co-ordinates Mean NO2 Capture 3 X Y Conc (µg/m ) % HA_007 Addison Road (A184) 434922 560994 37.0 100% South Tyneside Council Diffusion Tube Monitoring HA_008 Addison Road (A184) 435268 561133 24.6 100% STC_9 55 Cheltenham Drive on 434006 562726 22.5 92% HA_009 Cinderford Close 434006 562494 19.9 92% HA_010 Front Street, East Boldon. 436739 561254 27.9 100% 30 South Tyneside Council. (2007). South Tyneside Local Development Framework. The new development plan for your Background Tube – Park Area off HA_011 435081 561217 22.6 92% borough. Core Strategy. June 2007. Page 16. St. Nicholas View

33

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

OS 2012 Annual Data Baseline Concentration 2012 3 ID Monitoring Location Co-ordinates Mean NO2 Capture Annual Mean NO2 Conc (µg/m ) 3 Receptor X Y Conc (µg/m ) % NO2 PM10 Background Tube – green field, HA_012 433286 561984 20.2 67% Bkgrd Total Bkgrd Total adjacent to Fieldway R180* 18 Lindisfarne Road Jarrow NE32 3TR 17.6 28.1 14.4 16.1 Automatic Station, Lindisfarne HA_013 434068 563695 29.3 100% R184* 85 Hadrian Road Jarrow NE32 3TS 17.6 30.8 14.4 16.5 Roundabout HA_016 A19 433938 562798 36.4 92% R130 27 Cinderford Close Boldon Colliery NE35 9LB 17 24 14 15.2 60 Cheltenham Drive Boldon Colliery NE35 HA_017 A19 433966 562812 44.5 83% R131 17 23.5 14 15.1 9HE HA_018 A19 Lay-by 434680 558359 32.6 100% R132 33 Holland Park Drive Jarrow NE32 4LN 17 22.2 14 14.9 6.5.15 The measurements show concentrations undertaken by STC are within the NO2 annual St Marys Primary School (Field boundary) Ayr 3 R146_B 17.6 27.9 14.4 16.1 mean objective (40 μg/m ), with the exception of STC_23 which is located in the AQMA, but Drive Jarrow NE32 4AW is closer to the A19 than the surrounding residential properties. Highways England Downhill Cottage West Downhill Lane West monitoring shows an existing exceedance of the NO AQO at one of the monitoring locations R113 15.1 18.9 15.2 15.8 2 Boldon NE36 0AX (HA_17), which is located close to the A19 carriageway. It should be noted that monitoring Westaways Downhill Lane West Boldon NE36 locations tend to be in worst-case locations, and may not be representative of actual public R114 15.1 17.8 15.2 15.6 exposure, as residential properties and other receptors tend to be located further from the 0AX carriageway. R116 5 Ascot Court West Boldon NE36 0DA 15.1 19.1 15.2 15.8 Modelled Estimates of Baseline 2012 Concentrations at Receptors *Receptors are located within the AQMA. 6.5.16 The air quality study area is defined by the traffic changes predicted to result from the 6.5.19 A total of 30 receptors were assessed within the Lindisfarne Roundabout AQMA area, with Scheme. At the receptor locations, estimates are made by dispersion modelling of what the no exceedances of the NO2 AQO. The highest predicted concentration within the AQMA was air quality situation was in the base year; this is taken to represent the current air quality at R184, with a concentration of 30.8µg/m3. The highest concentration in that area (although situation at these locations. Dispersion models use meteorological data to represent the way outside of the AQMA) was predicted at R149_B, on the boundary of the playing fields of that emissions from vehicles are transported through the atmosphere. Simonside Primary School, 15m from Lindisfarne Roundabout, with a concentration of 32 3 6.5.17 Of the 86 local air quality receptors assessed for the local air quality assessment, none were µg/m . This location is closer to the road which caused the AQMA declaration than the predicted to exceed the NO2 annual mean AQO. Baseline 2012 concentrations are properties within the AQMA, hence the greater predicted concentration. illustrated in Figure 6.2. 6.5.20 The highest concentrations within the study area were predicted approximately 2km south of 3 6.5.18 The results for representative receptors used later in the chapter to describe the spatial the Scheme, at R108 (37 Ferryboat Lane), with a concentration of 33.6 µg/m . However, the impacts of the Scheme are presented in Table 6-10. The receptors detailed consist of those elevated concentrations are primarily a result of the greater background concentrations with the highest concentrations, greatest changes in concentrations, and include predicted by Defra for the specific 1km x 1km grid square within which the receptors are representative receptors within the AQMA area. located, rather than the specifically due to road traffic flow. Table 6-8 shows that background NO2 concentrations at properties on Ferryboat Lane (R106, R107 and R108) are almost Table 6-10: Baseline Results (2012) double those at other worst case receptors within the study area. This Defra predicted Baseline Concentration 2012 background concentration is not supported by HE monitoring data within this grid square 3 (HA_018), which shows that total concentrations (i.e. including emissions from the nearby Annual Mean NO2 Conc (µg/m ) 3 Receptor A19 road source) which were similar to the receptor concentration, at 32.6 µg/m . However, NO2 PM10 on a worst-case scenario basis, the Defra predicted background concentrations have been Bkgrd Total Bkgrd Total used for air quality modelling at this location, which therefore leads to a likely over-prediction R106 165 Ferryboat Lane Sunderland SR5 3RY 28.5 33.5 20.2 21.1 of concentrations at these receptors. The remainder of the receptor concentrations are well below the NO2 AQO. R107 89 Ferryboat Lane Sunderland SR5 3RQ 28.5 32.7 20.2 21 R108 37 Ferryboat Lane Sunderland SR5 3RD 28.5 33.6 20.2 21.1 Simonside Primary School (Field boundary) 17.6 32 14.4 16.7 R149_B Glasgow Road Jarrow NE32 4AU

34

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

6.5.21 None of the receptors within the study area approach the PM10 annual mean AQO of 40 PM10 predictions for each representative receptor are included in the tables below, but are µg/m3, or are expected to exceed the 24 hour mean AQO because the modelled annual not discussed further and are not included within figures as there are no exceedances of the 331. mean concentrations are less than 32 µg/m AQOs and impacts are lower than those predicted for NO2. Operational Results 6.6 Potential impacts (without mitigation) 6.6.8 The results of the modelling assessment identified no exceedance of the relevant AQOs at Construction impacts any of the modelled receptors in the DM or DS scenario. As shown in Table 6-11, the highest concentrations are within the AQOs. Pollutant concentrations at modelled receptors 6.6.1 Dust has the potential to cause nuisance to property, and very high levels of soiling can are therefore no significant. The highest concentrations were predicted at receptors to the affect plants and ecosystems. There is the potential for dust nuisance on receptors within south of the Scheme, at Ferryboat Lane, but concentrations levels relate to a higher 200m of construction sites and haulage routes associated with the Scheme. This nuisance, background concentration, rather than an effect from the Scheme in place. Aside from these which is separate from adverse effects on health, can arise through annoyance caused by receptors, the highest concentrations are predicted around the Lindisfarne Roundabout the soiling of windows, cars, washing and other property. The maximum distance at which AQMA area, north of the Testos junction. Results are shown in Table 6-11. dust nuisance is likely to be experienced is 200m from the source. 6.6.9 The selected receptors are predicted to experience an imperceptible (<=0.4 µg/m3) change 6.6.2 There are 331 residential and two commercial receptors (one car showroom and one car in annual mean concentrations, and all remain within the NO AQO. hire company) located within 200m of the proposed new scheme alignments. Whilst there 2 will be an increase in HGV vehicles to necessitate the construction, it is understood that 6.6.10 Properties on Ferryboat Lane are approximately 65m from the A19 carriageway. The A19 at construction deliveries will utilise the existing A19 and A184 (avoiding local roads). this location is expected to increase in AADT flow by approximately 2,800 vehicles as a result of the Scheme, compared to the baseline flow of approximately 26,000 vehicles. 6.6.3 There are a number of receptors which could be directly affected by dust nuisance associated with the Scheme works or construction vehicle traffic, and there is therefore Table 6-11: Operational Impacts (2021): Highest Concentrations potential for adverse impacts. Best practice construction dust control measures are therefore Annual Mean Concentration (µg/m3) recommended (see section 6.7, and Appendix 6.6). It should be noted that any potential impacts would be temporary in nature. Receptor NO2 PM10 Operational Impacts DM DS DS-DM DM DS DS-DM Ferryboat Lane 6.6.4 This section presents the assessment of impacts with the Scheme in operation upon local air 165 Ferryboat Lane Sunderland quality along affected roads in the study area. The results presented throughout this section 32.1 32.2 0.1 21.7 21.7 0 are based on the values predicted using the Gap Analysis methodology which takes account R106 SR5 3RY of long term trends in NO and NO , as detailed in 6.4.15. More information on the gap 89 Ferryboat Lane Sunderland x 2 R107 31.3 31.4 0.1 21.5 21.6 0.1 analysis methodology is given in Appendix 6.4. SR5 3RQ 37 Ferryboat Lane Sunderland 6.6.5 From the 86 receptors assessed in the 2021 DM scenario, there are no predicted R108 32.4 32.5 0.1 21.7 21.8 0.1 SR5 3RD exceedances of the NO2 annual mean AQO in either the DM or DS scenario. There are also no new exceedances as a result of the Scheme. Selected receptors, experiencing the Lindisfarne Roundabout AQMA highest concentrations or greatest increase or decrease due to the Scheme have been Simonside Primary School (Field presented in this section to inform the discussion (Table 6.10 provides the baseline data for R149_B boundary) Glasgow Road 30.5 30.7 0.2 15.5 15.6 0.1 these receptors and Table 6.11 provides the predicted changes in the do-minimum and do- Jarrow NE32 4AU something situations). A complete table of results for all the 86 receptors assessed is 18 Lindisfarne Road Jarrow provided in Appendix 6.5. R180 27.3 27.5 0.2 15.1 15.2 0.1 NE32 3TR 6.6.6 Figures 6.3 and 6.4 show the predicted DM and DS annual mean NO concentrations in 2 85 Hadrian Road Jarrow NE32 2021, respectively. Figure 6.5 shows the difference in annual mean NO concentrations in R184 29.3 29.4 0.1 15.2 15.4 0.2 2 3TS 2021, between the DM and DS scenario (i.e. with and without the Scheme in place), and therefore illustrates the effect of the Scheme. 6.6.11 Traffic flows on the A19 carriageway through the Lindisfarne AQMA are expected to increase by approximately 2,500 vehicles, compared to the baseline flow of approximately 6.6.7 PM10 concentrations are not predicted to exceed either the annual mean or 24 hour mean objectives in the DM or DS scenarios at any receptor locations. The maximum modelled 15,000 vehicles. 3 concentration is at receptor R108 (37 Ferryboat Lane) at 21.8µg/m in the DS scenario. Summary 6.6.12 In the DM and DS 2021 (opening year) scenario, there are no predicted exceedances of the 31 TG (16) NO2 annual mean AQO at locations within the study area. No receptors are predicted to exceed the annual mean equivalent for the 1 hour mean AQO of 60 µg/m3.

35

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

6.6.13 PM10 concentrations are not predicted to exceed the annual mean AQO, or the equivalent of Annual Regional Emission in kg or 3 the 24 hour mean AQO of 32 µg/m at any receptors in the study area. tonnes

Summary of Compliance Risk Assessment Pollutant Change Change NAEI UK With Compariso Data 2014 6.6.14 There are three Pollution Climate Mapping (PCM) model road links within the air quality Base DM DS Scheme n to NAEI study area which forms part of Defra’s assessment for the European Commission on the 2012 2036 2036 status of air quality in the UK. Defra provided details for specific road links from their most (DS-DM)

recent PCM model dataset used for reporting to the EC. The maximum changes in PM10 kg/yr 9,146 7,929 8,176 247 1.18% 21 ktonnes concentration at receptors within 200m of the Defra PCM model road links are an increase of tonnes 29,601 3 3 CO 38,983 0.7 µg/m along the A19, a decrease of 0.4µg/m along the A194 and a decrease of 2 /yr 37,445 39,396 1,951 0.0018% ktonnes 3 1.3µg/m along the A184. These are classed as small changes, and therefore based on the guidance in IAN175/13 it cannot be perceived that there is a significant effect in relation to 6.6.18 The results for the Assessment Year (2036) indicate an increase in NOx emissions of Defra’s reported position on compliance to the EC. approximately 1,700 kg/year; an increase of 5% with the Scheme in place. PM10 emissions are predicted to increase by 247 kg/year, an increase of 3%. CO2 emissions predicted to Regional Air Quality increase by approximately 1,951 tonnes/year, an increase of around 5% compared with the 6.6.15 The regional emissions have been calculated for all modelled roads. The results for the DM scenario. These increases are very low when compared to the NAEI. regional assessment for Opening Year 2021 are shown in Table 6-12, and include a comparison to the National Atmospheric Emissions Inventory (NAEI). 6.7 Mitigation Table 6-12: Regional Air Quality Assessment (Opening Year 2021) Mitigation for construction impacts Annual Regional Emission in kg or tonnes 6.7.1 In order to minimise any potential emissions of fugitive dust during the construction phase Change Change NAEI UK (and hence minimise potential impacts), the Construction Environmental Management Plan Pollutant Base DM DS With Comparis Data 2014 (CEMP) would adopt best practice measures to control fugitive dust. The contractor would 2012 2021 2021 Scheme on to enter into pre-works discussions with the Council to agree the method of works and dust (DS-DM) NAEI mitigation measures. 301 6.7.2 Appropriate construction dust mitigation measures, based on those outlined by the Institute NO kg/yr 106,681 54,388 56,205 32 x 1,817 0.60% ktonnes for Air Quality Management are detailed within Appendix 6.6 and the CEMP. These are based on a Low risk site for on-site construction activities, and a High Risk site for the PM kg/yr 9,146 7,531 7,685 154 0.73% 21 ktonnes 10 creation of dust outside the site associated with construction vehicle traffic. tonne 29,601 CO 38,983 2 s/yr 35,131 36,498 1,367 0.0013% ktonnes 6.7.3 It is considered that with an appropriate CEMP implemented, there would be no significant effects on air quality during the construction phase of the Scheme. 6.6.16 The results for the Opening Year (2021) indicate an increase in NO emissions of x Mitigation for operational impacts approximately 2,000 kg/year; an increase of 3% with the Scheme in place. PM10 emissions are predicted to increase by approximately 154 kg/year, an increase of 2%, with CO2 6.7.4 Following the detailed air quality assessment, based on the guidance in IAN174/13 no emissions predicted to increase by 1,367 tonnes/year, an increase of around 4% compared mitigation measures are required for the operational phase of the Scheme. with the DM scenario. These increases are very low when compared to the NAEI. 6.6.17 The results for the regional assessment for the assessment year 2036 are shown in Table 6.8 Residual impacts and their significance 6.-13. Construction Table 6-13: Regional Air Quality Assessment (Design Year 2036) 6.8.1 With best practice dust control measures in place, the construction phase of the Scheme is Annual Regional Emission in kg or not predicted to cause any significant dust nuisance. tonnes

Pollutant Change Change NAEI UK Base DM DS With Compariso Data 2014 2012 2036 2036 Scheme n to NAEI

(DS-DM) 32 Institute for Air Quality Management (2014) Guidance on the assessment of dust from demolition and construction. NOx kg/yr 106,681 36,185 37,909 1,724 0.57% 301 ktonnes

36

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Local Air Quality cumulatively with other environmental changes (such as noise or visual impacts) to result in more significant combined impacts. 6.8.2 Receptors are only included in the overall judgement of significant effects where they exceed the AQOs. There are no receptors predicted to exceed the AQOs for NO2 or PM10, therefore there is not considered to be a significant effect on local air quality as a result of the Scheme.

6.8.3 For the Opening Year 2021, no exceedances of the NO2 and PM10 AQOs are predicted. 6.8.4 It is predicted that the Scheme would lead to imperceptible and small magnitude changes in NO2 concentrations at receptors, but these receptors are not in exceedance of AQOs. 6.8.5 It is not considered that the Scheme would alter UK’s ability to comply with the EU Air Quality Directive, as reported by Defra. 6.8.6 Overall, based on Highways England’s guidance33 for evaluating significant effects, the Scheme is not considered to lead to a significant local air quality effect. This conclusion is reached using the Gap Analysis results adjusted for long term trends (LLTE6). Regional and Greenhouse Gas Emissions 6.8.7 There is no government guidance published for assessing the significance of the effects of individual highway schemes on regional or greenhouse gas emissions. 6.8.8 The Climate Change Act publishes budgets for the reduction of the emissions of greenhouse gases, with a view to substantial national reductions being achieved by 2050. The increase in the greenhouse gas emissions is included in the calculation of the WebTAG Benefit Cost Ratio of the Scheme as a financial cost (see Appendix 6.7).

6.8.9 The regional assessment results show small percentage increases in NOx, CO2 and PM10 emissions as a result of the Scheme, with similar results for the opening and design year assessments.

6.9 Cumulative effects 6.9.1 The air quality impact assessment is based on computer modelling, drawing its data on potential effects principally from a traffic model. The traffic model is itself a computer model of future traffic flows, comparing the flows that would occur if the Scheme were not to be built (the ‘DM scenario’) with those if it were to be built (the ‘DS scenario’). 6.9.2 In both scenarios, the traffic model allows for other reasonably foreseeable future developments in the surrounding area, in order to take account of their effect on traffic growth and flow patterns. This is essential to ensure that the effect of the Scheme itself can be identified and isolated. 6.9.3 In relation to the air quality assessment, it means that the cumulative effects of other developments with the Scheme are already built into the air quality assessment from the outset. 6.9.4 In relation to intra-project cumulative effects, no significant air quality impacts have been identified, either during construction or during operation. It is considered very unlikely that any of the insignificant changes in air quality that have been identified at receptors would act

33 HA, IAN 174/13 - Updated air quality advice on the application of the test for evaluating significant effects; for users of DMRB Volume 11, Section 3, Part 1 Air Quality, June 2013

37

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

CHAPTER 7 CULTURAL HERITAGE

Executive summary Policy background Cultural heritage has been addressed in line with the guidance provided in DMRB. It draws on Table 7-1: Relevant National Policies information gained from desk-based sources, site inspections and specialist field surveys National Relevant Paragraph How the policy has been addressed commissioned for the Scheme. Archaeological remains from the medieval period to the mid-20th th Policy century, an 18 century country house and two farmsteads of post-medieval date, and post-medieval and modern landscape types have been identified. The only high-value asset identified by the study National The NNNPS sets out the Government’s The Historic Environment is referred to is Scot’s House, a Grade II* Listed Building. Networks vision and policy against which the SoS will in paragraphs 5.120 to 5.142 of the Direct impacts on seven archaeological sites have been identified. Five of these are medieval or later National make decisions on applications for NNNPS. agricultural features that were first discovered by surveys carried out for this Environmental Impact Planning development consent for nationally significant Assessment. The remaining sites affected are a disused railway and the remains of the Second Policy infrastructure projects on the strategic road Statement and rail networks. World War anti-aircraft obstructions. None of these effects is considered to be significant and no (NNNPS) A full review of the Scheme against the mitigation measures are proposed. The potential effects on the setting of Scot’s House were also (Designated NNNPS is set out in Appendix A of the considered, and it has been determined that no significant effect would occur. January 2015) Planning Statement (document ref TR010020/APP/7.1) 7.1 Introduction National One of the core planning principles of the Planning NPPF as prescribed in paragraph 17 is that 7.1.1 This chapter presents the results of an assessment of the potential impacts of the Scheme Policy the planning system should ”conserve on Cultural Heritage, and has been prepared in accordance with guidance provided by Framework heritage assets in a manner appropriate to DMRB (Volume 11, Section 3 Part 2 ‘Cultural Heritage’ (HA 208/07)). Cultural Heritage has (NPPF) their significance, so that they can be been considered under the sub-topics of ‘Archaeological Remains’, ‘Historic Buildings’ and (March 2012) enjoyed for their contribution to the quality ‘Historic Landscape’. Individual archaeological sites, historic buildings and historic of life of this and future generations”. landscape types are known collectively as cultural heritage assets. Section 12 of the NPPF addresses The two-bridge option and the single-bridge option conserving and enhancing the historic environment. 7.1.2 Consideration has been given to the two different options for carrying the A19 over the Paragraph 128 of the NPPF, applicants for Section 7.5 presents a description of the roundabout at Testos Junction. The two options are outlined in paragraph 2.5.2. In relation planning permission are required to provide significance of assets including the to archaeological remains, there is no difference in the land-take or amount of ground a description of the significance of any contribution of their setting to that disturbance required for the Scheme, and there would not therefore be any difference in affected heritage assets, including any significance. impact. This also applies to consideration of effects on historic landscapes. Any potential contribution made by their setting in difference in effects on the setting of historic buildings is addressed within the chapter. sufficient detail to enable local planning authorities to understand the potential 7.2 Legislative and policy background impact of the proposal on their significance. The paragraph goes on to describe the Legislative background minimum information that should be provided in all cases, and the level of 7.2.1 Scheduled Monuments are by definition of national importance and are protected by law information that should be provided where a under the Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Areas Act 1979. There are no Scheduled site on which development is proposed Monuments in the study area or nearby; the nearest such site is 2.7 km to the south-west, includes or has the potential to include and separated from the site by a densely built-up area. heritage assets. 7.2.2 Listed buildings of special architectural or historic interest are protected under the Planning (Listed Buildings and Conservation Areas) Act 1990. Planning authorities are required to have special regard to the desirability of preserving a listed building, its setting, or any features of special architectural or historic interest that it possesses. Listed buildings are addressed in the sections of this chapter covering ‘historic buildings’.

38

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

National Relevant Paragraph How the policy has been addressed National Relevant Paragraph How the policy has been addressed Policy Policy

National Paragraph 131, when determining planning Paragraph 131 is not relevant in the context form of charitable or public ownership is Planning applications, local planning authorities are of this assessment. demonstrably not possible; and Policy instructed to take account of:  the harm or loss is outweighed by the Framework benefit of bringing the site back into (NPPF)  “the desirability of sustaining and use. (March 2012) enhancing the significance of heritage A temporary visual impact on the setting of a (Cont.) assets and putting them to viable uses Paragraph 134 states that “where Grade II* Listed Building is assessed in consistent with their conservation; development will lead to less than paragraph 7.6.10 of the ES Cultural Heritage  the positive contribution that substantial harm to the significance of a chapter. However, the impact does not affect conservation of heritage assets can designated heritage asset, this harm should the significance of the asset (134). make to sustainable communities be weighed against the public benefits of including their economic vitality; and the proposal, including securing its optimum  the desirability of new development viable use”. making a positive contribution to local Impacts on non-designated assets are character and distinctiveness”. Paragraph 135 states that “the effect of an assessed in Section 7.6 of the ES Cultural application on the significance of a non- National No impacts of substantial harm or loss have Heritage chapter, and presented in Tables 7- Paragraph 132 states that “when designated heritage asset should be taken Planning been identified for designated cultural 5 and 7-6 (135). considering the impact of a proposed into account in determining the application. Policy heritage assets (132, 133). development on the significance of a In weighing applications that affect directly Framework designated heritage asset, great weight or indirectly non-designated heritage assets, (NPPF) should be given to the asset’s conservation. a balanced judgement will be required (March 2012) The more important the asset, the greater having regard to the scale of any harm or (Cont.) the weight should be”. The paragraph goes loss and the significance of the heritage on to state that “substantial harm to or loss asset”. of a grade II listed building, park or garden No significant permanent impacts on the should be exceptional. Substantial harm to Paragraph 137 asserts that “proposals that setting of cultural heritage assets have been or loss of designated heritage assets of the preserve those elements of the setting that assessed. However, landscape mitigation highest significance, notably scheduled make a positive contribution to or better proposals will help to integrate the Scheme monuments, protected wreck sites, reveal the significance of the asset should into the surrounding landscape. battlefields, grade I and II* listed buildings, be treated favourably”. grade I and II* registered parks and gardens, and World Heritage Sites, should be wholly exceptional”. Paragraph 139 is not relevant in the context Paragraph 139 states that “non-designated of this assessment. Paragraph 133 states that “where heritage assets of archaeological interest

development will lead to substantial harm or that are demonstrably of equivalent

total loss of significance of a designated significance to scheduled monuments,

heritage asset, local planning authorities should be considered subject to the policies

should refuse consent, unless it can be for designated heritage assets”. demonstrated that the substantial harm or loss is necessary to achieve substantial National Mitigation measures have been proposed public benefits that outweigh that harm or Paragraph 141 asserts that local planning Planning which would include specialist assessment loss, or all of the following apply: authorities “should also require developers Policy and analysis, publication of the results and to record and advance understanding of the  the nature of the heritage asset Framework deposition of an ordered archive, in line with significance of any heritage assets to be lost prevents all reasonable uses of the site; (NPPF) industry best practice. These measures are (wholly or in part) in a manner proportionate and (March 2012) presented in Section 7.7. to their importance and the impact, and to  no viable use of the heritage asset itself (Cont.) make this evidence (and any archive can be found in the medium term generated) publicly accessible. However, through appropriate marketing that will the ability to record evidence of our past enable its conservation; and should not be a factor in deciding whether  conservation by grant-funding or some

39

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

National Relevant Paragraph How the policy has been addressed South Relevant Policy How the policy has been addressed Policy Tyneside Local such loss should be permitted”. Development Framework Planning Planning Practice Guidance relating to The concept of Significance (008) and the development proposals will be focused and Practice relevant NPPF policies are included under effects of change (009) are addressed in the promoted within the built-up areas, in Guidance “Conserving and enhancing the historic methodology, specifically at paragraphs 7.3.9 accordance with spatial strategy for South (PPG) environment (Decision-taking: historic and 7.3.10, and in more detail in Appendix Tyneside. environment)” paragraphs 008 to 020. 7.1.

The appropriate Historic Environment Record A: create a strong sense of place by (011) was a source of baseline data. This is strengthening of the distinctive historic and recorded in paragraph 7.3.2. cultural qualities and townscape of our towns and villages, and promote high Setting and its contribution to the significance quality design……. “ of assets (013) is addressed in the detailed Development Policy DM6 Heritage Assets and The ES chapter addresses impacts on the methodology presented in Appendix 7.1 Management Archaeology setting of Listed Buildings, and on (paragraph 7.1B.1). Policies archaeological deposits and remains (DM6,

(December C). Mitigation measures are presented in An assessment of the significance of impacts “We will support development proposals 2011) Section 7.7 and Tables 7-5 and 7-6. (017) during construction and operation of the that protect, preserve and where possible Scheme is presented in Tables 7.5 and 7.6. enhance the historic, cultural and architectural character and heritage, visual Desk-based studies and specially appearance and contextual importance of commissioned geophysical surveys were our heritage assets and their settings……” undertaken to improve our understanding of Site-Specific No relevant policies N/A significance of assets and inform the baseline Allocations (Section 7.5) (019). The results of the and Proposals geophysical survey are presented in Map (April Appendix 7.3. 2012).

Paragraphs 010, 012, 014, 015, 016, 018 and 20 are not relevant in the context of this assessment. 7.3 Assessment approach and method Data gathering and study area Table 7-2: Relevant Policies within the South Tyneside statutory Development Plan34 7.3.1 In line with the guidance provided by HA208/07, a study area was defined to include the South Relevant Policy How the policy has been addressed area of the permanent works for the Scheme and any temporary land-take required for Tyneside construction and an area extending 200 m in all directions from it. Where necessary, Local additional information has been gathered from a wider surrounding area to place relevant Development baseline information in its regional context, and to ensure that any heritage sites with Framework settings vulnerable to visual impacts are fully considered. Core Strategy Objective 11: “To protect and enhance the Policy SC1 is not relevant in the context of 7.3.2 A ‘simple assessment’ as defined in HA208/07 was undertaken for all three cultural heritage (June 2007) Borough’s diversity of cultural heritage”. this assessment. sub-topics. This comprised a review of the following sources to identify heritage assets that could be affected by the Scheme: SC1 Creating Sustainable Urban Areas  The National Heritage List (NHL) for information on internationally and nationally designated heritage assets (World Heritage Sites, Scheduled Monuments, Listed “To deliver sustainable communities, Buildings, Registered Parks and Gardens, Registered Battlefields and Protected Wrecks); 34 Note: as there are no potential heritage impacts within the boundaries of Sunderland City Council, policies from Sunderland are not quoted in this chapter.

40

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

 The Tyne and Wear Historic Environment Record (TWHER) to identify any additional 7.3.11 For all three sub-topics, an assessment of the significance of impact was made on a five heritage assets discovered since the previous stage of works, and to obtain Historic point scale of Very Large, Large, Moderate, Slight or Neutral, which apply equally to Adverse Landscape information; and and Beneficial impacts. This is achieved using professional judgment informed by the guidance provided in HA208/07 and the matrix illustrated below in Table 7-3.  The Historic England Archive for information on undesignated heritage assets and aerial photographic coverage. Table 7-3: Matrix to assess the significance of impacts on cultural heritage assets

7.3.3 The sources above were consulted in 2007 to inform a Desk-Based Assessment (DBA) Magnitude (Jacobs 2007), and a Comparative Environmental Assessment Report (CEAR) (Jacobs Value / No 2009). Follow-up consultation was made in December 2014 and January 2017 to identify Negligible Minor Moderate Major sensitivity change any new assets that may have been recorded in the intervening period. Moderate or Large or Very Large or Very Very high Neutral Slight 7.3.4 In addition to the sources identified at paragraph 7.3.2 above, geophysical survey of Large Large Large selected locations within the area of the permanent works were conducted in spring 2007 Moderate or Moderate or Large or Very (ASWYAS 2007, presented as Appendix 7.3). Walkover surveys to inspect cultural heritage High Neutral Slight assets within the study area were conducted in 2006 and repeated in 2014 to identify any Slight Large Large changes that had occurred during the intervening period. Neutral or Slight or Medium Neutral Slight Moderate or Large Slight Moderate Consultation Neutral or Low Neutral Neutral or Slight Slight Slight or Moderate 7.3.5 Consultation with the Tyne and Wear Archaeology Officer and County Historic Buildings Slight Officer, and Historic England was undertaken on the methodology used in the preparation of this report, and to identify any specific concerns regarding the Scheme. Negligible Neutral Neutral Neutral or Slight Neutral or Slight Slight

7.3.6 The Principal of the Historic Places Team from Historic England responded by stating that they had “previously commented on the potential impact on the setting of Scot’s House 7.3.12 More detail on the assessment methodology can be found in Appendix 7.1. (Grade II*)” and noting that an assessment of this impact had been included in previous studies on the Scheme. They also welcomed the intention to “review and update the ES to 7.4 Limitations of the assessment reflect more recent guidance and legislation” (letter dated 13/02/2017). 7.4.1 The baseline data presented in this chapter is derived from desk-based sources validated 7.3.7 The Tyne and Wear Archaeology Officer responded to say that they were content with the and enhanced using non-intrusive means, comprising a walkover survey of the study area proposed approach (email dated 22/3/2017). and geophysical survey within the area of the permanent land-take of the Scheme. Assessment of the significance of impact on cultural heritage assets Consequently, although the potential for archaeological remains to be present within the area of permanent works is considered to be low, this has not been evaluated by trial 7.3.8 For all three sub-topics, the significance of impact is determined as a combination of the excavation. value of the asset and the magnitude of impact. 7.4.2 It has not been possible to carry out geophysical survey of some sections of proposed 7.3.9 For all three cultural heritage sub-topics, an assessment of the value of each asset was temporary land-take. Many of these areas coincide with ridge and furrow identified from undertaken on a five-point scale of Very High, High, Medium, Low and Negligible. In some aerial photographs (Assets 11, 62, 63, 68 and 70). Although the extent, date and function of cases, the value is recorded as ‘unknown’ because there is insufficient information available the ridge and furrow are well understood, surveys could also establish the presence or to make an assessment of value. The assessment of value was based on professional absence of pre-medieval archaeological remains which may have been concealed by the judgement informed by the criteria for the assessment of value provided in HA208/07. ridge and furrow in these areas. 7.3.10 Magnitude of impact is the degree of change that would be experienced by an asset and its setting if the Scheme was completed, as compared with a 'do nothing' situation. For all three 7.5 Baseline conditions sub-topics, an assessment of the magnitude of impact from the Scheme was undertaken on a five point scale of Major, Moderate, Minor, Negligible and No Change. Magnitude of Introduction impact is assessed without reference to the value of the receptor, and may include physical 7.5.1 Baseline data was derived from the sources described under paragraph 7.3.2 above. impacts upon the asset, or impacts upon its setting or amenity value. Assessments of magnitude of impact were made using professional judgement guided by the methodology 7.5.2 For consistency with previous heritage reports and ease of referencing, the numbering of and criteria provided by HA208/07. The assessment of the setting of heritage assets was heritage assets has been continued from the DBA (Jacobs 2007) and CEAR (Jacobs 2009). undertaken in accordance with the guidance provided in Historic Environment Good Practice 7.5.3 A total of 33 heritage assets have been identified within the study area, consisting of 21 Advice in Planning Note 3: The Setting of Heritage Assets (Historic England 2015). Unless archaeological sites, three historic buildings, and nine historic landscape types. otherwise stated, all impacts would be adverse.

41

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

7.5.4 A group of a further five historic buildings (Assets 16, 18, 20, 21 and 25), including three Asset no. Asset name Designation Value Listed Buildings, are outside the study area but have been included following consultation 66 West Boldon Level Crossing (Site of) None Negligible with Historic England and the Tyne and Wear Archaeology Officer, so that potential impacts on their settings could be considered. Inclusion of these five assets brings the total number 68 Ridge and Furrow 6 None Negligible included in the baseline to 38. 69 Ridge and Furrow 7 None Negligible 7.5.5 Summary details of all heritage assets are presented below in Tables 7.4, 7.5 and 7.6 and 70 Ridge and Furrow 8 None Negligible they are illustrated on Figures 7.1 and 7.2. Full details are presented in the Gazetteer, presented at Appendix 7.2. 71 Ridge and Furrow 9 None Negligible Archaeological remains 7.5.8 No prehistoric (before AD 43), Roman (AD 43 to 410) or Anglo-Saxon (AD 410 to 1066) archaeological remains have been identified within the study area. 7.5.6 Within the study area, a total of 21 archaeological sites have been identified from the sources identified at paragraph 7.3.2, above. Summary details of these assets are 7.5.9 The medieval period (AD 1066 to 1540) is represented within the study area by large areas presented in Table 7-4 below and shown on Figure 7.1. Further information about the of ridge and furrow ploughing, identified as either upstanding earthworks visible on the assets is contained in the Gazetteer presented at Appendix 7.2. ground (Asset 11), cropmark traces visible on aerial photographs (Assets 22, 64, 68, 69, 70 and 71), or as anomalies detected by geophysical survey (Assets 62 and 63). Although 7.5.7 In the study area, buried archaeological sites predominate, usually with no visible above- surface earthworks survive in parts of Asset 11, the others have been levelled by modern ground remains. The setting35 of these assets is primarily open and rural characterised by th ploughing (Assets 62 and 63) or removed by development (Assets 22, 64, 68, 69, 70 and large-scale farming, but there is also industrial development and housing from the 20 71). All of these assets contribute to our knowledge of the extent of agricultural practices century. While function and inter-relationships can be inferred from their locations, the that created the medieval landscape and the relationship between productive fields and importance of these assets derives from the information that can be retrieved from their other elements of the rural landscape in this period; as identified in the Northeast Regional physical remains, rather than their setting. Research Framework (Petts and Gerrard 2006, 170). Due to its poor preservation, the value Table 7-4: Summary of archaeological remains of Asset 11 has been assessed to be Low, and the value of Assets 22, 62, 63, 64, 68, 69, 70 and 71 has been assessed to be Negligible. Asset no. Asset name Designation Value 7.5.10 Ten assets represent the post-medieval period (AD 1540 to 1901) within the study area. 11 Ridge and Furrow 1 None Low Asset 14 is the line of the Wearmouth Bridge and Tyne Bridge Turnpike, the route of which is 14 Wearmouth Bridge and Tyne Bridge Turnpike (Route of) None Negligible now followed by the A184 Newcastle Road. The site of a dam on the River Don (Asset 47) on the southeast side of Downhill Lane is recorded on a first edition Ordnance Survey 17 Boldon Bombing Decoy (Site of) None Negligible 1:10,560 map (Durham, Sheet VII) published in 1862, but no trace of this asset is visible 19 West Boldon Brickworks (Site of) None Negligible today. The site of East Boldon Brickworks (Asset 19) is recorded on the second edition 22 Ridge and Furrow 2 None Negligible Ordnance Survey 1:10,560 map (Durham, Sheet VII, 1898); however, this site has been removed by construction of part of the Boldon Business Park in the early 21st Century. 46 Engine House (Site of) None Negligible Assets 46, 49, 58 and 66 represent elements of the dismantled Stanhope and Tyne Railway, 47 West Boldon Dam (Site of) None Negligible the route of which is still respected by field boundaries, and parts of which are followed by 49 Downhill Level Crossing (Site of) None Negligible modern roads (the A1290 in the south of the study area, and part of the A1298 Abingdon Way in the north) and bridleway B46 linking Downhill Lane and A184 Newcastle Road (see 58 Stanhope and Tyne Railway (Route of) None Negligible Figure 2.2). Traces of three linear field boundaries (Assets 59, 60 and 61) were detected by 59 Field Boundary 1 None Negligible geophysical survey west of the existing A19, and their conformity with the surviving post- medieval pattern of field boundaries suggests they are of a similar age. Due to their poor 60 Field Boundary 2 None Negligible preservation, the value of all ten assets has been assessed to be Negligible. 61 Field Boundary 3 None Negligible 7.5.11 The sites of the Boldon Bombing Decoy (Asset 17) and Aircraft Obstructions (Asset 65) were 62 Ridge and Furrow 3 None Negligible both constructed during the Second World War. Asset 17 was a ‘Starfish’ decoy site 63 Ridge and Furrow 4 None Negligible constructed to mimic the characteristics of nearby docks on Tyneside and although a protected operations building survives close to Fellgate, no surface trace survives within the 64 Ridge and Furrow 5 None Negligible study area. The temporary nature of these structures means that associated buried 65 Aircraft Obstructions (Site of) None Negligible archaeological remains are unlikely to survive. Asset 65 consisted of large numbers of open ditches which were intended to prevent enemy aircraft from landing on the relatively flat

35 The NPPF defines setting as the ‘surroundings in which a heritage asset is experienced’, the extent of which ‘is not fixed fields that characterise the farmland west of the A19. This asset was mapped by the and may change over time’ (DCLG 2012, 56). TWHER from aerial photographs taken in the late 1940s, and no trace is visible today, having either been removed by ploughing or modern housing and industrial development.

42

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Taking their condition into account, the value of both assets has been assessed as date, with 19th century gardens that have largely been turned over to agriculture (Asset 25), Negligible. the outline of which can still be seen in the modern landscape (see Figure 7.3). Potential for unknown archaeological remains 7.5.17 Scot’s House is a Grade II* Listed Building, and its value has been assessed to be High. 7.5.12 The baseline information outlined above identifies very little in the way of known buried The associated stables (Asset 20) and gatehouse complex (Asset 16) are separately Listed archaeological remains, and none within or in close proximity to the area of permanent at Grade II, and the value of both has been assessed to be Medium. The value of Scot’s works. However, it is in the nature of archaeological remains that there is always some House Garden (Asset 25), much of which has been turned over to agriculture, has been assessed to be Low reflecting its poor state of preservation. Scot’s House Farm (Asset 18) potential for the presence of buried remains that have not yet been recognised. th Archaeological remains that are known to be in close proximity to the Scheme consist of consists of a number of mid-20 century agricultural buildings the value of which has been levelled post-medieval field boundaries and areas of ridge and furrow (i.e. agricultural assessed to be Negligible. features destroyed by modern ploughing or development – Assets 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 68, 70, 7.5.18 When the current Scot’s House (Asset 21) was built in the 18th century, it was positioned and 71). The nature and extent of these assets within the area of permanent works have within a landscape of rolling arable farmland close to one of the principal roads linking been confirmed through examination of aerial photographs and geophysical survey Gateshead to the west with Sunderland and the coast (Asset 14, now the A184). The village (Archaeological Services WYAS, 2007). of West Boldon would have been just discernible almost 2.5 km to the east where the spire 7.5.13 Consequently, the potential for unknown archaeological remains to be present within the of St Nicholas’ Church would have been visible from the first storey windows. As they area of permanent works is considered to be Low. appear on a first edition Ordnance Survey 1:10,560 map of 1865 (Durham Sheet VII; see Figure 7.3), Scot’s House , Stables (Asset 20), Gatehouse (Asset 16) and Farm (Asset 18) Historic buildings were closely surrounded to the west and north by dense tree planting. This was presumably maintained to provide screening from traffic using the nearby turnpike road (Asset 14), and 7.5.14 A total of 8 historic buildings have been identified from the sources identified at paragraph to screen Scot’s House itself from neighbouring farmyard activity. The principal (southern) 7.3.2 above, including the Grade II* Listed Scot’s House and four associated assets. The elevation of Scot’s House (Asset 21) would have enjoyed views across a roughly rectangular remains of Scott’s House Garden (Asset 25) was included with historic buildings rather than garden (Asset 25), with farmland filtered through plantation clumps and boundary wood archaeological remains so it could be better considered as part of a coherent group with the blocks beyond (Ordnance Survey 1885, Durham Sheet VII). Views in all directions at ground buildings. Summary details of these assets are presented in Table 7-5 below and shown on floor level would have been obscured by the same boundary planting, and the terrain. The Figure 7.1. Further information about these assets is contained in the Gazetteer presented Wearmouth Bridge to Tyne Bridge turnpike road (Asset 14) was established by Act of at Appendix 7.2. Parliament in 1796, and it is assumed that ease of access to this main transport route was Table 7-5: Summary of historic buildings one of the attractions to the location for the builders of Scot’s House. This proximity is still maintained by the continued use of the route now occupied by the A184 dual carriageway Asset no. Asset name Designation Value and this relationship contributes to our understanding of the house and its setting. 12 West House None Low 7.5.19 Despite its proximity to the busy A184 Newcastle Road, the immediate setting of Scot’s Scot's House Gatehouse, Walls 16 Grade II Listed Building Medium House (Asset 21) retains an enclosed feel due to the mature planting to the west and north and Gate Piers of the house itself, and around the Stables (Asset 20) and Farm (Asset 18). Although the 18 Scot's House Farm None Negligible Gatehouse (Asset 16) faces the A184, dense planting behind it screens the house and other buildings from view. Views east towards the existing A19 and West Boldon are still 20 Scot's House Stables Grade II Listed Building Medium screened by mature trees and hedgerow planting within the garden and beyond, as well as 21 Scot's House Grade II* Listed Building High the undulating topography and distant woodland. Although the landscape planting and other th 25 Scot's House Garden None Low features of the 19 century garden (Asset 25) have been lost and the land returned to agriculture, its mature hedges and modern plantation woodblocks still screen distant views 43 Make-Me-Rich Farm None Low south particularly from ground level. 67 Quadrus Centre Locally Listed Building Low 7.5.20 The setting of Scot’s House (Asset 21) is defined by its immediate surroundings: dense Scot’s House plantation woodland surrounding the buildings that make up the group (Assets 16, 18 and 20), and the mature and new boundary planting at the periphery of the garden (Asset 25) to 7.5.15 Scot’s House (Asset 21) is a Grade II* Listed Building, and stands approximately 1 km west the south, the whole being surrounded by arable farmland and connected to the former of Testos Junction. Although it is located approximately 300 m outside the study area, it has turnpike road via the Gatehouse (Asset 16). This and the natural topography conspire to been included to assess the potential for impacts on its setting from construction and conceal the existing A19 from view, which is only visible from the second-storey windows. operation of the Scheme. However, since the second-storey windows are a 20th century addition (part of an attic 7.5.16 Documentary records indicate the existence of a medieval predecessor to Scot’s House, conversion), these views are not considered to contribute to its setting. although there are no known physical traces of this. The present house is of 18th century

43

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Assets of low value 7.5.26 Most of the occurrences of the Settlement type (HLT3) identified by the HLC report within the th 7.5.21 West House (Asset 12) and Make-Me-Rich Farm (Asset 43) are both farmsteads believed to study area are represented by 20 century housing on the edges of Boldon Colliery and be of post-medieval date. Asset 12 has been replaced by a group of modern agricultural Fellgate in the northeast and northwest of the study area, respectively (Collins, 2014). sheds, and Asset 43 has been subject to extensive modern alteration and extension. The However, there are also small farm complexes associated with West House (Asset 12), value of both assets has been assessed to be Low. Make-Me-Rich Farm (Asset 43), and the Scot’s House (Assets 16, 18, 20, 21 and 25). Because the assets represented can still be readily understood in terms of their relationship 7.5.22 The Quadrus Centre (Asset 67) is a modern office development which stands next to an with either the surrounding agricultural or industrial landscape of the region, the value of artificial lake immediately northeast of the existing Testos Junction. It is a locally listed HLT3 has been assessed as Low. building because of its architectural significance; it was designed by the prominent local Ryder Architects practice, and is prominently positioned at the entrance to the Boldon Assets of negligible value Business Park36. Taking its local designation and architectural significance into account, the 7.5.27 Although some earlier field boundaries are preserved within it, the 20th Century Enclosure value of Asset 67 has been assessed to be Low. type (HLT1) is characterised by the agglomeration of smaller fields into larger units to accommodate modern agricultural practice. Modern Wetland (HLT4) is represented by two Historic landscape artificial water bodies and surrounding wetland and was created in the 1990s during 7.5.23 Baseline data for this sub-topic has been derived from GIS polygons supplied by the construction of the Boldon Business Park and associated junction between Abingdon Way TWHER, and the Historic Landscape Characterisation Final Report (Collins 2014) modified and Newcastle Road. Modern Communications (HLT5) represents the prominent 20th in line with observations made during the walkover survey. century A19, and the associated Testos and Downhill Lane junctions. HLT6 is represented by Boldon Business Park, a late 20th and early 21st century development of office, retail and 7.5.24 Within the study area, nine Historic Landscape Types (HLTs) have been identified. leisure facility that was constructed to attract new business to replace the mining and heavy Summary details of these assets are presented in Table 7-6 below and shown on Figure 7.2. industry which had historically driven the local economy. HLT7 and HLT8 are Modern Further information about the assets is contained in the Gazetteer presented at Schools and associated recreation grounds at the north edge of the study area. HLT9 is a Appendix 7.2. linear strip of plantation woodland east of the A19 near Downhill Lane, and is believed to Table 7-6: Summary of historic landscape types have been created in the mid-20th century to screen nearby residential properties from the road. Taking their limited time depth into account, the value of these assets has been Asset no. Asset name Designation Value assessed as Negligible. HLT1 20th Century Enclosure None Negligible HLT2 Post-Medieval Surveyed Enclosure None Low 7.6 Potential impacts (without mitigation) HLT3 Settlement None Low Construction impacts on archaeological remains HLT4 Modern Wetland None Negligible 7.6.1 Construction of the proposed north-bound off and on-slip roads would result in removal of HLT5 Modern Communications None Negligible between 60% and 90% of the known lengths of two former post-medieval field boundaries identified by geophysical survey (Assets 59 and 60), leading to the removal of any HLT6 Modern Industrial or Commercial None Negligible archaeological remains associated with them within the area of permanent works. Such HLT7 Modern Schools None Negligible remains could include the material contained by infilled ditches which might provide dating HLT8 Recreation None Negligible evidence for the creation of the boundaries. The magnitude of this impact has been assessed to be Moderate for both assets. HLT9 Modern Plantation None Negligible 7.6.2 Construction of the north-bound on-slip road and a temporary soil storage area would result Assets of low value in removal of approximately 50% of the known length of a former post-medieval field 7.5.25 The Post-Medieval Surveyed Enclosure type (HLT2) is characterised by straight-sided, boundary identified by geophysical survey (Asset 61), leading to the removal of any rectangular fields and is likely to be the result of enclosure by Act of Parliament or archaeological remains associated with it within the area of permanent works. The agreement between local landowners. One area of this character type is visible immediately magnitude of this impact has been assessed to be Minor. southwest of the proposed new roundabout. Although HLT2 has potential to contribute to 7.6.3 Construction of off-line elements of the main carriageway and temporary soil storage areas local research, it is extremely common nationally and in this area has lost landscape context would affect three areas of levelled ridge and furrow ploughing identified through aerial th through agglomeration of the surrounding fields in the 20 century (see HLT1, below). photography and geophysical survey (Assets 62, 68 and 70). Archaeological remains Taking this into account, HLT2 been assessed to be of Low value. associated with about 5.5% of the total area of Asset 62, 70% of Asset 68, and 0.5% of Asset 70 would be removed. The magnitude of this impact has been assessed to be Minor for all three assets. 36 South Tyneside Council 2011b, 21; South Tyneside Council 2011c, 276

44

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

7.6.4 Construction of temporary works including a site compound and soil storage areas would 7.6.11 Two of the Grade II Listed Buildings in the Scot’s House group (the stables and the affect approximately 14% of the total of an area of ridge and furrow ploughing identified by gatehouse; Assets 16 and 20) and the undesignated Farm (Asset 18) do not have views geophysical survey (Asset 63); wayleave access for overhead power line diversions would towards the Scheme, as they are fully screened by existing vegetation. The magnitude of affect a further 1%, resulting in the removal of archaeological remains associated with the this impact has been assessed to be No Change for all three assets. asset. The magnitude of this impact has been assessed to be Minor. 7.6.12 The garden of Scot’s House (Asset 25) and the surrounding farmland will be unaffected by 7.6.5 Wayleave access for overhead power line diversions would affect an area of ridge and the Scheme. Although there would be some agricultural land-take along the west side of the furrow ploughing identified as earthworks and cropmarks (Asset 11). This would affect existing A19, this will not make any qualitative difference to the existing degree of approximately 4.5% of the total area of the asset, although this does not include any of the fragmentation of the historic landscape. The magnitude of this impact has been assessed to surviving earthworks associated with it. However, although a wayleave is required in this be No Change. area, none of the ground-disturbing works are proposed in this area, so no impact is Other historic buildings predicted. 7.6.13 Construction of the proposed off-line sections of the north-bound carriageway of the A19 in 7.6.6 Construction of the proposed slip roads linking the A184 Newcastle Road with Testos close proximity to West House (Asset 12) and Make-Me-Rich Farm (Asset 43) will result in a Roundabout could result in removal of unknown archaeological remains associated with its temporary impact on their setting. Impacts would result from the presence of construction predecessor the Wearmouth Bridge and Tyne Bridge Turnpike (Asset 14). Only about 3.5% activity in the form of fixed and mobile plant machinery, topsoil storage bunds, formwork and of the total length of Asset 14 will be affected by construction of the Scheme, within an area other temporary structures in close proximity (c. 30 m, 60 m and 120 m respectively). that has already been disturbed during construction of the existing Testos Roundabout and However, it is also considered that the setting of all three assets does not contribute to their dual carriageway section of the A184. A watching brief on geotechnical investigations value. The magnitude of this impact has been assessed to be Minor for all three assets. carried out at this location in 2006 identified nothing of archaeological interest, suggesting that archaeological remains associated with this asset are poorly preserved (Jacobs 2006; 7.6.14 Construction of the proposed new Testos Roundabout will have an impact on the setting of presented as Appendix 7.4). The magnitude of this impact has been assessed to be the Locally Listed Quadrus Centre (Asset 67). The presence of construction activity would Negligible. temporarily affect the setting of the asset by disrupting views across Boldon Lake from public areas of the building. The magnitude of this impact has been assessed to be Minor. 7.6.7 Construction of the proposed off-line sections of the north-bound carriageway of the A19 and temporary works including a site compound soil storage area and wayleave access for Construction impacts on the historic landscape overhead power line diversions would result in the removal of archaeological remains 7.6.15 Construction of the Scheme including temporary and permanent works will result in removal associated with the Aircraft Obstructions (Site of) (Asset 65). This would affect about 25% of of field boundaries and other elements associated with the 20th Century Enclosure (HLT1), the total extent of Asset 65. The ephemeral nature of these features means that physical Post-Medieval Surveyed Enclosure (HLT2), Settlement (HLT3), and Modern remains are unlikely to survive; their significance is derived from our understanding of their Communications (HLT5) types. In each case, the proportion of each type affected is small in function and layout derived from historic aerial photographs. The magnitude of this impact relation to their overall scale, and will not affect the understanding of the type and its has been assessed to be Minor. development and relationship with the surrounding landscape. The magnitude of this impact 7.6.8 No impact during construction is predicted for the remaining 12 archaeological assets has been assessed to be Negligible for all four assets. identified in the study area (Assets 11, 17, 19, 22, 46, 47, 49, 58, 64, 66, 69 and 71). 7.6.16 No impact is predicted on the remaining five Historic Landscape Types within the study area Construction impacts on historic buildings (HLT4, HLT6, HLT7, HLT8 and HLT9). 7.6.9 No physical impact is predicted on any of the historic buildings identified in the study area. Operational impacts on archaeological remains Scot’s House group 7.6.17 No impacts resulting from operation of the Scheme are predicted for archaeological remains. 7.6.10 Views from the windows in the east elevation of Scot’s House (Asset 21) face the Scheme. Operational impacts on historic buildings Views at ground level will not be affected, as they are screened by existing mature trees, shrubs and other features within the grounds. Construction activity in the form of fixed and Scot’s House group mobile plant machinery, topsoil storage bunds, and temporary structures may be visible from 7.6.18 Scot’s House (Asset 21), has views towards the east and the Scheme. Views at ground the first floor windows, although largely obscured by intervening hedgerows and the level will not be affected, as they are screened by existing trees and shrubs and other undulating ground between the house and the Scheme. The soil storage bunds will serve to features within the grounds, and by mature hedges and topographic features between the provide temporary screening from construction activity and temporary structures. Views house and the Scheme. Some elevated parts of the Scheme will be visible from the second from the second floor are considered irrelevant to the historic setting of Scot’s House, as floor of Scot’s House (see Chapter 8 and Figures 8.21A and 8.21B), however, since these these windows are modern insertions, not part of the historic design. The magnitude of this windows were inserted in the 20th century, views from this level are not considered to impact has been assessed to be Minor, and it would cease on completion of the construction contribute to its setting. Views of the landscape beyond the A19 from the first-floor will not period. be interrupted because this area has largely been built-up, or is already hidden by existing mature woodland east of the A19. The more distant view to West Boldon would be

45

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

unchanged. It is therefore considered that operation of the Scheme will not affect the Historic buildings historical legibility of Scot’s House and its setting and no impact is predicted. This 7.7.3 A phased programme of works is proposed, which would retain the western-most soil conclusion is unaffected by the selection of the two-bridge option or the single-bridge option. storage bunds throughout the construction phase to provide visual screening from No effects resulting from operation of the Scheme are predicted for the other four assets construction activity. Short-term temporary impacts on the setting of Scot’s House associated with Scot’s House (Assets 16, 18, 20 and 25). (Asset 21) arising from the siting of the temporary site compound south-west of the existing Other historic buildings Testos Junction would be mitigated after construction through remediation works to restore 7.6.19 During operation of the Scheme, impacts will occur on the setting of West House, Make-Me- the land to its former agricultural state, which would restore the existing character of the Rich Farm and the Quadrus Centre (Assets 12, 43 and 67). The existing A19 is already landscape. prominent in the setting of all three assets, and the impacts will result from the presence of 7.7.4 The setting of West House, Make-Me-Rich Farm and the Quadrus Centre (Assets 12, 43 the wider north-bound carriageway on Assets 12 and 43, and the grade-separated junction and 67) would not be significantly altered by operation of the Scheme. As a result, no at Testos Roundabout on Asset 67. These impacts will not significantly affect the specific mitigation measures are proposed. understanding of the history and development of these assets and their setting. The magnitude of this impact has been assessed to be Negligible for all three assets. While the Mitigation for operational impacts character of the view from the Quadrus Centre and West House Farm would be slightly Historic buildings different depending on the selection of the two-bridge option or the single-bridge option, this 7.7.5 No significant long-term adverse impact on Scot’s House or the other historic buildings does not affect the assessment of the magnitude of impact as Negligible. associated with it has been identified in the operational period, for either the two-bridge Operational impacts on the historic landscape option or the single-bridge option. No operational mitigation works are therefore proposed. 7.6.20 Impacts on the Historic Landscape and in particular on the 20th Century Enclosure (HLT1), 7.7.6 The Quadrus Centre (Asset 67) was deliberately sited to announce the presence of the Post-Medieval Surveyed Enclosure (HLT2), Settlement (HLT3), and Modern Boldon Business Park, and to exploit the direct connection to the A19 provided by Testos Communications (HLT5) types which commenced during the construction phase will Junction. Construction of the Scheme will not affect the understanding of Asset 67 or its continue during operation of the Scheme, with the addition of noise and visual intrusion setting. The proposed ecological habitat enhancement works will, however, reduce the resulting from the movement of vehicles and lighting of the Scheme. The magnitude of this magnitude of this impact on this asset. impact has been assessed to be Negligible for all four assets. 7.7.7 The setting of West House (Asset 12) and Make-Me-Rich Farm (Asset 43) does not contribute to the value of either asset, and operation of the Scheme will not create a 7.7 Mitigation significant new impact. As a result, no specific mitigation measures are proposed. The general landscape planting proposed to integrate the Scheme into its surroundings will, Mitigation for construction impacts however, reduce the magnitude of this impact on both assets. Archaeological remains Historic landscape 7.7.1 Impacts have been identified on ten archaeological sites resulting from construction of the 7.7.8 Construction of the Scheme will not affect the understanding of the historic landscape, and Scheme. The value of the affected assets has been assessed as either Low (Asset 11, as a result no mitigation measures are proposed. Landscape and Visual Effects mitigation ridge and furrow earthworks) or Negligible (Assets 14, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 68 and 70). proposals are provided in the Environmental Master Plan. Several of these sites were first identified through the DBA or geophysical survey and as a result of these investigations all of the relevant affected assets are well understood in terms 7.8 Monitoring and maintenance of their function and date. Consequently, it is considered that the work already undertaken constitutes sufficient recording to offset the impact on all ten assets, and no further mitigation 7.8.1 Monitoring and maintenance would be conducted to ensure that the remediation works to is proposed. restore temporary land take to agricultural use, and landscape planting is successful. More 7.7.2 There remains some potential for the presence of unknown archaeological remains in the detail of this is given in the Landscape and Visual Effects chapter below (8.8.1). areas of temporary land-take. It is recommended that a geophysical survey is conducted of the areas of temporary land-take west of the A19 which it was not possible to include at an 7.9 Residual impacts and their significance earlier stage of the programme. The aim of this is to provide information on the presence or 7.9.1 The predicted residual significance of effects is presented in Tables 7-7 and 7-8 overleaf. absence of pre-medieval archaeological remains which may have been concealed by the widespread ridge and furrow cropmarks and earthworks in this area. The results of the 7.10 Cumulative effects survey would inform the need for, scope and scale of any mitigation works in this area/temporary land-take area. Requirements have been included within the DCO 7.10.1 No archaeological sites, historic buildings or historic landscape types have been identified as submission for unknown archaeological remains. being subject to physical impacts and impacts on their setting during the construction or operation phases. Consequently, no cumulative effects have been identified for this topic.

46

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Table 7-7: Residual impacts on cultural heritage assets during construction Asset Magnitude of Magnitude of Significance of Asset Name Value Mitigation Number impact residual impact residual impact 11 Ridge and Furrow 1 Low No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 12 West House Low Minor None proposed Negligible Neutral 14 Wearmouth Bridge and Tyne Bridge Turnpike (Route of) Negligible Negligible None proposed Negligible Neutral 16 Scot's House Gatehouse, Walls and Gate Piers Medium No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 17 Boldon Bombing Decoy (Site of) Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 18 Scot's House Farm Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 19 West Boldon Brickworks (Site of) Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 20 Scot's House Stables Medium No Change None proposed No Change Neutral Temporary screening of construction 21 Scot's House High Minor activity with temporary soil storage bunds No Change Neutral 22 Ridge and Furrow 2 Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 25 Scot's House Garden Low No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 43 Make-me-rich Farm Low Minor None proposed Negligible Neutral 46 Engine House (Site of) Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 47 West Boldon Dam Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 49 Downhill Level Crossing Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 58 Stanhope and Tyne Railway Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 59 Field Boundary 1 Negligible Moderate None proposed Negligible Neutral 60 Field Boundary 2 Negligible Moderate None proposed Negligible Neutral 61 Field Boundary 3 Negligible Minor None proposed Negligible Neutral 62 Ridge and Furrow 3 Negligible Minor None proposed Negligible Neutral 63 Ridge and Furrow 4 Negligible Minor None proposed Negligible Neutral 64 Ridge and Furrow 5 Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 65 Aircraft Obstructions (Site of) Negligible Minor None proposed Negligible Neutral 66 West Boldon Level Crossing (Site of) Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 67 Quadrus Centre Low Minor None proposed Negligible Neutral 68 Ridge and Furrow 6 Negligible Minor None proposed Negligible Neutral 69 Ridge and Furrow 7 Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 70 Ridge and Furrow 8 Negligible Minor None proposed Negligible Neutral 71 Ridge and Furrow 9 Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral HLT1 20th Century Enclosure Negligible Negligible None proposed Negligible Neutral HLT2 Post-Medieval Surveyed Enclosure Low Negligible None proposed Negligible Neutral HLT3 Settlement Low Negligible None proposed Negligible Neutral

47

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Asset Magnitude of Magnitude of Significance of Asset Name Value Mitigation Number impact residual impact residual impact HLT4 Modern Wetland Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral HLT5 Modern Communications Negligible Negligible None proposed Negligible Neutral HLT6 Modern Industrial or Commercial Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral HLT7 Modern Schools Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral HLT8 Recreation Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral HLT9 20th Century Plantation Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral

Table 7-8: Residual impacts on cultural heritage assets during operation Asset Magnitude of Magnitude of Significance of Asset Name Value Mitigation Number impact residual impact residual impact 11 Ridge and Furrow 1 Low No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 12 West House Low Negligible Landscape planting Negligible Neutral 14 Wearmouth Bridge and Tyne Bridge Turnpike (Route of) Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 16 Scot's House Gatehouse, Walls and Gate Piers Medium No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 17 Boldon Bombing Decoy (Site of) Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 18 Scot's House Farm Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 19 West Boldon Brickworks (Site of) Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 20 Scot's House Stables Medium No Change None proposed No Change Neutral Restoration of agricultural land; 21 Scot's House High No Change Landscape planting No Change Neutral 22 Ridge and Furrow 2 Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 25 Scot's House Garden Low No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 43 Make-me-rich Farm Low Negligible Landscape planting Negligible Neutral 46 Engine House (Site of) Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 47 West Boldon Dam Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 49 Downhill Level Crossing Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 58 Stanhope and Tyne Railway Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 59 Field Boundary 1 Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 60 Field Boundary 2 Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 61 Field Boundary 3 Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 62 Ridge and Furrow 3 Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 63 Ridge and Furrow 4 Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 64 Ridge and Furrow 5 Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 65 Aircraft Obstructions (Site of) Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral

48

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Asset Magnitude of Magnitude of Significance of Asset Name Value Mitigation Number impact residual impact residual impact 66 West Boldon Level Crossing (Site of) Negligible No Change None proposed Negligible Neutral 67 Quadrus Centre Low Negligible Ecological habitat enhancement No Change Neutral 68 Ridge and Furrow 6 Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 69 Ridge and Furrow 7 Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 70 Ridge and Furrow 8 Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral 71 Ridge and Furrow 9 Negligible No Change None proposed Negligible Neutral HLT1 20th Century Enclosure Negligible Negligible Landscape planting Negligible Neutral HLT2 Post-Medieval Surveyed Enclosure Low Negligible Landscape planting Negligible Neutral HLT3 Settlement Low Negligible Landscape planting No Change Neutral HLT4 Modern Wetland Negligible No Change None proposed Negligible Neutral HLT5 Modern Communications Negligible Negligible Landscape planting No Change Neutral HLT6 Modern Industrial or Commercial Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral HLT7 Modern Schools Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral HLT8 Recreation Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral HLT9 20th Century Plantation Negligible No Change None proposed No Change Neutral

49

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

CHAPTER 8 LANDSCAPE AND VISUAL EFFECTS

Executive summary 8.1.2 To a large extent, human beings experience the landscape visually. The quality of views available in any given area can contribute to the quality of life. Visual Impact This chapter assesses the effects on landscape and visual amenity within the study area and Assessment therefore addresses potential changes in the quality of existing views. has been informed through desk and field study. The assessment has been undertaken in It takes into account the extent to which the Scheme would be visible from line with the methodology identified below and in Appendix 8.1 and is in accordance with the surrounding houses, farms, footpaths and bridleways, open spaces and offices. approach to assessment outlined in Chapter 5. Defining the study area There would be adverse landscape effects during construction and in the opening year predominantly caused by the loss of vegetation on and around the Testos Junction and along 8.1.3 The study area for this assessment is informed by the Zone of Theoretical Visibility the A19 corridor to the north and south, including on the western side of Mount Pleasant (ZTV – the zone from which the Scheme is theoretically visible over ‘bare earth’, for Marsh Local Wildlife Site (LWS) and associated Tree Preservation Orders (TPO). To a lesser more information on the ZTV, see paragraphs 8.5.37-40). It encompasses an extent, trees would also be lost due to woodland thinning within Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS irregularly-shaped area, limited by the built-up areas of Fellgate, Hedworth and and TPOs to accommodate the burying of overhead power lines and installation of a security Boldon Colliery around 500 m to the north of Testos Junction, by the Boldon Hills fence for the West Boldon Environmental Education Centre (WBEEC). approximately 1.5 km to the east, Downhill Lane Junction and the residential area of The temporary stockpiling of material within fields to the west would have significant short Town End Farm 1 km to the south, and the area around the A194 2 km to the west. term effects on close-range views from receptors near West Pastures (Travelling Community The two-bridge option and the single-bridge option Site, footpath B29, Scot’s House East Wing and Flat 5 in Mansion House (part of the Scot’s House complex)). There would also be significant effects on receptors to the north (West 8.1.4 Consideration has been given to the two different options for carrying the A19 over House Farmhouse), east (Boldon Lake LWS, Boldon Business Park and Downhill Lane) and the roundabout at Testos Junction. This has very limited effects on the landscape south (Make-Me-Rich-Farm) due to construction works and temporary soil stockpiling. as the difference between the two designs is confined to the interior of the roundabout. Only a limited number of visual receptors would have direct views of The stopping up of public rights of way (PRoWs) either temporarily during construction or the bridge; each of these has been assessed for both options. permanently would deny access to views from these routes (footpath B27, footpath B28 and bridleway B46). In the opening year, slightly altered views would become available from 8.2 Legislative and policy background reopened routes or from new alternative routes. Views from within the West Boldon Environmental Education Centre (WBEEC) western Legislative background outdoor teaching area would be significantly changed during construction due to being 8.2.1 The Infrastructure Planning (Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)) Regulations relocated to the opposite side of the site. In the opening year, the teaching area would be (2009) implement the requirements of the European Union Directive 2011/92/EU returned to the western side where there would be a change in views due to new security (see Chapter 5). They relate to the “assessment of the effects of certain public and fencing, reduced vegetation and views towards new embankments along the A19 corridor. private projects on the environment” and landscape is listed as a topic that requires For many visual receptors in the opening year, the removal of temporary construction activity assessment as part of an EIA. and storage areas would reduce effects on views. However, the introduction of a raised 8.2.2 The Acts of Parliament and Regulations listed below are relevant to the landscape carriageway would make part of the A19 more visually prominent in close to mid-range views. of the Scheme and relevant features are illustrated on Figure 8.1. Landscape and visual effects would be reduced or offset in the future year (fifteen years after  Town and Country Planning Act (1990): much of the study area lies within the scheme opening) through the provision of linear tree and shrub planting along the road green belt. boundary, woodland planting and habitat creation to the north-western edge of the Scheme and around balancing ponds, and the replacement of boundary vegetation lost on the edge of  Planning (Listed Buildings and Conservation Areas) Act (1990): West Boldon Boldon Lake LWS and Boldon Business Park. and East Boldon Conservation Areas are within the study area to the east of the A19. There are several Grade I, Grade II* and Grade II Listed Buildings within 8.1 Introduction the study area.  Town and Country Planning (Tree Preservation) (England) Regulations (2012): 8.1.1 The landscape takes its character from a combination of elements, including several protected trees lie within the study area. topography, watercourses, land use and pattern, vegetation, public open space and cultural heritage influences. Landscapes vary considerably in character and quality,  Hedgerow Regulations (1997): an Important Hedgerow is present. and they are a key component of the distinctiveness of any local area or region. Planning policy background The concept also applies to an urban context, with greater emphasis on the built environment. The assessment of effects on landscape therefore addresses 8.2.3 The following tables 8-1 to 8.3 summaries the national and location planning changes in any of these components. policies relevant to the scope of potential landscape and visual effects.

50

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

National Policy 8.2.4 National policy relevant to the scope of potential effects on Landscape and Visual Effects is outlined in Table 8-1 below: Table 8-1: Relevant national policies National Policy Relevant Paragraph How the policy has been addressed National Networks Landscape and visual impacts is referred to in paragraphs 5.143 to 5.161 of the NNNPS. A full review of the Scheme against the NNNPS National Planning Policy The NNNPS sets out the Government’s vision and policy against which the SoS will make decisions on applications for is set out in Appendix A of the Planning Statement (NNNPS) development consent for nationally significant infrastructure projects on the strategic road and rail networks. Statement (document ref TR010020/APP/7.1) (Designated January 2015) National Planning Policy Of relevance to landscape is paragraph 17 ‘Core Planning Principles’, which states that planning should protect Green Sections 8.6 to 8.10 and Appendices 8.3 & 8.4 Framework (NPPF) Belts and “always seek to secure high quality design and a good standard of amenity for all existing and future occupants assess green belt in relation to landscape (March 2012) of land and buildings”, and should recognise “the intrinsic character and beauty of the countryside”. pattern and character. The impact assessment Paragraph 56 states that “good design is a key aspect of sustainable development, is indivisible from good planning, and addresses the impacts on openness and to urban sprawl etc. should contribute positively to making places better for people”. Section 9 addresses the protection of the Green Belt and paragraph 87 advocates that “inappropriate development is, Environmental design principles are covered in by definition, harmful to the Green Belt and should not be approved except in very special circumstances”. Section 8.7 mitigation and Appendix 1.2 Register of Environmental Actions and Paragraph 90 specifies that other forms of development that are not considered inappropriate in the Green Belt “provided Commitments (REAC) Environmental design is they reserve the openness of the Green Belt and do not conflict with the purposes of including land in Green shown on the Environmental Masterplan. Belt…are…engineering operations” and “local transport infrastructure which can demonstrate a requirement for a Green Belt location”. Paragraph 88 asserts that “when considering any planning application, local planning authorities should ensure that substantial weight is given to any harm to the Green Belt. ‘Very special circumstances’ will not exist unless the potential harm to the Green Belt by reason of inappropriateness, and any other harm, is clearly outweighed by other considerations”. Paragraph 125 aims to limit the effect of light pollution from artificial light. Planning Practice Planning Practice Guidance relating to these policies of relevance is included under “Natural Environment”, paragraph Sections 8.6 to 8.10 and Appendices 8.3 & 8.4 Guidance (PPG) 001- landscape character, paragraphs 002 to 005 - National Parks and AONBs, and 006 - Heritage Coasts and also assesses landscape features and elements as under “light pollution” paragraphs 001 to 008. well as well local wildlife sites relevant to the chapter. Appendix 8.3 is the landscape

character assessment for the Scheme. Local Planning Policy 8.2.5 Local planning policy relevant to the scope of potential effects on Landscape and Visual Effects is outlined in Tables 8-2 and 8-3 below: Table 8-2: Relevant Policies within the South Tyneside statutory Development Plan South Tyneside Local Relevant Policy How the policy has been addressed Development Framework Core Strategy (June 2007) Objective 16: “To protect and enhance the quality and distinctiveness of the Borough’s land and landscape’. In addition Sections 8.6 to 8.10 and Appendices 8.3 & 8.4 to the traditional focus on preserving designated sites and listed buildings etc., the Core Strategy emphasises the need to assesses landscape features and elements as protect the wider surroundings of the local authority’s towns, villages and countryside. The strategy also identifies the well as well local wildlife sites relevant to the character and distinctiveness of the local surrounds of South Tyneside as ‘unique”. chapter.

Policy EA1 Local Character and Distinctiveness Sections 8.6 to 8.10 and Appendices 8.3 & 8.4 “To conserve the best qualities of South Tyneside’s built and natural environment the Council will…. assesses green belt in relation to landscape pattern and character. The impact assessment A ……

51

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

B protect and enhance the openness of the Green Belt; addresses the impacts on openness C preserve the special and separate characters of the urban fringes villages of Boldon Colliery, West Boldon, East The Great North Forest Partnership has been Boldon, Cleadon and Whitburn; and disbanded and is no longer funded; however the D implement the Great North Forest’s strategies for access, education, enterprise and biodiversity in a forestry framework Great North Forest Plan has been considered in …..” environmental design principles covered in Section 8.7 mitigation and Appendix 1.2 ‘REAC’

Environmental design principles are covered in Section 8.7 mitigation and Appendix 1.2 ‘REAC’. Environmental design is shown on the Environmental Masterplan. Site-Specific Allocations SA7 Green Infrastructure and Recreational Opportunities and Proposals Map (April We will seek to improve the quality of the public realm and the provision of publicly accessible recreational open spaces Environmental design principles are covered in 2012) throughout South Tyneside by: section 8.7 mitigation and Appendix 1.2 ‘REAC’. A) ensuring that all major and large-scale developments include high quality landscaping with a variety of public open spaces, in accordance with our adopted standards; Environmental design is shown on the B) protecting and enhancing the parks, recreational open spaces and playing fields in the borough, particularly as Environmental Masterplan. part of the linked open space system, in accordance with our adopted standards and other proposals in this document;”

Table 8-3: Relevant Policies within the Sunderland statutory Development Plan Sunderland City Relevant Policy How the policy has been addressed Council City of Sunderland Unitary Policy CN1 Rural Areas Development Plan: Saved “In the Rural Area the City Council will:- Policies (March 2007) i) Protect and enhance as necessary buildings of character, other important structures and landscape features Environmental design principles are covered in (including rivers, ponds, and watercourses), archaeological and scientific sites, significant wildlife habitats and Section 8.7 mitigation and Appendix 1.2 ‘REAC’. strategic/ local wildlife corridors, trees and hedgerows; Environmental design is shown on the ii) Encourage the continuation of those activities and practices (e.g. farming, land management, forestry) which have Environmental Masterplan. contributed to the natural beauty and landscape diversity of the countryside; iii) Resist development that is inappropriate due to the land use concerned or because it would have a harmful impact on the landscape because of its siting, materials or design;

iv) Minimise the adverse effects of developments which have a need for a particular rural location (e.g. dwellings

essential for farm or forestry workers)”.

Sections 8.6 to 8.10 assesses green belt in Policy CN 2-5 The Sunderland Green Belt relation to landscape pattern and character. The “……A Green Belt will be maintained which will: impact assessment addresses the impacts on … prevent the merging of Sunderland with Tyneside, Washington, Houghton-le-Spring and Seaham, and the merging of openness and to urban sprawl etc. Shiney row with Washington, Chester-le-Street and Bournmoor…….”. Sections 8.6 to 8.10 and Appendix 8.4 assesses Policy CN 13 Views of the City the visual impact of the Scheme on surrounding “The city council will protect and enhance important public views of townscape, landscape and other features of value (as receptors. Environmental design principles are identified in part ii), in particular as perceived from transport corridors and well used outdoor venues. New development covered in section 8.7 mitigation and Appendix should be located and designed so as not to unduly interrupt or prejudice views of recognised value; opportunities to 1.2 ‘REAC’ and shown on the Environmental enhance such views will also be taken into account when considering proposals”. Masterplan.

Policy CN 15 Great North Forest The Great North Forest Partnership has been disbanded and is no longer funded; however the “The city council will permit developments, schemes and other initiatives which assist in creating the great north forest (on

52

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

land between and around the main urban areas) and which are in accordance with other policies of this Great North Forest Plan has been considered in plan. Developments which would adversely affect the creation of the forest will be resisted”. environmental design principles covered in Section 8.7 mitigation and Appendix 1.2 Register of Environmental Actions and Policy CN 16 Trees and Woodland Commitments (REAC). “The city council will seek to retain and enhance existing woodlands, tree belts and field hedgerows. It will undertake and

encourage planting of new tree belts and woodlands, in the main of native species, in order to: Sections 8.6 to 8.10 and Appendix 8.4 assesses i) Emphasise and enhance the breaks between settlements in accordance with policy CN6; the impact on land cover and landscape ii) Soften the hard visual edge of the urban areas; features. iii) Enhance the main transport corridors, employment areas and wildlife corridors (existing and proposed); iv) Further green the urban environment (where possible); Environmental design principles are covered in v) Provide shelter belts to screen unattractive features, whilst retaining and enhancing panoramic views; and section 8.7 mitigation and Appendix 1.2 ‘REAC’. vi) Assist in the creation of the great north forest, also the enhancement of the Green Belt”. Environmental design is shown on the Environmental Masterplan. Policy CN 23 Protection of wildlife corridors “Within the wildlife corridors as indicated on the proposals map:- Sections 8.6 to 8.10 and Appendix 8.4 assesses i) Measures to conserve and improve the environment will be encouraged using suitable designs to overcome any the impact on land cover and landscape potential user conflicts features ii) Development which would adversely affect the continuity of corridors will normally be refused; Environmental design principles are covered in section 8.7 mitigation and Appendix 1.2 ‘REAC’. iii) Where, on balance, development is acceptable because of wider plan objectives, appropriate habitat creation measures will be required to minimise its detrimental impact” Environmental design is shown on the Environmental Masterplan.

8.3 Limitations of the assessment 8.3.1 The assumptions made and limitations encountered during this assessment are location and the information is backed up by a site visit undertaken in January listed below. 2017 where views were assessed from footpath B29.  Based on the Scheme description, lighting would be required to replace existing  The target points used for running the ZTVs have been taken from the 2015 3D facilities at the junction and on short sections of the slip roads based on design freeze as they are assumed to be unchanged based on discussions with predicted queue lengths. the design team.

 Good establishment of mitigation planting would be achieved by the future year 8.4 Assessment approach and method (approximate assumed heights after 15 years: woodland 10 m; native trees and shrubs 8-10 m and woodland edge/linear belts of trees and shrubs 5 m, based 8.4.1 The LVIA has been undertaken in the light of relevant guidance37;38. Local on industry good practice). landscape character unit assessment has been undertaken using Natural England 39;40  The visual assessment of Make-Me-Rich Farm has been limited due to the (formerly Countryside Agency) guidelines . A more detailed methodology for the owner’s denial of access for survey work. The assessment was therefore LVIA is contained within Appendix 8.1 and further information supporting the LVIA is undertaken using other sources such as photography from adjacent land and contained within Appendices 8.2 to 8.4. contour and vegetation mapping. 37  Assessment work and photography could not be undertaken from Scot’s House Landscape Institute and Institute of Environmental Management and Assessment. 2013. Guidelines for Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment Third Edition (GLVIA3). Abingdon: Routledge. East Wing during the winter months due to the owner’s denial of access in 38 Highways England (formerly Agency). 2010. Interim Advice Note 135/10 Landscape and Visual Effects 2015. Therefore, the visual assessment has been undertaken based on the site Assessment (IAN 135/10). [Online]. [Accessed: 16 January 2017]. Available from: visit undertaken during the summer survey in October 2014 and a historic winter http://www.standardsforhighways.co.uk/ians/pdfs/ian135.pdf assessment undertaken as part of a Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment 39 Countryside Agency and Scottish Natural Heritage. 2002. Landscape Character Assessment: Guidance for England and Scotland. (LVIA) in 2007. This is considered to be valid because based on discussions 40 with the design team, the permanent works has changed only in minor respects Natural England. 2014. An Approach to Landscape Character Assessment. [Online]. [Accessed: 16 January 2017]. Available from: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/landscape-character-assessments-identify- since 2007, there have been no significant changes in the views from that and-describe-landscape-types

53

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

8.4.2 The LVIA considers potential effects from the Testos Junction two-bridge option, as Appendix 8.4. The residual effects are those that would be experienced in the well as providing high-level descriptive text on the likely difference in effects future year, 2036, on establishment of mitigation vegetation. anticipated from the alternative single-bridge option as discussed in Chapter 2. 8.5 Baseline conditions Baseline data gathering 8.4.3 Baseline information on landscape elements and visual receptors was gathered in 8.5.1 Existing landscape and visual elements within the study area are summarised the first instance through a desk-top survey (see Appendix 8.2 for sources of below. Landscape elements referred to in the text are illustrated on Figure 8.1, information). This was supplemented by site visits and surveys carried out in while landscape character units are shown on Figure 8.2 and described in more October 2014, February 2015 and January 2017. All of this work has built on detail in Appendix 8.3. The locations of viewpoint photographs and photomontages previous familiarity with the study area developed during other phases of referred to in the text (Figures 8.5 to 8.21) are shown on Figure 8.4. environmental assessment for the project in 2006-07 and 2008-09. 8.5.2 This summary describes existing conditions in 2016-17. No land use changes are 8.4.4 Consultations were held with relevant statutory consultees (see Chapter 4 for anticipated that would significantly alter these conditions before the baseline year details) and local stakeholders throughout the EIA process. (2018). The International Advanced Manufacturing Park (IAMP) for the North East is proposed near to the A19 but is unlikely to have been built prior to the construction 8.4.5 Specifically in relation to this topic, South Tyneside Council and Sunderland County of Testos Junction. The existing conditions described here are therefore expected Council have both provided comment on the number and location of visual to be a good representation of conditions in the baseline year. receptors, planning policy and TPOs. They have also provided data for GIS input into the figures that form part of this chapter. Topography 8.4.6 Both Local Planning Authorities were consulted about the number and location of 8.5.3 Distant southern and western horizons are defined by Penshaw Hill (whose summit photomontages. is at 136 m above sea level or ‘Ordnance Datum’, expressed as AOD) and Carr Hill (circa 100 m AOD) some 6 km to the south, and by higher ground in Gateshead Identification and assessment of impacts (150 m AOD) between 6 and 8 km to the west. 8.4.7 Landscape and visual effects were identified in part by a desk-based comparison of 8.5.4 The topography of the area to the west of the A19 is mainly flat, with rolling fields the existing and proposed situations, supplemented by information from the site and localised valleys created by sunken streams such as the River Don. West visits and surveys. Computer-aided modelling was used to identify the ZTV taking Boldon (at an elevation of 60 m AOD) and the Boldon Hills (90 m AOD) form areas account of the visibility of the tallest vehicles on the road as well as signs and of higher ground to the eastern horizon. Recognised areas of local value in this gantries proposed over 5 m tall (refer to Appendix 8.1 for methodology). The bare topographic zone include West and East Boldon Conservation Areas, Boldon earth approach used for the ZTV, which does not take account of screening Downhill Area of High Landscape Value or Landscape Significance, and Downhill features such as vegetation and buildings, is in accordance with GLVIA3 guidance. Old Quarry Local Geodiversity Site41 on the west-facing slopes of the Boldon Hills. 8.4.8 Visual impacts for users of Bridleway B28 will change not just because of the 8.5.5 Substantially modified landforms in the study area include the existing A19 road introduction of the Scheme into the views, but also because the bridleway itself is to with its embankments, bridges and cuttings at the Downhill Lane Junction (up to be stopped up and replaced in a new location. Comparison of views would not 7.5 m tall), the West House Farm footbridge, and the cuttings (up to 5 m deep) therefore be a ‘like-for-like’ comparison of views with and without the Scheme from where the road passes Hedworth to the north. Other locally common landform the same viewpoint, but would require comparison of the view from the existing features include restored former open-cast mines to the west and east. The Bridleway B28 with an entirely different viewpoint on the replacement route, located presence of few locally designated features offset by the prominence of common south of the A184. and modified landform means that the topography and landform around the existing 8.4.9 In line with the assessment framework described in Chapter 5, the significance of junction and within the road corridor are considered to be of low sensitivity. effect has been assessed using a matrix (see Appendix 8.1 Table 8.1.3). The Hydrology matrix works on the principle that the significance of effect is a function of the sensitivity of the receptor and the magnitude of impact as a result of the 8.5.6 Watercourses include the River Don and its tributary, Calfclose Burn. Both follow development proposals. The sensitivity of individual landscape and visual receptors sinuous but generally north-south courses, within noticeable local valleys in was assessed using criteria described in Appendix 8.1, Table 8.1.1 and magnitude generally flat, low-lying land. Open water can be found at Boldon Lake, Mount of impact was measured on the basis of criteria set out in Table 8.1.2. Pleasant Marsh and at Lakeside Inn to the north-west. Whilst all of these 8.4.10 The assessment considers the landscape and visual effects of the Scheme in the construction period (2018-21), the opening year (2021) and future year (2036). The 41 South Tyneside Council. 2007. South Tyneside Local Development Framework. The new development plan detailed outcome of the assessment on a receptor-by-receptor basis is set out in for your borough. Core Strategy. [Online]. [Accessed: 16 January 2017]. Available from: the Landscape and Visual Effects Schedules in Tables 8.4.1 and 8.4.2 within https://www.southtyneside.gov.uk/article/36015/Local-Development-Framework. Pages 33, 35 & 36 – Policy EA1, EA3

54

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

watercourses / waterbodies form part of designated LWSs41, many are inaccessible Land cover to the public therefore they are valuable for their ecological status (see Chapter 9 for more information on ecology) and contribution to visual amenity and the wider 8.5.14 Most of the land within the study area to the west of the A19 is made up of mixed context of landscape character. Mount Pleasant Marsh is accessible via a jetty for arable and pastoral fields, separated by gappy, moderately maintained hedgerows educational groups within the WBEEC. These open water and marshland habitats with some semi-mature trees. are attractions in their own right. Other watercourses in the study area include 8.5.15 There is one small length of hedgerow to the west of West Pastures Travelling several disused land drains within the fields. Community Site designated as an Important Hedgerow43. For further details of this 8.5.7 Hydrological features have been assessed as moderate sensitivity due to their local Important Hedgerow refer to Chapter 9. distinctiveness, their local value for ecology and recreation and their low potential 8.5.16 There are several small to medium-sized deciduous woodland areas, particularly for substitution. For further information on the water environment, please see near farmsteads, town edges and along the river/stream banks (see Figure 8.3C for Chapter 11. significant vegetation). The A19 north of Testos Junction is predominantly enclosed by trees on both sides, comprising a significant tree-belt on the boundary of Boldon Land use Business Park (approximately 25 m wide and 700 m long) and woodland/highway 8.5.8 Land use issues are addressed more fully in Chapter 13, and are summarised here edge planting or a native hedgerow to the west. Hawthorn and gorse scrub only so far as they are relevant to landscape character. populate the edges of un-worked agricultural land either side of the A19, north-east 8.5.9 Agricultural land in the study area is mainly Grade 3b arable and pasture land, and south-east of Make-Me-Rich Farm and along the River Don to the east of the enclosed by residential areas (Town End Farm 1 km to the south, West Boldon and road. The A19 south of Downhill Lane Junction is enclosed by trees on both sides New Town 1 km to the east, Hedworth and Fellgate 1 km to the north and north- along the edges of the Nissan plant and houses in Town End Farm, and there is west and Boldon Colliery 1 km to the north-east). Individual farms and other woodland planting in and around the slip roads of Downhill Lane Junction. isolated properties are scattered within the surrounding rural areas (West House 8.5.17 Several groups of trees are protected by TPOs (see Figure 8.1), the nearest being Farm, Scot’s House, Make-Me-Rich Farm, Strother House Farm, Elliscope Farm, TPO 208 West Boldon (Western Area) and 206 (Eastern Area) at the WBEEC next Hylton Grove Farm and Hylton Bridge Farm). This area of rural land use is to the Testos junction. Other groups are located approximately 500 m to the west designated as green belt42. of the A19 (TPO 100) and 750 m to the east (TPOs 23, 08 and 11). There are two 8.5.10 Commercial land in the study area largely comprises of Boldon Business Park, TPOs designated by Sunderland City Council (SCC), located approximately which is to the east of the A19 and north of Testos Junction. In general, the between 300 m and 750 m to the south-east of Downhill Lane Junction (TPOs 114 business park is separated from the A19 by tree and shrub boundary planting. and 20). There are a couple of individual commercial properties to the west of the A19 8.5.18 The West Boldon TPOs surround the National Grid sub-station and form part of including Enterprise Rent-a-Car on the north side of the A184 and west of Testos Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS which is also the site for the WBEEC, and includes a Junction, MyPetStore Kennels and Cattery further west on Follingsby Lane and a thick hedgerow to the southern boundary, marshland, open grassland meadows, plant nursery at Red Fox Farm south of the A184 to the west. To the south of the open water and outdoor teaching areas. study area is the large Nissan car manufacturing plant. 8.5.19 Other LWSs include Boldon Lake and its associated marginal vegetation south of 8.5.11 Community land use includes designated and proposed recreational open space to Boldon Business Park, woodland copses at Elliscope Farm East/Hylton Bridge, wet the edges of Fellgate, Hedworth and West Boldon as well as a community grassland and the banks of the River Don at Make-Me-Rich Meadow LWS, the education facility within Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS (the WBEEC), and Boldon River Don corridor itself in various sections and Calfclose Burn to the north-west. Lake LWS. They are also present at Strother House Farm and further west at Wardley Colliery, 8.5.12 There is a network of PRoWs within the rural landscape, fragmented by existing both designated for their grassland / wetland habitats. To the south-east of Testos highways, but with some intact links into urban fringe areas to the east. One Junction, Downhill Old Quarry Local Geodiversity Site (LGS) / LWS and Downhill designated long-distance route (the Great North Forest Trail) runs east-west Meadows LWS are located on the hillside to the north of Town End Farm. through the study area, following Downhill Lane and Follingsby Lane and crossing 8.5.20 The South Tyneside Local Development Framework (LDF) designates a number of the A19 at Downhill Lane Junction. Wildlife Corridors44 in the study area, running north-south along river corridors and 8.5.13 The mix of land use within the study area is assessed as being of low sensitivity. east-west across open rural land, which is also included in a similar designation

43 Secretary of State. 1997. The Hedgerows Regulations. [Online]. [Accessed: 16 January 2017]. Available from: http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1997/1160/contents/made 42 South Tyneside Council. (2007). South Tyneside Local Development Framework. The new development plan 44 South Tyneside Council. (2007). South Tyneside Local Development Framework. The new development plan for your borough. Core Strategy. [Online]. [Accessed: 16 January 2017]. Available from: for your borough. Core Strategy. [Online]. [Accessed: 16 January 2017]. Available from: https://www.southtyneside.gov.uk/article/36015/Local-Development-Framework. Page 33 – Policy EA1 https://www.southtyneside.gov.uk/article/36015/Local-Development-Framework. Page 36 – Policy EA3

55

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

within the Sunderland Council UDP45. These designations reflect the importance of Pending a final decision on the removal of the green belt designation, it is included the rural land as areas for wildlife to link and cross between urban fringes of as part of the baseline for the purposes of this ES. The development of the IAMP Fellgate and Hedworth, West Boldon, Boldon Colliery, Washington and Sunderland. itself is subject to an application for a Development Consent Order. 8.5.21 The study area lies within the Great North Forest (GNF), which was designated by 8.5.27 The urban areas are linked by trunk roads, such as the A19, and minor roads, the Great North Forest Partnership. This is reflected in the local policies of the which subdivide the rural corridors. Elements within the landscape that detract from South Tyneside LDF and Sunderland UDP42;46 which support and encourage the the landscape pattern include the electricity sub-station within Mount Pleasant Great North Forest Plan’s aims and objectives. However, the Great North Forest Marsh and the pylon network that extends out from it in all directions. Partnership has now been disbanded and the policies relating the GNF are not 8.5.28 The landscape pattern is considered to be of moderate sensitivity due to the green supported by any funding. All of the green belt area between South Tyneside and belt designation within the South Tyneside LDF, which reflect its need for protection Sunderland is covered by the GNF policies of the two councils, but these policies and its value locally. are not shown on Figure 8.1. No further consideration or weight is given to GNF- related policies in this ES, except in relation to the Great North Forest Trail. Cultural influences 8.5.22 There are no known proposed changes to land use that would alter the vegetation 8.5.29 The cultural heritage of the study area is described in more detail in Chapter 7. cover before the programmed start of construction, although it is recognised that the Cultural heritage elements and characteristics that influence the landscape are timing of the IAMP development is uncertain. Minor incremental changes may arise listed below. from maintenance regimes within the Boldon Business Park or along the road  Scot’s House (Grade II* Listed Building and associated historic complex), edges; any such changes are unknown and unquantifiable at this stage, but are approximately 1 km west of Testos Junction; assumed to be negligible. A more detailed account of land cover in the study area, with particular reference to its ecological sensitivity, is given in Chapter 9.  Downhill Farm (group of historic buildings, several Grade II Listed) 8.5.23 The sensitivity of the land cover within the study area is assessed to be moderate. (approximately 580 m south-east of the A19 at the nearest point); This is due to the presence of considerable amounts of vegetation along the A19  West Boldon (historic village, with Conservation Area and Grade I Listed church road corridor and the number of local designations in the near vicinity of the – see Figure 8.1), approximately 1.2 km east of Testos Junction; Scheme, as well as links to other areas within and outside of the study area.  East Boldon (Listed Buildings and Conservation Area), approximately 2.5 km Landscape pattern east of Testos Junction; 8.5.24 There are no National Parks, Areas of Outstanding Natural Beauty or Registered  Disused Stanhope and Tyne Railway, now a bridleway, aligned approximately Parks and Gardens within or near the study area. north-south and intersected by the A19 north of Downhill Lane Junction; 8.5.25 The local landscape pattern comprises a corridor of agricultural land aligned east-  The Penshaw Monument, 5.5 km to the south (a National Trust monument). west, linked to a similar corridor aligned north-south, separating the urban fringe th th settlements of Fellgate and Hedworth to the north, Boldon Business Park to the  The 18 /19 century ‘enclosure’ period field system throughout the study area, east extending to West Boldon, and Town End Farm to the south-east. superimposed on an earlier agricultural system with medieval origins. 8.5.26 The agricultural corridors are designated as green belt in order to maintain the 8.5.30 Cultural influences in the landscape are assessed as being of low sensitivity due to separation between the surrounding urban areas of Tyneside to the north, Wearside the modern settlement and farming use of the study area. Although other Listed to the south-east and Washington to the south-west. However, STC and SCC are Buildings and heritage sites are present, the key historical location for this jointly consulting on a proposal to remove 170 hectares of land west of the A19 landscape assessment is Scot’s House. from the green belt in connection with a proposal to develop the IAMP. Land north Landscape character assessment (see also Appendix 8.3) of the IAMP, adjacent to the A19 and Testos junction, would remain in the green belt. Staged consultation on the Area Action Plan (AAP) for the IAMP has been 8.5.31 The following sections describe the key characteristics of published landscape ongoing since February 2015, and the AAP is undergoing independent examination character assessments at a regional and district level. in the spring/summer of 2017, with an expectation of being adopted in the winter of Regional-level landscape character assessment 2017/18. This is when the removal of land from the green belt would be effective. 8.5.32 At a regional level, the site straddles two National Character Area (NCA) profiles: 47 45 NCA 14 Tyne and Wear Lowlands , and the northernmost tip of NCA 15 Durham Sunderland City Council. 2007. Sunderland City Council Unitary Development Plan Adopted Alteration No. 2. [Online]. [Accessed: 16 January 2017]. Available from: http://www.cartogold.co.uk/sunderland/text/00cont.htm – Policy CN23 Wildlife Corridors. 46 Sunderland City Council. 2007. Sunderland City Council Unitary Development Plan Adopted Alteration No. 2. [Online]. [Accessed: 16 January 2017]. Available from: http://www.cartogold.co.uk/sunderland/text/00cont.htm 47 Natural England. 2013. National Character Area Profile 14: Tyne and Wear Lowlands. [Online]. [Accessed: 16 – Policy CN15. January 2017]. Available from: http://publications.naturalengland.org.uk/publication/4683608954503168

56

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Magnesian Limestone Plateau48. Key regional characteristics that are relevant to South Tyneside Landscape Character Study the study area are identified below. 8.5.33 The South Tyneside Landscape Character Study49 (see Figure 8.2) is used as NCA 14: Tyne and Wear Lowlands: Supplementary Planning Guidance. The key characteristics of the relevant landscape character areas are identified below.  “Undulating landform incised by the rivers of the Tyne and Wear and their tributaries”. This is locally evident in the Calfclose Burn and River Don, which is Character Area 10 (Urban): Fellgate and Hedworth a tributary of the Tyne, and low-lying topography.  “Large single-age residential estates.  “Widespread urban and industrial development with a dense network of major  Laid out around the shallowly-incised Calfclose and Don valleys. road and rail links”. This is locally represented by urban edges to the north, east and south and urban fringe industrial/commercial land uses (Boldon  Subdivided by the large wooded Metro Line embankment, and separated from Business Park, Nissan car manufacturing plant to the south), as well as by the neighbouring areas by dual carriageways”. A19 and A184. Character Area 24 (Urban): The Boldons  “Between settlements, wide stretches of agricultural land with large, regular,  “Historic cores of West and East Boldon, and terraces of Boldon Colliery. arable fields bordered by hedgerows with few hedgerow trees, often with large farmsteads and urban fringe pasture land with pony and cattle grazing”. This is  Hilltop location of West Boldon, overlooking South Tyneside. evident within the rural areas of land to either side of the A19.  River Don divides the area and provides open space.  “Strong legacy of mining, much restored to agriculture, forestry, industry,  Landmark Quadrus office building at Boldon Business Park on the A19”. housing and amenity uses”. This is locally characterised by colliery restorations and colliery housing (Boldon Colliery) to the east and opencast workings and Character Area 31 (Urban Fringe): Boldon Fell restored spoil heaps at Wardley Colliery LWS to the west of the study area.  “Large scale arable fields with gappy hedges.  “Mixed woodland estates and plantations on restored spoil heaps provide  Overhead power lines converging on the sub-station by the A19. woodland cover in some areas, although sparse elsewhere”. As seen throughout the study area, in the form of several small blocks of woodland  Busy dual carriageways subdivide the area. separated by farmland, and highlighted by the Great North Forest Plan.  Regenerating woodland and scrub on former extraction sites. NCA 15: Durham Magnesian Limestone Plateau:  Farms and country house with associated woodland”.  “West-facing limestone escarpment forming a series of spurs and vales, heavily Character Area 32 (Urban Fringe): Boldon Downhill quarried but still supporting a mosaic of limestone grassland, scrub and woodland”. This is noticeable at the exposed quarry and escarpment face at  “Highest point in the borough, steeply sloping to the west. Downhill Old Quarry LGS.  Limestone scarp slope with former quarries.  “Strong influence of historic mining industry on both local culture and the  Gentle slope with golf courses. landscape, in the form of ex-coal mining towns and villages with distinctive surrounding areas of allotments and pony paddocks, reclaimed colliery sites,  Intermittent woodlands”. disused and existing railways, and industrial archaeology”. Character Area 34 (Urban Fringe): Boldon – Cleadon Fragmented Farmland  “Small, fragmented patches of limestone grassland supporting unique  “Large areas of woodland planting associated with the restoration of the former combinations of rare plant and invertebrate species”. This is reflected at the Boldon Colliery in the west. Downhill Old Quarry and Downhill Meadow LWS.  Relatively wooded in the west, with woodland following the course of the River  “Historic villages subject to a high degree of 20th-century expansion”. This is Don. evident to the east at West Boldon and adjacent to Boldon Business Park.  Well used for recreation, with areas of access land, wildlife sites and a dense  “Widespread urban and industrial development in the north and major transport network of footpaths linking across the area between the settlements”. corridors throughout”. This is noticeable in the A19, Downhill Lane Junction and industrial areas to the south-west of the study area. 49 LUC on behalf of South Tyneside Council . 2012. South Tyneside Landscape Character Study Part I: Landscape Character Assessment. [Online]. [Accessed: 16 January 2017]. Available 48 Natural England. 2013. National Character Area Profile 15: Durham Magnesian Limestone Plateau. [Online]. from:https://www.southtyneside.gov.uk/article/36020/Supporting-Documentation-and-Evidence-Base-Studies [Accessed: 16 January 2017]. Available from: http://publications.naturalengland.org.uk/publication/8308038

57

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

City of Sunderland Landscape Character Assessment shown on Figure 8.2, using the published landscape character assessments as a 8.5.34 The City of Sunderland Landscape Character Assessment50 (see Figure 8.2) guide, along with information gained through desk study work and site surveys. includes two landscape character areas which cover part of the study area, and the The LCUs identified are listed in Table 8.4 below and described in Appendix 8.3. A key characteristics are listed below. summary of the landscape quality and sensitivity for each LCU has also been provided in the table, criteria for which are described in Appendix 8.1. Character Area 2a (Coalfield Lowland Terraces): Usworth Lowland Table 8-4: Local landscape character units  Lowland transitional landscape of gently rolling or flat agricultural fields with Local more undulating topography in river valleys. Description Quality Sensitivity Character Unit  Medium to large sized, semi-regularly shaped, predominantly arable fields Western lowland agricultural bordered by hedgerows, with some recently planted woodland. LCU 1 Ordinary Moderate land  Recently restored former colliery land. Hedworth and Fellgate LCU 2 Ordinary Low  Urban fringe character due to fragmented industrial and residential land use modern residential edge interspersed with open space. LCU 3 Vegetated corridor Poor Low Character Area 9f (Urban Limestone Plateau): Hylton Castle, Downhill and New Town and Boldon LCU 4 Ordinary Low Castleton Colliery Boldon Business Park  Gently undulating land predominantly urban in character. LCU 5 Ordinary Low complex  Residential area of cul-de-sacs with wide roads, areas of open space and blocks of housing. LCU 6 Boldon ecological wetlands Good Moderate  Few street trees or mature vegetation. LCU 7 River Don scrubby farmland Ordinary Moderate West Boldon elevated urban  Corridor of open space along the north including the underused Downhill LCU 8 Good Moderate centre Outdoor Sports Complex. LCU 9 Downhill elevated farmland Very Attractive High Other published landscape character assessments Town End Farm residential LCU 10 Ordinary Low 8.5.35 Other published landscape character assessments that have been taken into edge account are listed below (see Figure 2). LCU 11 Boldon Colliery restored land Ordinary Low  A landscape character assessment within the Great North Forest Plan (GNF Partnership now disbanded)Error! Bookmark not defined. which identified several ‘Local LCU 12 Usworth lowland Ordinary Moderate anagement Zones’. These have been brought through to the South Tyneside LDF Core Strategy (Policy EA1 (D): LM1 – Don Valley Farmland, LM2 – ZTV and visual receptors Downhill and LM3 – Boldon / Cleadon). 8.5.37 As described earlier in the chapter, the ZTV illustrates the visibility of the Scheme  A townscape character assessment which formed part of the West Boldon over bare ground only, and does not take account of any potential screening by Conservation Area Character Appraisal51 and has informed the urban elements such as buildings or significant vegetation. It reflects a multiple point landscape character unit appraisals. analysis approach, in accordance with current GLVIA3 guidance52. Identification of local character units 8.5.38 Two ZTVs have been produced using computer modelling techniques in 8.5.36 Smaller-scale units than those found in the published landscape character accordance with the methodology set out in Appendix 8.1, and are shown on assessments were needed to provide the degree of resolution required for this EIA. Figures 8.3A & 8.3B. The ZTVs represent worst case scenarios as described The study area has therefore been subdivided into ‘local character units’ (LCU), as below.  Zones within the study area whereby a 4.5m tall Heavy Goods Vehicle (HGV) 50 LUC on behalf of Sunderland City Council. 2015. City of Sunderland Landscape Character Assessment. using the Scheme at opening year (2021) would be theoretically visible. The [Online]. [Accessed: 16 January 2017]. Available from: colour of the ZTV has been graded to illustrate the length of route visible. http://www.sunderland.gov.uk/index.aspx?articleid=3301 51 South Tyneside Council. 2006. West Boldon Conservation Area Character Appraisal. [Online]. [Accessed: 16 January 2017]. Available from: https://www.southtyneside.gov.uk/article/36256/Character-appraisals-and- 52 Landscape Institute and Institute of Environmental Management and Assessment. 2013. Guidelines for management-plans Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment Third Edition (GLVIA3). Abingdon: Routledge. Page 103 para 6.8.

58

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

 Zones within the study area whereby the taller permanent structures of highway  Bridleway B46 which follows the route of the old Stanhope and Tyne Railway lighting, gantries and signage (over 5 m tall) would be theoretically visible. The between the A184 and Downhill Lane; colour of the ZTV has been graded to illustrate the number of columns, tops of  Footpath B27 between West Pastures lane and Bridleway B46, which crosses signs or gantries visible. the A19 240 m to the south of Testos Junction and passes immediately south of 8.5.39 Visual receptors with potential views towards the Scheme have been informed by Mount Pleasant Marsh (Figure 8.20A for a view from the western half of the the ZTV extents and site survey work. The receptors include private housing, footpath); PRoWs, open space areas and places of work. The locations of the visual receptors  Footpath B29 between the A184 and West Pastures lane; are shown on Figure 8.3C Visual Appraisal. The sensitivity of each receptor has been assessed within the Visual Effects Schedule in Appendix 8.4.  Footpath B22 between West Pastures lane and Follingsby Lane; 8.5.40 Twenty photographs representing significant views of the Scheme from visual  A continuous footway along the north side of the A184 from Testos Junction receptors have been displayed on Figures 8.5 to 8.18. The location and direction of westwards to Whitemarepool Junction (the junction of the A184 with the A194) view for each photograph is identified on Figure 8.4. (Figure 8.7); Visual barriers and existing views of the A19  A short combined footway/cycleway on one side of the A184 east of Testos Junction, and advisory on-road routes within West Boldon; and 8.5.41 Figure 8.3C illustrates potential visual barriers within the study area. Existing woodland planting largely screens views of the A19 from most of Boldon Business  The Great North Forest Trail which runs along Downhill Lane to the south of the Park (except the Quadrus Centre), from Boldon Colliery, from West Boldon and study area (Figures 8.11, 8.16, 8.17). from the WBEEC. Large commercial buildings in Boldon Business Park also screen 8.5.47 There are a large number of electricity pylons extending out from the sub-station at views from some adjacent residential areas. Views from most properties within the WBEEC which detract from the majority of views within and outside of the study residential areas are screened or confined to oblique narrow views due the houses area. At least six rows of pylons radiate from the sub-station in all directions. The themselves apart from those on the fringes of these areas. pylons vary in height from around 20 m to around 40 m. 8.5.42 Using the methodology outlined in Appendix 8.1, Section 8.1I, three photomontages 8.5.48 Night-time views from much of the surrounding area are dominated by light pollution were produced comparing existing views with the views as they would be with independent of the highway. However, vehicle headlights between Downhill Lane Scheme in place (Figures 8.19A to 8.21B1). The viewpoint positions for all of these Junction and Testos Junction are prominent in existing west-facing night-time views photographs and photomontages are shown on Figure 8.4. from the high ground in Downhill / Town End Farm, where they are backed by dark 8.5.43 Views of the A19 from the southern boundary of Hedworth are predominantly areas of countryside. screened by remnant hedgerows, garden fences and roadside tree and shrub planting. There are glimpsed views of HGV traffic from the south-eastern edge of 8.6 Potential impacts (without mitigation) Fellgate, mainly from upper floor windows and focused through gaps in open space boundary vegetation (see Figures 8.3C and 8.13). 8.6.1 The identification of landscape and visual impacts as a result of the proposed Scheme have been summarised below. Both the two-bridge option and the single- 8.5.44 Woodland in Mount Pleasant Marsh screens views of Testos Junction from the east bridge option have been considered, and unless otherwise specified, these and south-east, including views from part of Bridleway B46, the busiest PRoW in assessments are valid for both options. For further information on the magnitude of the study area. Views from the west are more open but the flat topography in this impact refer to the Landscape and Visual Effects Schedules in Appendix 8.4 area results in views being filtered by intervening hedgerow and scrub vegetation (Tables 8.4.1 & 8.4.2). All impacts are described in the absence of mitigation. (see Figures 8.3C, 8.6-8.8 and 8.20). Recommended measures to mitigate these impacts are described in Section 8.8. 8.5.45 Potential visual receptors of the Scheme include residents at houses and 8.6.2 The impacts from the diversion of overhead power lines are included here because, farmsteads scattered within the surrounding agricultural fields such as Make-Me- although they would be undertaken by others, they are a consequence of the Rich Farm and West House Farmhouse (Figure 8.6), users of the WBEEC (Figure Scheme. 8.8) and workers at Boldon Business Park (Figure 8.5). Construction impacts 8.5.46 Between Downhill Lane Junction and south of Testos Junction, the A19 and traffic travelling on it are prominent in views from surrounding PRoWs. PRoWs in the Diversion of overhead power lines study area that are likely to have views towards the Scheme include the following Landscape impacts (refer to Figure 2.11 for locations):  Land cover: Permanent adverse impact as a result of the loss of woodland  Bridleway B28 from the A184 west of Testos Junction to Boldon Business Park, within Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS and TPO208 West Boldon (Western Area) over the A19 via a footbridge (Figure 8.7); due to site clearance operations to allow access to remove three pylons adjacent to the sub-station boundary;

59

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

 Land cover and landscape pattern: Permanent adverse impact due to the loss  Permanent adverse impact as a result of the loss of plantation woodland on the of sections of hedgerows and remnant hedgerow trees within fields to the west western edge of Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS / TPO208 West Boldon Western of the A19 due to the trenched ‘corridor’ for the burying of existing overhead Area to accommodate the wider road; power lines. The green belt designation is affected by these works however the  Permanent loss of vegetation along parts of Bridleway B46 for an works themselves would not impact on the openness of the area; accommodation track.  Landscape character: Permanent adverse impact on the landscape character of Landscape pattern LCU6 Boldon ecological wetlands, in particular within the WBEEC outdoor teaching area to the west. This would be due to the combined impact of  Permanent adverse impact as a result of a reduction in field size to the west of vegetation loss and works to remove pylons. Short term impacts would arise the A19 leading to encroachment into the green belt area due to the from the relocation of the outdoor teaching area to the east of the site during the construction of the Scheme. The encroachment into the green belt would not construction period. impact the overall openness of the majority of the designated areas to the west. Visual impacts Cultural influences  Short term adverse impact on outdoor teaching area views due to the relocation  Permanent adverse impact as a result of further severance of remnant field of facilities to a different part of the WBEEC during the construction period. boundaries due to the widening of the A19. Landscape impacts of construction of the Scheme Landscape character Topography and hydrology  Short term adverse impact on the landscape character of LCU 1 Western lowland agricultural land as a result of construction activities, construction  Short term adverse impact on topography due to raised landform of temporary compound and stockpiling of materials during the construction period; soil and spoil stockpiles within fields to the east and west of the A19, and movement of earth around site to create new earthworks;  Permanent adverse impact on LCU 7 River Don scrubby farmland due to the creation of a new outfall to the River Don for the balancing pond and loss of  Permanent adverse impact on the banks of the River Don adjacent to bridleway vegetation along parts of Bridleway B46 for an accommodation track; B46 to the east of the A19 due to the creation of an outfall for the balancing pond.  Short term impact on LCU 1, LCU 3, LCU 6 and LCU 7 due to the presence of construction works, vegetation loss and landform changes. Land use Visual impacts of construction of the Scheme  Permanent adverse impact due to the loss of agricultural land either side of the A19 to accommodate haul roads and soil storage areas;  Short term adverse visual impact on views from visual receptors in close proximity to the A19, A184 Newcastle Road, accommodation track construction  Permanent adverse impact due to the loss of agricultural land to the west of the and West Pastures lane due to the proximity of the construction site, activity A19 and south of the A184, to accommodate the site compound and temporary and temporary structures (site compound, storage piles and haul roads); areas for the storage of soils excavated within the site, primarily topsoil;  Short term adverse visual impact on middle to long distance views where the  Permanent adverse impact due to the loss of a narrow strip of agricultural land A19 and A184 are visible, especially where the site compound, temporary haul for the Scheme along the western edge of the existing A19 north and south of roads and storage piles exacerbate the visibility of the construction works. the A184, and along the eastern edge of the existing A19 south of Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS. Operational impacts Land cover Landscape impacts  Permanent adverse impact due to the loss of tree, shrub and woodland Topography and hydrology vegetation along the eastern edge of the A19 north of the Testos Junction to  Permanent adverse impact on topography due to the introduction of new raised accommodate a haul road during construction; embankments up to 8 m high on the approaches to the new bridge structures at  Permanent adverse impact as a result of the loss of trees and shrubs on the Testos Junction (with side slopes of 1:2.5 or shallower to the west, and side existing roundabout; slopes of 1:1 or shallower to the north-east, possibly replaced in part by retaining structures);  Permanent adverse impact due to the loss of established hedgerow and tree belts along the western edge of the existing A19 to accommodate the wider  There is a marginal difference in the character, but not the magnitude, of impact road. in the immediate vicinity of Testos roundabout between the two structural options for carrying the A19 over the roundabout, due to the differing amount of earthworks required for the two options (see Appendix 8.4, Table A8.4-1);

60

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

 Permanent adverse impact on hydrological landscape features due to the the junction, between the two structural options for carrying the A19 over Testos introduction of two new engineered balancing pond features and changes to the Junction (see Appendix 8.4, Table A8.4-2).; River Don banks as a result of creating an outfall from one of the balancing  Permanent adverse visual impact on views from properties on the edges of ponds. Fellgate and Hedworth due to the new Testos Junction and vegetation loss Land use, land cover, landscape pattern and cultural influences along the A19. Views would be from upper floor windows and filtered by boundary vegetation;  As for construction. Landscape character  Permanent adverse visual impact on views due to vehicle headlights from traffic on the elevated Testos Junction noticeable at night or in poor weather  Permanent adverse impact on landscape character during operation of the new conditions from the edges of Hedworth and Fellgate, nearby properties (Make- A19 scheme on LCUs 1, 3, 6 and 7 due to changes in landform, reduction in Me-Rich Farm, West House Farmhouse, Quadrus Building) and in distant views field size (LCU 1), loss of vegetation and reduction in landscape quality (LCU 3, from the west; 6 & 7);  Permanent adverse visual impact on views from the west due to new highway  Marginal difference in the character, but not the magnitude, of impact between lighting (12 m tall) at Testos Junction and the slip roads; the two structural options for carrying the A19 over the roundabout, for LCA 31 (Boldon Fell) and LCU 3 (A19 vegetated corridor) due to the lower level of the  Permanent adverse visual impact on views from the south-east and south as a planting platform and consequent reduced screening effect of planting at the result of the visibility of new highway signage (especially gantries, which would junction (see Appendix 8.4, Table A8.4-1). be up to 10 m tall); Visual impacts  Permanent adverse visual impact on views from the east as a result of vegetation loss along Bridleway B46 for a new accommodation track.  Permanent adverse visual impact on views from the WBEEC outdoor teaching area due to more open views as a result of vegetation clearance for pylon 8.7 Mitigation removal and underground cable works; 8.7.1 In order to avoid, reduce or offset adverse effects on landscape and visual  Permanent adverse visual impact on views from within the WBEEC and from receptors identified above as well as reduce the impact on local planning policy, the surrounding areas due to new security fencing around the WBEEC boundary, following mitigation measures have been incorporated into the Scheme design, and with marginal differences from some outside areas in the character of views, but are shown on the Environmental Masterplan. not the magnitude of impact between the two structural options for carrying the A19 over Testos Junction (see Appendix 8.4, Table A8.4-2); Mitigation for construction impacts  Permanent adverse visual impact on views from bridleway B28 due to the route  The clearance of vegetation for the diversion of overhead power lines has been being extinguished and the new route being relocated to the southern edge of minimised by the adoption of appropriate construction methods (embedded the A184 Newcastle Road from West Pastures lane, across the Testos Junction mitigation; see Chapter 2 for details); area and then south-east around the WBEEC boundary. Marginal differences  Minimise effects on temporary land by making good all temporary haul roads, in the character of views, but not the magnitude of impact towards the junction storage areas and site compounds to their previous original state; from the replacement route between the two structural options for carrying the A19 over Testos Junction (see Appendix 8.4, Table A8.4-2);  Minimise visual effects of temporary storage piles and site compound areas by providing phased storage of materials to ensure westernmost edges of storage  Permanent adverse visual impact due to redirection of footpath B27 northwards areas are maintained until last to help to screen operations and compound on both sides of the A19 carriageway up to Testos Junction, crossing the new areas further east; Testos Junction area via a new signalised facility. Marginal differences in the character of views, but not the magnitude of impact from part of the new section  Provide a security fence around the WBEEC to allow relocation of outdoor of the diverted footpath between the two structural options for carrying the A19 teaching facilities to be undertaken during the construction period; and over Testos Junction (see Appendix 8.4, Table A8.4-2).;  An option selection and design adjustment process has been undertaken for  Permanent adverse visual impact on views from West House Farmhouse, accommodation track near Bridleway B46, to avoid disruption of TPO 206 and Scot’s House (Figure 8.19) and Make-Me-Rich Farm towards the new bridge minimise other loss of vegetation (embedded mitigation). structures and earthworks at Testos Junction and towards the wider A19 carriageway. Marginal differences from in the character of views, but not the Mitigation for operational impacts magnitude of impact from Scot’s House and West House Farmhouse towards 8.7.2 Landscape mitigation has been designed in collaboration with other disciplines, in particular the drainage and highways design and ecology, to maximise the

61

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

efficiency of the use of land and to achieve maximum cross-disciplinary benefits Land use where possible. 8.9.4 There would be a short term slight adverse effect on agricultural land adjacent to  Provide tree and shrub planting on embankment slopes to screen views and the Scheme to the west and south-east as a result of land required for temporary integrate the slopes with the surrounding vegetation. Maintain planting by works and stockpiling of materials during the construction period. controlling weed growth, replacing dead trees and ensuring adequate space for Land cover healthy tree growth; 8.9.5 The most significant adverse effects on landscape elements would arise from the  Provide linear tree and shrub planting to the highway boundaries north and permanent loss of woodland within TPO 208 West Boldon (Western Area) and south of the Testos Junction area, to replace lost vegetation and integrate the Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS due to overhead power line burying works and Scheme into the surrounding landscape character; construction of the new southbound on-slip road and bridleway link adjacent to the  Provide woodland planting and habitat creation to the north-west of Testos WBEEC. Junction to offset loss of TPO woodland at Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS and 8.9.6 There would also be short term adverse effects due to the removal of hedgerows vegetation along Bridleway B46; along the western edge of the A19 as well as loss of scrub and grassland habitat to  Provide linear tree and shrub planting to the outer edge of the security fencing the south-east of the Scheme for the balancing pond creation. Vegetation would at WBEEC to integrate and screen the appearance of the fence in views from also be lost along Bridleway B46. Overall, there would be a short term moderate the surrounding area; adverse effect on land cover during construction.  Tree and shrub planting and species rich grassland around balancing ponds to Landscape pattern help integrate them into the landscape. 8.9.7 There would be a short term slight adverse effect on landscape pattern due to the loss of field boundaries as a result of construction of the widened A19 corridor and 8.8 Monitoring and maintenance the haul roads for the overhead power line burying works. There would be a neutral effect on the openness of the green belt. 8.8.1 Planting and seeding proposed as mitigation for landscape and visual effects are to be maintained to ensure full establishment throughout the landscape maintenance Cultural influences period of the construction contract and then handed over for on-going highway 8.9.8 There would be a short term slight adverse effect on cultural influences on the maintenance by the maintaining authority. landscape as a result of the loss of remnant hedgerow field boundaries due to the overhead power line burying works and construction of the Scheme. 8.9 Residual impacts (effects) and their significance Landscape Character 8.9.1 Tables 8.5 and 8.6 at the end of this section summarises landscape and visual 8.9.9 The most significant effects on landscape character would be a short term effects of the Scheme (refer to Appendix 8.4 Table 8.4.2 for the full assessment of moderate adverse effect on LCU 6 Boldon ecological wetland due to the loss of effects). These effects have been separately assessed for the construction period woodland as a result of construction of the A19 on-slip and to a lesser extent the (2019-21), the year of opening (2021) and the future year (2036) and have been overhead power line burying works and the introduction of new fencing to secure summarised in the following section. Where relevant, the visual receptor reference the boundary of the WBEEC. numbers have been identified for ease of cross reference with the Appendix 8.4 table 8.4.2 and can been seen on Figure 8.3C. 8.9.10 There would also be a short term moderate adverse effect on LCU 3 A19 vegetated corridor due to construction activities and associated traffic management, 8.9.2 The assessment of significance of effect takes account of committed mitigation and on LCU 7 River Don scrubby farmland due to the working areas for overhead outlined above (refer to Appendix 8.1 for full methodology and 8.4 for Landscape power line burying works, and storage of soils for the construction of the main and Visual Effects Schedules). carriageway, balancing pond and outfall to the River Don. Vegetation would also be Construction effects lost along Bridleway B46. Landscape 8.9.11 There would be a short term slight adverse effect on LCU 1 Western lowland agricultural land as a result of the construction of parts of Testos Junction and the Topography and hydrology A19 widening within the agricultural land to the west of the A19. This would include 8.9.3 There would be a slight adverse effect on topography in the short term due to the the associated materials storage and site compound / working areas and to a lesser deposition of soil and materials within the flat agricultural land to the west of the extent the overhead power line diversion works. These works would have an overall A19. neutral effect on the openness of the green belt during the construction period.

62

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Visual effects residents at Town End Farm along the north-western edge (receptor.22) and users 8.9.12 There would be a short term large adverse effect on receptors with close-range of higher ground at West Boldon open space (receptor. 14). views towards the construction areas, which would include residents and workers 8.9.18 Workers and visitors to the Travelling Man Public House (receptor.13) on the A184 at West House Farm buildings (receptor.02) and Farmhouse (receptor.03), Newcastle Road would experience a short term slight adverse effect due to views residents at West Pastures Travelling Community Site (receptor.10), and users of being focused towards construction works for Testos Junction by the woodland footpath B29 (receptor.09 southern section), in Appendix 8.4 able 8.4.1. Phasing boundaries of Mount Pleasant Marsh and Boldon Lake LWSs, which form a of the soil storage areas would help to mitigate views towards the main backdrop to the light industrial and commercial areas in the foreground. construction works areas and site compounds from many of these receptors. 8.9.19 Vegetation loss and construction of the accommodation track would be noticeable 8.9.13 There would be a short term large adverse effect on users of bridleway B28 from receptors to the east including the Travelling Man Public House (ref.13), West (receptor. 04) as a result of the route being permanently extinguished at the start of Boldon open space (receptor. 14), Downhill Lane / Great North Forest Trail in the construction period with a new route provided on completion. There would also elevated sections (receptor.15) and at Downhill Farm (receptor. 16), and Town End be a short term large adverse effect on users of bridleway B46 (receptor.12) and Farm along the north-western edge (receptor.22). footpath B27 (receptor.11) as a result of closures of these routes during the construction period. Operational effects 8.9.14 Users of the western outdoor teaching area of the WBEEC (receptor.05) would 8.9.20 As outlined in Chapter 2, there are two slightly different options still under experience a short term moderate adverse effect during construction due to a consideration at this stage. While they are identical over most of the scheme area, requirement for the area to be closed during the burying of overhead power lines they vary in the way they carry the elevated A19 carriageway across the and main road construction works. In mitigation for this, relocation of the teaching roundabout at Testos Junction. area to the eastern extent of the site would be facilitated by installation of security Landscape effects fencing to the perimeter of the WBEEC. This would result in a change in the Topography and hydrology amenity of views that would extend eastwards towards West Boldon and Downhill through the new security fencing. 8.9.21 Temporary storage and soil bunds would be removed on completion of construction. However, a permanent slight adverse effect on topography would 8.9.15 There would be a short term moderate adverse effect on receptors with open, remain due to the new raised landform features at Testos Junction. Effects would middle to long distance or elevated views towards construction works. This would not be greater due to the presence of existing man-made landform in the area. include users of Boldon Lake LWS and workers of Boldon Business Park (receptor.01), users of the WBEEC jetty (receptor.06), residents at Scot’s House 8.9.22 There would be a long term slight beneficial effect on hydrological features in the East Wing (receptor.07.) and Mansion House Flat 5 (reeceptor.08), users of future year following establishment of habitat planting around the new balancing Downhill Lane / Great North Forest Trail in elevated sections (receptor.15) and at ponds and along the banks of the River Don, which were disturbed for a new outfall. Downhill Farm (receptor. 16). Residents at Make-Me-Rich Farm (receptor.23) The new open water features would be in keeping with local landscape character. would also experience a short term moderate adverse effect due to the proximity Land use of the farm to construction works for the A19 widening and associated loss of boundary vegetation, which would open up views towards construction works at the 8.9.23 Agricultural land used for temporary construction works would be returned to Testos Junction area. agriculture by the opening year. However, the loss of agricultural land due to the increased width of the A19 would result in a permanent slight adverse effect. 8.9.16 A short term slight adverse effect would be experienced by residents to the north of the Scheme along the edges of Fellgate (receptor.18) and Hedworth Land cover (receptor.19). This would be due to views of the temporary storage areas and 8.9.24 A medium term moderate adverse effect on land cover would remain until the construction works along the A19 and at Testos Junction only being available from future year due to the loss of vegetation for overhead power line burying works and upper floor windows and filtered by boundary vegetation. the Scheme footprint during construction. In the future year, the establishment of 8.9.17 Receptors from further afield would also experience a short term slight adverse mitigation vegetation such as replacement belts of linear trees and shrubs along the effect as long distance views towards both overhead power line burying works and A19 and woodland to the north-west of Testos Junction would result in a long term scheme construction works would be filtered or restricted by intervening slight adverse effect. An adverse effect would remain due to the permanent loss topography, vegetation, and/or buildings. These receptors would include workers at of woodland within TPO 208 and Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS. MyPetStore Kennels and Cattery (receptor.29), users of footpath B22 (receptor.28) Landscape pattern and residents at Elliscope Farm (receptor.24) to the south-west. Other receptors to the south and south-east include users of the southern sections of the Great North 8.9.25 The loss of hedgerow field boundaries during construction would result in a Forest Trail along Downhill Lane (south-west of Downhill Junction) (receptor.17), medium-term slight adverse effect in the opening year until mitigation planting establishment becomes effective to reinforce the remnant field pattern. By the

63

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

future year the establishment of linear tree and shrub planting and woodland blocks and along footpath B29 (receptor. 09) where temporary stockpiles would be would have established to help restore the field pattern resulting in a neutral effect. removed, resulting in a medium term slight adverse effect on West Pastures The slight reduction in field size due to the increased width of the A19 would be Travelling Community Site and a medium term moderate adverse effect on barely perceptible within the wider landscape and therefore would not have an footpath B29. Adverse effects would remain due to there being filtered (receptor.10) impact on the openness of the green belt. or open (receptor. 09) views towards the elevated sections of Testos Junction. Cultural influences 8.9.32 The establishment of mitigation planting would provide screening of the earthworks 8.9.26 The loss of hedgerow field boundaries during construction, which were already and elevated traffic at Testos Junction resulting in a neutral effect in the future year severed and altered by the A19 construction, would result in a medium-term slight on views from West Pastures Travelling Community Site. Filtered views towards adverse effect in the opening year. By the future year the establishment of linear Testos Junction would remain for footpath B29 therefore there would be a long term slight adverse effect. tree and shrub planting along the A19 would have established to help reinstate the pattern of enclosure resulting in a neutral effect. 8.9.33 A medium term moderate adverse effect would remain on views from the WBEEC outdoor teaching area (receptor. 05) in the opening year due to the presence of the Landscape character new road embankments, visual barrier fence along the new bridleway route and 8.9.27 Where adverse effects on landscape character during construction were new security fencing. These effects would be further emphasised by the noticeable predominantly due to temporary works such as overhead power line burying, soil loss of vegetation resulting from overhead power line burying works and the greater storage areas and construction compounds, effects would generally reduce on presence of the sub-station security fencing. Visual effects would reduce by the completion of construction as these elements would be removed from the future year following regeneration of vegetation within the WBEEC and landscape. establishment of boundary tree and shrub planting, which would help to soften 8.9.28 There would be a medium-term moderate adverse effect on LCU 6 Boldon views of the road, the visual barrier fence and security fencing resulting in a neutral ecological wetland due to the presence of the new junction and WBEEC security effect. fencing, and the loss of vegetation resulting in a reduction in the sense of 8.9.34 Residents and workers at West House Farm buildings and Farmhouse (receptors. enclosure. Regeneration of vegetation within the WBEEC and establishment of 02&03) would experience a medium term moderate adverse effect in the opening linear tree and shrub planting to the outer boundary would help to reduce the year due to the presence of earthworks, bridge structures and traffic at Testos influence of the road, restore the sense of enclosure and soften the security Junction, the new balancing pond and more open views of traffic on the A19 due to fencing, resulting in a long term slight adverse effect in the future year. vegetation removal. By the future year, establishment of woodland planting in the 8.9.29 Mitigation planting would not yet have established on the new road embankments habitat creation area and around the balancing pond and linear belts of trees and within LCU 3 A19 vegetated corridor resulting in a medium-term moderate adverse shrubs along the A19, would help to screen views of traffic and earthworks at effect in the opening year. In the future year, there would be a long term slight Testos Junction and along the A19 and soften views towards the balancing pond, adverse effect due to the establishment of linear belts of trees and shrubs and resulting in a long term slight adverse effect. An adverse effect would remain due woodland, which would integrate the corridor and replace the boundary enclosure. to increased perception of vehicle movement, and some potential headlight glare An adverse effect would remain due to the change in nature of Testos Junction from within night time views during winter months. at-grade to grade-separated. 8.9.35 Users of the new bridleway replacing bridleway B28 (receptor.04) would experience 8.9.30 Similarly, mitigation planting would not yet have established around the new a change in character of views compared to the extinguished route. In the opening balancing pond and WBEEC security fencing within LCU 7 River Don scrubby year, there would be a medium term slight adverse effect on views due to the farmland, and along the widened A19 and west of the Testos Junction within LCU 1 visibility of earthworks, bridge structures and raised traffic at Testos Junction from Western lowland agricultural land, resulting in a medium term slight adverse effect the western end of the route. There would also be close-range views towards the in the opening year. Loss of vegetation during construction would be noticeable visual barrier fence and bridge abutments when the route crosses at Testos along Bridleway B46 within LCU7, but would not significantly alter landscape Junction and towards the new WBEEC security fence from the eastern end of the character. Once established, mitigation vegetation would help to integrate the route. Establishment of mitigation vegetation at Testos Junction and along the balancing pond, fencing and widened road into the surrounding landscape, resulting WBEEC security fence would help to integrate these features and reduce effects on in a neutral effect in the future year. views. The visual barrier fence and bridge abutments would be highly noticeable at the Testos Junction crossing. However, views from the western and eastern ends of Visual effects the route would be of greater visual amenity compared to the extinguished route, 8.9.31 Where adverse effects on views during construction were predominantly due to resulting in an overall slight beneficial effect in the future year. temporary works such as overhead power line burying, soil storage areas and 8.9.36 Users of bridleway B46 (receptor. 12) would experience a medium term moderate construction compounds, effects would generally reduce on completion of adverse effect on views in the opening year due to close-range views towards the construction as these elements would be removed from the landscape. This would new WBEEC boundary fence, the widened road and new balancing pond. The new be particularly noticeable at West Pastures Travelling Community Site (receptor. 10) outfall to the River Don would also be visible as well as gantry G3 and highway

64

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

signage. Views from the southern section of the bridleway would be altered slightly from Downhill Lane / Great North Forest Trail at elevated sections (receptor 15) and as a new ramp up to the Downhill Lane Junction would be provided and views at Downhill Farm (receptor 16). would be more open towards the Downhill Lane Junction slip road. Establishment 8.9.42 Users of Downhill Lane / Great North Forest Trail south-west of Downhill Lane of linear tree and shrub planting along the A19 and WBEEC security fence and Junction (receptor 17) would experience a medium term slight adverse effect in scrub and shrub planting and species rich grassland around the balancing pond the opening year due to views towards the wider A19 corridor and more open views would help to integrate these features into the landscape, resulting in a long term of traffic, gantry G3 and signage. Establishment of linear belts of trees and shrubs slight adverse effect in the future year. along the A19 would help to screen traffic and signage and return views to similar to 8.9.37 Users of footpath B27 (receptor.11) would experience a medium-term moderate existing, resulting in a neutral effect in the future year. adverse effect in the opening year as the new sections of footpath leading to and 8.9.43 Residents at Make-Me-Rich Farm (receptor 23) would experience a medium term from Testos Junction would have close-range views towards earthworks, structures moderate adverse effect due to the proximity of the farm to the wider A19 corridor and elevated traffic, as well as gantry G3 and signage, the visual barrier fence and and more open views of traffic following vegetation removal. These effects would WBEEC security fence. In the future year, effects on views would reduce to a long- reduce in the future year once boundary vegetation has established to screen the term slight adverse effect as mitigation vegetation would have established to help road. There would be a long term slight adverse effect as taller signage and screen the earthworks, structures and elevated traffic at Testos Junction and the gantry G3 would be visible, particularly in winter when vegetation is not in leaf and WBEEC security fence. However, elements such as gantry G3 and tall signage at night when they are lit. would still be noticeable. 8.9.44 Residents of Fellgate (receptor 18) and Hedworth (receptor 19) would experience a 8.9.38 There would be a medium-term moderate adverse effect on views from Boldon medium term slight adverse effect in the opening year, as there would be views Lake LWS and Boldon Business Park (receptor.01) and the WBEEC jetty from upper floor windows through gaps in boundary vegetation towards the (receptor.06) in the opening year due to the earthworks, structures and elevated earthworks, structures and elevated traffic of Testos Junction and towards traffic on traffic at Testos Junction. Views towards Testos Junction would be more open due the A19. Headlights would also be noticeable in night time views. Establishment of to vegetation lost during construction works along the eastern edge of the A19 and vegetation at Testos Junction and along the A19 would help to screen views north of the A184 Newcastle Road. In the future year, establishment of mitigation towards the earthworks and traffic in the future year, resulting in a neutral effect. vegetation within the roundabout and to the edges of Testos Junction would help to The exception would be for winter views from upper floor windows on the Hedworth screen views towards the elevated carriageway and traffic, resulting in a long term edge, where headlight glare from elevated sections of the carriageway would be slight adverse effect. An adverse effect would remain as there would still be the noticeable at low light levels and at night, resulting in a long term slight adverse presence of the grade-separated Testos Junction in the view. effect. 8.9.39 There would be a medium term moderate adverse effect on views from Scot’s 8.9.45 Workers and visitors at the Travelling Man Public House (receptor 13), users of House East Wing (receptor.07) and Mansion House Flat 5 (receptor.08) in the West Boldon open space (receptor 14), residents at Elliscope Farm (receptor 24), opening year due to the presence of the grade-separated Testos Junction, including users of footpath B22 (receptor 28) and workers at MyPetStore Kennels and new earthworks and elevated traffic. Once mitigation vegetation has established to Cattery (receptor 29) would experience a medium term slight adverse effect in the help provide screening of these features, there would be a long term slight opening year, due to more restricted and long distance views towards the Testos adverse effect in the future year. Views would be affected in the long term by the Junction area and wider A19. Due to the distance of receptors and restricted nature elevated carriageway and traffic in particular during the winter months when of views, establishment of mitigation vegetation would serve to blend the Scheme vegetation is not in leaf, and also the effect of raised vehicle headlights at night. into the landscape and return views to similar to existing, resulting in a neutral 8.9.40 Users of elevated sections of Downhill Lane / Great North Forest Trail (recpetor 15) effect in the future year. would experience a medium-term slight adverse effect in the opening year due to 8.9.46 There would be a medium term slight adverse effect on views from the north- more open views of the A19 and traffic, gantry G3, the new balancing pond, security western edge of Town End Farm (receptor 22) in the opening year due to more fencing at the WBEEC and glimpsed views towards elevated traffic and earthworks open views of the A19, signage, a gantry and the bridleway B46 ramp. These at Testos Junction where vegetation allows. Views would be similar from the route effects would reduce in the future year, as mitigation planting along the highway near Downhill Farm (receptor16), except views towards Testos Junction would be boundary and around the new balancing pond would help to screen views of traffic screened by vegetation at Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS. and integrate the road into the landscape, resulting in a neutral effect. 8.9.41 In the future year, mitigation planting along the highway boundary and at the 8.9.47 Vegetation loss at Bridleway B46 would be noticeable from receptors to the east balancing pond and outfall would have established to filter much of the traffic on the including the Travelling Man Public House (receptor 13), West Boldon open space A19 and integrate the pond and outfall into the landscape. Similarly, linear tree and (receptor 14), Downhill Lane / Great North Forest Trail in elevated sections shrub planting along the boundary of the WBEEC would soften the presence of the (receptor 15) and at Downhill Farm (receptor 16), and Town End Farm along the security fence and planting at Testos Junction would help to screen views of north-western edge (receptor 22). However, this would not significantly change the earthworks and elevated traffic. However, HGVs, gantry G3 and taller signs would still be visible along the A19, resulting in a long term slight adverse effect on views

65

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

overall character of views due to the backdrop of vegetation in Mount Pleasant Magnitude Magnitude Marsh. Receptor Sensitivity (without Residual Visual Effects after Mitigation Table 8-5: Summary table of landscape effects (moderate and above) mitigation) (Fig. 8.7) Magnitude Magnitude Residual landscape effects (with 05.West Receptor Sensitivity (without (with mitigation ) Boldon Env. 2018/21: Construction (2018-21): Moderate (A) mitigation) mitigation) 2018/21 : Mod(A) Education Maj(A) Opening year (2021): Moderate (A) 2018/21: Maj(A) 2018/21: Mod (A) Construction (2018/21): Moderate (A) Centre Moderate 2021: Mod(A) 2021: Maj(A) Future Yr (summer 2036): Neutral Land cover Moderate 2021: Maj(A) 2021: Mod (A) Opening year (2021): Moderate (A) :Outdoor 2036: Neg (B) teaching 2036: Maj(A) Future Yr (winter 2036): Neutral 2036: Maj(A) 2036: Min (A) Future year (2036): Slight (A) area. 2018/21: Maj(A) 2018/21: Maj (A) Construction (2018/21): Moderate (A) LCU3 A19 06.West 2018/21: Construction (2018-21): Moderate (A) Vegetated Low 2021: Mod(A) 2021: Mod(A) Opening year (2021): Moderate (A) Boldon Env. 2018/21: Mod(A) Mod(A) Opening year (2021): Moderate (A) Corridor 2036: Mod(A) 2036: Min(A) Future year (2036): Slight (A) Education Moderate 2021: Mod(A) 2021: Mod(A) Future Yr (summer 2036): Slight (A) Centre jetty 2036: Min(A) LCU6 2018/21: Maj(A) 2018/21: Maj(A) Construction (2018/21): Moderate (A) (Fig. 8.8) 2036: Mod(A) Future Yr (winter 2036): Slight (A) Boldon Moderate 2021: Mod(A) 2021: Mod(A) Opening year (2021): Moderate (A) 07.Scot’s Ecological 2018/21: Construction (2018-21): Moderate (A) 2036: Mod(A) 2036: Min(A) Future year (2036): Slight (A) House – 2018/21: Mod(A) Wetlands Mod(A) East Wing Opening year (2021): Moderate (A) LCU7 2018/21: High 2021: Mod(A) 2018/21: Mod(A) Construction (2018/21): Moderate (A) 2021: Mod(A) Future Yr (summer 2036): Slight (A) River Don Mod(A) (Fig. 8.9) 2036: Min(A) Moderate 2021: Min(A) Opening year (2021): Slight (A) 2036: Mod(A) Future Yr (winter 2036): Slight (A) Scrubby 2021: Min (A) Farmland 2036: Neg (A) Future year (2036): Neutral 2036: Min (A) 08. Mansion 2018/21: Construction (2018-21): Moderate (A) 2018/21: Mod(A) House Flat 5 Mod(A) Opening year (2021): Moderate (A) KEY: Maj = Major Mod=Moderate Min=Minor Neg=Negligible (A)=Adverse (B)=Beneficial High 2021: Mod (A) (Fig. 8.21) 2021: Mod(A) Future Yr (summer 2036): Slight (A) 2036: Min(A) Table 8-6: Summary table of visual effects (moderate and above) 2036: Mod(A) Future Yr (winter 2036): Slight (A) Magnitude 2018/21: Construction (2018-21): Large (A) Magnitude 09. Footpath 2018/21: Maj(A) Receptor Sensitivity (without Residual Visual Effects Maj(A) Opening year (2021): Moderate (A) after Mitigation B29 Moderate 2021: Min(A) mitigation) 2021: Min(A) Future Yr (summer 2036): Slight (A) 2036: Neg(A) 2018/21: Construction (2018-21): Moderate (A) 2036: Min(A) Future Yr (winter 2036): Slight (A) 01.Boldon 2018/21: Mod(A) Mod(A) Opening year (2021): Moderate(A) Lake LWS Moderate 2021: Mod(A) 10. West 2021: Mod (A) Future Yr (summer 2036): Slight (A) Pastures 2018/21: Construction (2018-21): Large (A) (Fig. 8.5) 2036: Min (A) 2018/21 : Maj(A) 2036: Mod (A) Future Yr (winter 2036): Slight (A) Travelling Maj(A) Opening year (2021): Slight (A) Moderate 2021: Min(A) Community 2021: Min(A) Future Yr (summer 2036): Neutral 2018/21: Construction (2018-21): Large (A) 2036: Neg(A) 02. West 2018/21: Maj(A) Site 2036: Min(A) Maj(A) Opening year (2021): Moderate (A) Future Yr (winter 2036): Neutral House Farm Moderate 2021: Mod(A) (Fig. 8.10) 2021: Mod (A) Future Yr (summer 2036): Slight (A) 2036: Min (A) 2018/21: Construction (2018-21): Large (A) 2036: Mod (A) Future Yr (winter 2036): Slight (A) 11. Footpath 2018/21: Maj(A) Maj(A) Opening year (2021): Moderate (A) 03. West B27 Moderate 2021: Mod(A) 2018/21: Construction (2018-21): Large (A) 2021: Mod(A) Future Yr (summer 2036): Slight (A) House 2018/21: Maj (A) (Fig. 8.20) 2036: Min(A) Maj(A) Opening year (2021): Moderate (A) 2036: Mod(A) Future Yr (winter 2036): Slight (A) Farmhouse High 2021: Mod (A) 2021: Mod (A) Future Yr (summer 2036): Slight (A) (Fig. 8.6) 2036: Min (A) Construction (2018-21): Large (A) 2036: Mod (A) Future Yr (winter 2036): Slight (A) 12. 2018/21: Opening year (2021): Moderate (A) Bridleway 2018/21 : Maj(A) Maj(A) Future Yr (summer 2036): Slight (A) 04. 2018/21: Construction (2018-21): Large (A) B46 / old Moderate 2021: Mod(A) 2018/21: Maj (A) 2021: Mod(A) Future Yr (winter 2036): Slight (A) Bridleway Maj(A) Opening year (2021): Slight (A) railway route 2036: Min(A) Moderate 2021: Mod(A) 2036: Mod(A) B28 / A184 / 2021: Mod (A) Future Yr (summer 2036): Slight (B) 2036: Min (B) Enterprise 2036: Mod (A) Future Yr (winter 2036): Slight (B)

66

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

south of the A184 would look through the bridge and along A184 Newcastle Road Magnitude Magnitude Receptor Sensitivity (without Residual Visual Effects rather than being contained by embankments within the roundabout. This is likely to mitigation) after Mitigation alter the level of effect to moderate adverse in the opening year compared to slight adverse for the two-bridge option. Once mitigation vegetation proposed for the 15. Downhill 2018/21: Construction (2018-21): Moderate (A) single-bridge option has established in the roundabout, this would contain views Lane/Lawn 2018/21: Mod(A) Drive / Great Mod(A) Opening year (2021): Slight (A) through the bridge and effects from both schemes would be more similar. This Moderate 2021: Min(A) would be except for traffic on the elevated carriageway being more noticeable due North Forest 2021: Mod(A) Future Yr (summer 2036): Slight (A) Trail 2036: Min(A) to the lower height and extent of vegetation. 2036: Mod(A) Future Yr (winter 2036): Slight (A) (Fig. 8.11) 8.9.53 Similar differences would be apparent for the new section of footpath B27, which would run adjacent to both sides of the A19 and up to Testos Junction. Where this 16. Downhill 2018/21: Construction (2018-21): Moderate (A) 2018/21: Mod(A) new section of footpath is closest to the junction, there would be more available Farm bus Mod(A) Opening year (2021): Slight (A) stop/ Great Moderate 2021: Min(A) views through the bridge and along A184 Newcastle Road in the opening year. 2021: Mod(A) Future Yr (summer 2036): Slight (A) North Forest 2036: Min(A) However, this is unlikely to change the overall level of effect for the footpath as a Trail 2036: Mod(A) Future Yr (winter 2036): Slight (A) whole. In the future year, establishment of vegetation proposed for the single-bridge option within the roundabout would contain views in a similar way to the 23. Make- 2018/21: Construction (2018-21): Moderate (A) 2018/21 : Mod(A) embankments and vegetation of the two-bridge option. Me-Rich Mod(A) Opening year (2021): Moderate (A) Moderate 2021: Mod(A) Farm 2021: Mod(A) Future Yr (summer 2036): Slight (A) 8.9.54 For the remaining receptors closest to Testos Junction, there is unlikely to be a 2036: Min(A) 2036: Mod(A) Future Yr (winter 2036): Slight (A) difference in the level of effect between the two schemes. As mentioned above, traffic on the elevated carriageway would be more visible in the future year due to KEY: Maj= Major Mod=Moderate Min=Minor Neg=Negligible (A)=Adverse (B)=Beneficial the lower height and extent of mitigation vegetation, and parts of the bridge structure may also be more noticeable. Affected receptors include Boldon Lake Effects of the single-bridge option at Testos Junction LWS and Boldon Business Park (receptor 01), West House Farm buildings and Farmhouse (receptors 02&03), the WBEEC jetty (receptor 06) and the Travelling 8.9.48 Tables 8.4.1 and 8.4.2 in Appendix 8.4 describe the likely difference in effect Man Public House (receptor 13). The man-made bridge and piers are likely to be between the two-bridge option and the single-bridge option at Testos Junction on a slightly more visible to receptors the west compared to a vegetated embankment receptor-by-receptor basis and a summary is provided below. and this includes Scot’s house east wing (receptor 07), Mansion House (receptor 8.9.49 Mitigation measures for the single-bridge option would differ slightly from the two- 08) and Footpath B29 (receptor 09). bridge option in that tree and shrub planting within the roundabout at Testos Junction would be planted at grade or on small mounds rather than on 8.10 Cumulative effects embankment. The height of established vegetation is therefore likely to be lower than for the two-bridge option. In addition, gas and water services within the 8.10.1 Potential intra-project cumulative landscape and visual effects have been described roundabout would reduce the amount of planting that could be positioned in the below and take into account the likely interactions between sub-topics. Cumulative northern half of the roundabout due to the requirement for planting offsets. impacts of other projects and plans are discussed in detail in Chapter 15 of this ES. 8.9.50 There is unlikely to be a difference in the level of effect for the majority of landscape 8.10.2 During construction and operation, there are unlikely to be adverse intra-project and visual receptors between the two-bridge option and the single-bridge option. cumulative effects on landscape receptors. Changes in noise levels are considered This is because the differences between the two schemes would be relatively as part of the landscape assessment when determining effects on the tranquillity of localised, and vegetation at Mount Pleasant Marsh and Boldon Lake LWSs would the landscape character. limit available views towards Testos Junction. 8.10.3 During construction, there are likely to be short term adverse intra-project 8.9.51 The main difference between the Schemes in terms of landscape effects, albeit cumulative effects on visual receptors due to a combination of a reduction in visual subtle (i.e. no difference in effect as assessed), would be for LCU 3 vegetated amenity and an increase in noise. Affected receptors would include those closest to corridor where, in the future year, the single-bridge option is likely to be more the Scheme such as West House Farmhouse (receptor 03), the WBEEC teaching apparent within the LCU compared to the two-bridge option. This would be due to area (receptor 05) and jetty (receptor 06) and Make-Me-Rich Farm (receptor 23). the lower height and extent of mitigation vegetation resulting in a greater perception 8.10.4 During operation, there are unlikely to be adverse intra-project cumulative effects on of moving traffic on the elevated carriageway. visual receptors as no significant adverse effects are anticipated on air quality or 8.9.52 The main difference between the Schemes in terms of visual effects would be in noise. views from receptors located closest to Testos Junction. The greatest difference would be for bridleway B28 (receptor 04) as views from the new bridleway route

67

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

CHAPTER 9 ECOLOGY AND NATURE CONSERVATION

Executive summary 9.1.4 The key findings of all of the surveys are described in this chapter, supported by the full survey reports reproduced in Appendix 9.1. Ecology and nature conservation has been assessed in accordance with relevant sections of the Design Manual for Roads and Bridges (DMRB - as updated by Interim Advice Note 9.1.5 Section 9.9 of this chapter summarises the potential impacts associated with the 130/10). Information was obtained from previous studies, biological records, consultation proposals and assesses the significance of the effects at the construction stage and with relevant organisations, and field surveys completed in 2016. operational stage. Key ecological features in the Study Area include protected nature conservation sites and 9.1.6 The most significant negative effects of the proposals are considered to be those other sensitive habitats including wetlands (Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS and Boldon Lake arising from the permanent severance, and the loss and fragmentation of existing LWS), scrub, semi-improved grassland, species poor hedgerows, watercourses (River Don habitats. Consequently, these impacts would also negatively affect faunal species LWS) and ditches. Legally protected species present in the survey area include water vole, through direct mortality, loss of their habitat, and severance of existing territories otter, bats and wintering and breeding birds including barn owl. affecting their movement and dispersal opportunities. The Scheme would result in some loss of habitats within the landscape that currently provide 9.1.7 To assist in this assessment and to provide a semi-quantitative basis for the impact connectivity and dispersal routes for species (faunal and floral), including arable, scrub, semi- assessment, habitat losses have been calculated by reference to a GIS model and improved grassland, species poor hedgerows, watercourses and ditches. Wildlife would be a summary of the main findings are given in Table 9.11 (in Section 9.6). at risk of disturbance, direct mortality and pollution, as well as fragmentation and severance The two-bridge option and the single-bridge option of their habitat. 9.1.8 Consideration has been given to the two different options for carrying the A19 over The negative effects of the Scheme would be mitigated through replacing the lost habitat; the roundabout at Testos Junction. It is considered that as the difference in design timing of construction works to avoid the most sensitive times of year, re- is confined the interior of an existing highway roundabout, where there are no locating/displacement of relevant protected species before the start of works to move them sensitive ecological receptors, there would be no significant difference in ecological from the area of the proposals, landscape planting designed to discourage barn owls from impact. All the assessments presented in this chapter are considered equally valid hunting within the road corridor and pollution control measures to prevent damage and for both options. degradation to habitats. Once mitigation is taken into account, there are no significant long- term effects persisting into the operational period. Some construction effects are significant 9.2 Limitations of the assessment at a local level only, but are short-term and would cease at the end of the construction period. 9.2.1 Any field survey limitations are stated in the individual technical reports (reproduced 9.1 Introduction in Appendix 9.1). None of the field survey limitations were considered to present a barrier to the understanding of the use of the survey area by the species / species 9.1.1 This chapter describes existing habitats and species present in the study area, how groups in question. they would be affected by the construction and operation of the proposals and the measures proposed to avoid or reduce the impacts. In addition, opportunities to 9.2.2 Some details of the permanent design and the temporary construction works that provide improvements to the existing ecological baseline have also been may have ecological impacts are subject to change at detailed design when these considered. The assessment supporting this chapter has been undertaken in would be finalised. However, these outstanding design details would be minor and accordance with the most recently published Highways England guidance53 and would not result in significant negative ecological impacts, as the potential minor with cognisance of the outcome of consultation with statutory and non-statutory changes under consideration would tend to reduce further and/or avoid some of the Nature Conservation Organisations, in particular Natural England. impacts identified in this chapter, rather than to increase them. That being the case, the impact assessment has taken account of the worst case scenarios and 9.1.2 Descriptions of the study area and the likely ecological effects of the proposals are mitigation measures are included within the outline design accordingly. current at the time of drafting this ES. The chapter draws on surveys carried out and information gathered by Jacobs in 2016 with reference to previous studies 9.2.3 Ecological information on species and habitats presented in this chapter describe completed by Jacobs during earlier stages of proposals development (2007-2015). the baseline conditions as they were at the time of each the surveys undertaken by Jacobs in 2016. The exception to this would be the breeding and wintering bird 9.1.3 In addition, where available, ecological baseline information from surveys surveys which were undertaken in 2014 with the baseline reports updated to reflect undertaken as part of the IAMP development in 2014/2015 has been used to inform any changes to conservation status of UK birds in the intervening years to the this chapter. present. 9.2.4 The distribution and composition of habitats and species can change over time 53 DMRB, Volume 11, Section 3, Part 4 ‘Ecology and Nature Conservation’ (June 1993), as amended by Interim however; based on the habitat types and the species recorded in the study Advice Note 130/10, ‘Ecology and Nature Conservation: Criteria for Impact Assessment’, September 2010. area/survey area no significant change is anticipated to the current baseline

68

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

conditions before the construction of the Scheme. Therefore it is assumed that Table 9-1: Relevant National Policies sufficient information has been gathered upon which a robust assessment of How the policy has been potential effects can be undertaken for the baseline (construction) year (2019) and National Policy Relevant Paragraph the operational year (2021) of the Scheme. B addressed Biodiversity and ecological conservation is referred A full review of the Scheme 9.2.5 Ecological mitigation measures are described in this chapter and are shown on the National Networks National Planning to in paragraphs 5.20 to 5.38 of the NNNPS. against the NNNPS is set out in Environmental Masterplan (EMP). The detailed design of some aspects of Policy Statement The NNNPS sets out the Government’s vision and Appendix A of the Planning mitigation (such as habitat creation) would be developed during the detailed design (NNNPS) policy against which the SoS will make decisions on Statement (document ref phase to take account of status changes at the pre-construction stage. (Designated applications for development consent for nationally TR010020/APP/7.1) January 2015) significant infrastructure projects on the strategic 9.3 Legislative and policy background road and rail networks National Planning Paragraph 109 states that the planning system NPPF Paragraphs 109 and 118 Legislative Context Policy Framework should “contribute to and enhance the natural and are addressed in Section 9.9 – (NPPF) (March 2012) local environment by…recognising the wider benefits Mitigation and Section 9.10 – 9.3.1 Many habitats and species are protected to varying degrees through national and of ecosystem services; minimising impacts on Monitoring and maintenance of European legislation. Advice relating to wildlife is also given in various policy biodiversity and providing net gains in biodiversity this chapter. documents. The main pieces of legislation relevant to this chapter are listed below where possible, contributing to the Government’s commitment to halt the overall decline in biodiversity, and a summary is provided in Appendix 9.2. Essentially these sections detail including by establishing coherent ecological specific measures for networks that are more resilient to current and future  Council Directive 92/43/EEC (Habitats Directive, 1992) on the Conservation of avoiding/offsetting/mitigating pressures”. natural habitats and of wild fauna and flora: adverse impacts on designated Paragraph 118 states that “when determining sites and protected/notable  Directive 2009/147/EC(Birds Directive, 2009) on the conservation of wild birds planning applications, local planning authorities habitats or species and the (the codified version of Council Directive 79/409/EEC as amended); should aim to conserve and enhance biodiversity mechanisms by which their through applying the following principles... success would monitored.  The Conservation of Habitats and Species Regulations 2010 (as amended); if significant harm resulting from a development cannot be avoided (through locating on an  Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981(as amended); In addition enhancement alternative site with less harmful impacts), measures are proposed in adequately mitigated, or, as a last resort,  Natural Environment and Rural Communities (NERC) Act 2006 (Habitats and Section 9.9 relating to compensated for, then planning permission should Species of Principal Importance on Section 41 List); designated sites (Boldon Lake be refused; LWS) and bats and birds.  Protection of Badgers Act 1992; development proposals where the primary objective is to conserve or enhance biodiversity should be  Countryside and Rights of Way Act 2000; permitted;  Weeds Act 1959; opportunities to incorporate biodiversity in and around developments should be encouraged;  The Hedgerows Regulations 1997; planning permission should be refused for development resulting in the loss or deterioration of  The Environment Act 1995, and; irreplaceable habitats including ancient woodland  Wild Mammals (Protection) Act 1996. and the loss of aged or veteran trees found outside ancient woodland, unless the need for, and benefits 9.3.2 In addition to the above statutory instruments, nature conservation priorities for of, the development in that location clearly outweigh species and habitats are also informed by: the loss”. Planning Practice Planning Practice Guidance relating to NPPF PPG – paragraphs 007-023 are  Durham Local Biodiversity Action Plan (LBAP), and; Guidance (PPG) policies of relevance are included under “biodiversity addressed in Section 9.9  Joint Nature Conservation Committee (JNCC) Birds of Conservation Concern and ecosystems” within Natural Environment Mitigation and Section 9.10 – paragraphs 007 – 023 and “light pollution” paragraph Monitoring and maintenance of (BoCC) 2015 (“Green”, “Amber” and “Red” list species). 007. this chapter. National, regional and local planning policy Essentially these sections detail specific measures for 9.3.3 National policy relevant to the scope of potential effects on Ecology and Nature avoiding/offsetting/mitigating Conservation is outlined in Table 9.1 below: adverse impacts on designated sites and protected/notable habitats or species and the mechanisms by which their success would monitored.

69

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

How the policy has been Sunderland City How the policy has National Policy Relevant Paragraph Relevant Paragraph addressed Council been addressed Specific measures have been designated or proposed local nature reserve, site of identified in Section 9.9 in nature conservation importance or regionally relation to light sensitive important geological/ geomorphological site either species such as bats and barn directly or indirectly will not be permitted unless: owls. (I) No alternative site is reasonably In addition enhancement available and the benefits of the measures are proposed in proposed development would Section 9.9 relating to outweigh the regional or local value designated sites (Boldon Lake of the site; or LWS) and bats and birds. (II) Any loss of nature conservation or 9.3.4 Local planning policy relevant to the scope of potential effects on Ecology and earth science interest can be fully Nature Conservation is outlined in Table 9-2 below and 9-3. compensated elsewhere within the site or in its immediate environs Table 9-2: Relevant Policies within the South Tyneside statutory through the use of planning Development Plan conditions and, where appropriate, planning obligations Sunderland City How the policy has Relevant Paragraph Council been addressed Also, in the case of an LNR, the effects of a City of Sunderland CN18 - Nature Conservation Policies CN18, CN21 and proposal will be considered against the need Unitary Development CN23 have been considered “The promotion of the interests of nature to protect the following: Plan: Saved Policies conservation will be sought throughout the city; the in in Section 9.9 – Mitigation. (March 2007) council will work together with neighbouring Specific measures relating to (I) The ecological integrity of the LNR authorities and other agencies in regard to aspects habitat creation and (II) The contribution the LNR makes to affecting the wider area. Areas of nature enhancement of designated education about or enjoyment of conservation interest, particularly those of national sites are outlined in Table wildlife and nature conservation; 9.10 and paragraphs 9.9.9 to importance, will be protected and enhanced; and measures will include:- 9.9.10 of this chapter. In addition measures are (III) The proper management of the i) The appropriate management of proposed in Section 9.9 to LNR”. city council owned land maintain connectivity of ii) Encouraging landowners and habitat features that act as occupiers to adopt management wildlife corridors. CN23 – Wildlife Corridors. regimes sympathetic to nature “Within the wildlife corridors as indicated on conservation, especially in wildlife Measures for creating or the proposals map:- corridors enhancing priority habitats (I) Measures to conserve and improve iii) Making provision in development and designated sites (Boldon the environment will be encouraged proposals for preservation of lake LWS) are illustrated on using suitable designs to overcome habitats or creation of the Environmental Masterplan. any potential user conflicts compensatory habitats (II) Development which would iv) Seeking opportunities in adversely affect the continuity of development proposals or other corridors will normally be refused; schemes for new habitat creation (III) Where, on balance, development is on both public and private land acceptable because of wider plan v) Improving access and providing objectives, appropriate habitat interpretation to appropriate sites of creation measures will be required wildlife interest; and to minimise its detrimental impact”. vi) Refusing inappropriate development”

CN21 - Nature Conservation “Development which will adversely affect a

70

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Table 9-3: Relevant Policies within the Sunderland statutory Development South Tyneside How the policy has Plan Local Development Relevant Paragraph Framework been addressed South Tyneside How the policy has Local Development Relevant Paragraph Framework been addressed F - protect and strengthen populations of Priority or other protected species Core Strategy (June Policy ST2 Sustainable Urban Living Policy ST2 is addressed in

2007) “High quality in sustainable urban living will be Section 9.9 – Mitigation and promoted by ensuring that: Section 9.10 – Monitoring and G - enhance the biodiversity value of wildlife maintenance of this chapter corridors; and through proposals that have

….all new development is encouraged to incorporated in to the design incorporate biodiversity and geological features at of the Scheme. This is H - where appropriate, restrict access and the design stage.” illustrated on the usage in order to conserve an area’s Environmental Masterplan. biodiversity value”. Development Policy DM7 Biodiversity and Geodiversity Sites Policy DM7 has been Policy EA3 Biodiversity and Geodiversity Policy EA3 has been Management Policies considered in in Section 9.9 – (December 2011) Mitigation. Specific measures considered in in Section 9.9 We will protect and enhance the important relating to priority habitat – Mitigation. Specific environmental assets of the borough, including part “To optimise conditions for wildlife implement creation and enhancement of of the most northerly outcrops of magnesian measures relating to priority designated sites are outlined the Durham Biodiversity Action Plan and limestone in the country. We will promote and habitat creation and in paragraphs 9.9.9 to 9.9.10 tackle habitat fragmentation the council will: support high quality schemes that enhance nature enhancement of designated of this chapter. sites are outlined in Table conservation and management, preserve and restore historic and natural environmental A - secure and enhance the integrity of xx and paragraphs 9.9.9 to character, and maximise benefits for geological Measures for creating or designated sites; 9.9.10 of this chapter. conservation and the enhancement of biodiversity enhancing priority habitats B - maintain, enhance, restore and add to in line with the Durham Biodiversity Action Plan and designated sites (Boldon biodiversity and geological conservation Measures for creating or targets. lake LWS) are illustrated on interests enhancing priority habitats All proposals for development: the Environmental Masterplan. and designated sites (Boldon A) must ensure that any individual or lake LWS) are illustrated on C - ensure that new development would result the Environmental Masterplan. cumulative detrimental impacts on sites in no loss of biodiversity values of the following are avoided; and

Priority Habitats: B) will only be permitted where they would i) magnesium limestone grassland; not adversely affect the integrity, ii) coastal sand dunes; natural character or biodiversity and geodiversity value of: iii) maritime cliffs and slopes; i) designated Sites of Special iv) mudflats; Scientific Interest; v) rivers and wetlands; ii) designated Local Wildlife Sites; vi) species rich neutral grasslands; iii) designated Local Geodiversity vii) rocky shores; Sites; iv) designated Local Nature D - reduce the fragmentation of, improve or Reserves; extend existing Priority Habitats v) the Cleadon Hills, Boldon Downhill and South Boldon E - create new Priority Habitats, especially in areas of high landscape value the Habitat Creation Zones of and significance; i) Cleadon Hills, vi) Wildlife Corridors; and ii) Downhill. vii) other land that forms part of the borough’s strategic green iii) Iii) River Don Valley infrastructure; as shown on the iv) Wardley Colliery Proposals Map.

71

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

 Durham Biodiversity Action Plan - South Tyneside How the policy has Local Development Relevant Paragraph http://www.durhambiodiversity.org.uk/biodiversity-action-plan/ . Framework been addressed 9.4.6 In addition data gathering was undertaken with the following organisations in 2016 Development within or outside these designations will only be approved where the benefits of regarding existing records of any designated sites, protected species or other development clearly outweigh any adverse impact resources of nature conservation interest within the 2 km study area: on the site, and any broader impacts on the national network of Sites of Special Scientific  the Environmental Records Information Centre North East (ERIC North East); Interest. Exceptions will only be made where no  the Durham Wildlife Trust, South Tyneside Council; Durham County Badger reasonable alternatives are available. In such cases, we will use planning conditions and/or Group; planning obligations to mitigate or compensate for  Durham Bat Group; the harmful effects of the development, and through good design seek opportunities to  Durham Bird Club; incorporate biodiversity and geodiversity features into the development.  Durham Local RSPB group, and;  North East Reptile and Amphibian Group (NERAG). 9.4 Assessment approach and method 9.4.7 The Environmental Records Information Centre North East (ERIC North East) 9.4.1 Information on baseline conditions for ecology and nature conservation was provided all historical protected species records from their database within a 2 km obtained through a desk-based study and a suite of field surveys. buffer from the proposals to account for the permanent and temporary footprint of the proposals. Study Area 9.4.8 The NERAG, the Durham County Badger Group, the Durham Wildlife Trust, South 9.4.2 The study area takes account of the Scheme and any temporary construction areas Tyneside Council and Durham Bat Group all provided species records or informed that may be required as detailed in Chapter 2 of this ES. The general study area for that all their records had been passed to the ERIC North East. The Durham Local the desk-based study was a 2 km radius from the extents of the proposals design RSPB group did not hold records and the Durham Bird Club did not respond to a for species records and non-statutory designated sites. Nationally and data request. internationally designated sites were identified over a wider surrounding area. The spatial extent of each of the field surveys was defined in accordance with guidance Field survey published in the DMRB or other recommended specialist survey techniques/best 9.4.9 The likelihood of a habitat and/or species being present in the study area was practice documentation, and varied according to the nature of the habitats or identified by: desk study as described above, consultation and walkover survey. species concerned. The surveys were undertaken in accordance with recognised Field surveys were undertaken for the habitats and species likely to be present in published survey methodologies; including Natural England guidelines where the survey area and affected by the proposals, as follows: applicable (refer to the technical reports in Appendix 9.1 for details).  Habitats (including an Extended Phase 1 Habitat Survey); Desk Study  Amphibians (including great crested newt (GCN) surveys); 9.4.3 The desk-based study involved reviewing reports from previous data gathering and surveys at earlier stages of the development of the junction improvement proposals  Breeding Birds (surveys undertaken in 2014 – report updated to reflect changes since 2006, and reviewing historic records of species and habitats and of sites to conservation status of UK birds); designated for their nature conservation importance at international, national and  Wintering Birds (surveys undertaken in 2014 – report updated to reflect local levels. changes to conservation status of UK birds); 9.4.4 Information was obtained from a range of sources including online resources, and  Barn owls; through consultation with relevant statutory and non-statutory bodies.  Badgers; 9.4.5 The following online sources were used to inform the desk based assessment of the proposals.  Bats;  National Biodiversity Network (NBN) - https://data.nbn.org.uk/;  Water voles, and;  Multi-Agency Geographic Information for the Countryside (MAGIC) -  Otters. http://www.magic.gov.uk/, and; 9.4.10 Field surveys have been carried out for ecological features (habitats and species) likely to be present in the survey area and likely to be affected by the proposals.

72

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

The field surveys are described in full in the stand alone survey reports presented in  Construction is assumed to start in 2019; Appendix 9.1. In general the survey area for the above features was considered to  The scheme is assumed to open in 2021; and be a 500 m buffer from the proposals. 9.4.11 Specific field surveys were not carried out for the following species/species groups:  The future operational year is assumed to be 2036 (15 years after the Scheme brown hare, hedgehog, harvest mouse, deer, polecat, dormouse, freshwater fish opens). and white-clawed crayfish. This is due to the low likelihood of their presence, based 9.4.16 The construction works would be undertaken as a rolling programme of activity over on the 2016 desk based study and previous field surveys undertaken by Jacobs a period of approximately 18 months. Subject to Development Consent being from 2007 onwards at an earlier stage of the Scheme. Based on this previous granted, construction work could start in early 2019 and complete in the 2021. information it is concluded that there is a low chance of these species being 9.4.17 Detailed Impact Assessment Tables (derived from IAN 130/10) are provided in affected by the Scheme, therefore, these species are not considered further in this Appendix 9.4 and summarised in Table 9.6 of this ES. The assessment is assessment since there are no significant impacts or specific mitigation measures completed for each significant ecological feature for construction effects (where that are required. However, it is important to note that the proposed mitigation and relevant with reference to the end of construction in the year of opening, 2021) and enhancement measures that would be implemented as part of the proposals to for operational effects (with reference to the design year, 2036, when mitigation address specific negative effects on other species would also benefit biodiversity in measures will be mature). general. 9.4.18 The importance of the ecological and nature conservation features uses a 9.4.12 The range of surveys to be undertaken, their spatial and temporal scope and the framework linked to a geographical scale at which the importance of the feature has survey methods to be applied were consulted upon with Natural England, Durham been identified (i.e. international, national, regional, county, local or at site level). Wildlife Trust and the LPA as part of the formal EIA scoping process. This allows the inherent importance of a species or habitat, assessed without the Ecological impact assessment method influence afforded to it by its legal protection. This process requires professional judgement and consultation with the appropriate statutory environmental bodies (in 9.4.13 The method used for ecological impact assessment is in line with the most recently line with DMRB guidance; as supplemented by IAN 130/10). published Highways England guidance54, with reference to existing Chartered Institute of Ecology and Environmental Management (CIEEM) guidelines55 (CIEEM, 9.4.19 Appendix 9.3 sets out the detailed approach to ecological feature valuation and the 2016). These methods conform to the principles of the generic assessment assessment of the potential significant impacts on the nature conservation methods described in Chapter 5 of this ES, but vary from them in detail. features/resources in the study area. 9.4.14 The ecological impact assessment comprises six key stages: Mitigation measures and the significance of impacts  Description of baseline conditions (i.e. the ecology of the study area); 9.4.20 This chapter describes the impacts of the proposals in the first instance without application of any mitigation measures that are not an inherent part of the Scheme’s  Valuation of each separately identified ecological / nature conservation feature; design. This is followed by the identification of appropriate mitigation measures and  Identification of scheme related activities that may affect ecological features; an assessment of the significance of the impacts taking those mitigation measures into account. Significant effects are qualified with reference to an appropriate  Characterisation of ecological impacts and their effects, taking account of geographic scale. For example, a significant effect on a Site of Special Scientific likelihood, reversibility, duration, timing and frequency; Interest (SSSI) are often of national significance (not because of the designation,  Identification of appropriate mitigation measures and enhancements measures, but because the SSSI is likely to contain nature conservation features of importance where appropriate, and on a national scale). However, the scale of significance of an effect may not be the same as the geographic context in which the feature is considered important. It  Determination of the significance of the residual effects on each feature after should be noted that effects may be significant at lower scale than the feature has mitigation is taken into account during the construction period, immediately after been assessed. the Scheme opens and in a ‘future year’, after the mitigation works have matured. 9.4.21 When seeking mitigation or compensation solutions, efforts should be consistent with the geographical scale at which an effect is significant. For example, mitigation 9.4.15 For the purposes of this impact assessment, the following dates have been and compensation for effects on a species population significant at a county scale assumed (refer to Chapter 2): should ensure no net loss of the population at a county scale. The relative geographical scale at which the effect is significant will have a bearing on the required outcome which should be achieved. 54 DMRB, Volume 11, Section 3, Part 4 ‘Ecology and Nature Conservation’ (June 1993), as amended by Interim Advice Note 130/10, ‘Ecology and Nature Conservation: Criteria for Impact Assessment’, September 2010. 9.4.22 An overall assessment of the impact of the proposals on ecology and nature 55 .CIEEM (2016) Guidelines for Ecological Impact Assessment in the UK and Ireland: Terrestrial, Freshwater and conservation as a whole is given using terminology specified in IAN 130/10. Coastal, 2nd edition. Chartered Institute of Ecology and Environmental Management, Winchester.

73

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

9.4.23 It is important to note that the proposals as designed already incorporate mitigation sites was necessary as there is no potential for the project to have significant in the form of design changes that have been made to avoid or reduce ecological effects on any Natura 2000 site. (and other environmental) impacts. More information on the approach to mitigation, 9.5.9 Taking this in to account the assessment of potential significant effects on Natura and types of mitigation measure, is given in Chapter 5. 2000 sites is not considered further in this chapter. 9.5 Baseline conditions Non statutory designated nature conservation sites Statutory designated nature conservation sites 9.5.10 All non-statutory designated sites within the 2 km study area are shown on Figure 9.1. 9.5.1 All statutory designated sites within the 2 km study area are shown on Figure 9.1. 9.5.11 There are a total of 28 Local Wildlife Sites (LWS) located within a 2 km radius of the 9.5.2 A single site nationally designated as a Sites of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI) proposals that span two local authorities (South Tyneside Council and Sunderland was located within the study area. This site is West Farm Meadow SSSI City Council). Each site is listed in Table 9-4 with a brief summary of its designated (NZ358621), which is 1.91 km from the nearest extent of the proposals. West Farm features and its distance to the proposals. Meadow is designated for its species rich semi-natural hay meadow. Table 9-4: Local Wildlife Sites 9.5.3 The West Farm Meadow SSSI is considered to be of National Importance (High Value) for nature conservation. Distance Site Name Description / Reason for Designation from the 9.5.4 A further four nationally designated sites are located beyond (south) the 2 km study proposals area, including Hylton Castle Cutting (SSSI NZ360588) which is 2.05 km from the nearest extent of the proposals, Wear River Bank (SSSI NZ359577) which is The site comprises a man-made lake (the largest body of 2.71 km away, Claxheugh Rock and Ford Limestone Quarry (SSSI NZ363574) open fresh water in the borough) adjacent to the Quadrus building in West Boldon, together with species-rich damp which is 3.18 km away, and South Hylton Pasture (SSSI NZ357569) which is Boldon Lake grassland. The lake was created in 1986 and has 0 m 3.33 km away. South Hylton Pasture has been designated for the unimproved developed substantial areas of marginal vegetation neutral grassland found on the site. The remainder of these sites have been including: large stands of reedmace and common reed, designated geological rather than ecological interest. and an area dominated by hard rush. 9.5.5 These sites will not be considered further in this chapter given the distance from the Located southeast of Testos Junction, comprising open Mount proposals and the lack of a pathway for significant effects. water, reedbeds, and marshy grassland scrub and Pleasant 0 m woodland habitat (also hosting West Boldon 9.5.6 There are three Local Nature Reserves (LNRs) located within a 2km radius of the Marsh Environmental Education Centre). Scheme. The sites are: Hylton Dene LNR, Station Burn LNR and Primrose LNR. The site consists of two small woodlands and the linking Station Burn (NZ342626) is located 1.06 km from the proposals and qualifies as an Elliscope section of the River Don, leading east from Hylton Bridge LNR for its mixture of ancient river valley landscapes and industrial history. Hylton Farm East/ 80 m Farm. Elliscope Farm East is a linear, mature broad- Dene (NZ356592) is located 1.55 km from the proposals and qualifies as an LNR Hylton Bridge for the ancient woodland habitat found within the site. Primrose Nature Reserve leaved plantation. (NZ333638) is located 1.99 km from the proposals and qualifies as an LNR for its The site is made up of an area of species-rich, damp, unimproved grassland together with a section of the River mosaic of marsh and open water habitats. Make Me Don between the A19 and the A184. The meadow was 100 m Rich Meadow 9.5.7 The LNRs listed above are considered to be of County Importance (Medium formerly grazed, but has not been intensively managed Value) for nature conservation. for some years. 9.5.8 The potential need for Habitats Regulations Assessment (HRA) has been Downhill is a magnesian limestone ‘outlier’ which forms a considered separately from the EIA. HRA addresses the potential for ‘likely prominent domed hill overlooking the low lying open land significant effects’ on sites designated for their nature conservation importance at north of the Nissan manufacturing site. Downhill Old Downhill Old European or international level, collectively known as Natura 2000 sites56. The Quarry LWS is a former quarry base and paddock. The 570 m Quarry details of this consideration are set out in Appendix 1.3 of the ES (‘Other Regulatory site has a range of species-rich grassland types grading Regimes’) and separately in application document reference TR010020/APP/6.11. from magnesian limestone grassland communities The conclusion reached is that no screening for potential effects on Natura 2000 through to more neutral grasslands. Calf Close Burn is a linear site following the course of a Calf Close small burn as it flows north across agricultural land 600 m Burn 56 i.e. sites designated under the international Ramsar Convention, or sites designated under European Union passing between Fellgate and Headworth. Habitats Directive and Birds Directive, including Special Areas of Conservation and Special Protection Areas.

74

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Distance Distance Site Name Description / Reason for Designation from the Site Name Description / Reason for Designation from the proposals proposals The site consists of a section of the River Don between The site centres on two small lakes created for angling North Road and Newcastle Road. In this stretch, the purposes during the 1990s. Development of aquatic and River Don Lakeside Inn River Don has mostly unmodified riverbank with features 730 m marginal vegetation is controlled to provide optimum 1600 m North Road Felling such as meanders, eroding earth cliffs, riffles and pools, conditions for angling. Nevertheless, a wide variety of and dead wood. aquatic and marginal vegetation is present. The site incorporates large areas of calcareous grassland Turner’s Hill is an area of grassland on a small circular Downhill with areas of tree planting, rank neutral grassland and 870 m Turner’s Hill hillock within Boldon Golf Course, south east of Boldon 1600 m Meadows small amounts of scattered scrub. Cemetery. The site, which is also designated as a Local Nature A varied site with a wooded area, wetlands and an area Station Burn, Reserve, is a section of the River Don valley north of Tilesheds of open magnesian limestone grassland. Covers part of 1700 m Boldon Boldon Colliery. The majority of the site comprises 900 m the same area as Hylton Dene LNR. Colliery grassland ranging from tall neutral grassland to finer This is a former colliery site mostly comprising a large more species-rich grassland. raised area of colliery spoil. It is the largest ‘early’ Wardley The site comprises a bowl-shaped area of land bound by successional “brown field” site in South Tyneside and its 1700 m Colliery Hedworth the A19 and railway line. On either side of the River Don nature and size mean that it is considered to be the most 942 m Dene there are semi-natural neutral grasslands ranging from valuable example of its type in South Tyneside. species rich to species poor. Hylton Castle Grassland displays magnesian limestone Inverness Road is a bowl-shaped section of the River Hylton Castle grassland and scrub adjacent to geological exposures of 1840 m Inverness Don Valley bound by the A19, to the west, and the Grassland Ford Formation (reef fascias) at Hylton Castle Cutting 1000 m Road, Jarrow railway line to the south. Much of the site consists of SSSI. grassland with moderate species diversity. A mature plantation with interesting woodland flora and Peepy This is a linear site and covers the banks of the River Don fauna is also notable for invertebrate assemblage and 1900 m Plantation as it flows through West Boldon between North Road and woodland birds. River Don New Road. At this location, the River Don has mostly 1000 m West Boldon Black Plantation is a small, rectangular, area of mature unmodified riverbank with features such as meanders, Black even-aged, broadleaved plantation woodland lying to the 1900 m eroding earth cliffs, riffles and pools, and dead wood. Plantation south of West Boldon. The site consists of a section of the River Don between This is a small pond, together with woodland adjacent to East House Farm and Hylton Bridge Farm. This stretch of River Don the Metro line. The pond was created in approximately the River Don has mostly unmodified riverbank with 1200 m Monkton East House 1998 in association with the construction of Monkton features such as meanders, eroding earth cliffs, riffles Pond and 1900 m Business Park. It acts as a ‘balancing pond’ in the and pools, and dead wood. Wood management of the surface water drainage from the Boldon A length of disused railway embankment which supports business park. Colliery unimproved neutral grassland mature scrub, scattered 1300 m Primrose Nature Reserve is a mosaic of wetland habitats Former trees and wet ditch communities. The site is also an Primrose created on flood-prone former amenity grassland along Railway Line important area for wintering long-eared owls. Nature 1900 m the River Don in 1991. It was subsequently designated as Reserve Newton Garths includes several fields heavily grazed by a Local Nature Reserve. Newton horses, comprising species-rich, neutral, ridge and furrow 1300 m Garths Follingsby pasture sloping down to the River Don. Pond and stream habitats of particular botanical interest Pond/River exhibit luxuriant flora associated with steep clay river 2000 m The site is situated to the north of Strother House Farm. It Don Stream banks and overhanging mature trees. Strother comprises an area of marshy ground approximately Bank 1400 m House Farm 0.3 ha in extent, bounded by a ditch to the south and A mixed plantation dominated by coniferous trees with east. Hylton scattered broad-leaved trees. Trees and scrub which 2000 m Plantation provide shelter for a thriving woodland bird community.

75

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Distance  Standing water (G1); Site Name Description / Reason for Designation from the  Swamp (F1); and, proposals  Tall ruderal (C3.1). The site consists of a section of the River Don leading north from New Road. This stretch the River Don has 9.5.14 Habitat types are mapped on Figures 2 to 7 of the Extended Phase 1 Habitat River Don mostly unmodified riverbank with features such as 2000 m New Road Survey report (Document No. B0140301/OD/198, Jacobs, 2017) included in meanders, eroding earth cliffs, riffles and pools, and dead Appendix 9.1 of this chapter. Detailed descriptions of each habitat type and target wood. notes can be found in the Extended Phase 1 Habitat report.

Resource Evaluation 9.5.12 All LWSs listed in Table 9-4 are considered to be of County Importance (Medium 9.5.15 Table 9-5 below sets out the nature conservation importance of each habitat type Value) for nature conservation. recorded in the study area with reference to published list of national and local Habitats priority habitats on Section 41 of the NERC act 2006 or Durham BAP. 9.5.13 Habitats recorded within the study area comprised the following (JNCC Table 9-5: Habitats Summary alphanumeric reference codes in parenthesis): Habitat Habitats of Durham Nature Conservation  Allotment (J5) Principal Local BAP? Importance Importance  Arable (J1.1); Geographic Value (HoPI-Section 41. Scale  Amenity grassland (J1.2); NERC Act 2006)  Bare ground (J4); Allotment - - Local Low (J5)  Broad-leaved semi-natural woodland (A1.1); Local – very few  Broad-leaved plantation woodland (A1.1.2); Arable (J1.1) field margins or Arable Field Margins - Low  Dense/continuous scrub (A2.1) headlands in study HoPI. area.  Dry ditch (J2.6); Amenity  Fence (J2.4); grassland - - Local Low (J1.2)  Improved Grassland (B.4);

 Introduced shrub (J1.4); Bare ground - - Less than Local Negligible  Marshy grassland (B5); (J4)

 Mixed plantation woodland (A1.3.2); Broad-leaved semi-natural  Native species-poor intact hedge (J2.1.2); Lowland Mixed Woodland and Regional Medium woodland Deciduous Scrub Action  Native species-rich intact hedge (J2.1.1); (A1.1) Woodland HoPI. Plan.

 Neutral semi-improved grassland (B2.2); Broad-leaved plantation  Poor semi-improved grassland (B6); - Woodland and County Medium woodland Scrub Action  Running water (G2); (A1.1.2) Plan.  Scattered broad-leaved trees (A3.1); Dense/ continuous - - Local Low  Scattered scrub (A2.2); scrub (A2.1)  Species-poor defunct hedge (J2.2.2); Dry ditch - - Local Low  Species-poor hedge and trees (J2.3.2); (J2.6)

76

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Habitat Habitats of Durham Nature Conservation Habitat Habitats of Durham Nature Conservation Principal Local BAP? Importance Principal Local BAP? Importance Importance Geographic Value Importance Geographic Value (HoPI-Section 41. Scale (HoPI-Section 41. Scale NERC Act 2006) NERC Act 2006) Improved Species-poor Grassland - Local Low defunct Native Local Low (B.4) hedge Hedgerows HoPI. Hedgerows Introduced (J2.2.2) Action Plan - - Local Low shrub (J1.4) Species-poor hedge and Native County Medium Marshy Lowland trees (J2.3.2) Hedgerows HoPI. Hedgerows grassland - Meadows and Local Low Action Plan (B5) Pasture Action

Plan. Standing Ponds, Lakes County Medium Mixed water (G1) Rivers HoPI. and Reservoirs plantation Local - - Low Action Plan. woodland (A1.3.2) Lowland Fen Native Action Plan – species-poor Native County Medium this habitat intact hedge Hedgerow HoPI. Hedgerows type does not County (J2.1.2) Action Plan. Swamp (F1) - occur in Medium

isolation in the Native study area but species-rich Native County Medium mainly intact hedge Hedgerow HoPI. Hedgerows associated (J2.1.1) Action Plan. with ponds. Tall ruderal Neutral semi- - - Less than local Negligible improved Lowland (C3.1) - County Medium grassland Meadows and (B2.2) Pasture Action Plan. Important Hedgerows Poor semi- 9.5.16 The hedgerows within the study area were surveyed to determine if any met the improved criteria to qualify as ‘ecologically important’ under The Hedgerows Regulations - Local Low grassland wildlife criteria57 (HMSO 1997). This was determined by identifying woody species (B6) and ground flora and other significant features that form part of the criteria (i.e. connectivity, ditches and banks etc.).

Running Rivers and County Medium 9.5.17 There was a single hedge which met the criteria to be classed as ‘ecologically water (G2) Rivers HoPI. Streams important’. The hedge was found behind the travellers’ site located on West Action Plan. Pastures to the west of the A19. The hedge contained numerous woody species Scattered such as: willow (Salix spp.), pedunculate oak (Quercus robur), hawthorn (Crataegus broad-leaved - - Local Low monogyna), hazel (Coryllus avellana), elder (Sambucus nigra), guelder rose trees (A3.1) (Viburnum opulus) and privet (Ligustrum vulgare) as well as a diverse ground flora. Scattered - - Local Low scrub (A2.2) 57 The Hedgerows Regulations 1997 - http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1997/1160/contents/made

77

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Amphibians suitable habitat generally lack connectivity between them, due to significant barriers such as: roads (A19 and A184) and industrial/residential developments. 9.5.18 The details of the amphibian surveys undertaken in the study area (i.e. methodology, pond locations and detailed survey results) are provided in the 9.5.25 Common toads have been recorded in the study area and this species is listed as a Amphibian Survey Report (Document No. B0140301/OD/196, Jacobs, 2017) SoPI under Section 41 of the NERC Act 2006. The NERC Act places a duty of care included in Appendix 9.1 of this ES. The following paragraphs summarise the on public authorities to protect important habitats and species, and to actively seek findings from the amphibian report. opportunities to enhance biodiversity through development proposals, where appropriate. Desk Study 9.5.26 Taking in to consideration the range and distribution of amphibian species recorded 9.5.19 Records received from ERIC North East covering the past ten years and from in the study area: amphibians are assessed being of Local Importance (Low amphibian surveys undertaken for the IAMP project in 2016, revealed that the Value). following amphibian species have been recorded in the 2 km study area: Breeding Birds  Great crested newt (GCN) (Triturus cristatus); 9.5.27 Details of the breeding bird survey can be found in the Breeding Bird Report  Palmate newt (Lissotriton helveticus); included in Appendix 9.1 of this ES (Document No. B0140301/OD/200, Jacobs  Smooth newt (Lissotriton vulgaris); 2017). The breeding bird survey focused on land within 500m of the proposals. Large industrial areas of land and residential areas were not included in the survey  Common toad (Bufo bufo) and as these areas are considered to be unlikely to support a diverse range of bird  Common frog (Rana temporaria). species, given the lack of suitable habitat, and the proposals are not anticipated to directly affect these excluded areas. 9.5.20 ERIC North East also provided records for a non-native amphibian species, Alpine newt (Ichthyosaura alpestris) in the study area. Desk Study 9.5.21 For the purposes of this assessment it was assumed that all areas of open water 9.5.28 The desk study identified a total of 105 bird species within the 2km study area. within the study area had the potential to support GCN populations. These records included 62 species which are listed on at least one of the following: Red List (25), Amber UK (36), NERC Act 2006 (Species of Principal Importance Field Survey (SoPI)) (18), species specifically listed on Schedule 1 of the WCA 1981 (as 9.5.22 Amphibian surveys were undertaken, in accordance with the standards set out in amended) (10). The records provided by ERIC North East were not supplied with a the “Great Crested Newt Mitigation Guidelines”58 for GCN presence/absence by complete grid reference or a specific record date; however general location Jacobs in 2014 at an earlier stage of the project. These surveys did not record the information was given, with Testos Junction itself being listed as one of the presence of GCN in any of the ponds within the survey area. The combination of locations. On this basis species recorded on, or in the near vicinity, of the Scheme this field data and the desk study results collated at this time indicated that GCN have been determined. These records were not date specific, so these records are were likely to be absent from the survey area. These results were consistent with not necessarily specific to the breeding period and may include wintering birds. surveys previously carried out by others on behalf of South Tyneside Council, not 9.5.29 Durham Bird Club and Durham RSPB were approached for records but no connected with this project, in 2006. Other amphibian species were recorded in response was received. 2014 included smooth newt, common toad and common frog. Of note is the presence of common toad which is listed as a ‘Species of Principal Importance’ Field Survey (SoPI) under Section 41 of the NERC Act 2006. 9.5.30 Breeding bird surveys were undertaken within the survey area between April and 9.5.23 In 2016 GCN environmental DNA (eDNA) sampling was undertaken to update June 2014. The survey methodology was based on the breeding bird survey (BBS) whether GCN were present or absent from ponds within the survey area. A negative methodology devised jointly by British Trust for Ornithology (BTO), the Royal result was returned for all ponds sampled and it is assumed that GCN are likely to Society for the Protection of Birds (RSPB) and the Joint Nature Conservancy be absent from the survey area and GCN will therefore not be discussed further in Council (JNCC) (Gilbert et al 1998). This methodology requires three visits to be this report. made between late March and early July. Resource Evaluation 9.5.31 The three survey visits took place on the following dates under suitable weather conditions: 9.5.24 In the main, the survey area is characterised by an intensive arable/pastoral landscape with isolated patches of suitable aquatic/terrestrial habitat for amphibians  Site Visit 1 – 21st, 23rd and 24th April 2014; (notably Boldon Lake LWS and Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS). These areas of  Site Visit 2 – 13th, 14th and 15th May 2014, and;

58English Nature (2001): Great Crested Newt Mitigation Guidelines.  Site Visit 3 – 10th, 11th and 12th June 2014.

78

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

9.5.32 The 2014 breeding bird surveys undertaken by Jacobs in 2014 identified 102 not date specific therefore an analysis or differentiation could not be made between individual species the following species were of conservation interest: wintering and breeding bird data. Taking this in to consideration the records detailed in paragraph 9.5.28 are considered to relevant to wintering bird baseline and  2 species listed under Schedule 1 (Part 1) of the WCA (as amended) – barn owl representative of the species that would be in the study area in winter as well as in (Tyto alba) and kingfisher (Alcedo atthis); the summer breeding period.  13 “Species of Principal Importance”, Section 41, NERC Act 2006; 9.5.41 Durham Bird Club and Durham RSPB were approached for records but no  8 species on the Red List of Birds of Conservation Concern 4 2015; and, response was received.  11 species on the Amber List of the Birds of Conservation Concern 4 2015. 9.5.42 In addition a review of the citations for designated sites in the study area revealed a number of sites with wintering bird listed as a feature of interest. The following is a 9.5.33 Three species classified in the Amber list during the 2014 breeding bird surveys summary of these sites: were moved from Amber to Green listed according to the Birds of Conservation Concern 4 (2015)59. Specifically these were: barn owl, barn swallow (Hirundo Statutory Designated Sites (with relevance to wintering birds) rustica) and whitethroat (Sylvia communis). These changes were reflected in the  Station Burn LNR - is located within 1.06 km of the proposals, and includes a updated baseline report (Appendix 9.1B). section of the River Don where kingfishers have been previously recorded. 9.5.34 Given their sensitivity to disturbance and impacts from direct mortality due to road  Primrose LNR - is situated on the northern perimeter of the study area proposals barn owl are assessed separately in this chapter. approximately 1.9 km. The LNR forms part of the River Don corridor and has 9.5.35 It should be noted that the bird species recorded can be listed on one or more of the been known to support birds including reed bunting (Emberiza schoeniclus), relevant schedules of the regulatory frameworks. mallard (Anas platyrhynchos), moorhen (Gallinula chloropus) and coot (Fulica atra Resource Evaluation ). 9.5.36 The majority of the bird species recorded during the breeding bird surveys were 9.5.43 A number of Local Wildlife Site (LWS) are located within the study area. The species commonly associated with farmland (notably skylark and lapwing). This following sites are designated for their associated overwintering bird community are reflects the dominant habitat type across the study area of open arable and pastoral summarised below: farmland, with hedgerows and ditches as field margins. Isolated habitat features Non-Statutory Designated Sites (with relevance to wintering birds) occur in the study area such as Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS and Boldon Lake LWS.  Boldon Colliery Former Railway Line LWS - is a length of disused railway These sites provide alternative nesting and foraging resource for species that prefer embankment containing scrub habitats approximately 1.3 km. The site supports open water habitat/swamp (waterfowl) habitat or scrub/woodland. Kingfishers were winter migrants in the form of fieldfare (Turdus pilaris), redwing (Turdus iliacus) noted along the River Don and are likely breeders in the study area. and long-eared owls (Asio otus). 9.5.37 It should be noted that the habitats in the study area are subject to a degree of disturbance from the existing road network (notably A19 and A184) and human  Follingsby LWS - is situated approximately 2 km to the west of the proposals interference in areas of public access that would affect the range and abundance of and encompasses a stretch of the River Don. Notable bird species utilising the area during the winter period include long-eared and short-eared owls (Asio species recorded. flammeus). 9.5.38 Based on habitats present and the range of species recorded the study area is assessed as being of County Importance (Medium Value) for breeding birds.  River Don East House LWS – is a section of the River Don between East House Farm and Hylton Bridge Farm. The site has previously supported large Wintering Birds numbers of fieldfare and redwing during winter. 9.5.39 Details of the wintering bird survey can be found in the Wintering Bird Report Field Survey (Document No. B0140300/OD/201, Jacobs 2017) included in Appendix 9.1 of this 9.5.44 The survey methodology is based on the British Trust for Ornithology’s (BTO) ES. As for breeding birds, large industrial areas of land and residential areas were Wintering Farmland Bird Survey methodology and generic wintering bird monitoring not included in the survey. methods (Gilbert et al., 1998). All surveys were undertaken during suitable weather Desk Study conditions, with each visit being carried out in daylight hours between 8am and 9.5.40 Previous desk studies carried out in 2007 and 2014 were updated with new data 4pm. Starting points for the walked transects and route direction were varied searches in November 2016. The bird records provided during the desk study were throughout the visits, to reduce survey bias. 9.5.45 Previous field surveys had been carried out in 2007. Information is also drawn from the field surveys carried out for the neighbouring IAMP development in 2014. Field 59 Eaton, M.A., Aebischer NJ, Brown AF, Hearn RD, Lock L, Musgrove AJ, Noble DG, Stroud DA and Gregory RD (2015) Birds of Concervation Concern 4: the population status of birds in the United Kingdom, Channel Islands and Isle of Man. British Birds 108,708-746). surveys were undertaken on the following dates:

79

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

 Survey 1 – 28th to 30th October 2014; 2014-5, and the updated desk survey data of November 2016 identified no significant change over this period.  Survey 2 – 24th to 26th November 2014; 9.5.54 Based on habitats present and the range of species recorded the study area is  Survey 3 – 8th to 9th December 2014, and; assessed as being of County Importance (Medium Value) for wintering birds. th th  Survey 4 – 8 to 9 January 2015. Barn Owl 9.5.46 The 2014-15 wintering bird surveys undertaken by Jacobs identified the following 9.5.55 Barn owls are subject to persecution (mainly through illegal egg collection or species of conservation interest: falconry trade) therefore desk study and field survey records are confidential. The  2 species listed on Schedule 1 (Part 1) of the WCA (as amended); following section provides baseline details for barn owl collated as part of this project however specific location details are omitted.  11 ‘Species of Principal Importance’, Section 41, NERC Act 2006; 9.5.56 Details of barn owl activity can be found in the Barn Owl Survey Report included in  13 species on the Red List of Birds of Conservation Concern 4 2015; Appendix 9.1 of this ES (Document No. B0140300/OD/197, Jacobs 2017).  11 species on the Amber List of the Birds of Conservation Concern 4 2015; and, Desk Study  8 Durham Biodiversity Action Plan Species. 9.5.57 Records received from ERIC North East from the past ten years identified 14 barn 9.5.47 Two of the Amber species identified during the wintering bird surveys in 2014-2015 owl records within 5 km of the Scheme from between 2009 and 2016. were moved from Amber to Red in the updated BoCC 4 (2015) – grey wagtail 9.5.58 A desk based assessment of habitat suitability for barn owl was undertaken in (Motacilla cinerea) and woodcock (Scolopax rusticola); and one species moved accordance standard methodology60; the assessment indicated that optimal “type 1” from Green to Amber – mute swan (Cygnus olor). barn owl habitat was widely distributed across the survey area but limited in area to 9.5.48 It should be noted that the bird species recorded can be listed on one or more of the 21.40 ha or 3.85%. Sub-optimal “type 2” grassland covered an area of relevant schedules of the regulatory frameworks. approximately 23.85 ha, or 4.3% of the survey area. The remaining 91.85% of the survey area was “type 3” habitat which is low- value habitat for barn owls. 9.5.49 Large flocks of between 80 to 100 lapwings were identified in flight during the wintering bird surveys, and observed utilising recently cultivated farmland in the Field Survey northwest of the study area. In addition, lapwings were observed in significant 9.5.59 Two building groups were identified as having potential to support barn owl within numbers within the confines of West House Farm land holdings (western section of 500 m of the Scheme during the desk study review and a further building was the study area). The presence of this species is also notable under the Section 41 identified as having potential by a surveyor during previous bat roost potential of the NERC Act 2006 and Durham BAP However sightings only occurred during survey undertaken by Jacobs in 2016. Survey 1 (in October 2014) and could be sporadic occurrences related to the provision of food in recently cultivated farmland. 9.5.60 These buildings were subject to full external and internal survey for signs of roosting and/or breeding barn owls. Tree inspections were also undertaken on four trees 9.5.50 Over-wintering migratory fieldfare and redwing were widespread in the study area within the survey area. Where the presence of barn owl was confirmed each and their occurrence was predominantly related to less intensively managed building or tree was categorised as either a breeding site, regular roost site or an hedgerows, with berry producing scrub present as a food resource. Both species occasional roost. . are listed under Schedule 1 (Part 1) of the WCA 1981. 9.5.61 Current evidence of barn owl (May 2016) was identified within eight buildings 9.5.51 It should be noted that the habitats in the survey area are subject to a degree of across two sites in the survey area. Both sites were considered to contain regular disturbance from the existing road network (notably A19 and A184) and human roosts (and potential unconfirmed breeding sites). interference in areas of public access (i.e. Boldon Lake LWS) that would affect the range and abundance of species recorded. Resource Evaluation Resource Evaluation 9.5.62 Barn owls can reach high densities within arable landscapes (Barn Owl Trust, 2012). This is mainly dependant on the presence of rough grassland habitat (i.e. 9.5.52 The majority of the bird species recorded during the wintering bird surveys were field margins, headlands, and ditch banks) that may support main prey items (field species commonly associated with farmland (most notably lapwing and winter voles). In predominately arable landscapes it is estimated that in the breeding migrants such as: fieldfare and redwing). This reflects the dominant habitat type season barn owls require the equivalent of 17 to 26 hectares of suitable foraging across the study area of open arable and pastoral farmland, with hedgerows and ditches as field margins. 9.5.53 Although there are differences of detail, the main features of the relevant habitats 60 60 and of the assemblage of wintering birds recorded are similar between 2007 and Shawyer, C. R. (2011) Barn Owl Tyto alba Survey Methodology and Techniques for use in Ecological Assessment: Developing Best Practice in Survey and Reporting. IEEM,Winchester.

80

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

habitat, such as rough grassland similar to that found within the study area in small Resource Evaluation isolated patches. 9.5.72 No badger setts or other definitive field signs were recorded during the surveys 9.5.63 The study area provides a combination of mainly arable fields and isolated small undertaken in 2016. Taking this in to consideration the study area is assumed to be patches of rough grassland as such it is likely to represent a relatively small of Less Than Local Importance (Negligible Value) for badger. proportion of the total foraging resource required to support barn owls. This 9.5.73 Given the lack of badger evidence in the study area they are scoped out of any assumption is supported by the lack of barn owl foraging in the study area. further assessment in this ES. 9.5.64 Given the presence of 5 regular roosts and 3 potential nesting sites within the farm buildings, the study area is considered to have County Importance (Medium Bats Value) for barn owl. 9.5.74 Details of the bat survey can be found in the Bat Report (Document No. B0140300/OD/191, Jacobs 2017) included in Appendix 9.1 of this ES. The bat Badger survey focused on land within 500 m of the proposals. 9.5.65 Details of the badger survey are set out in the confidential Badger Report Desk Study (Document No. B0140300/OD/192, Jacobs 2016). Because of the confidential nature of some of the information in the report, it is not included in Appendix 9.1 of 9.5.75 The records from ERIC North East and Durham Bat Group revealed that there were this ES, but can be made available to those with a bona-fide need to see the 246 records of bats within 5 km of the proposals from the past ten years. The data information. The badger survey focused on land within 500 m of the proposals. included 65 records of bat roosts, comprising: common pipistrelle, soprano Badgers and their setts are subject to illegal persecution throughout the UK pipistrelle, unidentified Pipistrellus species, Natterer’s bat, whiskered bat / Brandt’s therefore no specific details on badger setts or their locations will not be included in bat and unknown bat species. None of the roost records were within the 500 m the following summary. survey area. Desk Study 9.5.76 There were no Special Areas of Conservation (SAC) within 30 km of the proposals that noted bats as one of the qualifying interests. 9.5.66 The ERIC North East and results of badger surveys undertaken for the IAMP development in 2014 identified 18 badger records that ranged from 0.84 km to 9.5.77 A habitat quality assessment for bats was conducted in April 2016. It was 1.97 km from the nearest extent of the proposals. These records dated from 2009 – determined that the habitat composition within the survey area was low quality for 2014. bats, based on the parameters set by the Bat Conservation Trust (BCT) guidelines61. Even though the survey area contained some discrete better quality Field Survey foraging/ commuting features such as woodland, rivers, and tree-lined ditches, the 9.5.67 Badger surveys were undertaken between the 3rd and 6th October 2016. The landscape to the north and south of the survey area was predominantly industrial surveys were undertaken using the standard methodologies established for badger and urban, which reduced the overall habitat quality of the area for bats. surveys (DMRB, 2001) and discussed by Neal and Cheeseman (1996). Field Survey 9.5.68 All field boundaries, watercourses, paths and other linear features, within the study 9.5.78 The survey methodology and assessments followed protocol outlined in the Bat area, were walked to locate badger field signs. In addition, all areas of woodland, Conservation Trust Good Practice Guidelines (3rd Edition) (Collins, J. (ed) 2016). In scrub and embankments were actively searched. The field signs searched for brief the following surveys were conducted between May and September 2016 included badger setts, badger pathways, latrines, faeces, hairs (often caught on within the survey area: barbed wire or branches), push-throughs (often under fences or branches), footprints and evidence of foraging (for example snuffle holes).  Bat Roost Potential 9.5.69 The survey area was surveyed in a systematic manner to record any badger field  Dusk emergence and dawn re-entry surveys; signs and not only those concentrated on boundary features.  Bat activity forward tracking surveys; 9.5.70 There were no definitive badger field signs (including setts) recorded in the study  Bat activity transect surveys; area during the surveys undertaken in 2016. 9.5.71 The results from the 2016 desk based searches and field surveys are unchanged  Static automated detector Surveys; and, from those obtained by Jacobs in 2014 during previous studies done at earlier  Bat activity crossing point surveys. stages of the Scheme. The results of the surveys undertaken in 2016 indicate that although suitable foraging habitat was identified, badgers are likely to be absent within the study area. 61 Collins J. (ed.) (2016) Bat Surveys for Professional Ecologists: Good Practice Guidelines (3rd Edition). The Bat Conservation Trust, London.

81

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

9.5.79 No bat roosts, or indicative bat roost locations were observed during the transect Field Survey surveys. The bat species recorded during the surveys included: common pipistrelle 9.5.87 The field surveys were undertaken in 2014 and repeated on 30th and 31st August (Pipistrellus pipistrellus), soprano pipistrelle (Pipistrellus pygmaeus), noctule 2016. Surveys followed the standard methodologies set out in the Water Vole (Nyctalus noctula) and Myotis species. Overall the general bat activity recorded Conservation Handbook 3rd edition (Strachan et al. 2011). The areas surveyed for during the surveys was relatively low. field signs were the River Don and Boldon Lake, for which field signs were identified 9.5.80 Dusk emergence and dawn re-entry surveys required the survey of one building at during surveys at a previous stage of the project. The River Don was surveyed Make-me-Rich farm which had previously been identified as a confirmed roost between Boldon Bridge (upstream of the A19 culvert) located to the east of the during surveys undertaken for the IAMP development in 201462. Surveys were proposals (and outside of any areas of proposed works) and Elliscope Farm undertaken on the following dates: (downstream of the A19 culvert) which is located to the west of the A19, to the southwest of Testos Roundabout.  9th August 2016 (dusk emergence); 9.5.88 In addition Calf-close Burn and a drainage ditch close to West Moor Farm were  10th August 2016 (dawn re-entry); surveyed. th  14 September 2016 (dusk emergence); and, 9.5.89 Water vole surveys were conducted using standard methodologies which involved  15th September 2016 (dawn re-entry). surveying for indicative signs of water vole, including: 9.5.81 These surveys identified no bat roosts and bat activity recorded was generally low.  Droppings and latrines; Resource Evaluation  Burrows; 9.5.82 The general bat activity within the survey area was low, and predominantly  Feeding stations; comprised common pipistrelles. However it must be noted that occasional high levels of common pipistrelle activity were recorded and this species was recorded  Runs through vegetation; crossing the A19 to the north and south of the Testos junction. Compared to the  Prints; and, surrounding landscape, the survey area featured a relatively large area of green  Direct sightings. space, comprising farmland and woodland. Therefore it is possible that the habitat within the survey area was a valuable resource for bats, particularly as a commuting 9.5.90 To assess whether water voles were passing through the A19 River Don culvert a / dispersal corridor. camera trap was set up in September 2016 for a two week period. No water voles were recorded on the camera trap. In 2014 clay traps were used to monitor the 9.5.83 The survey area should be regarded as being of Local Importance (Low Value) for culvert, no water vole prints were recorded on the clay mats. bats. 9.5.91 Table 9.6 below gives an indication of the surveyed areas with habitat descriptions Water Vole and water vole evidence recorded. Water vole evidence is illustrated on Figure 1-4 9.5.84 Details of the water vole (Arvicola amphibius) survey can be found in the Water of the Water Vole and Otter Survey Report 2016 (Appendix 9.1). Vole and Otter Survey Report 2016 (Document No B0140300/OD/199 Jacobs Table 9-6: Water Vole Field Survey Results 20117) included in Appendix 9.1 of this ES. The water vole survey focused on suitable habitat features within 500m of the proposals. Area Surveyed General Habitat Water Vole Evidence Desk Study Description River Don upstream of The section of the River Don is Numerous definitive signs of 9.5.85 ERIC North East provided 100 water vole records from within 2 km of the site. A A19 carriageway. the water vole including water vole survey commissioned in 2013 by South Tyneside council (Durkin 2013) a natural meandering channel From Glebe Farm (NZ with fairly steep earth banks. footprints and latrines. produced 21 water vole records from within 500m of the proposals. All of these are 34684 61084) to A19 The substrate varies as the Burrows and runs through from the River Don. The Durham Wildlife Trust confirmed that all of the water vole Culvert (NZ 34132 river flows south through the vegetation were also noted. records they have collected had been submitted to the ERIC North East. 60036) study area. The northern No signs of American mink 9.5.86 Water vole desk study records have been plotted on Figure 1.1 of the Water Vole extent is a mixture of (Neovison vison) were and Otter Survey Report (in Appendix 9.1). boulders/cobles and sand/silt recorded on this section of whereas the southern extent of the River Don. this section is predominately sand/silt. Bankside vegetation is 62. White Young Green (WYG) (2015), Sunderland City Council Land North of Nissan Final Report 2015. characterised mainly by tall grasses and ruderal vegetation

82

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Area Surveyed General Habitat Water Vole Evidence Area Surveyed General Habitat Water Vole Evidence Description Description with scattered broad-leaved to be shallow (< 10 cm) with trees frequent along this negligible flow rate. section. Drainage ditch, West Located to the south-west of No water vole field signs Moor Farm from NZ the Scheme adjacent to the were recorded in this area River Don downstream 33796 59173 to NZ A1290, the ditch runs parallel and no signs of American The section of the River Don Numerous definitive signs of A19 carriageway, 33522 59114. to a hedgerow that connects mink were recorded. has a less natural appearance From A19 Culvert (NZ of the water vole including with a small copse to the west. (i.e. less meanders, steeper 34044 59975) to footprints and latrines. The ditch was noted to be banks and reduced diversity of Elliscope farm (NZ Burrows were also noted. damp at the time of survey but bank side vegetation) than the 33500 59809) with no visible standing or section up stream of the A19 No signs of American mink running water. culvert. This may indicate a were recorded on this section of the River Don. level of modification to the Resource Evaluation channel. Bank side vegetation in this section generally 9.5.92 The desktop study found recent records of water vole field signs within the study consisted of tall ruderal area. Records were collected from a number of sources including the local records vegetation with some scattered centre, previous Jacobs’ surveys, Wildlife Trust and South Tyneside Council. The scrub and trees. Further west desktop records generally accord with the 2016 survey results on the River Don a section of the River Don although when compared to previous Jacobs survey since 2007 there has been a passes through broad-leaved general reduction in the number of field signs recorded since surveys undertaken by woodland known as Elliscope Jacobs at a previous stage of the Scheme. Farm East/ Hylton Bridge LWS. 9.5.93 The 2014 survey found definitive water vole field signs (i.e. latrines) concentrated on the River Don upstream of the A19 which indicated that the carriageway may act as a barrier for colonisation further downstream. However, the 2016 survey results Mount Pleasant marsh Located southeast of Testos No water vole field signs indicate that water voles are now similarly widespread south of the A19. LWS (NZ 340608). Junction, comprising open were recorded in this area water, reedbeds, marshy during the 2016 surveys. Nonetheless, there was a reduction in the number of potential burrows observed in 2016 from that in 2014. grassland, scrub and No signs of American mink woodland habitat (also hosting were recorded. 9.5.94 Given the distribution of water vole along the River Don upstream and downstream West Boldon Environmental of the existing A19, water vole in the study area are considered to be of County Education Centre). Importance (Medium Value). Boldon Lake LWS (NZ The site comprises a man- No water vole field signs 340610). made lake (the largest body of were recorded in this area Otter open water in the borough). during the 2016 surveys. 9.5.95 Details of the otter (Lutra lutra) survey can be found can be found in the Water Vole The lake was created in 1986 No signs of American mink and Otter Survey Report 2016 (Document No B0140300/OD/199, Jacobs 2017). and has developed substantial were recorded. The otter survey focused on suitable habitat features within 500m of the proposals. areas of marginal vegetation.

It was noted that while the Desk Study

habitats within the site 9.5.96 ERIC North East provided 28 otter records that were found within 2 km of appeared to be suitable for proposals. It should be noted that the majority of otter records submitted in 2006 to water vole with a mixture of ERIC North East within 1km of the proposals were from the previous Jacobs reed beds and open water the surrounding area the lake surveys conducted in relation to the project in 2006. Therefore, the majority of the appeared to be highly records held by ERIC North East are from the River Don. disturbed by human activities.. 9.5.97 The survey commissioned by South Tyneside council in 2013 recorded an otter Calfclose Burn from Located 840 m to the west of No water vole field signs spraint and a ‘couch’ in a riverbank willow bed on the River Don within the study NZ 32908 61180 to Testos roundabout. The burn were recorded in this area area near “Mount Pleasant”, referring to a stretch of the River Don mostly north of NZ 32995 61447. is densely vegetated with and no signs of American the A184, but also south for a short extent (shown indicatively as around 300m reeds and scrub. Flow within mink were recorded. accessible sections was noted

83

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

extent in total) and not as far as the A19. No further location details were provided surveys. However, the EIA Scoping Report produced for the International Advanced for this record. Manufacturing Park (IAMP) noted finds of otter footprints and a sighting of an otter on the River Don in 2015, while otter footprints and spraint were found within the 9.5.98 Durham Wildlife Trust confirmed that all of their local records for otters have been 63 sent to ERIC North East. River Don culvert under the A19 in 2016 . 9.5.99 Otter desk study records have been plotted on Figure 1.2 of the Water Vole and Resource Evaluation Otter Survey Report (Appendix 9.1) to facilitate the assessment of otter movements 9.5.106 The desk study and review of existing otter survey information identified records of along the River Don, and also to estimate the use of the A19 River Don culvert by otter field signs within the survey area. The records were provided by a number of otters in traversing the carriageway. organisations including ERIC North East, The Wildlife Trust and South Tyneside 9.5.100 A desktop review of previous otter surveys undertaken at a previous stage of the Council and from previous Jacobs surveys (2014). These records were mainly project identified that the 2014 field survey results for otter were limited to the concentrated on the River Don and its tributaries. identification of footprints on the River Don upstream and downstream of the A19 9.5.107 No definitive otter field signs were recorded during surveys in 2016, but evidence carriageway and a bankside run/slide on the downstream side of the A19. Clay from IAMP indicates that they are present and using the parts of the River Don mats emplaced at either end of the A19 culvert during autumn 2014 revealed no immediately adjacent to the A19. Otter territories can extend up to 50 km along a evidence of otter activity. watercourse. Taking this in to consideration together with the: results of the field 9.5.101 Similarly, the mammal ledge incorporated within the Boldon Bridge beneath the survey and the widespread desk study records this indicates that otter are likely to A184 to afford safe passage for mammals, was also devoid of otter field signs. be utilising the entire extent of the River Don within the survey area. Based on However, the results of the field survey and the widespread desk study records current data, it appears likely that otter are traversing the A19 utilising the A19 River appeared to indicate that otter were utilising the entire survey area. There were no Don Culvert. otter field signs recorded within Boldon Lake LWS or Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS. 9.5.108 Given the distribution of otter field signs in the survey area, and habitat features 9.5.102 IAMP surveys undertaken in 2014 identified no field signs to indicate the presence present, the otter population in the survey are were considered to be of Local of otter within the survey area. However, an incidental otter sighting and otter print Importance (Low Value). were identified during early spring 2015 on the River Don downstream of the A19. Invertebrates No further evidence of otter was recorded during the surveys and no further obvious features within riparian habitats were identified that were considered likely to be 9.5.109 There were 24 records of invertebrates listed on the IUCN Red List of Threatened used by otter for notable refuge or shelter. Species provided by ERIC North East found within 2 km of the proposals. These include one record for the emperor dragonfly (Anax imperator), three records for the 9.5.103 Evidence of otter (spraint and footprints) were recorded throughout the River Don emerald damselfly (Lestes sponsa), six records for the common darter (Sympetrum culvert during surveys undertaken for the IAMP development in 2016 (pers comm striolatum), seven records for the common blue damselfly (Enallagma cyathigerum) Arup, 2016). and seven records for the blue-tailed damselfly (Ischnura elegans). The species Field Survey were recorded at two locations; Fellgate LWS (OS Grid Ref: NZ322622) and Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS (OS Grid Ref: NZ341610). Fellgate LWS is located 9.5.104 In 2016 Otter surveys were conducted using methodologies adapted from Volume approximately 1.1 km north and Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS is located adjacent to 10 of the Design Manual for Roads and Bridges (DMRB – Vol.10, Section 4, Part 4, the south east of Testos Junction. Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS mainly comprises of HA88/91 - Nature Conservation Advice In Relation To Otters). This involved ponds, lowland fen habitats and lowland meadow/pasture. The LWS margins surveying for indicative signs of otters, including: consist of amenity grassland, broad-leaved plantation woodland and tall ruderal  Spraint; vegetation which are adjacent to the A19 highways boundary.  Footprints; 9.5.110 Additional invertebrate species recorded in the study area included records that cover the following taxa:  Feeding remains;  Alderfly (Megaloptera) – 1 species record;  Sightings, and  Beetles (Coleoptera) – 105 species records;  Actual or potential resting sites.  Butterfly (Lepidoptera) – 19 species records; 9.5.105 In addition to the above to assess whether otters were passing through the A19 River Don culvert a trail camera was set up for a two-week period in September 2016 at the upstream portal of the A19 River Don Culvert. No otters were recorded 63 IAMP (2016) ‘International Advanced Manufacturing Park – Environmental Impact Assessment Scoping Report’ on the camera trap. As shown on Figures 1.4 to 1.7 Water Vole and Otter Survey https://infrastructure.planninginspectorate.gov.uk/wp-content/ipc/uploads/projects/BC030001/BC030001- Report (Appendix 9.1), no definitive field signs of otter were recorded during the 000021-Scoping%20Report

84

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

 Caddis fly (Trichoptera) – 3 species records;  Japanese rose (Rosa rugosa) – Japanese rose was noted (Figure 8, TN8 - Appendix 9.1 Extended Phase 1 Habitat Survey Report) within an amenity  Mayfly (Ephemeroptera) - 2 species records; grass verge bordering Abingdon Way towards the north-eastern extent of the  Moth (Lepidoptera) - 2 species records; and, survey buffer. This species is outside the current area of temporary and permanent works for the proposals.  True Bug (Hemiptera) – 9 species records. 9.5.113 All of these species are listed on Schedule 9 of the WCA 1981 which makes it an Resource Evaluation offence to actively plant or otherwise cause the species to grow in the wild. With the exception of the dragonfly (Odonata) species recorded at Mount Pleasant 9.5.114 These species are not considered to be of importance for nature conservation but Marsh and Fellgate LWS’s the majority of species recorded in the study area were are considered further as a result of legislative requirements that inform mandatory common and widespread or locally distributed. Accordingly, the study area is control and management measures. This in turn would have implications for considered to be of generally low entomological interest for invertebrates. programme and could restrict working areas. 9.5.111 Taking into account the range of species recorded in the study area invertebrates are considered to be of Local Importance (Low Value). 9.6 Summary Resource Evaluation Invasive Plant Species 9.6.1 Table 9.7 below summarises the valuation of the ecological features in the study 9.5.112 A number of non-native invasive plant species that are listed on Schedule 9 of the area and survey area in accordance with the methodology set out in Section 9.3 of WCA 1981 (as amended) have been identified in the survey area. These species this chapter. are summarised below with an indication of the location given with reference to Table 9-7: Summary – valuation of ecological features Figures and Target Notes (TN) from the Extended Phase 1 Habitat Survey Report contained in Appendix 9.1. Species recorded in the survey area are: Ecological Feature Scale of Importance (Value)  Japanese Knotweed (Fallopia japonica) – knotweed stands are located on Habitats the embankments of the B28 Bridleway overbridge that crosses the A19, north SSSIs National (High) of the A19 roundabout (Figure 2.2 and 2.5 TN23 and TN25 - Appendix 9.1 (West Farm Meadow, Hylton Castle Extended Phase 1 Habitat Survey Report). In addition, a small stand of Cutting, Wear River Bank, Claxheugh Japanese knotweed approximately 2m2 on the on the road verge adjacent to Rock and Ford Limestone Quarry and Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS was noted (TN26- Appendix 9.1 Extended Phase 1 South Hylton Pasture). Habitat Survey Report). This species is within the current area of permanent LNR County Importance (Medium Value) works for the proposals. (Hylton Dene, Station Burn and  Giant hogweed (Heracleum mantegazzianum) – A single stand of giant Primrose Nature Reserve) hogweed (4-5 individual plants) were noted during the extended phase habitat Local Wildlife Sites County Importance (Medium Value) survey (Figure 4, TN3 - Appendix 9.1 Extended Phase 1 Habitat Survey (Various Sites in the study area see Report). This species is outside the current area of temporary and permanent Table 9.1) works for the proposals. Allotment Local (Low)  Himalayan balsam (Impatiens glandulifera) – Himalayan balsam was noted along the banks of the stretch of River Don that flows north from the A19 culvert Arable Local (Low) – very few field margins or until it leaves the survey area east of West House Farm on the A184. This headlands in survey area. species is within the current area of permanent works for the proposals on the Amenity grassland Local (Low) River Don LWS. Bare ground Less than Local/At site level (Negligible)  Cotoneaster (Cotoneaster horizontalis) - Cotoneaster was noted within an amenity planted border along Abingdon Way (Figure 2, TN9 - Appendix 9.1 Broad-leaved semi-natural woodland Regional (Medium) Extended Phase 1 Habitat Survey Report) and within an area of plantation Broad-leaved plantation woodland County (Medium) woodland that borders the Quality Hotel to the rear of Boldon Lake (Figure 4, Dense/continuous scrub Local (Low) TN10 - Appendix 9.1 Extended Phase 1 Habitat Survey Report). This species is outside the current area of temporary and permanent works for the proposals Dry ditch Local (Low) for the proposals. Improved grassland Local (Low) Introduced shrub Local (Low)

85

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Ecological Feature Scale of Importance (Value) 9.7.2 In this mainly agricultural area, ecological conditions are unlikely to have changed significantly by 2019 or 2021. However, changes in farming practices could occur Habitats in response to changes in agricultural economics, farming policy and agri- Marshy grassland Local (Low) environment proposals. For example, an increase in the margin around arable Mixed plantation woodland Local (Low) fields would increase invertebrate abundance and diversity thereby benefiting bat and bird populations. Conversely an increase in livestock production would be Native species-poor intact hedge County (Medium) detrimental to arable flora but would benefit some bird and bat species and badger, Native species-rich intact hedge County (Medium) for example, as they depend heavily on invertebrates including earthworms as a foraging resource and these are more abundant in grazing land. Neutral semi-improved grassland County (Medium) 9.7.3 It is not possible to accurately predict farming practices in the survey area in 2036 Poor semi-improved grassland Local (Low) (“future year”). Although distribution and abundance of fauna are likely to fluctuate Running water County (Medium) in the long-term, it is assumed that there would be no significant changes to species Scattered broad-leaved trees Local (Low) or habitat status by design year. Scattered scrub Local (Low) 9.7.4 For the purposes of this assessment, all of the agricultural land between the new and old roads that is not being taken for the proposals is expected to remain in Species-poor defunct hedge Local (Low) agricultural production. As such, predictable changes in the biodiversity importance Species-poor hedge and trees Local (Low) or spatial extent of semi-natural habitat are unlikely to occur in this agricultural landscape. Standing water County (Medium) Swamp County (Medium) 9.7.5 It is recognised that some land, particularly to the south-west of the Scheme, is subject to applications for consent for other developments. This could result in Tall ruderal Less than Local/Site Level (Negligible) significant changes in land-use and therefore habitats in land close to the Scheme. Species This would result in cumulative impacts which are considered in Chapter 15. Amphibians Local (Low) 9.8 Potential impacts Breeding Birds County (Medium) 9.8.1 Consideration has been given to the two different options for carrying the A19 over Wintering Birds County (Medium) the roundabout at Testos Junction. It is considered that as the difference in design Barn owl County (Medium) is confined to the interior of an existing highway roundabout, where there are no sensitive ecological receptors, there would be no significant difference in ecological Badger Local (Low) impact. Bats County (Medium) 9.8.2 In generic terms, road schemes have the potential to affect ecology and nature conservation negatively in a number of recognised ways, arising initially as a result Water Vole County (Medium) of the construction of the proposals: Otter County (Medium)  Direct habitat loss through land take (including temporary land take Invertebrates Local (Low) requirements);  Severance or fragmentation of existing areas of habitat; 9.7 Future ecological baseline conditions without the Scheme  Direct mortality of animals; 9.7.1 The information given on previous pages describes the ecological conditions as  Through the indirect effects of environmental pollution via road drainage they were at the time of the surveys carried out between March 2016 and October (including temporary haul roads), run-off and spray from construction traffic; 2016, with the exception of baseline information for breeding and wintering birds as these surveys were carried between April to June 2014 and October 2014 to  Disturbance/indirect effects caused by increased vehicle/ plant movements January 2015 respectively. However, these conditions are likely to change over lighting, noise, dust emissions, or pollution; time, whether or not the proposals are built. The following paragraphs therefore  Cumulative effects of the proposals taken together with other developments consider how ecological conditions might change, even if the proposals are not occurring in the area at the same time or before/after the construction of this built, by 2019 (the assumed start date for construction), 2021 (the assumed year in proposals (refer to Chapter 15 of this ES); and, which the proposals would open to traffic) and 2036 (the ‘future year’, when environmental mitigation would reach maturity).

86

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

 The combined effects on a particular habitat or species of several different 9.8.9 For the purposes of simplifying the impact assessment, and the avoidance of aspects of the proposals (e.g. a single species may be affected by habitat loss, double counting of impacts, the following assumptions have been made in relation severance and disturbance). to statutory and non-statutory designated sites: 9.8.3 Again in generic terms, the potential impacts specifically arising from the Statutory Designated Sites operational phase of road schemes that could negatively affect the ecology and 9.8.10 The assessment of construction/operational impacts on statutory designated sites is nature conservation features of the area, can be summarised as follows: limited to West Farm Meadow This site is 1.91 km from the nearest extent of the  Changes in hydrology (groundwater, volume and/or quality of surface water run- proposals. As such direct impacts such as habitat loss, direct mortality and off, road salt etc); fragmentation/severance have been excluded from the assessment detailed in Tables 1 to 21 in Appendix 9.4, but indirect impacts are assessed. These include  Increased noise levels; disturbance effects through lighting, noise and pollution of aquatic habitats.  Changes to air quality resulting from vehicular emissions (in particular, lead, 9.8.11 There are three Local Nature Reserves (LNRs) located within a 2 km radius of the zinc, particulates, nitrogen dioxide etc); Scheme. The sites are: Hylton Dene LNR, Station Burn LNR and Primrose LNR. All  Lighting and visual disturbance; these sites are greater than 1 km from the proposals given this distance and the lack of a likely pathway for significant effects these sites are scoped out from further  Longer term fragmentation/severance issues; assessment in the chapter.  Mortality from road vehicles; and,

 Accidental spillages on the road. Non – statutory designated sites 9.8.4 Construction impacts and the resultant effects can be short term or long term in 9.8.12 The assessment of construction/operational impacts on non-statutory designated nature. Most operational effects would be long-term, but may decline in their sites has been undertaken with reference to the distance between the sites and the significance as the environmental mitigation works become mature. In this context, Scheme, the presence of significant existing barriers (i.e. roads, short term is taken to mean that the impact would have ceased to occur by the end industrial/residential development and railway lines), connectivity of habitats and the of construction, and its effect would have ceased to be felt either by the end of likelihood of impacts/measurable effects on these sites via environmental pathways construction, or at the latest by 15 years after the end of construction. Long-term (air, water, ground and general disturbance). Based on these criteria non-statutory means that the impact may continue to occur, or would mainly occur, during the designated sites have been scoped out of this assessment where there is no operational period and the effect would still be felt 15 years or more after the end of reasonable/probable pathway for impacts to occur. construction. 9.8.13 Therefore the detailed assessment tables in Appendix 9.4 concentrate on potential 9.8.5 Predicted effects associated with the proposals are detailed for each habitat type impacts to Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS, Boldon Lake LWS and River Don LWS only and/or species likely to be significantly affected by the proposals in the paragraphs as these sites are either within the area of the works or within the zone of influence below. for indirect impacts. These impacts are detailed in Tables 1-21 in Appendix 9.4 and 9.8.6 Activities or impacts associated with the proposals that may affect ecological summarised in Table 9-6 of this chapter. resources have been identified separately for the construction and operation phases. Habitats 9.8.7 In accordance with best practice, the ecological impacts identified throughout this 9.8.14 Where habitats of significant nature conservation importance (County (Medium section are described without taking any mitigation measures into account; they Value) and above) are likely to be directly impacted detailed impact tables are therefore represent a ‘worst case scenario’, and provide the basis on which the included in Appendix 9.4 of this chapter. These impacts are summarised in Table 9- necessary mitigation can be identified. The resulting mitigation measures are 6 of this chapter. described in Section 9.9 and the residual effects after mitigation are described and 9.8.15 The habitat loss for permanent and temporary land requirements have been their significance assessed in Section 9.11. calculated using the most up to date design information and locational details for: 9.8.8 Construction and operational effects for each feature are detailed in Tables 1 to 21 site compounds haul roads, soil storage areas and statutory undertakers works and in Appendix 9.4. Impacts are described as per the guidance set out in DMRB IAN soil storage areas provided by the contractor. Permanent and temporary habitat 130/1064. Impacts on designated site habitats and protected species are losses are detailed in Table 9-8. summarised in Table 9 -9 of this Chapter. 9.8.16 The proposals would result in long-term direct loss of habitat within the area of permanent works, and short-term loss of habitat for temporary construction uses such as work compounds, storage areas and site access roads. Permanent and 64 Interim Advice Note 130/10 Ecology and Nature Conservation: Criteria for Impact Assessment temporary losses during construction have been calculated for each habitat type

87

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

(see Table 9-8) measured in hectares (ha) (See Figure 2.2 for the area of Nature temporary and permanent works, and the Environmental Masterplan for the full area Conservation Key Potential Impacts During construction Feature of the Scheme including environmental mitigation works). Importance and operation Table 9-8: Summary of habitat loss (measurements in ha or meters for (Value) linear features such as hedgerows) sites. operation. (SSSIs - (For details on construction impacts refer to Table 1 in West Farm Appendix 9.4). Permanent Temporary Habitat Type Total Area Meadow (For details on operational impacts refer to details land-take land-take SSSI.. refer to Table 12 in Appendix 9.4).

Amenity Grassland 8.43 2.87 5.56 Non statutory County (Medium) Loss of broad-leaved plantation woodland within Arable 16.25 5.33 10.92 designated Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS as part of the footprint of Broad-leaved Plantation Woodland 7.46 2.58 4.88 sites (Mount the proposals and for enabling works for power line Pleasant diversions. Dense/Continuous Scrub 7.06 2.22 4.84 Marsh LWS, Loss of a strip of improved grassland/ marshy Improved Grassland 2.04 2.04 0 Boldon lake grassland within Boldon Lake LWS adjacent to A184 Mixed Plantation Woodland 1.05 0.47 0.58 LWS and due to clearance works for NMU provisions. River Don Poor Semi-improved Grassland 2.96 0.75 2.21 Disturbance through lighting or noise during LWS). Semi-improved Neutral Grassland 7.56 1.96 5.6 construction and operation. Swamp 0.06 0 0.06 Minor loss of riparian habitat (c.5m) for installation of Tall Ruderal 3.83 2.45 1.38 outfalls to River Don LWS. Introduced Shrub 0.01 0.01 0 Potential indirect effects through severance /fragmentation Total 56.75 20.68 36.08 Pollution or sedimentation of aquatic habitats during 9.8.17 In addition to the above approximately 6 km of species poor hedgerow (including construction and operation. intact, defunct and species poor hedgerows with trees combined) would be lost as part of the proposals. This would comprise 3.2 km of permanent loss and 2.8 km of (For details on construction impacts refer to Table 2 in temporary loss. Appendix 9.4). 9.8.18 Habitat loss, the proposals may result in terrestrial habitat fragmentation/severance (For details on operational impacts refer to details of terrestrial habitats, starting in the construction phase and continuing during refer to Table 13 in Appendix 9.4). operation. Where the A19 is widened this could present an increased physical barrier, which would have implications for all faunal groups in the survey area Habitats. Various habitats Permanent (c.20.68 ha) and Temporary (c.36.08 ha) primarily through reduction in resource availability and limiting population migration types ranging loss of habitats predominately arable and grasslands and colonisation. Habitats are at risk of accidental and un-mitigated pollution from Regional Increased fragmentation /severance of habitats through spills of chemicals and other liquids such as oils and petrochemicals during (Medium) to adjacent to the proposals and linear features construction. Negligible (Very potentially used as wildlife corridors. Low) importance. Summary impact assessment Pollution or sedimentation of aquatic habitats during construction and operation. 9.8.19 Table 9-9 below provides a summary of the impact assessment provided in Tables 1 to 21 in Appendix 9.3. (For details on construction impacts refer to Tables 3 Table 9-9: Ecological impact assessment summary and 4 in Appendix 9.4). (For details on operational impacts refer to details Nature refer to Table 14 in Appendix 9.4). Conservation Key Potential Impacts During construction Feature Importance and operation Amphibians Local (Low) Permanent/temporary loss of suitable terrestrial (Value) (Common habitat. Toad SoPI) Increased risk of direct mortality through site Statutory National (High) Potential indirect effects through disturbance from clearance operations. designated lighting, noise or vibration during construction and

88

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Nature Nature Conservation Key Potential Impacts During construction Conservation Key Potential Impacts During construction Feature Feature Importance and operation Importance and operation (Value) (Value) Increased fragmentation /severance of suitable terrestrial and aquatic breeding habitats. Pollution or sedimentation of aquatic habitats during construction and operation.

(For details on construction impacts refer to Table 5 in Appendix 9.4). Barn owl County (Medium) Permanent/temporary loss of suitable foraging/hunting (For details on operational impacts refer to details habitat. refer to Table 15 in Appendix 9.4). Increased risk of direct mortality through vehicle strike Breeding County (Medium) Permanent/temporary loss of suitable nesting/ during construction and operational phase. Birds breeding and foraging habitats. Increased fragmentation /severance of suitable Increased risk of direct mortality through site hunting areas and potential roosting/nesting sites. clearance operations (vegetation removal and vehicle Disturbance through visual, lighting and noise during strike). construction and operation. Increased risk of direct mortality through vehicle strike during operational phase. (For details on construction impacts refer to Table 7 in Increased fragmentation /severance of suitable Appendix 9.4). nesting/breeding and foraging habitats. (For details on operational impacts refer to details Disturbance through visual disturbance, lighting and refer to Table 17 in Appendix 9.4). noise during construction and operation. Badger Local (Low) N/A – no badger evidence recorded in survey area. (For details on construction impacts refer to Table 6 in Appendix 9.4). Bats County (Medium) Permanent/temporary loss of potentially suitable roosting, commuting and foraging habitat. (For details on operational impacts refer to details refer to Table 16 in Appendix 9.4). (no known roosts would be lost) Increased fragmentation /severance of foraging areas and commuting routes. Wintering County (Medium) Permanent/temporary loss of suitable overwintering Increased risk of direct mortality through site Birds areas such as arable stubble fields and winter food clearance operations (vegetation removal) affecting sources such as hedgerows. roost sites. Increased risk of direct mortality through site Disturbance through lighting and noise during clearance operations (vegetation removal and vehicle construction and operation. strike).

Increased risk of direct mortality through vehicle strike during operational phase. (For details on construction impacts refer to Table 8 in Appendix 9.4). Increased fragmentation /severance of overwintering areas and winter food sources. (For details on operational impacts refer to Table 18 in Appendix 9.4). Disturbance through visual disturbance, lighting and noise during construction and operation.

(For details on construction impacts refer to Table 6 in Appendix 9.4). (For details on operational impacts refer to details refer to Table 16 in Appendix 9.4).

89

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Nature 9.9 Mitigation Conservation Key Potential Impacts During construction Feature Importance and operation 9.9.1 Mitigation measures were developed to prevent, reduce or offset potential effects (Value) and are reported in outline in each of the following sub-sections. Mitigation measures were developed using the following framework for the proposals: Water Vole County (Medium) Minor loss of riparian habitat (c.5m) for installation of outfalls to River Don LWS. (No anticipated direct  Effective avoidance through design change; impacts to water vole burrows).  Prohibition of damaging activities; Increased risk of direct mortality through site clearance operations (vegetation removal).  Minimisation of potential effect; Increased fragmentation /severance of suitable  Habitat creation; riparian habitats along the River Don LWS. Pollution or sedimentation of aquatic habitats during  Habitat management/improvement; construction and operation.  Translocation of habitat and/or species; and

 Programming implications. (For details on construction impacts refer to Table 9 in Appendix 9.4). 9.9.2 Where reasonably practical, mitigation measures were developed to avoid (For details on operational impacts refer to Table 19 in potentially negative ecological effects, especially those that could be significant, and Appendix 9.4). reduce potential negative effects that could not be avoided. Otter County (Medium) Minor loss of riparian habitat (c.5m) for installation of 9.9.3 An overall package of mitigation has been set out to meet the needs of all outfalls to River Don LWS. ecological features identified in this assessment of ecological effects. This holistic Increased risk of direct mortality through site approach was used as a number of features could have the same requirements in clearance operations (vegetation removal). terms of habitat creation, connectivity, and juxtaposition of different habitats. Increased fragmentation /severance of suitable 9.9.4 Temporary land requirements for construction, such as haul roads, site compounds riparian habitats along the River Don LWS. and topsoil storage areas, have been located so as to avoid negative impacts or Pollution or sedimentation of aquatic habitats during damage to sensitive ecological features so far as is reasonably practicable. This construction and operation. assessment takes account of preliminary proposals for temporary land requirements, whilst recognising that these proposals may be subject to minor (For details on construction impacts refer to Table 10 change during the detailed design stage, but that sensitive ecological features in Appendix 9.4). would be avoided. The preliminary proposals for temporary works have been (For details on operational impacts refer to Table 20 in adjusted following ecological and other environmental advice on their location and Appendix 9.4). on ground preparation, management and reinstatement of temporary works, and Invertebrates Local (Low) Permanent/temporary loss of key habitat mosaics similar advice would be sought in respect of any further iteration of the temporary such as riparian margins, hedgerows, arable field works plan. margins and grassland. Designated Sites/Habitats Increased risk of direct mortality through site clearance operations (vegetation removal). 9.9.5 The Environmental Masterplan illustrates the overall habitat creation and planting Pollution or sedimentation of aquatic habitats during proposals for the Scheme. Table 9-10 below summarises the areas of habitat construction and operation. created as part of the proposals. Table 9-10: Habitat creation summary (For details on construction impacts refer to Table 11 in Appendix 9.4). Habitat Type Area Area to be Net (For details on operational impacts refer to Table 21 in Created Permanently Gain Appendix 9.4). (ha) Lost (ha) /Loss (+/-ha) Grassland 8.83 4.75 +4.08 (including: species rich grassland and amenity (excludes grassland with wildflower seeding amenity grassland

90

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Habitat Type Area Area to be Net 9.9.13 The NMU provision requires a small strip of land for permanent widening of the Created Permanently Gain existing path and temporary access for construction of this NMU facility. Habitats (ha) Lost (ha) /Loss within Boldon Lake LWS have deteriorated recently due to lack of (+/-ha) positive/sympathetic management to maintain the diversity of flora species, incorporated). habitat type especially in the grassland areas. given its 9.9.14 Therefore, it has been agreed in principal that time-limited habitat enhancement limited works would be undertaken for the duration of the construction period and the ecological contractual maintenance period, management activities would be undertaken as value) part of the proposals with the objective of improving the grassland botanical Woodland (incorporating native broadleaved 2.07 3.05 -0.98 diversity at the site. The details are to be confirmed and agreed through the species). mechanism of a Statement of Common Ground. The following is a brief description Scrub/tree and shrub planting. 1.39 2.22 -0.83 of the proposals for Boldon Lake LWS. Total 12.28 12.89 +2.27 9.9.15 In brief, to restore the habitat to species rich grassland it is recommended that all vegetation (apart from semi-mature and mature trees) in the area shown on the Environmental Master Plan (and in Plate 1 below) is cut back annually in 9.9.6 As identified in Table 9-10 above there would be net gain in habitat types assessed September or October. This timing will allow late-flowering species to set seed as being of county importance or above. However there would be a net loss of before the vegetation is mown. The arisings from the cutting should be removed to habitats of .lower ecological value such as amenity grassland or arable. prevent an accumulation of plant litter which can smother new growth and cause nutrient build up in the soil. Once the initial management has been completed the 9.9.7 In addition 3.8 km of hedgerow/linear tree and shrubs would be planted as shown site would be divided in to a number of compartments (See Plate 1) that would be on the Environmental Masterplan. managed on a rotational basis annually throughout the agreed aftercare period. 9.9.8 Temporary habitat loss would be restored to previous land use as part of the Plate 1: Suggested division of the LWS for the recommended proposals. management schedule (Aftercare – see Table 9-17) 9.9.9 Although the primary function of attenuation ponds is for drainage, the areas of open water habitat and associated landscape planting of these areas is likely to have a secondary biodiversity function; and is likely to provide a resource for amphibians and waterfowl. As such, balancing pond features are not considered as mitigation proposals but recognised for their secondary ecological function. The proposals for these areas have been developed in consultation with Jacobs’ ecologists and are shown on the Environmental Masterplan. 9.9.10 The majority of the proposed woodland planting would be located to the north west of Testos Junction as shown on the Environmental Masterplan. This is intended to compensate for the loss of broad-leaved plantation woodland within Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS as part of the area of the proposals and for the enabling works for power line diversions. 9.9.11 Habitat creation as part of the proposals amounts to approximately 12 ha, which would be managed and maintained as part of the aftercare for the proposals with biodiversity as a key objective. It is considered that this would compensate for the permanent habitat loss of 20.68ha, the majority of which is arable or pastoral farmland and is not currently managed for a biodiversity benefit. Therefore although

there is no net gain in terms of habitat area, it is likely that a net gain in quality of habitat would be achieved. 9.9.16 This area of land to be managed is additional to the areas detailed in Table 9-10. 9.9.12 Consultation with South Tyneside Council (Countryside Officer - Clare Rawcliffe) Amphibians has been undertaken in 2016 to discuss impacts at Boldon Lake LWS due to the 9.9.17 Given the results of the amphibian survey no European protected amphibian provision of Non-Motorised Users (NMU) access adjacent to the A184 east of species (GCN) are currently present, thus no direct impacts have been identified Testos Junction as part of the proposals. and no requirement for essential mitigation. However, common toad has been recorded in various ponds in the survey area specifically at Boldon lake LWS and

91

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS. This species is listed as a Species of Principal 9.9.21 In addition to the above as an enhancement measure nest boxes would be provided Importance (SoPI) under Section 41 of the NERC Act 2006. The NERC Act places in suitable locations (in woodland and on mature trees) such as Elliscope Farm a duty of care on public authorities to: protect important habitats and species, and to East/ Hylton Bridge LWS and retained habitats at Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS as actively seek opportunities to enhance biodiversity through development proposals, part of the enhancements for the proposals. This would be subject to 3rd party where appropriate. agreement. 9.9.18 The habitat creation proposals as shown on the Environmental Masterplan) include Barn owl woodland and wetland creation. These habitat types would be of benefit to the local amphibian population. As such, with the full implementation of habitat creation 9.9.22 Table 9-12 below identifies the best practice mitigation measures that would be areas, and the secondary benefit from attenuation ponds, the maintenance of the undertaken for barn owls. favourable conservation status of common toad at a local level is likely to be Table 9-12: Barn Owl Mitigation / Enhancement Measures achieved. Mitigation/Enhancement Measures 9.9.19 In addition some general measures would be implemented to safeguard common toad populations in the survey area, as follows:  Where possible planting for the proposals would take in to account general habitat requirements for barn owl and seek to install low-flight obstructions (tall hedges or lines of  Site compounds and storage areas to be located away from known common closely spaced trees to act as commuting corridors and reduce the risk of barn owl vehicle toad breeding ponds and other aquatic habitats that may support breeding strike. populations of amphibians;  C.3.8 km of linear tree and shrub planting would be created as part of the proposals (as shown on the Environmental Masterplan) which would seek to connect severed ends of  Ecological clerk of works to be present during site clearance operations in hedgerows to re-establish wildlife commuting corridors. This would benefit barn owl sensitive habitats adjacent to known breeding ponds; through maintaining important foraging and commuting corridors in the survey area and  Where possible material from site clearance works would be used to create channel them away from the road network. additional refugia and/or hibernacula within Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS and  Night working would be avoided where possible especially in proximity to known barn owl Boldon Lake LWS to improve the suitability of terrestrial habitat. roosts. If it cannot be avoided, it would be restricted in the vicinity of likely commuting routes and valuable areas of foraging habitat. (i.e. hedgerows should not be illuminated Breeding/wintering birds nor have generators placed next to them). In addition lighting for the operational proposals would avoid illuminating habitats adjacent to the proposals through the use of directional 9.9.20 Table 9-11 below identifies the best practice measures that would be undertaken to lighting, reduced lighting column height (where appropriate), baffles, cowls, landscaping, mitigate the effects of the proposals on birds (wintering and/or breeding). and the use of screens.. Table 9-11: General Bird Mitigation Measures Bats Mitigation Measures/Enhancement Measures 9.9.23 Bats have been recorded foraging and commuting across the survey area in several  Vegetation to be retained/lost (including trees and scrubs) would be clearly demarcated locations however no bat roosts have been identified. with an agreed marking system with the contractor to avoid encroachment into areas of 9.9.24 Habitat creation as part of the landscape proposals have been developed with the sensitive bird habitat such as dense scrub or woodland. requirements of bats and maintaining suitable flight lines and foraging features in  Vegetation removal as part of the site clearance would consider the potential for nesting mind. birds to be present. Where possible vegetation removal would be scheduled to occur outside the bird breeding season. Therefore vegetation removal would occur from late 9.9.25 Table 9-13 below identifies the best practice mitigation measures that would be August through to February inclusive. implemented for bats.  If vegetation removal during the bird nesting season cannot be avoided, precautionary Table 9-13: Bat Mitigation Measures nesting bird surveys would be required. If nesting birds are identified then protective buffer zones around each nest would be required and vegetation removal within that Mitigation/Enhancement Measures buffer may have to be postponed until all the young have fledged or the nest is  Where possible planting for the proposals would take in to account general habitat abandoned. requirements for bats and seek to create rough grassland habitat and to replace severed  The proposed landscape planting would include native species of local provenance that linkages/ commuting corridors such as hedgerows through translocations and/ or new provide suitable nesting areas or a source of food at different times of year such as planting and ditches through habitat creation. blackthorn, hawthorn, bramble and teasel.  No bat roosts have been recorded in trees surveyed as part of the baseline data gathering  Where possible night time working would be kept to a minimum during the construction for the proposals. However as a general precaution any felling of trees with significant period. In addition lighting for the operational proposals would avoid illuminating habitats (moderate or high) bat roost potential, should be undertaken in autumn, between late adjacent to the proposals through the use of directional lighting, reduced lighting column August and October/early November following a check of the potential roost features and height (where appropriate), baffles, cowls, landscaping, and the use of screens. soft felling protocols (where required). This is because bats do not have dependent young

92

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Mitigation/Enhancement Measures would be less likely to seek alternative routes other than the existing culvert to at this time and are not hibernating and should therefore be active enough to escape traverse the A19. harm if proper precautions are taken. 9.9.30 Table 9-15 below identifies the best practice mitigation measures that would be  The effect on bats and disturbance to adjacent habitats can be minimised by: reducing the implemented for otter. amount of lighting installed; the use of low pressure sodium lamps, or high pressure sodium instead of mercury or metal halide lamps; reducing the brightness (potentially at Table 9-15: Otter Mitigation certain times of night); and reducing the height of lighting columns. The brightness would Mitigation/Enhancement Measures be kept as low as possible and light spill reduced by directing the beam downwards and using hoods cowls, screens, and appropriate landscaping.(Bat Conservation Trust & The  Construction of the outfall to the River Don would be done under a precautionary method Institution of Lighting Engineers, 2009) of working as directed by a suitably qualified ecologist/ Ecological Clerk of Works.  Night working should be avoided where possible. If it cannot be avoided, it should be  In addition no steep-sided, deep and/or water-filled excavations would be left uncovered restricted in the vicinity of known bat commuting routes and valuable areas of foraging overnight as otters could fall in and become trapped. Any major excavations that need to habitat. (i.e. commuting routes should not be illuminated nor have generators placed next be left uncovered overnight would have their slopes battered. If it is necessary to leave to them). small deep, steep-sided or water-filled excavations open overnight they would be protected with suitable fencing. 9.9.26 As an enhancement measure bat boxes should be provided in suitable locations (in  Night working should be avoided where possible. If it cannot be avoided, it should be woodland and on mature trees) such as Elliscope Farm East/ Hylton Bridge LWS restricted in the vicinity of known commuting routes and valuable areas of foraging and retained habitats at Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS as part of the enhancements habitat. (i.e. River Don). rd for the proposals. This would be subject to 3 party agreement and is therefore not taken into account in assessing impacts. Invertebrates Water vole 9.9.31 Table 9-16 below identifies the best practice mitigation measures that should be 9.9.27 Water vole activity has been identified on the River Don in the vicinity of an outfall implemented for invertebrates. location due to be constructed as part of the proposals. Given the small Table 9-16: Invertebrates Mitigation construction footprint of the outfall (c.5m of linear bankside habitat) it is currently anticipated that water vole can be displaced from this section of the River Don Mitigation/Enhancement Measures through a process of habitat manipulation/displacement. Table 9-14 identifies the  Where possible planting for the proposals would take in to account general habitat best practice mitigation measures that would be implemented for water vole. requirements for invertebrates and seek to create rough grassland habitat and to replace Table 9-14: Water Vole Mitigation / Enhancement Measures severed linkages such as hedgerows.  Aquatic invertebrates: All fuel, oil and chemicals would be stored in accordance with the Mitigation/Enhancement Measures requirements of the Control of Pollution (Oil Storage) Regulations 2001. The construction  Displacement required for outfall construction would be undertaken under an agreed plant would be refuelled in designated areas on an impermeable surface, away from method statement prepared by a suitably qualified ecologist. In brief displacement would drains and watercourses. If any refuelling did need to take place in other areas of the site, involve a staged denuding of vegetation/bankside habitat via hand strimming under a prescribed safe method would be used. An emergency spill plan would be generated supervision of a suitably qualified ecologist. and spill kits would be available at appropriate locations. The implementation of these  A method statement detailing the sensitive management of highways ditches for water measures would be managed through the CEMP. vole should be prepared in advance of the proposals becoming operational.  Aquatic invertebrates: Temporary soil storage areas would require temporary drainage arrangements to be put in place to capture construction site run-off and to settle out silt that would be mobilised during construction. The implementation of these measures would be managed through the CEMP.  Aquatic invertebrates: Interceptors would be included in the drainage design to prevent Otter contaminated runoff reaching habitats. 9.9.28 No holts have been identified in the area proposed for construction of the outfall  Aquatic invertebrates: Attenuation ponds built into drainage design would minimise therefore no specific mitigation for loss of habitat or otter holts is required. contaminants and sediments reaching aquatic habitats. 9.9.29 Based on the current proposals and survey data it is unlikely that there would be an increased risk of direct mortality due to vehicle strike. Therefore no specific Invasive species mitigation is required such as otter proof fencing or underpasses. This is further 9.9.32 Japanese knotweed stands are located on the embankments of a B28 footbridge supplemented by the drainage design for the proposals that would reduce the that crosses the A19. In addition a small stand of Japanese knotweed likelihood of large fluctuations in water levels on the River Don. Therefore otters approximately 2m2 on the on the road verge adjacent to Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS was noted.

93

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

9.9.33 This species is listed on Schedule 9 (Section 14) of the Wildlife and Countryside Act Monitoring Proposal Timing 1981 which makes it an offence to actively plant or otherwise cause the species to to be discussed and agreed with all grow in the wild. Additionally, under The Environmental Protection Act 1990, stakeholders but would comprise the Japanese knotweed is classed as ‘controlled waste’ and as such must be disposed following as a minimum: of safely at a licensed landfill site according to the Environmental Protection Act  Inspection surveys of the bat boxes erected as (Duty of Care) Regulations 1991. Soil containing knotweed roots can be regarded part of enhancement to determine use in the as contaminated and, if taken off a site, must be disposed of at a suitably licensed post construction period – (conditional on 3rd landfill site. party agreement for installation of boxes and access for monitoring). 9.9.34 Where construction activities (specifically excavation, vegetation clearance or The monitoring programme would also tracking of machinery) within 7m of Japanese knotweed is required, an appropriate include actions to resolve any failures in the management plan should be produced by a suitably competent contractor to ensure mitigation or enhancement measures. the proposed works can be undertaken within the provisions of appropriate Barn Owls During Construction – Regular legislation and Codes of Practice. The management plan would detail methods of Aim – To monitor barn owl activity during monitoring by a suitably qualified control and disposal. The implementation of any management plan would be Ecological Clerk of Works (EcOW) addressed through measures detailed in the CEMP. and post construction to identify any increased risk of RTA’s. according to an agreed programme to be determined. 9.10 Monitoring and maintenance The monitoring programme would also include actions to resolve any additional Post - construction – Bi-annual site visits measures required. and environmental record centre record 9.10.1 The aim of the monitoring proposals put forward here, is to identify any change in checks to identify recorded barn owl RTAs status between ES publication and construction and to determine the success of the and general barn owl activity in the area mitigation measures post construction. The monitoring /aftercare period should and also to determine the current status of extend a minimum of 5 years post construction. A monitoring visit should be previous identified roosts/nesting sites completed in the “future year” (2036) of the proposals to assess the operational during the aftercare period (conditional on impacts of the Scheme. 3rd party agreement for access). Table 9-17: Proposed Monitoring Water Vole Pre-Construction – Update surveys in Aim – To monitor water vole activity prior to Spring and Autumn prior to constuction to Monitoring Proposal Timing construction commencing in 2015 and determine current water vole status in the Habitat Creation/Enhancement Areas During Construction – Regular during/post construction. study area. Aim – Monitor the success of the planting monitoring by a suitably qualified During Construction – Regular proposals (woodland and hedge planting Ecological Clerk of Works (EcOW) monitoring by a suitably qualified especially) and wetland creation. In according to an agreed programme to be Ecological Clerk of Works (EcOW) addition monitoring of the management determined through the according to an agreed programme to be work at Boldon Lake LWS to determine the construction/aftercare programme. determined through Natural England establishment of grassland habitats. Post construction – Continue annually licence and construction programme. The monitoring programme to be agreed until end of aftercare period. Post construction – Continue annually as with all stakeholders, in particular to decide specified by natural England licence. what the indicators of success would be. Otter Pre-Construction – Update surveys in This could include the successful Aim – To monitor otter activity during and Spring and Autumn prior to construction to establishment of certain species, or % post construction to identify any increased determine current otter status in the study cover of certain botanical species. risk of RTA’s. area. The monitoring programme would also The monitoring programme would also During Construction – Regular include actions to resolve any failures in the include actions to resolve any additional monitoring of River Don and crossing mitigation. measures required. points/culverts by a suitably qualified Post construction – annual intervals until Ecological Clerk of Works (EcOW) according to an agreed programme to be Bats end of the aftercare period. determined. Aim – To monitor the success of Post construction – Bi-annual site visits enhancement measure put in place to and environmental record centre record reduce the effects of the proposals on bats. checks to identify general otter activity in The exact nature of this monitoring needs the survey area during the aftercare period.

94

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

9.11 Residual impacts and their significance Overall Significance of Overall Significance of impact Feature Operational impacts. in the during construction (2019) 9.11.1 The Overall residual impact for the proposals at opening year (2018) range from not design year (2036) significant to significant at a local level only depending on the sensitivity of the ecological feature(s) affected. With the successful implementation of the mitigation Wintering Birds Significant at a local level only. Not Significant measures detailed herein, the proposals would result in Neutral (i.e. Not Significant) impacts in the Opening Year, with potential specific benefits by design (For details on construction impacts (For details on operational impacts year (2031), particularly if the additional enhancement measures are also refer to Table 6 in Appendix 9.4). refer to details refer to Table 16 in implemented. Appendix 9.4).

9.11.2 Table 9-18 provides a summary of the impact significance assuming the successful Barn owl Significant at a local level only. Not Significant implementation of mitigation/enhancement measures and adherence to best

practice working methods as detailed in Sections 9.9 and 9.10. (For details on construction impacts (For details on operational impacts refer to Table 7 in Appendix 9.4). refer to details refer to Table 17 in Appendix 9.4). Table 9-18: Ecological impact assessment summary Badger N/A – no badger evidence recorded N/A – no badger evidence recorded Overall Significance of Overall Significance of impact in survey area. in survey area. Feature Operational impacts. in the during construction (2019) design year (2036) Bats Not Significant Not Significant

Statutory designated Not Significant Not Significant sites. (For details on construction impacts (For details on operational impacts refer to Table 8 in Appendix 9.4). refer to Table 18 in Appendix 9.4). (SSSIs - West Farm (For details on construction impacts (For details on operational impacts Meadow SSSI.. refer to Table 1 in Appendix 9.4). refer to details refer to Table 12 in Water Vole Significant at a local level only. Not Significant Appendix 9.4).

(For details on construction impacts (For details on operational impacts Non statutory Significant at a local level only. Not Significant refer to Table 9 in Appendix 9.4). refer to Table 19 in Appendix 9.4). designated sites (Mount Pleasant (For details on construction impacts (For details on operational impacts Marsh LWS, Boldon Otter Significant at a local level only. Not Significant refer to Table 2 in Appendix 9.4). refer to details refer to Table 13 in lake LWS and River Appendix 9.4). Don LWS). (For details on construction impacts (For details on operational impacts

refer to Table 10 in Appendix 9.4). refer to Table 20 in Appendix 9.4). Habitats. Significant at a local level only. Not Significant Invertebrates Not Significant Not Significant

(For details on construction impacts (For details on operational impacts (For details on construction impacts (For details on operational impacts refer to Tables 3 and 4 in Appendix refer to details refer to Table 14 in refer to Table 11 in Appendix 9.4). refer to Table 21 in Appendix 9.4). 9.4). Appendix 9.4). Amphibians (Common Significant at a local level only. Not Significant Toad SoPI) (For details on construction impacts (For details on operational impacts 9.12 Cumulative effects refer to Table 5 in Appendix 9.4). refer to details refer to Table 15 in Appendix 9.4). 9.12.1 Individual potential effects on ecological features have been assessed in detail in Breeding Birds Significant at a local level only. Not Significant Tables 1 to 21 in Appendix 9.4. Intra–project impacts from likely cumulative effects have been considered in light of the significance of these individual effects and their likely interactions in the context of the size and scale of the proposals. It is (For details on construction impacts (For details on operational impacts refer to Table 6 in Appendix 9.4). refer to details refer to Table 16 in considered that the cumulative effects of the proposals would be Not Significant Appendix 9.4). given the design elements and mitigation measures proposed. Cumulative impacts of other projects and plans are discussed in details in Chapter 15 of this ES.

95

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

CHAPTER 10 GEOLOGY AND SOILS

Executive summary  Soil deterioration and consolidation; An assessment of the impact of the construction and operation of the proposed road  Creation of dust during construction; development on the geology and soils of the area was undertaken in accordance with the  Potentially contaminated land; and Design Manual for Roads and Bridges (DMRB) guidance65, using a generic sensitivity- magnitude-significance methodology. This has allowed the sensitivity of the site to be  Earthworks balance. determined by identifying potential receptors and the impacts of the Scheme on those 10.1.4 It should be noted that earthworks balance is addressed only in brief as this is dealt receptors, and has informed the development of appropriate mitigation measures. with in more detail in Chapter 11, Materials. The geological and geomorphological features of the local landscape are not highly sensitive The two-bridge option and the single-bridge option to the effects of highway construction and operation. Groundwater resources in the study area are of local importance. An assessment of agricultural land in the study area has shown 10.1.5 Consideration has been given to the two different options for carrying the A19 over it all falls into Agricultural Land Classification Grade 3b, which is of moderate quality. Limited the roundabout at Testos Junction. The difference in design is very localised, being site investigation has not identified any significant risks associated with existing contaminated limited to the immediate area of the roundabout at Testos Junction itself. This may land or old mine workings, although such risks cannot be ruled out entirely. In the event that affect factors such as foundation design, but there are no known environmentally such land is encountered, contaminated soils / excavated materials would be handled, sensitive geological or soils receptors in this location that would be affected in a managed and disposed of appropriately. significantly different way by the two designs. For this reason, the assessments contained in this chapter are considered equally valid for both options. Slight impacts have been identified relating to the re-use or disposal of excavated soil, mineral resources, soil deterioration, creation of dust and changes to surface water and groundwater flow regimes. With the implementation of relevant mitigation measures, the 10.2 Limitations of the assessment residual impact on the geology and soils of the site is considered to be slight adverse. 10.2.1 The findings contained within this section are based on information obtained from a variety of sources, as detailed in Section 10.5, which are considered to be reliable. 10.1 Introduction Nevertheless, the authenticity and reliability of the information cannot be guaranteed. Further, it is possible that the research carried out, whilst fully 10.1.1 Geology and soils are important factors in determining the environmental character appropriate to meet the requirements of the brief, may not indicate the full extent of of an area. Underlying rocks are key determinants of landform, while the physical conditions across the site and the existence of other important information sources. and chemical properties of rocks and the overlying soils influence the type and Assuming such sources exist, their information would not have been used in the variety of vegetation that will grow, agricultural quality, flood risk and water storage formulation of the findings and options presented in this report. capacity. In some cases, historic land uses have resulted in changes to the geology and soils, for instance by introducing contaminants as a result of industrial 10.2.2 The assessment of the ALC of the areas which would be affected by temporary and activity or by replacing or infilling natural strata with waste (landfill). permanent land take for the Scheme was undertaken via desk study of available information, farmer interviews and a land drainage walkover. Therefore, at this 10.1.2 Highway construction can have a significant effect on soil and geological resources stage of development of the Scheme, no detailed soil resources investigation of the while the nature and condition of the soils and underlying rocks can be a key areas which would be temporarily affected and returned to agriculture on constraint on a scheme design. completion of the works has been undertaken. This is considered appropriate in the 10.1.3 This chapter addresses the following aspects of geology and soils: circumstances of the project, given that the effect on these areas would be  Geology and geomorphology (the structure, original and development of temporary. topographical features of the land, e.g. hills and valleys); 10.3 Legislative and policy background  Agricultural land comprising Agricultural Land Classification (ALC) grade and soil resources; National Policy  Designated sites, i.e. sites protected by law or policy because of their geological 10.3.1 National policy relevant to the scope of potential effects on Geology and Soils is importance; outlined in Table 10-1.  Mining and mineral extraction;

65 DMRB guidance, Volume 11, Section 3, Part 11 (Geology and Soils), HMSO

96

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Table 10-1: Relevant National Policies National Policy Relevant Paragraph How the policy has been assessed National Policy Relevant Paragraph How the policy has been assessed affected by contamination or land stability issues, National Networks Geology and soils is not The NNNPS sets out the responsibility for securing a National Planning covered as a specific generic Government’s vision and policy safe development rests with Policy Statement impact in the NNNPS. against which the SoS will make the developer and/or (NNNPS) (Designated Geology and soils is referred decisions on applications for landowner”. January 2015) to in the following section of development consent for nationally Paragraph 121 states that the NNNPS: significant infrastructure projects on planning decisions should the strategic road and rail networks. ensure that:

Biodiversity and ecological “the site is suitable for its new conservation: paragraphs A full review of the Scheme against use taking account of ground 5.20 to 5.38. the NNNPS is set out in Appendix A conditions and land instability, of the Planning Statement including from natural hazards (document ref TR010020/APP/7.1) or former activities such as mining, pollution arising from National Planning Chapter 11 - Conserving and Potential impacts in relation to previous uses and any Policy Framework Enhancing the Natural agricultural land are covered under proposals for mitigation (NPPF) (March 2012) Environment – promotes the paragraphs 10.6.3 to 10.6.11. including land remediation or protection and enhancement Mitigation measures are detailed impacts on the natural of geological conservation under paragraphs 10.7.2 to 10.7.6. environment arising from that interests and soils as well as Potential impacts in relation to remediation; the remediation and mitigation contaminated land are covered after remediation, as a of despoiled, degraded, under paragraphs 10.6.22 to minimum, land should not be derelict, contaminated and 10.6.26. Mitigation measures are capable of being determined unstable land. detailed under paragraphs 10.7.14 as contaminated land under to 10.7.17. Part IIA of the Environmental Paragraph 112 states that Protection Act 1990; and “local planning authorities adequate site investigation should take into account the information, prepared by a economic and other benefits competent person, is of the best and most versatile presented”. (BMV) agricultural land. The Glossary at Annex 2 to Where significant the NPPF defines BMV land development of agricultural as land in grades 1, 2 and 3a land is demonstrated to be of the ALC. necessary, local planning authorities should seek to use Planning Practice Planning Practice Guidance Potential impacts in relation to areas of poorer quality land in Guidance (PPG) relating to NPPF policies of agricultural land are covered under preference to that of a higher relevance are included under paragraphs 10.6.3 to 10.6.11. quality”. “Brownfield Land, Soils and Mitigation measures are detailed agricultural land” within under paragraphs 10.7.2 to 10.7.6. Paragraph 120 asserts that Natural Environment ” “to prevent unacceptable risks paragraphs 024 and 025, Potential impacts in relation to “Land affected by from pollution and land contaminated land are covered instability, planning policies contamination” paragraphs under paragraphs 10.6.22 to and decisions should ensure 001 to 009 10.6.26. Mitigation measures are that new development is detailed under paragraphs 10.7.14 appropriate for its to 10.7.17. location…Where a site is

97

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

National Policy Relevant Paragraph How the policy has been South Tyneside Relevant Policy How the policy assessed Local Development has been Framework addressed

iv) mudflats; v) rivers and wetlands; vi) species rich neutral grasslands; vii) rocky shores;

D reduce the fragmentation of, improve or extend existing Priority Habitats

E create new Priority Habitats, especially in the Local Policy Habitat Creation Zones of 10.3.2 Local planning policy relevant to the scope of potential effects on Geology and Soils i) Cleadon Hills, is outlined in Table 10-2. ii) Downhill. iii) Iii) River Don Valley Table 10-2: Relevant Policies within the South Tyneside statutory Development Plan iv) Wardley Colliery

South Tyneside Relevant Policy How the policy F protect and strengthen populations of Priority Local Development has been or other protected species Framework addressed

Core Strategy (June Policy ST2 Sustainable Urban Living Potential impacts in G enhance the biodiversity value of wildlife relation to corridors; and 2007) High quality in sustainable urban living will be contaminated land promoted by ensuring that: are covered under H where appropriate, restrict access and usage H) all new development is encouraged to paragraphs 10.6.22 incorporate biodiversity and geological features in order to conserve an area’s biodiversity to 10.6.26. value”. at the design stage. Mitigation measures are Policy EA3 Biodiversity and Geodiversity detailed under Policy EA5 Environmental Protection paragraphs 10.7.14 to 10.7.17. “To complement the regeneration of the “To optimise conditions for wildlife implement the Durham Biodiversity Action Plan and tackle Borough, the Council will control new There are no development so that it: habitat fragmentation the council will: designated A) acts to reduce levels of pollution, geological sites environmental risk and nuisance within the study A secure and enhance the integrity of throughout the Borough; designated sites; area. B) minimises adverse impacts on the

B maintain, enhance, restore and add to Magnesian Limestone Aquifer and its biodiversity and geological conservation associated groundwater protection interests zones; C ensure that new development would result in C) focuses the treatment of contaminated no loss of biodiversity values of the following and derelict land so as to achieve a Priority Habitats: balance between: i) magnesium limestone grassland; i) the management of risk approach in ii) coastal sand dunes; its Contaminated Land Strategy; and iii) maritime cliffs and slopes; ii) the regeneration of the riverside

98

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

South Tyneside Relevant Policy How the policy South Tyneside Relevant Policy How the policy Local Development has been Local Development has been Framework addressed Framework addressed

corridor” available. In such cases, we will use planning conditions and/or planning obligations to Development Policy DM7 Biodiversity and Geodiversity Sites There are no mitigate or compensate for the harmful effects designated of the development, and through good design Management Policies (December 2011) geological sites seek opportunities to incorporate biodiversity “We will protect and enhance the important within the study and geodiversity features into the environmental assets of the borough, including area. development”. part of the most northerly outcrops of magnesian limestone in the country. We will promote and support high quality schemes that enhance nature conservation and management, preserve and restore historic and natural environmental character, and maximise benefits for geological conservation and the enhancement of biodiversity in line with the Durham Biodiversity Action Plan targets. All proposals for development: C) must ensure that any individual or cumulative detrimental impacts on sites are avoided; and D) will only be permitted where they would Site-Specific No relevant policies N/A not adversely affect the integrity, natural Allocations and character or biodiversity and Proposals Map (April geodiversity value of: 2012) i) designated Sites of Special Scientific Interest;

ii) designated Local Wildlife Sites; iii) designated Local Geodiversity 10.3.3 There are no policies relevant to Soils and Geology topic in the City of Sunderland Sites; Unitary Development Plan: Saved Polices (March 2007). iv) designated Local Nature 10.3.4 The Mines and Quarries Act (1954) (as amended) sets out requirements relating to Reserves; abandoned and disused mines and quarries. v) the Cleadon Hills, Boldon Downhill and South Boldon 10.3.5 The Town and Country Planning (Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)) areas of high landscape value (England) Regulations 2011 translate the requirements of the European Council and significance; Environmental Impact Assessment Directive (Directive No. 85/337/EEC as vi) Wildlife Corridors; and amended by Directive No. 97111/EC), in so far as it applies to development under vii) other land that forms part of the the Town and Country Planning Act 1990. borough’s strategic green 10.3.6 Under the above regulations, soil is specifically listed as an aspect of the infrastructure; as shown on the environment which might be significantly affected by a development and, as such Proposals Map. should be considered by an EIA. In addition, the regulations also state that Development within or outside these consideration should be given to likely significant effects resulting from the use of designations will only be approved where the natural resources (such as rocks and minerals), and the emission of pollutants. benefits of development clearly outweigh any adverse impact on the site, and any broader 10.3.7 Part 2A of the Environmental Protection Act 1990 sets out the contaminated land impacts on the national network of Sites of regime for the UK, and requires land to be determined as contaminated if it poses Special Scientific Interest. Exceptions will only an unacceptable risk to human health, controlled waters or the environment. The be made where no reasonable alternatives are proposed development is currently subject to an application for a Development Consent Order and, as such Part 2A is not directly relevant. However, the National

99

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Planning Policy Framework (NPPF) requires that planning policies should ensure  Assessing the impact of the Scheme on the baseline conditions in accordance that, when land has been remediated as part of a development, the land should not with CLR11; and be capable of being determined as contaminated land under Part 2A.  Identifying mitigation measures required to reduce / eliminate potentially 10.3.8 Natural England’s Technical Information Note 049 (TIN049; 2nd edition, 2012) negative impacts. explains that where significant development of agricultural land is demonstrated to 10.4.7 The assessment has considered the following factors: be necessary for a development, local planning authorities should seek to use areas of poorer quality land in preference to that of higher quality. Consultation with  Presence of any nationally or locally designated geological sites; Natural England is required on all applications for non-agricultural developments if  The nature of any contamination present, and how easily and to what extent the proposed after-use is for agriculture or where the loss of BMV agricultural land those contaminants could be mobilised and whether excavated material is agricultural land will be 20 ha or more. potentially chemically suitable for re-use (taking into account the limited 10.4 Assessment approach and method chemical testing data available);  The proximity of any areas of contaminated land within the site to receptors 10.4.1 This chapter reports on the assessment of impacts of the Scheme on the geology 65 such as local residents, flora, fauna and water bodies and the potential for and soils of the study area, following guidance provided in DMRB Volume 11 . contamination present to adversely impact identified receptors; Where no specific guidance is provided for assessment of particular impacts, professional judgement has been used to assess the significance of each impact.  Underlying aquifers; and 10.4.2 No DMRB guidance is available specifically on the categorisation of impacts on  Mineral resources and potential to sterilise these deposits. ALC grade and soil resources. An assessment methodology has therefore been 10.4.8 Impacts on agricultural land and soils are likely to be most significant during the adopted which accords with the generic framework defined in Chapter 5 of this ES, construction phase. Where a specific construction impact is identified, further Approach to Assessment. details are given in the text. 10.4.3 The available guidance does not include methods for determining the magnitude of Study area impacts considered, or for measuring the sensitivity of the receptors to these impacts. There is also no agreed scale against which these factors can be 10.4.9 The Scheme is being predominantly constructed on the line of the existing A19 measured. Each receptor has therefore been assessed on an individual basis, either side of Testos Junction. The study area referred to in this chapter includes based on professional judgement. The sensitivity of receptors and the magnitude of an approximate 500 m stretch of land either side of the existing A19 between impact have been taken into account in assessing the significance of impacts. Downhill Lane and Hedworth. The study area also covers the area of temporary Professional judgement has been used to distinguish between significant and works, where this extends beyond the 500m buffer of the A19. insignificant impacts, but different levels of significance have not been assessed. Data sources This is in line with the approach set out in Chapter 5 of this ES, for topics where no published assessment method is available. 10.4.10 Information has been gathered from the following sources to identify and assess effects on geology and soils: 10.4.4 Using general descriptions from HA 201/0866, the proposed level of assessment is a ‘simple’ assessment due to the anticipated limited potential impacts from / to soils  Envirocheck Report by Landmark Information Group (Report Ref. 20098468 and geology from the Scheme June 2006); 10.4.5 The potential for the following impacts has been considered:  The Coal Authority, Coal Mining Report (Report Ref. 00019381-06, June 2006);  Risks to human health (construction workers and, future site users) from  Valuation Office Agency, Underground Mining Subsidence Letter (Ref 1044197, potentially contaminated soils within the study area; August 2006);  Risks to groundwater and surface water arising from the presence of leachable  State Veterinary Service (Ref. Burial Sites, September 2006); contamination in soils present within the study area;  British Geological Survey, Sheet 21, Sunderland. Solid and Drift (1:50,000 –  The potential loss of or damage to agricultural soils; and 1978);  Risks from uncontrolled leaks and spills during construction.  British Geological Survey, Geology of the Country around Sunderland. Memoir 10.4.6 The assessment includes: for Geological Sheet 21. (1994);  A19 Testos Junction Improvement DMRB Stage 2 Assessment: Agriculture 66 DMRB Volume 11, Section 2, Part 1 – General Principles and Guidance of Environmental Impact Assessment, (Acorus, December 2006); 2008  Environmental Impact Assessment Scoping Report, Jacobs (July 2014);

100

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

 EIA Scoping Report Consultation Response, Northumbria Area Team, Natural the geotechnical reporting, investigation, assessment and certification procedures England (August 2014); as detailed in HD 22/0867.  The Coal Authority, Non-Residential Coal Authority Mining Report 10.4.15 In addition, there is much overlap with other sections of this report, namely in terms (Ref. 51000597515001, August 2014); of:  Valuation Office Agency, Underground Mining Subsidence Letter  Creation of dust (see Chapter 6 Air Quality); (Ref. 1514843, August 2014);  Materials and earthworks balance (see Chapter 11 Materials); and  Envirocheck Report by Landmark Information Group (Report Ref. 60056669  Changes to surface water flows and groundwater regimes (see Chapter 14, September 2014); Road Drainage and the Water Environment).  Scoping Opinion, the Planning Inspectorate (September 2014); 10.5 Baseline conditions  Agricultural Land Classification report, soil descriptions and map, ‘Elliscope Farm’ (MAFF, February 1992) supplied by Natural England (October 2014); Geology  MAGIC.gov website – data on strategic AL and soil types (last accessed 10.5.1 The superficial geology of the study area is presented in Figure 10.1. The figure December 2014); also shows the site to be underlain by a sequence of deposits, comprising:  A19/A184 Testos Junction Improvement, Preliminary Land Estimate drawings,  Made Ground; Jacobs (March 2017); and  Pelaw Clay;  A19/A184 Testos Junction Improvement, General Arrangement Plan, Jacobs (March 2017).  Tyne and Wear Complex; and 10.4.11 Previous geotechnical studies and investigations concerning the site include:  Durham Lower Boulder Clay.  Northeast Package B, Testos Junction Improvement, Preliminary Sources 10.5.2 Made Ground was encountered across the site during the ground investigation, it Study Report, Jacobs UK Ltd (Report Ref. B0140300/OD/04 Rev. A, September was generally less than 1.25 m thick. Descriptions of this material are suggestive of 2006); reworked natural origin soils, with much of this material described as slightly sandy, slightly gravelly clay with gravel, slag, concrete and brick fragments as well as root  A19 Testos Junction Improvement, Boldon, Ground Investigation Final Factual fragments. Localised areas of granular Made Ground were recorded at Downhill Report, Costain Geotechnical Services (Contract No. 018936/3766, May 2007); Lane Junction and Testos Junction, where this material was described as yellowish  Northeast Package B, A19 Testos Junction Improvement, Geotechnical Report, brown to dark grey, brown, slightly clayey to clayey, sandy gravel of sandstone, Jacobs UK Ltd, (Report Ref. B0140300/OD/34 Rev. O, March 2007); and limestone and igneous lithologies.  A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement, Ground Investigation Report, Jacobs 10.5.3 The Pelaw Clay stratum is a slightly overconsolidated clay of glaciolacustrine origin UK Ltd. (Report Reference B0140300/OD/104 Rev 0, October 2014). and is described in the geological memoir for the site as “slightly reddish brown to dark brown, blocky, silty clay that contains scatter to abundant pebbles and small 10.4.12 Site visits to farms within the study area, identified by previous Acorus surveys, cobbles”. It is typically 1.0 m to 2.0 m thick but can be locally up to 4.5 m thick and interviews with farmers and land managers and a site walkover were carried out is generally situated beneath the made ground strata, where encountered. between October and November 2014. Farmers were re-interviewed in 2016 and information was gathered regarding potentially affected farmland, including soil 10.5.4 The superficial deposits immediately underlying the Pelaw Clay are collectively type, land drainage characteristics, cropping regime and likely ALC grade. grouped under the name “Tyne and Wear Complex”. These deposits are typically between 5 m and 15 m thick, although thicknesses of more than 55 m have been 10.4.13 None of the potential impacts on geology and soils can be predicted with certainty, recorded. The deposits are predominantly cohesive in nature with a band of more rather, they are risks that may or may not occur. The general methodology granular material at the base of the deposit, overlying the Durham Lower Boulder described in Chapter 5 of this ES, Approach to Assessment, has been adopted to Clay. The cohesive strata comprises mainly of laminated silts and clays. distinguish between insignificant and significant impacts. 10.5.5 The Durham Lower Boulder Clay is situated below the Tyne and Wear Complex 10.4.14 Assessment of risk in relation to geotechnics and earthworks has also been and is described as “tough, over consolidated sandy clay which is grey or brown in considered as the corresponding mitigation measures may have an impact on the colour”, according to the geological memoir. This was confirmed during the 2006 soil and geological aspects of the environment. This risk will be managed through ground investigation.

67 DMRB, Volume 4, Section 1, Part 2, HD 22/08 Managing Geotechnical Risk. HMSO 2008.

101

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

10.5.6 Local to the River Don, the superficial geology map identifies an area of alluvium 10.5.14 Analysis of data from Natural England’s National Character Area (NCA) profile, consisting of clay, silt and sand. No. 14 Tyne and Wear Lowlands, indicates the main grades of agricultural land in 10.5.7 The bedrock geology underlying the area belongs to the Pennine Upper and Middle the NCA, which includes the study area, are: Coal Measures and mainly comprises siltstone, mudstone and subordinate  4% Grade 2; sandstone, and a few mainly thin coals. Sandstone forms more than half of the  95% Grade 3; and preceding Middle Coal Measures, and it also contains most of the workable coal seams.  1% Grade 4. 10.5.8 The bedrock geological map (Figure 10.2) shows a series of faults in the vicinity of 10.5.15 The published maps do not show any subdivision of Grade 3 agricultural land, the the proposed route corridor, trending northwest to southeast, which downthrow the predominant grade in the NCA and A19 Testos Junction study area. Grade 3 is strata to the southwest. Additionally, there are a number of north to south trending divided into two sub-grades as defined in the ALC of England and Wales – revised faults in the area, which downthrow the strata to the east. An east to west trending guidelines and criteria for grading the quality of agricultural land (MAFF,1988): fault is noted approximately 400 m north of Testos Junction, which is indicated to  Grade 3a – good quality agricultural land; and downthrow to the south. The amount of displacement is not recorded for any of these faults.  Grade 3b – moderate quality agricultural land. Geomorphology and topography 10.5.16 Generally, in the Newcastle area average annual rainfall and accumulated temperature impose minor limitations on agricultural use and the ALC grading here 10.5.9 The topography along the route is relatively flat and lies at an elevation of between is mainly based on soil type and depth. Within the study area, heavy topsoil approximately 30 m Above Ordnance Datum (AOD) and 35 m AOD. textures and the slow permeability of the sub soils cause wetness and workability 10.5.10 The River Don flows eastward across the south of the study area, passing under problems which restrict agricultural use and productivity. the A19 approximately 150 m north of Downhill Lane Junction. Once east of the 10.5.17 Evidence was seen and farmer’s comments obtained during the walkover A19, the River Don flows in a north-easterly direction towards West Boldon. Boldon inspection of historic and recent land drainage schemes in the study area, Lake is a small artificial lake located approximately 50 m to the north east of Testos particularly west of the A19, outfalling to field and roadside drainage ditches and Junction. culverts. Where well drained, for example in some fields at West House Farm, the Pedology68 and Agricultural Land Classification land is capable, under good management, of supporting autumn sown cereals crops if drilled early enough in the season. 10.5.11 The soils around the A19 and immediately to the east of West Boldon are identified in published mapping as belonging to the Foggathorpe 1 Soil Association. These 10.5.18 From the Acorus desk study and walkover survey, the 1992 MAFF ALC survey soils are derived from glacial lake (lacustrine) drift over Coal Measures clay. They report is considered to remain valid in concluding the southeast quadrant of the comprise slowly permeable, seasonally waterlogged, clayey and fine loamy over study area is Grade 3b land. Further, from investigations the agricultural land clayey soils and are often stoneless. Agricultural land use in the study area quality of the remainder of the A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement corridor is comprises grassland and cereals cropping consistent with this soil type. considered to be Grade 3b. 10.5.12 Agricultural land quality information for the A19 / A184 Testos Junction Designated sites Improvement route corridor was obtained from Defra ALC 1:250,000 scale series 10.5.19 There are no nationally or regionally designated geological or geomorphological provisional map for the Northern Region (also available on the MAGIC.gov sites within the study area and therefore designated sites are not considered further website). within this chapter. 10.5.13 The 1:63,360 scale agricultural land classification (ALC) maps were only ever published in ‘Provisional’ form, were generally not accurate below areas of 80 ha in Mining and mineral extraction extent and have been withdrawn by Defra because of an increasing lack of 10.5.20 The mining status of the site is covered by reports from The Coal Authority dated accuracy due to subsequent developments. Nevertheless, the maps provide a September 2006 and an updated report from August 2014. The Valuation Office useful guide to likely agricultural land quality in the route corridor, for example in the Agency was also contacted to confirm the extent of underground mining subsidence absence of any detailed field investigation in the northwest quadrant of the study recorded within the site. area (see ‘limitations’, paragraph 10.2.2). 10.5.21 The Coal Authority report (2014) states that the site is within the likely zone of influence on the surface from workings in four seams between 400 m to 570 m depth. The last date of working of these seams is indicated to be 1981 and movement should by now have ceased. 68 Geology is the study of the solid earth, the materials of which it is composed (principally rocks) and the processes by which they evolve. Pedology is more specific – it is the study of soils in the natural environment.

102

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

10.5.22 The site does not lie within an area for which a license to extract coal by opencast Potential sources of contamination or underground methods has been granted or is awaiting determination. There are no mine entries within the immediate vicinity of the proposed alignment. 10.5.34 A review of historical maps, Envirocheck data and the Preliminary Risk Assessment69 identified the following potential contaminative land uses on or 10.5.23 The site is not within the likely physical influence of any present underground adjacent to the site: mining, nor does the route corridor lie within the boundary of a past or present opencast site.  A former mineral railway passing across the southern portion of the site, located approximately 270 m south of the existing Testos roundabout; 10.5.24 None of the superficial deposits are identified as potential mineral reserves by the BGS on their mineral resource plan for the area.  A former petrol filling station adjacent to the proposed works at the northwest extents of the junction between the A19 and the A184. This was converted into Hydrology and hydrogeology a car showroom and subsequently into a car hire business from approximately 10.5.25 Surface waterbodies and watercourses are described in Chapter 14, Road 2003; and Drainage and the Water Environment, and summarised in Paragraph 10.5.10.  An electrical sub-station that has been operational from approximately 1987 to 10.5.26 The superficial deposits within the study area are primarily designated as the present day is located approximately 40 m east of the road alignment, at its Unproductive strata, with the exception of a small area of alluvium in the vicinity of nearest point. the River Don, which is designated as a Secondary A aquifer 10.5.35 According to consultation undertaken with South Tyneside Council and the 10.5.27 The bedrock within the study area is designated as a Secondary A aquifer, defined Environment Agency, as well as information from the Envirocheck Report, there are as consisting of permeable layers capable of supporting water supplies at a local no active or historical landfills within 500 m of the Scheme area. rather than strategic scale. 10.5.36 A number of existing embankments are present as follows: Groundwater  Downhill Lane Junction, at the southern end of the proposed works; and 10.5.28 Groundwater was encountered in a number of the exploratory holes undertaken as  An existing footbridge located approximately 300 m north of Testos Roundabout part of the 2006 ground investigation. Depths varied between 28.02 m AOD and taking foot, cyclist and equestrian traffic over the A19 north of Testos Junction. 32.66 m AOD. 10.5.37 The main constituent of the embankment construction is unknown. The PSSR for 10.5.29 Fourteen standpipe and standpipe piezometers were installed in selected boreholes the Testos Junction70 indicates that burnt shale may be present as an embankment at various depths to monitor the groundwater levels across the site. These fill material in the embankments. However, this should be confirmed by the locations were monitored following completion of the site works. Monitored proposed Supplementary Ground Investigation. groundwater level appears to decrease in level northwards along the proposed works, with the monitored level varying between 34.47 m AOD at the southern end 10.5.38 Where the proposed route crosses the existing carriageways and drainage, removal of the site and 27.19 m AOD at the northern end of the site. of these features may reveal areas of localised contaminated soils. 10.5.30 Observations both during drilling and monitoring indicate that groundwater is 10.5.39 The site investigation, undertaken in 2006, did not identify any specific area of land present in the cohesive (Pelaw Clay, Tyne & Wear Clay, Durham Boulder Clay) and contamination. However, Made Ground was encountered across the site, generally granular (Tyne & Wear sands) superficial deposits. at thicknesses of less than 1.25 m. Descriptions of this material were suggestive of a reworked natural ground. 10.5.31 Ground investigation data did not identify the presence of the Secondary A Aquifer 10.5.40 The 2006 ground investigation included limited total soils chemical testing. associated with the granular portion of the alluvium present in the southern extent of Assessment of this limited data set undertaken in the Preliminary Risk Assessment the Scheme, as identified in the published information. indicates that the materials tested are unlikely to pose a risk to human health and 10.5.32 Groundwater observations while drilling indicate that groundwater is present within also would be unlikely to represent a significant risk to controlled waters. the underlying Coal Measures bedrock. The recorded groundwater rises on 10.5.41 However, a limited amount of chemical testing of the site soils has been undertaken encountering the Coal Measures indicating that this water is confined by the to date. As such, opportunistic sampling and chemical testing is to be undertaken overlying superficial strata. as part of a planned ground investigation, designed to reduce geotechnical 10.5.33 Environment Agency data indicates that a single groundwater abstraction license is located within 250 m of the Scheme, situated approximately 100 m northeast of Testos roundabout within Boldon Business Park. The abstraction is owned by 69 Northeast Properties Partnership Ltd. and comprises a borehole drawing water from A19 Testos Junction Preliminary Risk Assessment, February 2015, Jacobs UK Ltd. Reference B0140300/OD/130. the underlying Coal Measures. The data indicates that the water is used to 70 • Northeast Package B, Testos Junction Improvement, Preliminary Sources Study Report, Jacobs UK Ltd( supplement the water within Boldon Lake, and the maximum abstraction limit is Report Ref. B0140300/OD/04 Rev. A, September 2006) 218.4 m3/day.

103

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

uncertainties with regards to the detailed design of the road scheme. It will also 10.6.11 The permanent loss of agricultural land would be kept to the minimum necessitated assist in quantifying the potential for soil contaminants to be present. by the Scheme design. This may be contrasted with the much larger area potentially required for temporary works in order to construct the Scheme, including 10.6 Potential impacts (without mitigation) diversion of utility infrastructure. There is no practical alternative to taking the agricultural land and using the criteria set out in this ES, the overall significance of 10.6.1 Impacts on geology and soils are likely to be most significant during the this on a national scale is considered to be low. construction of the Scheme. Where a specific construction impact is identified, details are given in the text. Mining and mineral extraction Geomorphology and topography 10.6.12 Historic mineral extraction has been identified by the Coal Authority at significant depth beneath the site. The majority of the Scheme is online with an increase in the 10.6.2 Alteration of the geomorphology through construction of cuttings and embankments footprint of land covered by the highways. would be required to construct the Scheme. Further details on the landscape and visual impacts of the cuttings and embankments are considered in Chapter 8, 10.6.13 Overall, the impact of the Scheme on mineral resources within the study area is Landscape and Visual Effects. In practice, for the Scheme there is very little cut, considered to be insignificant as the Scheme will not prevent future access to these but a substantial embankment is required to raise the A19 to bridge height to enable seams. it to pass over the roundabout at Testos Junction. Soil deterioration and consolidation Agricultural land 10.6.14 It is inevitable that physical and chemical characteristics of soil along the route of 10.6.3 Agricultural land would be affected by the Scheme as follows (see Figure 2.6): the proposed improvement works would be altered during the construction and operation of the improvement works.  Loss of agricultural land for permanent highway works – 11.32 hectares; and 10.6.15 During the construction phase, the movement of construction plant is likely to have  Agricultural land affected by temporary works during construction – 31.25 the greatest impact on the soil characteristics due to the compaction of near-surface hectares (see Figure 2.6) soils. 10.6.4 In this assessment, the quality of all of this land is graded 3b. 10.6.16 Construction of embankments is also anticipated to impact on the underlying 10.6.5 The temporary uses would be for the Contractor’s compound, material storage, soil superficial deposits through consolidation due to an increase in vertical load. This storage, haul routes together with land which would be required for utility diversions will predominantly occur during the construction phase, but a percentage of and new private access tracks to severed farmland. consolidation will occur during the operational phase. 10.6.6 The temporarily used areas would be out of agricultural production for some or all of 10.6.17 The width of the embankment footprint is a function of its height and consequently the construction period but would be progressively returned to agriculture on it’s associated impact on the underlying soils. Compaction and consolidation can completion of their use and replacement of soils. The policy in paragraph 5.179 of restrict root growth and adversely affect the drainage of surface water and the NPS applies and protection of soils during construction would be required. groundwater. 10.6.7 Although a number of agricultural land plots have been included in the draft Creation of dust Development Consent Order (DCO) boundary for temporary use or temporary use 10.6.18 Dust created by on-site construction activities, particularly excavation, with the permanent acquisition of rights, the intention would be to return these sites transportation and deposition of soil materials, could occur throughout the to the owner on completion of the restoration. construction period, particularly during periods of dry weather. 10.6.8 Most of the permanent land required for the Scheme is currently in agricultural use. 10.6.19 Ground conditions likely to result in the creation of dust include the presence of silts The 11.32 ha of Grade 3b agricultural land is required for the construction of the and sands combined with deep groundwater table. Based on the geology of the new junction, including the Downhill Lane Junction link roads, A19 northbound site, the materials likely to be disturbed during the construction works include mostly merge slip road, embankments and cuttings, drainage ponds and environmental clays. The water table level varies across the site and there is a risk that during mitigation as shown on the Environmental Master Plan. periods of dry weather, site operations could give rise to the creation of dust. 10.6.9 For the purposes of this assessment, the agricultural land and soils encountered in 10.6.20 There is the potential for lime and cement to be used within the Scheme in the the study area are each considered to be of medium sensitivity. treatment of unacceptable material (due to its moisture content) for reuse within the 10.6.10 It has been established in consultation with Natural England (January 2015) that the site. These fine particles may result in the generation of dust. Scheme proposals would not affect BMV agricultural land and Natural England 10.6.21 Whilst there appears to be no long term residual impact, the creation of dust during support the EIA to proceed on this basis. Therefore, the policy in paragraph 5.176 the construction is considered a nuisance. This issue is addressed in greater detail of the NPS applies and little weight has been given to the loss of land in Grade 3b. in Chapter 6 (Air Quality) and will be addressed in the Contractor’s Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP).

104

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Potential sources of contamination 10.6.26 Potential impacts upon surface water quality from the operation of the road are considered further in Chapter 14, Road Drainage and the Water Environment. 10.6.22 A number of potential significant impacts were identified within the contaminated land Preliminary Risk Assessment that are generic to any construction project and Earthworks balance are not necessarily indicative of an elevated level of risk in relation to this scheme. 10.6.27 The current alignment for the A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement scheme The risks are mainly associated with the construction phase, particularly the indicates that there is a net deficit in the earthworks balance (i.e. more fill material is disturbance of ground, and are: required to construct the Scheme than will be generated by excavation to form  Disturbance of potentially contaminated land and areas of Made Ground; cuttings) of 182,000 m3.  Mobilisation of contaminants in soil which would otherwise be relatively 10.6.28 The primary option being pursued for obtaining excess fill material is the import of immobile; excess excavated material to be removed from the A19 Coast Road Junction Improvement scheme, some 7 km north of Testos Roundabout. An assessment on  Remobilisation of residual pollutants (i.e. pollutants that are already present but the suitability of this material will be undertaken to confirm the percentage of stable and inactive in their present condition); material that will acceptable for re-use within the Testos Junction scheme from a  Creation of new pollutant pathways (i.e. routes by which pollutants can reach geotechnical stand point. Any shortfall will have to be made up from other sources environmental receptors that are vulnerable to their effects (engineering works of material. such as excavations and piling for foundations may have the potential to create 10.6.29 The A19 Coast Road Junction Improvement scheme has commenced construction new pathways for contamination to reach groundwater or for gases to migrate and excavated material intended for re-use on the Testos Scheme will need to be and build up in other areas)); temporarily stockpiled.  Creation of potentially contaminated dust and airborne particles; 10.6.30 A number of reinforced soil elements are required within the Junction  Potentially contaminated run-off from land (which may also impact upon Improvements. These geotechnical solutions require a specific type of material to groundwater and surface water); be used which is generally granular in nature corresponding to a Class 6I/6J material in accordance with Series 600 of the Highways Specification71. If this  Pollution incidents causing contamination of soil, groundwater and / or surface material cannot be sourced from the Coast Road arisings, attempts should be made water; and to source the material locally, where possible.  Construction workers coming into contact with contaminated soils. 10.6.31 Limited depths of cut are indicated within the proposed improvement works. Due to 10.6.23 Notwithstanding the above, it is considered unlikely that there will be significant these limited depths, the materials excavated are unlikely to be suitable for use as risks to human health (construction workers) and controlled waters receptors an engineered fill within the main works. The materials are likely to be suitable for (underlying aquifers, River Don) resulting from land contamination at the site due to use within the landscaping works. the following: 10.6.32 Transportation of the Coast Road arisings is likely to be kept to the A19 route  Desk studies have identified only very limited potentially contaminative land corridor and as such the type of vehicle will be limited by those suitable for uses on site; trafficking on the highway. Within the site, there would be significant heavy plant movements, to allow for deposition of fill materials to construct the proposed  It is unlikely that migration of contaminants from off-site sources has occurred; alignment and also for the movement of the arisings from the limited areas of and cutting.  The ground investigation did not identify any visual or olfactory evidence of 10.6.33 A strategy for storage and movement of Coast Road arisings will be developed as contamination and the Made Ground appeared to be primarily composed of the Testos programme is advanced. The location of stockpiles, routes to be taken reworked natural materials. by heavy plant and timing of vehicle movements is unknown at this time. 10.6.24 A number of potentially significant impacts have been identified from land 10.6.34 Should the Coast Road import option not be available, another option is to use contamination during the operational phase of the Scheme. pulverised fuel ash (PFA), a waste product from coal fired power stations. It may 10.6.25 Future site users in the form of maintenance workers and users of the road / also be required as part of the imported material from Coast Road, or to supplement adjacent land could potentially be exposed to contaminated soils should they any shortfall in the Coast Road material. If used, the PFA is likely to be capped with remain within the area of permanent works following completion of the works e.g. as another material to ensure stability and prevent erosion and dust. surface dressing in landscaped areas following material re-use, or imported materials used as fill / surface soils. Similarly, if contaminated soils are not properly managed or unsuitable fill material is imported, these could have impacts upon groundwater quality via leaching of contaminants into underlying groundwater. 71 Manual Contract Document for Highway Works, Volume 1, Series 600, HMSO.

105

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

10.6.35 The use of such a material has two advantages over imported granular material, 10.7.3 Agricultural land quality and farm systems in the study area depend upon effective such as crushed rock or natural sand and gravel. It does not deplete finite natural land drainage in winter for sustainable farming operations. The detailed design of resources elsewhere, and it represents a sustainable re-use of what would the Scheme would take this into account in order to minimise the impact on otherwise be a waste material. agriculture through provision of outfalls for land drainage systems. Further work 10.6.36 Alternatively, additional fill material may be sourced from nearby brownfield sites, or would be undertaken to design and install new land drains on retained or reinstated Marsden Quarry located approximately 7 miles east of the site. farmland by agreement as accommodation works. 10.6.37 Whatever the source, import of material would create additional heavy duty 10.7.4 The agricultural land areas totalling 31.25 ha affected by temporary uses, including transport movements, including increased vehicle use. This could affect the local the Contractor’s compound, would be out of production during all or part of the highway network. construction period. However, the land would be returned to agricultural uses on completion of the works. To help ensure reinstatement of these areas back to 10.6.38 Because PFA is a waste material, its handling, transport and disposal normally agriculture, a detailed methodology would be prepared. requires a ‘Waste Management Licence’. However, sustainable re-use in certain types of construction project, including highway improvements, qualifies for an 10.7.5 In accordance with the Construction Code of Practice for the Sustainable Use of exemption from these requirements. Nevertheless, the use and storage of PFA Soils on Construction Sites (Defra / BIS), a Soil Resources survey would be used to does require care, especially in windy or wet conditions, to prevent environmental devise a Soil Management Plan as part of the CEMP and / or Site Waste effects. Management Plan (SWMP). The Soil Management Plan would include measures to ensure careful stewarding of the soil resources during construction, proper 10.6.39 The assessment of the impacts arising from the transport, storage and use of the restoration of the land and subsequent agricultural aftercare including any material resources within the construction site are addressed further in Chapter 11, necessary land drainage. Materials, and the impact of construction traffic on the road network in Chapter 13, People and Communities. The environmental impacts of the excavation and 10.7.6 Soil management operations generally would be in accordance with Defra’s Good removal of topsoil and potential impacts upon agricultural land are addressed in Practice Guide for Handling Soils. This is made up of nineteen sections which describe various phases and alternative methods of soil handling. The soil Chapter 14, People and Communities. management strategy would review these sections and apply more detailed 10.6.40 A summary of the potential impacts is presented in Table 10-3 below. strategies depending on the planned methodologies adopted, but would include: Table 10-3: Potential impacts  Stripping of topsoil and subsoil when weather and soil conditions are suitable; Receptor Potential Impact  Separate storage and management of topsoil and subsoil storage heaps; Grade 3b agricultural land Loss during / after construction  Return of these soils to the original plots, also in separate layers (where Soil Resources Reduction in quality resulting from construction works. possible and where these plots are not occupied by permanent new infrastructure); Impacts to human health from contamination left in Future Site Users situ / importation of unsuitable fill material.  Use of appropriate machinery to minimise soil compaction; Impacts to controlled waters from contamination left Secondary A Aquifers  Relief of any compaction of restored soils; in-situ / importation of unsuitable fill material  Surface ripping and if necessary under-drainage of restored sites (subject to 10.7 Mitigation other environmental constraints, such as the presence of buried archaeological remains); and Geomorphology and topography  Aftercare of restored soils, including appropriate cropping, for example a 10.7.1 Alteration of the geomorphology through construction of cuttings and embankments temporary grass ley if required, and associated soil nutrient requirements. would be required to construct the Scheme. However, this would be mitigated as Designated sites far as possible by minimising the volume of material to be excavated or placed as part of the Scheme. 10.7.7 As discussed previously, the Scheme has been designed to avoid any potential impact on the designated sites listed in Section 10.5 and therefore no specific Agricultural land mitigation measures are proposed in relation to soils and geology. 10.7.2 The permanent loss of 11.32 ha of Grade 3b agricultural land cannot be mitigated in Mining and mineral extraction this scheme. However, surplus topsoil from all areas would be sustainably managed and re-used. This would be in line with the requirements of a Soil 10.7.8 The impact of the Scheme on mining and mineral extraction is anticipated to be Management Plan to be outlined in the Contractor’s Construction Environmental insignificant based on the depths of the identified workings. Based on this, no Management Plan (CEMP). mitigation measures are proposed.

106

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Soil deterioration and consolidation that unexpected contamination is encountered, including the appropriate assessment and mitigation actions and requirements to consult with regulators. 10.7.9 Appropriate design of the Scheme would seek to minimise the amount of soil Further information on the impacts upon waste management and re-use of consolidated during construction and operation. This may include drainage materials (including contaminated soils) is present in Chapter 11, Materials. measures at the toe of embankments to prevent ponding of water and the installation of band drains beneath the embankment to minimise the amount of 10.7.17 A CEMP will be used on site that will reduce the likelihood of any pollution occurring consolidation occurring post construction. during the site works. If any pollution incidents occur, the plan will set out methods to mitigate the impact upon the environment. 10.7.10 An alternative to the installation of band drains is the construction of a piled embankment, where the embankment is supported on concrete piles. This would Earthworks balance accelerate the consolidation of the superficial deposits due to the embankment 10.7.18 Mitigation measures associated with the removal of materials from site and the loading. Additionally, it would limit the load applied to the soil to a fraction of that importation of material to site are provided in detail in Chapter 11, Materials. when piling is not considered and consequently reduce the amount of soil consolidation during the construction and operation of the works. 10.8 Residual impacts and their significance Creation of dust Geomorphology and topography 10.7.11 During periods of dry weather, measures would be required to prevent the generation of nuisance dust. These measures will be detailed in the Contractor’s 10.8.1 The residual impact on geomorphology and topography are discussed further in CEMP. Further details can be found in Chapter 6, Air quality. Chapter 8, Landscape and Visual Effects. Changes to surface water flows and groundwater regimes Agricultural land 10.7.12 Further details on the mitigation measures in relation to surface water and 10.8.2 Two individual agricultural land receptors have been considered with the following groundwater are given in Chapter 14, Road Drainage and the Water Environment. impacts identified for both receptors: 10.7.13 The Supplementary Ground Investigation will provide further information regarding  Agricultural land quality; and the shallow groundwater regime beneath the site. If any underground works /  Soil resources. structures are proposed that have the potential to affect groundwater flow paths, then this information will be used to undertake an assessment of potential impacts. 10.8.3 These impacts may be long term, such as permanent loss of land, or short term Where necessary, alternative solutions or remedial options will be prepared to such as temporary use of land during the construction period. reduce the impact upon groundwater flow beneath the site. 10.8.4 Mitigation measures would be provided for the agricultural land receptors where Potential sources of contamination appropriate and feasible. These include design measures to reduce impact of the proposals and construction management measures designed to minimise disruption 10.7.14 In order to provide more robust information on the chemical status of site soils, a to soil resources. However, these mitigation measures do not reduce the area of Supplementary Ground Investigation is proposed that will include sampling and land required. testing of soils for both geotechnical and contaminated land purposes. Generic quantitative risk assessments will be undertaken once the additional data is 10.8.5 The restoration of temporarily disturbed land required for the construction phase, available to assess whether contaminant concentrations have the potential to pose such as the Contractor’s compound site, would result in a reduction in the overall any unacceptable risk to receptors. If necessary, remedial measures will be impact. proposed to address any risk to receptors. 10.8.6 The identification and assessment of impacts, taking account of mitigation where 10.7.15 Implementation of a Contaminated Land: Applications In Real Environments appropriate, is summarised in Table 10-2 below. (CL:AIRE) Materials Management Plan (CL:AIRE, 2014) will mitigate the risks Designated sites arising from the re-use of site won material or the importation of unsuitable material for use on site. This should significantly reduce the likelihood that receptors (both 10.8.7 The Scheme has been designed such that it would not impact on the designated human health and groundwater) will be affected by contaminated soils on site sites in terms of soils and geology. following construction. Mining and mineral extraction 10.7.16 If areas of unexpected contamination are encountered during the construction 10.8.8 Minimal impact is anticipated in relation to the mining and mineral extraction works, then options for their re-use will be investigated fully. The re-use of any activities in the area surrounding the Scheme. As such, the impact has been contaminated soils will be controlled via an Inspection and Discovery Strategy, assessed as ‘insignificant’. which is required to form part of a Materials Management Plan. This Inspection and Discovery Strategy will clearly set out the procedures to be followed in the event

107

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Soil deterioration and consolidation 10.8.18 Should the Coast Road material not be available, the effect of importing earthworks materials on the existing soils and geology on the site is likely to equate to ‘no 10.8.9 Following the implementation of precautionary measures as detailed in Section change’, providing that the material complies with requirements for use in the 10.7, any effects on the quality and nature of the soils are likely to be local to the works. This is particularly with respect to the contamination status of the material, Scheme in extent. The impact is considered to be insignificant. and the resulting impact is considered to be neutral. Creation of dust 10.8.19 In a broader sense, impacts of importing material on soils and geology, in particular 10.8.10 Impacts in relation to dust are considered in Chapter 6, Air quality. mineral resources, are difficult to assess. Should there be the need for import of natural materials, the impact on soils and geology would be negative (due to the Changes to surface water flows and groundwater regimes depletion of finite resources elsewhere). However, were recycled material such as 10.8.11 Groundwater monitoring during the 2006 ground investigation did not identify the PFA to be used in construction, the impact on soils and geology would be positive presence of the Secondary A Aquifer within the alluvium in the southern extent of (as this material would find a beneficial use rather than being disposed of as waste). the site. However, further groundwater monitoring is proposed during the Additionally, the haulage associated with the import of material could have an Supplementary Ground Investigation in order to provide additional data on the impact on the broader area outside the site and may impact on receptors not thus aquifer. It is not considered likely that construction works in the southern part of the far identified. Overall, therefore, the environmental effects (if any) of the need to Scheme would have the potential to significantly affect the aquifer, however, if any import materials remain uncertain. works / construction is proposed, then a detailed assessment of the potential 10.8.20 A summary of the potential impacts is presented in Table 10-4. impacts will be undertaken. Table 10-4: Residual impacts 10.8.12 Given the low likelihood of the works affecting the aquifer, the residual risk to Potential Principal mitigation Residual groundwater is considered to be insignificant. Receptor impact measures impact 10.8.13 Impacts on surface water and groundwater and their significance are further Compensation in the form of considered in Chapter 14, Road Drainage and the Water Environment. Grade 3b Loss during / after return of temporarily used Slight Adverse agricultural land construction Potential sources of contamination areas to agricultural production Reduction in 10.8.14 Desk based research and existing ground investigation data indicates that there is a Offsetting through re-use of quality resulting low risk of encountering contaminated materials on site. The Supplementary Soil Resources topsoil, for example in Slight Adverse from construction Ground Investigation will provide further information regarding conditions across the environmental mitigation works site and will enable a more thorough assessment of potential risks. Suitable works. remediation activities will be proposed for any areas of contamination identified Impacts to human health from during the works, and these will be agreed with the regulator prior to implementation Implementation of CL:AIRE contamination left on site. The adoption of an Inspection and Discovery Strategy will ensure that Future Site MMP and control of pollution in situ / Slight Adverse appropriate procedures are in place for dealing with any areas of unidentified Users incidents through the use of the importation of contamination encountered during the works. Contractors CEMP unsuitable fill 10.8.15 Measures for preventing or dealing with pollution incidents during construction will material. be set out within the Contractor’s CEMP. Impacts to 10.8.16 Given the above proposed mitigation measures and the low potential for controlled waters encountering land contamination on site, the residual risk from land contamination from Undertake an assessment on Secondary A contamination left potential impacts on flow paths is considered to be insignificant. Slight Adverse Aquifers in-situ / from underground works / Earthworks balance importation of structures unsuitable fill 10.8.17 The majority of the fill material required for the construction of the embankments is material likely to be sourced from the arisings of the A19 Coast Road Improvement scheme. This is with the exception of fill required for particular geotechnical measures, such as structural backfill or fill associated with the use of geotextiles. Wherever 10.9 Cumulative effects possible, it is anticipated that material excavated during the construction works A review of the receptors identified within this chapter has been undertaken to would be reused elsewhere on the site and that the effects of excavation on the consider the potential for intra-project cumulative effects. It has been concluded that existing geology and soils would be likely to equate to an insignificant impact. the effects of the project on the relevant receptors are fully identified within the chapter and that no additional cumulative effects would occur.

108

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

CHAPTER 11 MATERIALS

Executive summary does not provide a method of assessment of impacts; in consequence, the methods specified in the IAN were supplemented by advice given in unpublished draft This chapter addresses the potential environmental effects associated with the use of guidance provided by Highways England material resources and the management of waste in accordance with the relevant prevailing Highways Agency guidance. The assessment focuses on the construction phase of the 11.1.2 For the purposes of this assessment, the ‘Materials’ topic is defined as comprising Scheme. Operational impacts in terms of resource use and waste generation during the: maintenance are likely to be insignificant as they will be similar to the status-quo as the  Use of material resources; and Scheme replaces an existing junction.  Generation and management of waste. By applying key sustainability and waste management principles, such as the waste management hierarchy, the effects on natural resources and the need for disposal of wastes The two-bridge option and the single-bridge option would be minimised. In particular, this will be achieved by re-using existing soils and 11.1.3 Potential environmental impacts of two versions of the Scheme are considered, the infrastructure, where feasible, taking into consideration the embodied carbon and water ‘two-bridge option’ and the ‘single-bridge option’, as described in Section 2.5. impacts of products, and sourcing materials from local suppliers as much as possible. Throughout the majority of the scheme, the designs of these two options are The two possible options for the design of the junction described in Chapter 2 have slightly identical, and therefore their material and waste implications are identical. different material requirements. For the two-bridge option impacts relating to material However, the localised difference in form at the crossing of the roundabout does resources are generally considered to be of minor or negligible magnitude. This is with the have potential implications for materials, particularly quantities of imported fill and exception of carbon footprint of materials use for the construction stage which is determined steel for bridge beams. These differences are addressed in this chapter. to have a moderate impact. In most respects the impacts of the single-bridge option are similar, although there would be a reduction in the amount of imported fill required. Material resources Wastes from materials use and municipal solid waste production for the two-bridge option are 11.1.4 Material resources include primary raw materials such as aggregates and minerals, predicted to have neutral – slight adverse significance with potential reduction through and secondary manufactured products. Material resources may originate off-site mitigation. These effects would be similar for the single-bridge option. (purchased as construction products) or on-site (such as excavated soils or recycled road planings). However, it is anticipated that the impacts for Materials and Waste will reduce with the implementation of mitigation measures such as a Construction Environmental Management 11.1.5 Road schemes generally require large quantities of both primary raw materials and Plan (CEMP) which will include a Site Waste Management Plan (SWMP), a Materials secondary manufactured products. The production, sourcing, transport, handling, Management Plan in accordance with CL:AIRE, and a soils management plan. The potential storage and use of these materials, as well as the disposal of any surplus materials, use of materials from the neighbouring and concurrent A19/A1058 Coast Road Junction have the potential to affect the environment adversely. Improvement project will further reduce adverse effects on materials. 11.1.6 The beneficial on-site re-use of materials arising during construction can prevent There is a degree of overlap between topics; impacts resulting from the storage and materials from becoming waste. It can also avoid the impacts associated with the transportation of materials and waste are also addressed in the following chapters: Chapter 6 transport and disposal of the material off-site. Beneficial re-use of unwanted (Air Quality); Chapter 9 (Ecology and Nature Conservation); Chapter 10 (Geology and Soils); material on another construction site avoids the impacts associated with disposal of Chapter 12 (Noise and Vibration); and Chapter 13 (People and Communities). the material. In both cases the depletion of finite primary material resources is reduced. 11.1 Introduction Generation and management of waste 11.1.1 The Design Manual for Roads and Bridges (DMRB) Volume 11, Section 2, Part 5, 11.1.7 In considering material resource use and waste management, it is important to HD205/08 (DMRB HD205/08) (Highways Agency et al), 200872, and Interim Advice define when, under current legislation and understanding, a material is considered Note (IAN) 153/11 (Highways Agency et al, 2011)73 represent the current published to be a waste. Current law in England and Wales defines waste as any substance, guidance on the environmental assessment of impacts from the use of materials in or object, that the producer or holder discards, intends to discard or is required to 74 75 76 77 road projects. The IAN provides guidance on certain aspects of the scope only and discard , , , .

72 Highways Agency et al., (2008). Design Manual for Roads and Bridges Volume 11, Section 2, Part 5, HD205/08. 74 Under the Waste Framework Directive, as transposed into UK law by the Waste (England and Wales) The Highways Agency, Scottish Government, Welsh Assembly Government and The Department of Regional Regulations 2011 and the Waste (England and Wales)(Amendment) Regulations 2012. Development Northern Ireland 75 European Commission (2006) The Waste Framework Directive (Directive 2006/12/EC of the European 73 Highways Agency et al. (2011). Interim Advice Note (IAN) 153/11 Guidance on the Environmental Assessment of Parliament and of the Council) as amended by: European Directive (2008) on Waste (Directive 2008/98/EC of Material Resources the European Parliament and of the Council)

109

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

11.1.8 Waste can arise from materials that exist on site but are not required or considered  Highways Agency Procurement Strategy, 2009; and not usable for the Scheme, as well as materials brought to site for construction that  Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2013. are not used (such as offcuts, damaged items and surplus). 11.1.9 Some types of waste are harmful to human health, or to the environment, either  South Tyneside statutory Development Plan: Core Strategy (June 2007) immediately or over an extended period of time. These are defined as hazardous  Sunderland statutory Development Plan: City of Sunderland Unitary wastes. Development Plan: Saved Policies (March 2007) 11.1.10 Once a material has become waste, it remains a waste until it has been fully recovered and no longer poses a potential threat to the environment or to human 11.2.2 A review of legislation and policy has identified the following principal statutory and health, at which point it is no longer subject to the controls required by the Waste policy requirements (Table 11-1) influencing materials resource use and waste Framework Directive84. These principles are applied by the Environment Agency management during construction projects that are applicable to the Scheme. (EA) to waste used as aggregate / construction material in civil engineering applications. Table 11-1 Summary of legislation and policy requirements

11.1.11 Construction wastes currently account for approximately three times as much waste Legislation Relevant Requirement – refer to Section 11.7 Mitigation for details as domestic waste from all UK households combined. Section of how the requirements are addressed 11.2 Legislative and Policy Background Paragraphs The NNNPS sets out the Government’s vision and policy 5.39 to 5.45 against which the SoS will make decisions on applications for 11.2.1 The current key directives, acts, regulations and policies relevant to this development consent for nationally significant infrastructure assessment and to the sustainable design and construction of the Scheme are projects on the strategic road and rail networks. listed below: Waste (England and A full review of the Scheme against the NNNPS is set out in  Waste Framework Directive, 2008; Wales) Regulations Appendix A of the Planning Statement (document ref 2011 and National  Waste Management Plan for England, 2013; TR010020/APP/7.1) Policy Statement for Includes requirements for taking all reasonable steps to apply  Waste Strategy for England, 2007; National Networks the following waste management hierarchy when transferring 2014  Government Review of Waste Policy in England, 2011; waste: (a) prevention;  Waste (England and Wales) Regulations, 2011; (b) preparing for re-use;  National Networks National Planning Policy Statement (NNNPS) (Designated (c) recycling; January 2015) (d) other recovery (for example energy recovery); (e) disposal.  National Policy Statement for National Networks (NPS), 2015; All Including:  Waste (England and Wales) Regulations 2011; “Helping to secure the re-use, recovery or disposal of waste  National Planning Policy for Waste, 2014 (supersedes the Waste Strategy for National Planning without endangering human health and without harming the England, 2007); Policy for Waste environment.”’ 2014 “The handling of waste arising from the construction and  National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF) (March 2012) operation of development maximises reuse/recovery  National Policy Statement for National Networks 2014 (Department for opportunities, and minimises off-site disposal.” Transport, December 2014); General The NPPF does not contain specific materials or waste management policies. However, the Framework includes  Highways Agency Strategic Plan, 2010 – 2015 National Planning reference to waste management as follows: Policy Framework

 Highways Agency Environment Strategy, 2010 – 2015; (NPPF March 2012) Advocates that waste minimisation forms part of the  Highways Agency Sustainable Development Plan, 2012 – 2015; environmental role of achieving sustainable development. “Waste” Planning Practice Planning Practice Guidance relating to NPPF policies of 76 paragraphs Waste (England and Wales) Regulations 2011 (and associated revised Waste Duty of Care: Code of Practice– Guidance (PPG) relevance. March 2016); 001 - 056. 77 The Waste (England and Wales) (Amendment) Regulations 2012 South Tyneside Policy EA6 “To integrate waste management into the creation of more

110

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Legislation Relevant Requirement – refer to Section 11.7 Mitigation for details 11.2.4 Article 28 of the European Union’s revised Waste Framework Directive sets the Section of how the requirements are addressed basic concepts and definitions related to waste management and provides waste management principles80. It requires that, as a priority, Member States apply the statutory Planning for sustainable communities throughout the Borough the Council waste management hierarchy (Figure 11.1) and ensure that their competent Development Plan: Waste will: Core Strategy (June authorities establish one or more waste management plans covering all of their D) require major proposals and those generating significant territory81. 2007) volumes of waste to incorporate an appropriate level of waste sorting, recovery and recycling facilities…” Sunderland statutory Policy M4 Development Plan: Environmental “The city council will encourage the use of secondary/ City of Sunderland Protection recycled aggregates in preference to primary aggregates Unitary Development wherever economically and technically feasible”. Plan: Saved Policies (March 2007) P20 25% (minimum) of products used in construction projects to Highways Agency be from schemes recognised for responsible (sustainable) Procurement sourcing by 2012. The targets will be included within the Strategy 2009 project CEMP, as detailed within Section 11.7. Highways Agency Target Environment derived from Strategy 2010-2015; Strategy for 50% reduction of waste to landfill from construction and Highways Agency Sustainable 78 demolition activities by 2012 (compared with 2008). The Procurement Construction targets will be included within the project CEMP, and SWMP Strategy 2009; and as detailed within Section 11.7. Waste Strategy for England.

Government Review Target of Waste Policy in derived from England 2011; the Waste By 2020, the recovery of non-hazardous construction and Figure 11 .1 Waste management hierarchy Highways Agency Framework demolition waste shall be increased to a minimum of 70% by Procurement 84 (Source: Department for Environment Food and Rural Affairs. (2011). Government Directive . weight. The targets will be included within the project CEMP, Strategy 2009 and Review of Waste Policy in England 2011. The Case for Action. Crown copyright, and SWMP as detailed within Section 11.7. Waste Framework London. Page 11). Directive 2008.

11.3 Assessment approach and method 11.2.3 The Government removed the statutory requirement for Site Waste Management Plans (SWMP) in October 2013. SWMPs were previously required for construction Impact assessment and demolition projects in England. However, as their use is considered good 11.3.1 The assessment of potential impacts has been undertaken with consideration of: practice, any requirements to ensure that demolition and construction wastes are Materials dealt with in an appropriate manner, and in accordance with the waste hierarchy, would be met and secured by using a SWMP. This approach is consistent with the  Assessment against regulatory and policy drivers; guidance in the National Policy Statement for National Networks (Department for  Assessment against embodied carbon; and Transport, December 2014)79 to implement sustainable waste management through the application of the waste hierarchy. 80 European Commission. (2014). Environment. Directive 2008/98/EC on waste (Waste Framework Directive). Accessed on 12 October 2014 from http://ec.europa.eu/environment/waste/framework/ 81 Department for Environment Food and Rural Affairs. (2013). Waste Management Plan for England Post Adoption Statement. December 2013. Accessed on 12 October 2014 from 78 http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20121212135622/http://www.bis.gov.uk/files/file46535.pdf https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/265543/pb14101-waste- 79 Department for Transport (December 2014) Draft National Policy Statement for National Networks manage-post-adopt-20131212.pdf

111

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

 Materials re-use / recycling / recovery. 11.3.9 The operational impacts of the Scheme, associated with ongoing maintenance works, would be relatively unchanged compared to the existing situation, as the

Scheme involves improvement of an existing road junction. Waste 11.3.10 Existing maintenance activities include inspection and repair of barriers and  Assessment against regulatory and policy drivers; signage, drain inspection and clearance, road repairs and road verge / vegetation maintenance (amongst other activities). For Highways England and parties acting  Waste prevention, materials re-use, recycling and recovery; and on their behalf, future maintenance activities would include these same tasks, plus  Waste classification, volumes and disposal routes. the addition of inspection and maintenance of bridges and balancing bonds, including any oil interceptors. Statutory undertakers would retain permanent access Data sources corridors for maintenance of the buried services. 11.3.2 The following sources of information have been consulted to inform the assessment 11.3.11 In terms of materials resources and waste generation, operational impacts are of baseline conditions and potential environmental impacts: therefore considered likely to be insignificant and are, therefore, scoped out of the  Environmental Impact Scoping Report – A19 Testos Junction Improvement assessment. (July, 2014); and Materials  Design information (locations, indicative land take proposals, estimates of 11.3.12 In terms of materials resource depletion there is no guidance given in either DMRB materials quantities, cut and fill balance) provided by Costain and Jacobs. HD205/08 or IAN 153/11 for assessment of significance of impact in relation to this Study area topic. Therefore, the assessment for materials is based on the quantification of the carbon footprint of the materials used as a proxy for other environmental effects as 11.3.3 There is no fixed study area for this topic. The “site” is considered to include the full set out in draft DRMB guidance which is currently unpublished. area of the permanent works for the A19 Junction Improvement, together with any land required temporarily during construction. Such temporary land includes site 11.3.13 The methodology in the draft guidance provided by Highways England does not compounds, temporary storage areas for soils and other materials, haul-roads, and include sensitivity criteria for the carbon footprint assessment, which would need to land for temporary construction site drainage and service diversions. be accounted for in order to derive the significance of any effect, and only magnitude is used to describe the impact. Levels of magnitude are defined in Table 11.3.4 Statutory services that require diversion include underground gas and water pipes, 11-2 below: and telecommunications equipment running through Testos Junction, principally along the A184, within the existing highway boundary. These services are to be Table 11-2 Materials (Carbon) Assessment Magnitude Criteria diverted to new routes within the new highway boundary and temporary land Scale of Impact Magnitude Total CO2 Equivalent (CO2e) of Materials (tonnes) requirements have been designated for this purpose. No change <1,000 11.3.5 As potential sources of materials and waste management facilities outside of the Negligible 1,000 – 5,000 boundaries of the construction site these are considered on a regional basis (Tyne and Wear consisting of the five metropolitan boroughs of South Tyneside, North Minor 5,000 – 20,000 Tyneside, City of Newcastle upon Tyne, Gateshead and City of Sunderland) to Moderate 20,000 – 40,000 provide context. . Major >40,000 11.3.6 The study area is the same for both the two-bridge and single-bridge options. 11.3.14 The magnitude of effects associated with material use for the two-bridge option has Scope been derived from a calculation of embodied carbon associated with those materials known to be required for the construction of the Scheme using Highways 11.3.7 This chapter focuses on the assessment of impacts arising from the transport, 82 storage and use of material resources within the construction site, and the England’s Carbon Tool . production, movement, transport, processing, and disposal of wastes. Waste 11.3.8 Although the project is currently at Project Control Framework (PCF) Stage 3 – 11.3.15 The published guidance (DMRB HD205/08 and IAN 153/11) also does not provide Preliminary Design, there remain some uncertainties and limitations regarding definitions for receptor sensitivity or significance of impact in relation to this topic. estimations of quantities of wastes and materials. It is therefore considered However, the draft unpublished guidance provided by Highways England does appropriate to complete the assessment of the two-bridge option broadly in provide assessment methodology for sensitivity, magnitude and significance criteria accordance with the ‘Detailed Assessment’ approach for the two-bridge option for this topic. design. However, only qualitative comment has been provided for the single-bridge option due to the limited level of design detail available for this option at this stage. 82 https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/carbon-tool

112

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

11.3.16 In accordance with this method sensitivity has been determined on the basis of when further information is available during pre-construction preparation or during capacity as follows: the construction period.  Very High - There is no available waste management capacity for any waste 11.4.2 The Scheme is at PCF Stage 3 – Preliminary Design, however, the information arising from the Scheme. required for a full detailed assessment, such as the exact sources / origins of materials, is not available. Therefore, whilst the materials assessment has been  High - There is limited waste management capacity in relation to the forecast undertaken using preliminary estimates of the use of materials, expected waste waste arisings from the Scheme. production has not yet been determined. As such, professional judgement has  Medium - There is adequate waste management capacity for the majority of been used, as appropriate. The assessment of the single-bridge option is currently wastes arising from the Scheme. qualitative only and would be subject to further progression should this design be taken forward.  Low - There is adequate available waste management capacity for all wastes arising from the Scheme. 11.4.3 Baseline information, impacts and mitigation are described based on known information; however, some relevant aspects may not be finalised until later stages 11.3.17 Magnitude is then defined as follows: (during pre-construction preparation or during the construction period). This  Major - Waste is predominantly disposed of to landfill or to incineration without limitation is accepted within the DMRB guidance. energy recovery with little or no prior segregation. 11.4.4 Information on the permitted capacity of quarries and waste facilities is provided in  Moderate - Wastes are predominantly disposed of by incineration with energy section 11.5 below, however it should be noted that changes to this permitted recovery. capacity both before and during the construction of the Scheme cannot be determined at this stage. Available capacities are also not known as these are  Minor - Wastes are predominantly segregated and sent for composting, likely to be commercially confidential. recycling or for further segregation and sorting at a materials recovery facility. 11.4.5 Some environmental impacts associated with the extraction and transport of  Negligible - Wastes are predominantly re-used on-site or at an appropriately primary raw materials and manufactured products would occur off-site and, in some licensed or registered exempt site elsewhere. cases, potentially outside the UK. The source and processing/manufacture cannot 11.3.18 Determination of the sensitivity of waste management facilities is based on the be determined at this stage and the production of these materials is likely to have available local waste management capacity. For example, a high sensitivity waste been the subject of separate consent procedures (such as applications for planning management operation (or even the whole waste management infrastructure in the permission or environmental permits), which may have included environmental area) could be considered to have very limited capacity for the waste type requiring assessment. Therefore, it is outside the scope of this assessment to consider the treatment / disposal. This may be particularly true of hazardous or difficult wastes environmental impacts associated with the extraction of raw materials and the where local capacity may be limited. Low sensitivity operations / local infrastructure processing and/or manufacture of products. could be considered to be large, or numerous waste management sites with plenty of capacity to deal with the waste arisings. 11.5 Baseline conditions 11.3.19 Significance is derived by combining sensitivity and magnitude as set out in 11.5.1 Based on the current programme, the Scheme is anticipated to be in construction Table 11-3. from 2019 to mid-2021. Baseline conditions have been determined, where Table 11-3: Determination of Significance of Impacts possible, according to conditions likely to occur at the commencement of construction rather than the conditions that occur at the time of publication of this Sensitivity / Value of Receptor assessment. Very High High Medium Low Potential receptors

Major Very Large Large / Very Large Moderate / Large Slight / Moderate 11.5.2 Receptor types likely to be subject to impacts under this topic heading include: Moderate Large / Very Large Moderate / Large Moderate Slight  Quarries and other sources of minerals and other finite raw material resources; Minor Moderate / Large Slight / Moderate Slight Neutral / Slight

Magnitude Negligible Slight Slight Neutral / Slight Neutral  Landfill capacity and other waste disposal facilities; Material resources 11.4 Limitations of the assessment 11.5.3 The materials to be used would comprise: 11.4.1 The level of detail with regards to materials required for, and wastes to be produced  Primary raw materials; by the Scheme is limited by the design information currently available. Therefore, estimates may need to be refined at later stages in the design development process  Secondary/ recycled raw materials; and

113

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

 Manufactured/ processed materials. 11.5.9 Marine dredged sand and gravel makes a significant contribution to the overall provision of sand and gravel in north east England, particularly in terms of provision 11.5.4 At the time of writing, the sources of key materials to be used on the project are not to Tyne and Wear where there are four associated wharves listed in Table 11-5 known in detail, but it is not anticipated that delivery of the project will be below. It is anticipated that this supply is likely to be maintained for the proposed constrained by a lack of availability of materials. There are several potential sources construction years. of key project materials in the Tyne and Wear area. Some of these are identified in the following sections. It is likely that some of the project materials (e.g. bulk fill Table 11-5: Wharves for the importation of aggregate minerals in Tyne and material, graded aggregates) will be sourced from the Tyne and Wear area. Other Wear materials (e.g. steel) are likely to be sourced from outside the area. Site Location and Operator Distance Mineral Planning Primary raw materials post code by Road status in 2012 11.5.5 Primary raw materials are those in an unprocessed (or minimally processed) state. Gateshead Gateshead Lafarge 8.5 km Sand and Inactive In relation to road construction, the principal raw materials are aggregates. Most Wharf NE10 0SB Tarmac Gravel construction aggregates are produced from hard, strong rock formations by Howdon Wharf North Shields, Lafarge 10.5 km Sand and Inactive crushing to produce crushed rock aggregate or from naturally occurring particulate North Tyneside Tarmac Gravel deposits such as sand and gravel. The most important sources of crushed rock in Britain are limestone (including dolomite), igneous rock and sandstone. Sand and NE8 3AE gravel can be either land-won or marine dredged. Jarrow Wharf South Shields, Cemex 6.5 km Sand and Active South Tyneside Gravel 11.5.6 The site is located centrally within Tyne and Wear (i.e. the combined area of Newcastle City Council, Gateshead Council, North Tyneside Council, South NE32 3DX Tyneside Council and Sunderland City Council). The Joint Local Aggregates Sunderland Sunderland Northumbr 12 km Sand and Active Assessment (LAA) for County Durham, Northumberland and Tyne and Wear (June (Greenwells SR1 2BU ian Roads Gravel 2016) has identified that the geology within Tyne and Wear gives rise to primary Quay) Wharf aggregates from Permian Magnesian Limestone and Sand and Gravel.

11.5.7 The Joint LAA identified two active aggregate mineral quarries in Tyne and Wear. Secondary raw materials and reused / recycled materials These are listed in Table 11-4 below. 11.5.10 Secondary raw materials / aggregates are defined as those produced as a by- Table 11-4: Sites with planning permission for aggregate extraction in Tyne product of other quarrying and mining operations, such as china clay waste, slate and Wear waste and colliery spoil (minestone), or as a by-product of other industrial Quarry Location Operator Distance Mineral Planning Expiry date processes, such as blast furnace/steel slag, coal-fired power station ash, incinerator and post by Road status at for extraction ash and spent foundry sand. code 31 11.5.11 Recycled aggregates arise from various sources including demolition or December construction of buildings and structures, or from civil engineering works. Other 2014 forms of recycled aggregate include asphalt planings, from resurfacing roads, and Eppleton Hetton le Eppleton 16.5 km Magnesian Active Extension railway track ballast. ‘Recycling’ involves the removal of deleterious materials, such Quarry Hole, Products Limestone granted (2015) as fines, wood, plastic or metal and processing by crushing and screening as Sunderland Ltd and Basal for 25 years required for reuse, often for less demanding applications than the original material DH5 9AR Permian from was used for. Once a material is processed into a saleable product it becomes a Sand commencement resource rather than a ‘waste.’ of development. 11.5.12 The Joint LAA identified the key sources of secondary aggregate for the area to Marsden Whitburn Owen 12 km Magnesian Active 2027 comprise ash from Lynemouth Power Station in Northumberland and colliery spoil Quarry Pugh Limestone SR6 7NG from the former Eppleton Colliery site in Sunderland (although it should be noted 11.5.8 The Joint LAA identified Tyne and Wear to be a major source of demand, and a net that future supply from Lynemouth Power Station is uncertain due to plans for importer of, crushed rock aggregate and sand and gravel from quarries in north east conversion to biomass). Important sources of materials suitable for secondary England. This demand is largely met by production from quarries within Tyne and aggregates are also found in the Tees Valley sub-region to the south of the LAA Wear, combined with intra-regional imports from Northumberland, County Durham area. Within the Joint LAA area, materials available for use as recycled aggregate and marine dredged sand and gravel landed at wharfs in Tyne and Wear. are most commonly construction, demolition and excavation waste and road planings. It is anticipated that the supply of both recycled and secondary

114

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

aggregates is likely to continue at similar levels as in recent years for the proposed 11.5.19 Further detail on the types of waste anticipated is provided in Table 11.12 below. All construction of approximately 3 years. waste arisings will be managed in accordance with the waste hierarchy where 11.5.13 The Joint LAA identified eight fixed recycled and secondary aggregate sites within feasible. A high landfill diversion rate is anticipated for non-hazardous waste Tyne and Wear. These are listed in Table 11-6 below. arisings. It is possible that the project may generate some hazardous demolition and excavation waste. This will be managed in accordance with relevant legislation Table 11-6: Recycled and secondary aggregate sites in Tyne and Wear and good practice. There are several waste management facilities in the Tyne and Wear area such that it is not anticipated that delivery of the project will be Site Location Distance by Operator constrained by a lack of availability of waste management facilities. Some of these Road are identified in the following sections. Eppleton Quarry Hetton le Hole 16.5 km Eppleton Quarry Products Existing landfill capacity Hayhole Road North Shields 12 km Owen Pugh 11.5.20 Data obtained from the UK Government (DEFRA Waste Management Information) indicates that, for the year 2014 (the most recent data available)83, there was a total Hudson Dock Sunderland 12 km Northumbrian Roads landfill capacity of 9.2 million cubic metres in the Tyne and Wear area, with Marsden Quarry Whitburn Owen 12 km Owen Pugh approximately a total of 37 million cubic metres of landfill capacity in the north east of England. This is summarised in Table 11-7 below. Newburn Newburn, 19 km MGL Group Newcastle upon Table 11-7: Northeast landfill capacity in 2014 Tyne Sub-region (000s cubic metres) Springwell Quarry Washington 9 km W & M Thompson Tees Valley NORTH Landfill Type Northumb- Tyne & Stephenson Street Stephenson Street 8.5 km G O'Brien Durham Unitary EAST Willington Quay G Willington Quay erland Wear Authorities O'Brien Hazardous - - 6,971 - 6,971 Manufactured materials Merchant 11.5.14 Manufactured materials are those products which have been converted from a raw Hazardous - - - - - material into a finished product. Key manufactured materials associated with road Restricted construction projects include concrete, steel and macadam. Non Hazardous 11.5.15 Manufacture of concrete uses aggregates and cement. Raw materials associated with Stable Non- with cement production can include limestone and clay gypsum. Manufacture of Reactive 2,400 1,233 1,081 - 4,715 steel primarily involves iron and carbon. Manufacture of macadam uses aggregate Hazardous Waste and bitumen. The primary raw materials associated with bitumen production are cell* crude oil and aggregate. Non Hazardous 1,700 130 5,824 6,834 14,489 11.5.16 A large number of concrete batching and coating plants located in Tyne and Wear Non Hazardous - - - - - are identified in the Joint LAA. Restricted 11.5.17 The site is located close to A road infrastructure capable of accommodating vehicle Inert 8,008 848 - 2,338 11,194 movements for the transportation of manufactured materials. Total 12,108 2,212 13,876 9,173 37,368 Waste 11.5.21 Until recently the DEFRA data had indicated an overall trend for decreasing landfill Key waste arisings capacity within the Tyne and Wear area, mirroring a similar situation for the north east of England and the UK as a whole, as landfill capacity has been falling in 11.5.18 The key waste arisings anticipated to be generated during construction include: recent years, refer to Figure 11.2 and 11.3.  Non-hazardous demolition and excavation waste;  Non-hazardous construction waste.  Vegetation - green waste from site clearance; and

 Municipal wastes – from workforce bins 83 DEFRA Waste Management for England 2014 https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/waste-management-for- england-2014 Most up to date information available accessed Jan 2017.

115

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Figure 11.2: Northeast landfill capacity trends 2008 - 2013 (000s cubic metres) Figure 11.3: Northeast landfill capacity trends 2008 - 2013 (000s cubic metres) Inert landfill: Non–Inert: Non-hazardous landfill sites, non-hazardous landfill sites with a Stable Non-Reactive Hazardous Waste Cell 14,000 Durham (SNHRW). 12,000 45,000 Northumberland Durham 40,000

10,000 Northumberland Tees Valley Unitary 35,000 Authorities 8,000 Tyne & Wear 30,000 Tees Valley Unitary

('000) Authorities

6,000 3 25,000 Total for North East Tyne & Wear

Capacity ('000) m3 20,000 4,000 Total for North East

15,000 Capacity m 2,000 10,000

0 5,000 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016 0 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016 11.5.22 Despite an overall general trend of reducing landfill capacity the figures show an increase for inert landfill capacity within the region. A recent study undertaken (2016 New Waste Management Capacity permitted in the North East)84 indicates that Table 11-8: Authorised landfill sites within 15 km approximately 3.7 million cubic metres of additional landfill capacity has been Approx. Licence Licence permitted within the North East since 2012. Name and address Licence type distance number status 11.5.23 The Environment Agency website85 contains details of landfill sites in England and from site Wales. Table 11-8 below lists the authorised landfill sites within 15 km of the Wardley Quarry Landfill Site, A4; Household, 67460 Modified 3 km Scheme. Sites within 15 km have been presented as many suitable sites including Wardley Lane, Gateshead, Commercial & inert landfills are just over 10 km from the Scheme. As explained in section 11.5, Tyne and Wear, NE10 8AA Industrial Waste this assessment considers baseline conditions that are likely to be present at the Houghton Quarry Landfill Site, A1 : Co-Disposal 67446 IPPC - 8 km construction stage of the Scheme, and therefore landfill sites that are due for Newbottle Street, Houghton-le Landfill Site Effective closure have not been included. Spring, Tyne & Wear, DH4 4AV Marsden Quarry Landfill Site, L05 : Inert 64063 Modified 11 km Coast Road, Whitburn, Sunderland, Tyne & Wear, SR6 7NG Kibblesworth Quarry, A4: Household, 67534 Modified 11 km Greenford Lane, Kibblesworth, Commercial & Gateshead, Tyne & Wear, Industrial Waste DH2 1BJ Landfill Field House Quarry, Field L05 : Inert LF 64158 Issued 11 km House Farm, Market Place, Houghton-le Spring, Tyne & Wear, DH5 8AJ 84 http://www.gateshead.gov.uk/DocumentLibrary/Building/PlanningPolicy/Core-Strategy-Documents/Waste- Capacity-Update-Report-January-2016.pdf Seghill Landfill Site, , Seghill A4 : Household, NP3935DM Effective 14 km 85 Environment Agency Interactive Maps Data Search. http://maps.environment- Village, Seghill, Commercial & (PPC) agency.gov.uk/wiyby/dataSearchController?lang=_e&textonly=off&topic=waste. Accessed 7th Dec 2014. Northumberland, NE23 7DY Industrial Waste Landfill

116

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Approx. Tanfield 23 km Construction waste, site clearance, demolition, top soil Licence Licence Name and address Licence type distance disposal, earthworks, aggregates, asbestos removal, number status from site hazardous waste, recycling St Bedes Brickworks, Station A1 : Co-Disposal 67155 Transferred 14 km Hartlepool 42 km Collect, sort and recycle mixed construction waste, mixed Lane Birtley, Chester-le Street, Landfill Site inerts, mixed soil and rubble and mixed packaging waste County Durham, DH2 1AG Collect and recycle pre-sorted plasterboard, brick and rubble, soil, metals, wood, green waste, plastics such as UPVc, Contaminated and hazardous materials cardboard and office/mess room recyclables such as paper, 11.5.24 Out of the landfill sites that are listed in Table 11-8 above, those permitted to deal cans, plastic bottles with hazardous waste are listed in Table 11-9 below. Table 11-9: Landfill sites within 15 km permitted for hazardous materials 11.6 Potential Impacts (without mitigation) Licence Licence Approx.distance Name and address Licence type number status from site 11.6.1 Potential environmental impacts associated with material resources and waste will occur at each stage of the project’s material flow cycle. Figure 11.4 overleaf is a Houghton Quarry Landfill A1 : Co- 67446 IPPC 8 km simplified diagrammatic representation of materials resource flows which identifies Site, Newbottle Street, Disposal material resource use and the management of waste. Houghton-le Spring, Landfill Site Tyne & Wear, DH4 4AV 11.6.2 The following section outlines the potential impacts without mitigation. Mitigation St Bedes Brickworks, A1 : Co- 67155 Transferred 14 km measures are described in Section 11.7. The assessment using the methodologies Station Lane Birtley, Disposal outlined in Section 11.3 for magnitude / significance / sensitivity with and without Chester-le Street, Landfill Site mitigation is provided in Section 11.8. County Durham, DH2 1AG Waste recycling facilities 11.5.25 The site is located in a relatively industrial area and lies within 10 km of a range of waste collection and treatment facilities, many of which include recycling services including those suitable to manage the wastes expected to be generated by the Scheme. The Environment Agency public register86 shows in excess of 110 waste operation permits within 10 km radius of the site alone. Relevant relatively local services and their distance from the site are summarised in Table 11-10 below. Table 11-10: Waste collection, recycling and disposal companies Approx. Location distance Waste recycling / disposal from site Sunderland 10 km Gather, process and recycle waste materials generated by the construction, manufacturing and allied industries Paper, Plastics, Newspapers, Magazines and Cardboard are Figure 11.4 Project material flow diagram baled and sold to re-processors. Glass, Cans, Wood and Scrap are also recycled Source: Highways Agency (2011) IAN 153/11 Licenced to take asbestos and Electrical and Electronic Potential Materials Impacts Equipment (WEEE) Recycled products include Crushed Secondary Aggregates 11.6.3 The following outlines the anticipated cut and fill volumes for the Scheme. This and Fine Screened Soils estimate has been provided by Costain.  Approximate cut volume 63,000 m3 3 86 http://epr.environment-agency.gov.uk/ePRInternet/SearchRegisters.aspx  Approximate fill volume 187,000 m

117

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

 Volume difference 124,000 m3 11.6.12 The Highways England Carbon Tool was developed to better manage carbon emissions resulting from the maintenance and improvement of the trunk road 11.6.4 It is estimated that a minimum of 124,000m3 of additional fill would be needed to be network. It contains average embodied carbon figures for various construction imported onto site for the two-bridge option. materials taken from the Bath Inventory of Carbon and Energy (ICE), along with 11.6.5 Potential environmental impacts of materials include those associated with the transport, energy and waste factors from Defra 2014 and the Waste Resources extraction and transport of primary raw materials, the processing and manufacture Action Programme (WRAP). Table 11-11 below sets out an estimate of embodied of secondary materials, and the transportation of both primary and secondary and transport carbon for the two-bridge option. This is based on estimates provided materials to use on construction sites. by Costain combined with embodied and transport carbon factors contained in the 11.6.6 The choice of whether to use primary or secondary aggregates (or a combination of Highways England Carbon Tool and Highways Agency Major Projects Carbon both) would be made considering a combination of factors such as performance Calculation Spreadsheet. requirements, value for money, materials source, specification, production and Table 11-11: Estimated embodied and transport carbon for A19 / A184 Testos transport. Secondary (recycled) aggregates may not always have the lowest impact Junction Improvement – two-bridge option on the environment and materials would be selected based on a consideration of all relevant factors (including transport impacts, embodied carbon benefits and Highways Agency Transport reduction of impacts associated with extraction of virgin aggregates). Key Estimated carbon Approx. Embodied distance road construction Units 11.6.7 Water would be used at all stages of the project’s material flow cycle (refer to Figure calculation quantity (tCO2) by road transport material 11.4) and, therefore, materials used for the Scheme will contribute to the pressure material (km) (tCO2) on water reserves. For example, the Scheme is expected to use a significant type amount of steel and concrete, both of which are associated with using large 3 amounts of water in their manufacture. The UK Sustainable Concrete Forum state Bulk Quarried 187,000 m 1,945 20 925 earthworks aggregate that 87.9 litres of mains water were consumed per tonne of reinforced concrete materials (soils produced in the UK in 2013. and / or rock) Potential Materials Impacts - Carbon Graded Stone, 140,000 m3 22,120 12 416 11.6.8 Energy is considered an aspect of both material use and waste management. For aggregates general (6F1-5) example, energy is consumed during raw material extraction, the processing and manufacture of products, transport and in their use on site. Energy is also Macadam Asphalt 40,000 m3 4,488 15 126 consumed in the management of waste associated with transport for reprocessing Soil for Soil 13,000 m3 530 1 3 and disposal as well as the energy consumed during recycling and reprocessing landscaping into secondary products. In situ concrete General 4,800 Tonnes 514 10 6 11.6.9 ‘Embodied Carbon’ is defined as Greenhouse gas emissions associated with the life Concrete cycle of a product. This includes all emissions (or portion of emissions) that are Pre-cast Prefab. 648 Tonnes 88 10 1 released as part of all processes involved in creating, modifying, transporting, concrete Concrete storing, disposing of and/or recycling the product. The use of energy therefore 3 contributes to both global energy demand and emissions of greenhouse gases to Timber Timber, 130 m 46 15 0 the atmosphere with the associated impacts on global climate. general 11.6.10 In addition to the energy used in extracting and manufacturing materials, energy will Steel (steel bar Steel, 540 Tonnes 655 60 4 also be required to transport materials to and from site. The site is located close to reinforcement, general bridge beams, (25% A road infrastructure capable of accommodating vehicle movements for materials road restraint, recycled and waste transportation. lighting content) 11.6.11 Estimated distances by road for materials transport are provided within the tables. columns and During construction, an increase in freight traffic on the A19 and A184 is expected signs) due to deliveries to the construction site. At this stage, insufficient information is TOTALS 30,386 1,480 available to enable this increase to be accurately quantified. However, the increase is expected to be negligible in the context of the existing volume of freight traffic on : these roads.

118

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

11.6.13 A similar breakdown of the material requirements and transport requirements for the Activity Potential wastes Types of waste forecast Additional information single-bridge option are not yet available. However, the following differences are sources and to be produced on waste arisings, expected: possible including quantity  Reduced requirement for imported bulk fill, indicatively in the region of classifications* where currently defined approximately 40,000-50,000m3; channels, edging planings arising from site  Increased requirement for aggregates and concrete – marginal; Earthworks clearance  Increased requirement for steel bridge beams. Cold Milling (50 mm) of pavements (removal of 11.6.14 The single-bridge option would also enable the avoidance of two diversions of asphalt or concrete surface) statutory services and therefore the use of materials required for those diversions, Vegetation such as pipes and cables. 11.6.15 A reduction of imported bulk fill of the scale expected would result in a reduction in Demolition Demolition materials Quantities unknown at this Demolition materials from from existing stage: existing buildings / structures carbon emissions in the order of approximately 1,000 tCO2e compared to the two- buildings / structures – 320t calculated from weight bridge option. There would also be additional transport carbon savings. This Waste concrete Hazardous waste of West House Farm reduction may be partly offset by increases in the requirement for steel, concrete Waste steel (e.g. hazardous accommodation Bridge Hazardous waste and aggregate for construction of the bridge. hydrocarbon Potential for contaminated contamination from Potential for asbestos from Potential Waste Impacts soils tar bound road the West House Farm 11.6.16 As set out above there are environmental impacts associated with the movement, planings arising from Bridleway Bridge demolition - transportation and processing (including recycling/recovery) of wastes and site clearance) but none identified at this surplus/defective materials, such as the use of energy involved in the process. A stage. further potential impact is the risk of sterilising waste management or waste disposal facilities, either through permanent or temporary severance of access to Site Wastes are likely to Quantities unknown at this existing waste management sites, or by filling a local facility site up to capacity with construction be generated from stage. However, wastes surplus construction likely to include: surplus excavated materials or other wastes. This could force locally-produced At this stage in the project, materials and also wastes to be transported greater distances for disposal elsewhere. It is considered surplus excavated soils there is little additional potentially from unlikely that the Testos Junction Improvement project would have any impacts in road planings information available on the damaged items and respect to disposal facilities as the project is aiming to manage all waste generated waste generated from the offcuts. surplus construction on site in accordance with the waste hierarchy (i.e. landfill would be the option of materials, including Scheme to support the last resort to be used only for waste which is not feasible to manage in any other concrete, metals, plastics assessment. way). Mainly non-hazardous, but 11.6.17 Table 11-12 below outlines the anticipated types and quantities of waste expected possibly some hazardous. to be generated from the two-bridge option.

Table 11-12: Anticipated types and quantities of waste generated – two- 11.6.18 The potential quantities of wastes are largely unknown at this stage, but it is a bridge option project intention to re-use or recycle as much as possible. Although the Scheme is Activity Potential wastes Types of waste forecast Additional information likely to require net import of bulk fill material (see paragraph 11.6.4), there may still sources and to be produced on waste arisings, be some surplus fill material which would require removal from site if not suitable for possible including quantity re-use. classifications* where currently defined 11.7 Mitigation Site Site clearance, site Quantities unknown at this Clearance of open field and remediation/ preparation works stage hedgerows 12.5 ha. 11.7.1 Mitigation measures would be implemented to limit the impacts identified in Section preparation and groundworks Redundant pavements, 5 ha of structures including 11.6 above relating to the use of materials and the generation of waste. There is unreinforced slab pre-cast concrete kerbs significant synergy between materials re-use and the avoidance of the generation of construction) Potential for hazardous waste; therefore there is overlap between the mitigation measures for both. Pre-cast concrete kerbs, hydrocarbon contamination 11.7.2 The importance of careful management of materials to promote re-use and reduce from tar bound road waste generation has been widely recognised by the construction industry. Both

119

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

legislation and voluntary best practice mechanisms provide measurable and would set out, in an auditable document, how these wastes would be reduced, re- accountable processes and provide the basis for mitigating environmental effects used, managed and disposed of. Regular reviews of, and updates to, the SWMP associated with materials and waste. These approaches will be used on the project would also enable the monitoring of mitigation measure’s effectiveness at including the use of site won materials and the use of materials from neighbouring maximising the use of locally sourced and low environmental impact materials. projects. 11.7.8 The SWMP would set out how all construction phase materials would be managed. 11.7.3 The mitigation measures would be broadly the same for both the two-bridge and This may include specific soils management plans developed under the following single bridge options. voluntary and industry regulated Codes of Practice: Material efficient design  Construction Code of Practice for the Sustainable Use of Soils on Construction Sites (DEFRA, 2009) provides guidance for the excavation, handling, storage 11.7.4 The principal mitigation measure for reducing the impacts associated with the use 87 of materials would be material efficient design. This process, which would continue and final placement of soils ; and through the detailed design stages, involves aiming to identify design solutions  Environment Agency Position Statement: Definition of Waste: Development which minimise the use of materials whilst still meeting the project requirements. Industry Code of Practice88. 11.7.5 Structures, drainage, road restraint systems, street lighting, traffic signals and 11.7.9 These provide a process whereby contaminated soils can be re-used on the site of signage products would be procured with consideration of the environmental origin (i.e. they do not become a waste) if they are proven, through appropriate risk impacts associated with their manufacture, as well as other considerations such as assessments, to be suitable for use. They also provide for soils with elevated structural design, carbon footprint, energy consumption, long-life performance, contamination levels to be used directly on another site provided that they are visual impacts, durability and cost. Both reinforced concrete and steel structures suitable for use at that site. include a measurable recycled content in their manufacture. Where possible, the 11.7.10 Where materials generated during construction cannot be used for the Scheme, availability of responsibly sourced local and recycled materials would be considered opportunities would be sought to re-use the materials on other local schemes. It in order to reduce potential environmental effects, such as from transport may be possible to recycle all, or most, of the road surface (planings) for emissions. incorporation in other schemes or for sale to other local construction projects, but it Implementation of a CEMP would not be possible to confirm this until closer to the time of implementing the 11.7.6 Key mitigation measures are included within the Construction Environmental works. Management Plan (CEMP) which has been developed for the project. The CEMP 11.7.11 Local sourcing of materials will be actively investigated and pursued where would continue to be further developed during the detailed design phase (i.e. before consistent with value for money and other project requirements (including relevant the start of construction) and implemented during the construction phase. The EU procurement directives) in order to minimise potential environmental effects, CEMP sets out the approach to managing environmental issues on site. In relation such as from transport emissions, and to support local businesses (see Section to materials and waste, including the following information: 11.7.15)  Appropriate project targets for materials and waste; Hazardous Wastes Management  Site Waste Management Plan (SWMP); 11.7.12 If contaminated soils or wastes are encountered during the construction works, further investigation, testing and risk assessment would be undertaken to determine  Materials Management Plan in accordance with CL:AIRE 2011; whether the soils could either: stay on-site, require treatment to make them suitable  Soil Resource/ Materials Management Plan (MMP) detailing protocols for soil to remain on-site, or would need to be disposed of off-site. Details for dealing with management in line with current industry best practice as set out by DEFRA’s unexpected contaminated soils and waste would be included in the CEMP, and are Construction Code of Practice for the Sustainable Use of Soils on Construction set out in the Geology and Soils Chapter 10. Sites and requirements within the Specification for Highways Works series 600 Mitigation Summary and 3000); 11.7.13 Table 11-13 below summarises the general mitigation tools and processes that  Procedures for the management of material procurement, delivery, storage, would be adopted for the Scheme in relation to managing materials resource and handling use and disposal; waste. The assessment of impacts following mitigation is provided in Section 11.8.  Use of materials responsibly sourced in accordance with BES 6001:2009 and the UK Government Timber Procurement Policy. 87 11.7.7 Although the requirements for a Site Waste Management Plan (SWMP) have been Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (DEFRA) (2009). Construction Code of Practice for the Sustainable Use of Soils on Construction Sites. repealed, the development and use of a SWMP would be a key mitigation measure 88 Environment Agency, Position Statement: Definition of Waste: Development Industry Code of Practice (V2) to manage the waste generated on site. The SWMP would identify, prior to the start (March 2011) of construction, the types and likely quantities of wastes that may be generated. It

120

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Table 11-13 Summary of potential impacts and mitigation proposed – for Scheme Potential Impacts Description of the How the Measures Would be two-bridge or single-bridge option Activity Associated With Mitigation Implemented, Measured and Material Resource Measures Monitored Scheme Potential Impacts Description of the How the Measures Would be Use / Waste Activity Associated With Mitigation Implemented, Measured and Management Material Resource Measures Monitored Use / Waste materials and ‘just-in-time’ delivery management policies and sensitive Management wastes (carbon to minimise double routing arrangements to be footprint impact) handling. Sensitive implemented by the contractor. Disposal of SWMP including use Implemented by contractor. Use of traffic management Measured via weighbridge records demolition wastes of targets as KPIs. weighbridge records and waste to minimise effects and receipts and analysis of and soils Market testing for transfer notes. Audited regularly by on amenity. procurement criteria used for specific unsuitable for use the use of wastes Environmental Coordinator / Clerk of materials. Audited regularly by on-site off-site via the Works. Set aside areas for storage Environmental Coordinator / Clerk of materials exchange. of waste for appraisal / treatment as Works. Pre-demolition audit appropriate. to identify wastes. Wastes from SWMP and KPIs. Implemented by contractor. Use of materials use and Provision of weighbridge records and waste On-site use of Materials Incorporation of on-site recovered municipal solid segregation transfer notes. Audited regularly by Site demolition wastes, Management Plan materials in detailed design. waste production facilities. Environmental Coordinator / Clerk of remediation / soils and green (MMP), CEMP, Implemented by contractor. Audited Works. Preparation / waste SWMP and Key regularly by Environmental Performance Coordinator / Clerk of Works. Demolition Indicators (KPI’s) Additional Project Specific Mitigation Production of Contaminated Land Use of weighbridge records and 11.7.14 In addition to the above general approaches project specific mitigation measures hazardous wastes risk assessment and special waste transfer notes. SWMP. On or off- Audited regularly by Environmental and opportunities for reducing impacts have been identified. The Scoping Report for site treatment of Coordinator / Clerk of Works. the Scheme outlines a potential earthworks collaboration opportunity with the contaminated soils A19/A1058 Coast Road Junction Improvement project, which started in 2016 and for any other will run through 2019, and has an estimated bulk earthworks surplus of hazardous wastes approximately 130,000m3, which may cover the requirements for 124,000m3 of fill identified on-site, as dependent on material suitability. The Coast Road project is located approximately appropriate. 8km away from the Testos scheme. It is understood that the surplus materials from Material use and Materials Procurement policies to be the Coast Road project will largely be suitable for re-use at Testos. The surplus depletion (e.g. management plan implemented by the contractor. amount from the Coast Road scheme would be sufficient to meet the additional fill virgin aggregates) and CEMP. Use of Measured via weighbridge records required. procurement and receipts and analysis of 11.7.15 The Testos project will store the Coast Road material at a former coal-washing site policies, targets and procurement criteria used for specific KPIs to maximise materials. Audited regularly by about 2.5km west of Testos for temporary storage. This site already has all the local sourcing of Environmental Coordinator / Clerk of required consents in place and provides a more favourable option for mitigation of materials and the Works. Set aside areas for storage environmental impacts. inclusion of as much of materials for re-use. 11.7.16 Initial appraisals indicate that 320t of waste and materials will be generated from the recycled content as demolition of West House Farm Accommodation Bridge. Where possible these Construction practicable in materials will be re-used for the Scheme. Materials will be sorted from the waste accordance with the required and stored on the temporary storage areas. specifications of the 11.7.17 A further key mitigation measure would be to set aside land for the temporary construction storage of other materials and waste (including the Coast Road materials once material. immediate need is identified) refer to Section 2.7 For the project 35.3 ha of land has Carbon footprint of As above As above. Procurement policies to been proposed for the site compound, haul roads and top soil and sub soil storage, materials use include whole life CO2 emissions the details for which will be set out in the final CEMP. data as a KPI for all materials. 11.7.18 Current areas marked for temporary materials storage are outlined in Figure 2.6. Transport of As above and use of Procurement and waste based on the requirement of 124,000 m3 of fill for project completion. The

121

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

temporary land-take requirements make provision for storage of imported fill, topsoil, other soils, other construction materials, waste, site compounds and access/ haul roads, statutory undertakers diversion works, etc. (not all separately labelled on the plan). Storage made available for materials and waste would maximise the amount of materials that can be re-used on-site and minimise the amount of materials required to be imported, subsequently also minimising the amount of waste generated, and protecting the quality of materials e.g. by allowing separate storage areas for top soils and sub-soils. 11.7.19 Where suitable, green waste would be recycled for on-site landscaping or ecological improvement works; for example for habitat creation, or spread as chippings or mulch, with appropriate consideration and control of any pollution risk. Off-site management through a green waste disposal contractor could also offer recycling through composting. Details of ecological improvement works are outlined

in Chapter 9 (Ecology and Nature Conservation), and Landscaping works detailed

within Chapter 8 (Landscape and Visual Effects).

11.8 Assessment of Residual Impacts and Summary

11.8.1 The impacts identified for both materials and waste above, and their magnitude / significance both prior to and following mitigation are summarised, in Table 11-14 overleaf. Note that, in accordance with guidance, impacts relating to materials are only assessed in relation to magnitude, whereas receptor sensitivity and significance of effect are also assessed for impacts relating to waste (refer to Section 11.3).

11.8.2 Impacts relating to material resources and wastes are generally considered to be of minor or negligible magnitude. This is with the exception of the carbon footprint of materials use for the construction stage which has been determined to have a moderate impact. This is likely to be slightly reduced for the single-bridge option compared to the two-bridge option, due to the reduction in the bulk fill requirement and consequent reduction in transport needs. However, it is anticipated that these impacts may reduce below Moderate via implementation of the mitigation measures including the potential use of materials arising for the neighbouring and concurrent Coast Road development, the magnitude of which will be dependent on the suitability of the materials won from the Scheme. 11.8.3 Wastes from materials use and municipal solid waste production are predicted to have neutral – slight adverse significance with potential reduction through mitigation.

122

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Table 11.14: Detailed Assessment Reporting Matrix

Project Potential Impacts Description of the Impacts – prior to mitigation – two-bridge Brief Description of Mitigation Description of the Impacts – Comment on single-bridge option Activity Associated With option Measures – two-bridge or single- following mitigation – two-bridge Material Use / bridge option option Waste Production Disposal of If waste requires landfill disposal, landfill capacity is Continue design development to If waste can be re-used at other Broadly similar to the two-bridge demolition wastes available in the Tyne and Wear area (total 9 M tonnes), avoid disposal. SWMP including construction sites the magnitude option. and soils although the local landfill capacity availability is decreasing use of targets as KPIs. of effect could be reduced unsuitable for use there is still sufficient capacity for the small quantum from Assessment shows good thereby potentially reducing on-site or off-site the Scheme expected to require disposal, and there has opportunity for recycling of significance to Neutral. been recent expansion for landfill capacity for inert wastes. materials and wastes through local Further extensive landfill capacity is available on a regional waste management and recycling basis. facilities. With respect to the impact of sterilising local landfill and local recycling capacity resource, this impact will be adverse but short term and localised. Impact = low sensitivity, minor magnitude. Significance = Neutral - Slight Adverse. On-site or off-site The majority of materials e.g. soils, are anticipated to be Continue design development to If the use of such wastes can be Broadly similar to the two-bridge use of demolition re-used for construction works and some soils and green avoid disposal. Proposals maximised the magnitude of the option wastes, soils and wastes can also be used for landscaping. developed for the MMP, CEMP, effect can be reduced to Site green waste Impact = low sensitivity, minor magnitude SWMP and KPIs. Investigation to negligible resulting in a remediation / Significance = Neutral - Slight Adverse. prioritise the treatment of waste significance level of Neutral Preparation / over disposal. Demolition The baseline study indicates that the North East region contains many potential facilities for recycling. Many of the facilities are capable of the treatment of types of waste to be generated. Market testing for the potential for wastes to be used off site. Set aside areas for storage of waste for appraisal/treatment as appropriate. Production of No or low volumes expected. Contamination issues dealt Identified through the If no contamination is found, or it Broadly similar to the two-bridge hazardous with in Chapter 10. The baseline has identified hazardous Contaminated Land Risk is found and remediated, option wastes waste facilities present in the region for disposal if Assessment and proposals for significance would be Neutral required. management within the SWMP. or Positive. Impact = low sensitivity, negligible magnitude, short term, Identify on-or off-site treatment of localised. contaminated soils for any Significance = Neutral – Slight Adverse if realised. hazardous wastes on-site, as appropriate. Carbon footprint Moderate Magnitude – Carbon footprint of construction As above Local secondary materials Preliminary estimates for 40,000 to of materials use materials and waste (not including transport) = availability has been identified 50,000m3 less fill material, reducing <30,000tCO2e. (i.e. between 20,000-40,000). from the Coast Road impact compared to Two-bridge development, and may be able option. Excess Coast Road materials to be combined with the could also be used for Downhill Construction Downhill Junction scheme. The Junction scheme if not required for proposal is likely to reduce the Testos junction. magnitude to below Moderate Less fill required compared to Two- with the use of Coast Road bridge option reducing carbon materials and CEMP driven impacts. If the fill is assumed to be

123

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Project Potential Impacts Description of the Impacts – prior to mitigation – two-bridge Brief Description of Mitigation Description of the Impacts – Comment on single-bridge option Activity Associated With option Measures – two-bridge or single- following mitigation – two-bridge Material Use / bridge option option Waste Production actions. The Coast Road is imported “general soils” available anticipated to have an carbon factors indicate this could earthworks surplus of provide embodied carbon savings of 3 approximately 130,000 m , and c. 1,000 tCO2e (transport carbon the Scheme requires 124,000 savings would be in addition). This m3 of fill. still results in the Moderate magnitude assessed for the two- bridge option, but this could also be reduced by the use of Coast Road materials. Transport of Negligible Magnitude. However, poor planning of As above and use of ‘just-in-time’ Would remain Negligible. Less transport requirements than materials and materials use could lead to excessive use of plant and delivery to minimise double Two-bridge option but impact would wastes (carbon vehicles to move and handle bulk materials, resulting in handling, and sensitive routing to remain as Negligible Magnitude. footprint impact) inefficient use of energy. minimise amenity effects. The Coast Road development is only 8km from the site and provides excellent opportunity for resourcing of local materials. Wastes from There is local recycling capacity such that sensitivity is low SWMP and KPIs, use of If waste of construction Broadly similar to the two-bridge materials use and and there is the likelihood that some waste would be sent segregation facilities for municipal materials can be avoided and/or option municipal solid off-site for recycling or back to the manufacturer so the wastes. Options for on-site re-use on site can be maximised waste production magnitude is minor. recycling will be explored. the magnitude of the effect can Municipal solid waste production is expected to be Except in relation to soils and be reduced to negligible minimal. demolition wastes it is anticipated resulting in a significance level If waste requires landfill disposal / treatment off site, landfill that ~90% of wastes would be of Neutral. capacity is available. recycled. Impact = low sensitivity, minor magnitude, short term, If waste can be re-used at other localised and adverse impact. construction sites the magnitude of Significance = Neutral - Slight Adverse. effect could be further reduced thereby reducing significance.

124

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

CHAPTER 12 NOISE AND VIBRATION

Executive summary on occasions, floors of properties close to the route. Ground-borne vibration effects could potentially be produced during the construction phase if percussive piling or Potential noise and vibration impacts arising from the construction and operation of the compaction techniques are used in close proximity to receptors and could be the proposed new A19/A184 Testos Junction Improvement have been assessed for sensitive source of annoyance to local residents. receptors within a defined study area. 12.1.3 This chapter examines the potential for traffic noise and vibration impacts at There are a number of residential properties and other noise sensitive receptors located in locations considered likely to be affected by the construction and operation of the close proximity to the existing A19 and A184. These properties currently experience high Scheme, examples of which include dwellings, schools, hospitals, community levels of noise, with road traffic dominating. facilities and designated areas. The chapter considers mitigation measures With the opening of the Scheme, reductions in operational noise are predicted for large appropriate to the potential noise and vibration impacts. The methodology used numbers of properties close to the existing A19, as a result of the proposed Low Noise Road complies with the guidance provided in the Design Manual for Roads and Bridges89 Surfacing (LNRS). The number of properties experiencing beneficial effects classified as (DMRB; HD213/11 - Revision 1). perceptible far outweighs the number experiencing perceptible adverse impacts. 12.1.4 The "Detailed Assessment" methodology within HD 213/11 - Revision 1 has been The predicted worst case construction noise levels indicate the potential for significant effects followed, with appropriate assessment tables and a summary of the likely impacts at those properties and other sites close to the construction of the Scheme. In order to control provided. the potential construction noise impacts, localised mitigation measures would be 12.1.5 Noise levels in this chapter are expressed in terms of the decibel (dB), which is implemented. With the implementation of suggested mitigation measures, and the application explained further in Appendix 12.1, together with some of the other technical of a Construction Environmental Management Plan, any impact will be minimised. However, concepts and terms used in this chapter. despite this, it is possible that some residents will experience significant construction noise levels for short durations. The two-bridge option and the single-bridge option Perceptible vibration due to soil compaction activity is a possibility on occasion at those few 12.1.6 Consideration has been given to the two different options for carrying the A19 over properties closest to the Scheme. The levels of vibration would be perceptible to residents the roundabout at Testos Junction. and could lead to complaint. However, such levels can be tolerated if prior warning and 12.1.7 Detailed noise modelling has been carried out for the two-bridge option. explanation has been given to residents and are experienced for a short duration. No significant effects, due to construction vibration, are predicted. 12.1.8 The difference in design between the two options is localised to the immediate area of the bridge/bridges over the roundabout. There is therefore only a potential for In both the short term and long term, the number of sensitive receptors that would experience the closest receptors to the roundabout to experience different noise levels between a perceptible decrease in noise level outweighs those that would experience a perceptible the two options; the modelling for other areas of the scheme is expected to remain increase in noise level. In addition, the number of receptors likely to experience potential valid as the design is the same for both options. significant beneficial effects outweighs the number of potentially significant adverse impacts. It is therefore considered that the overall impact of the Scheme can be considered to be 12.1.9 Using the most recent design information, a noise prediction exercise has been beneficial. undertaken to determine the difference in noise levels at the nearest receptors to the roundabout for the single-bridge option. This exercise has concluded that the 12.1 Introduction proposed alternative bridge design would result in an increase in noise level between 0.1 and 0.2 dB LA10,18h at these receptors. Such minor noise level 12.1.1 Noise in its widest sense can be defined as unwanted sound. Such sound can be increases would not result in any variation in impact assessment for these associated with industrial, domestic and transportation sources. In this assessment, receptors. There is therefore no significant difference between the options in any potential noise impacts would relate to changes in road traffic or would be relation to noise. associated with construction activities. Road traffic noise can be a source of complaint for people in their homes, their gardens and also outside in recreation 12.2 Limitations of the assessment areas. The impact upon other sensitive receptors and the enjoyment of these receptors is also important. While noise impacts derived from road traffic during 12.2.1 No special limitations or technical difficulties have been encountered in the course operation of the Scheme would continue in the long term, any impacts associated of this assessment. However, all noise modelling studies are dependent on with construction would cease at the end of the construction period. computer-modelling of future conditions. The noise model itself is dependent on input data taken from computer modelled traffic data and on a number of 12.1.2 Vibration comprises oscillatory waves that propagate from a source through either

the ground or the air to adjacent buildings. Although there is no evidence that traffic 89 Design Manual for Roads and Bridges, Volume 11, Section 3, Part 7, "Noise and Vibration" November 2011 induced airborne vibration could cause even minor damage to buildings, it could be August 2008 (HD 213/11 – Revision 1) a source of annoyance to local people, causing vibrations of doors, windows and,

125

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

assumptions. All computer modelled information is subject to an inherent degree of construction methods under the act, including the that the Construction uncertainty and depends on a number of assumptions. The data and assumptions type of plant to be used and permitted noise Assessment undertaken in used in this assessment are set out in Section 12.3 Assessment Approach and levels during specified hours. Restrictions can be the ES will be refined and Method, with further information in Appendix 12.4. imposed even if the noise levels would be below updated, allowing for those causing a statutory nuisance. applications under Section 61 12.2.2 Construction plant information, together with a provisional construction works of the Act to be made to the programme, was provided by Costain as the ECI Contractor (see Section 2.1 for an Local Authorities should explanation of Costain’s role). Highways England wish. 12.2.3 Construction plant noise levels used in this assessment have been taken from the Table 12-2: Relevant National Policies current sound level data presented in Annex C of the relevant British Standard (BS 5228-1: 2009 + A1 2014). National Relevant Paragraph How the policy has been Policy addressed 12.2.4 Traffic data is fundamental to predicting operational noise levels, thus facilitating the noise and vibration assessment of a scheme. Traffic flow (numbers of vehicles), National Noise and vibration is referred to in The NNNPS sets out the composition (percentage of heavy vehicles) and speed data (following the guidance Networks paragraphs 5.186 to 5.200 of the NNNPS. government’s vision and contained in IAN 185/1590) all contribute to calculating road traffic noise levels. National policy against which the Traffic data has been provided for the year of opening (2018) and future Secretary of State (SoS) Policy assessment year (2033) for the DM and DS scenarios. will make decisions on Statement 12.2.5 In line with HD 213/11 - Revision 1, a minimum traffic speed of 20 kph (12 mph) has applications for (NNNPS) been used in the noise model, where the traffic model predictions provide speeds development consent for less than this. This represents a worst-case scenario assessment for these low- January 2015 nationally significant speed situations. infrastructure projects on the strategic road and rail 12.2.6 It is considered that all data inputs for this assessment are of an adequate level to networks. support a 'Detailed' level of assessment as defined in HD 213/11 - Revision 1. A full review of the Scheme against the 12.3 Legislative and policy background NNNPS is set out in 12.3.1 Legislation and policy, relevant to this noise and vibration assessment of the Appendix A of the Planning Statement (document ref Scheme is summarised in Tables 12-1-12-4 below, whilst further information is TR010020/APP/7.1) provided in Appendix 12.2. Table 12-1: Relevant legislation Legislation Description How the requirement has been addressed Noise insulation The highways authority has a duty to offer to An assessment has been regulations insulate the living rooms and bedrooms of carried out and its results are 1975 (amended dwellings affected by new roads and roads that reported in paragraph 1988) 91 have their line or level altered, if the dwellings 12.7.57. satisfy certain criteria. Control of Highways England and its contractor are not References to the Act are Pollution Act bound by the provisions of the Act due to crown contained in Section 12.3, 197492 immunity, but do act in the spirit of the Act. with greater detail in Appendix Under the Act, Local Authorities have powers to 12. It is anticipated through impose requirements or restrictions on the detailed design process

90 Interim Advice Note 185/15 - Updated traffic, air quality and noise advice on the assessment of link speeds and generation of vehicle data into ‘speed-bands’ for users of DMRB Volume 11, Section 3, Part 1 ‘Air Quality and Volume 11, Section 3. Part 7 Noise 91 Statutory Instrument, 1988. The Noise Insulation (Amendment) Regulations 1988. HMSO. 92 Control of Pollution Act, Section 60, 1974 (CoPA)

126

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

National Relevant Paragraph How the policy has been National Relevant Paragraph How the policy has been Policy addressed Policy addressed

National Paragraph 109 of Chapter 11 states that the The NPPF is identified in sustainable development: NPSE. See 12.4.19 and Planning planning system “should contribute to and section 12.3 and in greater  Avoid significant adverse impacts on health Appendix 12.3 for more Policy enhance the natural and local environment by “ - detail in Appendix 12.2 and quality of life; information. Framework This chapter identifies a preventing both new and existing development  Mitigate and minimise adverse impacts on (NPPF) (March methodology for determining health and quality of life; and, 2012) from contributing to or being put at unacceptable both adverse impacts and risk from, or being adversely affected by significant effects.  Where possible, contribute to the unacceptable levels of …noise pollution”. improvement of health and quality of life. ”The 'Explanatory Note' within the NPSE The assessment provides further guidance on defining 'significant Paragraph 123 states that planning decisions demonstrates that significant adverse effects' and 'adverse effects' using the should adverse noise effects are concepts:  “avoid noise from giving rise to significant possible during the  no Observed Effect Level (NOEL) - the level adverse impacts on health and quality of construction phase. below which no effect can be detected. life as a result of new development”. In terms of the operation of Below this level no detectable effect on health  mitigate and reduce to a minimum other the Scheme, noise level and quality of life due to noise can be adverse impacts27 on health and quality of predictions suggest no established; life arising from noise from new receptors are likely to  lowest Observable Adverse Effect Level development, including through the use of experience a significant (LOAEL) - the level above which adverse conditions; adverse impact during the effects on health and quality of life can be  recognise that development will often day-time period. At night one detected; and, create some noise and existing businesses property is predicted to  significant Observed Adverse Effect Level wanting to develop in continuance of their experience a significant (SOAEL) - the level above which significant business should not have unreasonable adverse impact, due to a adverse effects on health and quality of life restrictions put on them because of slight exceedance of the occur. changes in nearby land uses since they absolute noise level threshold at night. Noise Action Defra produced the Noise Action Plan in March Potential impacts on Noise were established; and 93 Plan 2010 to address the effects of noise from major Important Areas are addressed identify and protect areas of tranquillity which have roads in England under the terms of the in paragraphs 12.7.52-54. remained relatively undisturbed by noise and are Environmental Noise (England) Regulations Potential improvement prized for their recreational and amenity value for 2006. measures for NIAs are outlined this reason”. in 12.8.6-12.8.7. The Noise Action Plan aims to promote good Planning Planning Practice Guidance relating to relevant The PPG is identified in health and good quality of life. In doing so it aims Practice NPPF policies are included under “Noise”, section 12.3 and in greater to identify "Important Areas" within in England Guidance paragraphs 001 to 012. detail in Appendix 12.2. where the competent Authority should look, (PPG) This chapter identifies where feasible, to reduce noise levels. thresholds for determining of

Lowest Observed Adverse Effect Levels (LOAEL) and Significant Observed Adverse Effect Levels (SOAEL) in line with the PPG. These are used in determining potential significant effect in the assessment. Noise policy The NPSE lists three policy aims: The assessment of statement for significance of impact in “Through the effective management and control England relation to noise is based on 93 of environmental, neighbour and neighbourhood Noise Action Plan (outside first round agglomerations), Environmental Noise (England) regulations 2006 as (NPSE) criteria derived from the noise within the context of Government policy on amended, 2010, Defra concepts spelt out in the

127

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Table 12-3: Relevant Policies within the South Tyneside statutory Development by: construction and Development Plan Plan: Saved Seeking to minimise all forms of pollution”. operation. The Policies (March assessment

South Relevant Policy How the policy has 2007) demonstrates that in Tyneside been addressed Policies EN5 and EN6 Noise and Vibration terms of operation the Local overall impact of the Development EN5 “where development is likely to generate Scheme is beneficial. Framework noise sufficient to increase significantly the Core Strategy Policy EA5 Environmental Protection The Noise and Vibration existing ambient sound or vibration levels in Adverse impacts are Chapter assesses the (June 2007) residential or other noise sensitive areas, the likely during the potential effects of the council will require the applicant to carry out an construction phase due to “To complement the regeneration of the Borough, Scheme in terms of its assessment of the nature and extent of likely the present of heavy the Council will control new development so that construction and problems and to incorporate suitable mitigation plant in close proximity to it….. operation. The measures in the design of the receptors. Such impacts assessment development. Where such measures are not will be minimised as D: ensures that the individual and cumulative demonstrates that in practical, permission will normally be refused”. much as reasonable effects of development do not breach noise, terms of operation the practicable through hazardous substances or pollution limits….” overall impact of the EN 6 “where noise sensitive development is agreement with the Scheme is beneficial. Environmental proposed which is likely to be exposed to unacceptable levels of noise or vibration from Department of Adverse impacts are Sunderland Council likely during the roads, railways, existing industrial areas or other construction phase due to potentially noisy uses, the council will require the the present of heavy applicant to carry out an assessment of the nature plant in close proximity to and extent of likely problems and to incorporate receptors. Such impacts suitable mitigation measures in the design of the will be minimised as development. Where such measures are not much as reasonable practical, permission will normally be refused.” practicable through agreement with the Environmental 12.4 Assessment approach and method Department of South Tyneside Council. 12.4.1 The assessment follows the methodologies contained within HD 213/11 – Revision See above 94 Development Policy DM1 Management of Development 1 and describes the works, their construction and the associated noise and Management vibration impacts. The overall approach to each sub topic is summarised below, Policies “In determining all applications under the planning whilst full details of the approach to each sub topic is provided in Appendix 12.3 (December Acts we will ensure that where relevant… 2011) B: the development is acceptable in relation to Assessment of potential construction impacts any impact on residential amenity….” 12.4.2 Disruption caused during the construction phase of the Scheme has the potential to N/A affect residents and other sensitive receptors adjacent to the Scheme. HD 213/11 – Site-Specific No relevant policies 95 Allocations and Revision 1 advises on the use of BS 5228 to assess and control noise and Proposals Map vibration from construction activities. (April 2012) 12.4.3 Predicted noise and vibration levels arising from construction activities have been assessed following the criteria contained within BS 5228 Parts 1 and 2 to determine Table 12-4: Relevant Policies within the Sunderland statutory Development whether potential construction impacts are likely to occur. Plan Sunderland Relevant Policy How the policy has City Council been addressed 94 DMRB Volume 11 Section 3 Part 7 HD 213/11 – Revision 1 ‘Noise and Vibration (2011) – referred to hereafter as City of EN1 General Environmental Protection This chapter assesses the potential effects of the HD213/11. Sunderland “Improvement of the environment will be achieved 95 BS 5228:2009+A1:2014 Code of practice for noise control on construction and open sites – Part 1 & 2, 2009 BSI Unitary Scheme in terms of its

128

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Assessment of potential operational impacts Ground-borne vibration Study Area 12.4.12 HD 213/11 – Revision 1 provides guidance on ground-borne vibration from highway schemes. This assessment provides a qualitative assessment on the likelihood of Noise perceptible traffic induced ground-borne vibration. 12.4.4 The study area and the calculation area for the noise assessment were defined in Vibration nuisance accordance with HD 213/11 – Revision 1. Firstly, the study area is defined as including all roads within a 1 km boundary around the start and end points of the 12.4.13 Consideration has been given to changes in airborne vibration nuisance at all physical works associated with the road project, including any routes that are dwellings within 40 m of roads where noise level predictions have been undertaken. improved or bypassed as part of the Scheme. ‘A calculation area’ is then defined, Assessment of the Significance of Effects which includes: Construction noise  The whole area within 600m of the Scheme; 12.4.14 BS 5228-1 provides two methodologies for the prediction of significance during  The whole area within 600m of any other roads within 1km of the Scheme, if typical construction works, based upon noise change and existing measured changes on those roads are predicted to result in noise changes (increases or ambient noise levels. Method 1 applies only for residential properties, so for this reductions) of 1dB in the opening year or 3dB in the design year; assessment consideration has been given to Method 2, which takes account of both  Noise calculations are then made for all residential dwellings and other noise residential properties and other sensitive receptors. sensitive receptors within the calculation area. Construction vibration 12.4.5 HD 213/11 – Revision 1 requires consideration beyond the calculation area, to take 12.4.15 Vibration is a low frequency disturbance producing physical movement in buildings into account the likely noise impacts on the wider road network (considered in terms or to their occupants. Ground-borne vibration is usually measured in terms of peak of change in basic noise level (BNL)). This is required for such roads where there is particle velocity (ppv), which is measured in terms of movement in mm/s. BS 5228-2 a 1 dB increase or decrease in noise in the baseline year and/or a 3 dB increase or contains guidance on vibration levels in structures from construction works. It decrease in the future assessment year in comparison with the baseline year. provides a prediction methodology for mechanised construction works, such as These roads are included in the study area. compaction and tunnelling works, and piling works. The Standard also presents 12.4.6 Figure 12.1 illustrates both the study area and the calculation area used within the guidance for the control of vibration from construction works. assessment. 12.4.16 Assessment of the likelihood of significant effects, as a result of ground-borne Vibration vibrations arising from construction activities, has been carried out using the guidance contained within BS 5228-2. 12.4.7 The study area for the vibration assessment was defined as within 40m of all roads where noise level predictions were undertaken, in accordance with guidance given 12.4.17 Airborne vibration is not considered in this assessment as no blasting is proposed. in HD213/11. Operational noise - DMRB assessment Noise Assessment 12.4.18 Section 3 of HD 213/11 - Revision 1 provides guidance on the magnitude of traffic 12.4.8 The assessment of noise levels at noise sensitive receptors has followed the noise impacts. The human ear responds differently to noise in the short term and in “Detailed Assessment” methodology outlined in HD 213/11 – Revision 1. Noise the long term, so the magnitude of impact is classified differently for different levels have been calculated at all residential dwellings and other noise sensitive timescales. In the short-term, a change in road traffic noise of 1dB (A), for example receptors within the calculation area. when a project is opened, is the smallest change that is considered perceptible to the human ear. In the long-term, a 3dB(A) change is considered perceptible. These 12.4.9 An assessment of night-time noise levels has also been undertaken in accordance values are therefore used as thresholds in identifying short-term and long-term with HD 213/11 – Revision 1. impacts. The classification of noise impact, provided by HD 213/11 - Revision 1, is Noise nuisance set out in more detail in Appendix 12.3. 12.4.10 HD 213/11 – Revision 1 defines the level of noise ‘nuisance’ by reference to the Operational noise - Significance of effects percentage of people in the affected population that are likely to be ‘bothered very 12.4.19 For the operational noise assessment, appropriate noise level criteria (in terms of much or quite a lot’ by traffic noise. LOAEL and SOAEL noise levels) has been defined for the purposes of identifying 12.4.11 In this assessment, noise nuisance predictions have been based on the highest potential significant effects arising from the operational phase of the Scheme. The nuisance levels expected during the first 15 years after opening for the DM and DS criteria have been defined based on the guidance provided in the NPSE and PPG. scenario and compared to the nuisance levels of the DM baseline year (2018). Appendix 12.3 provides the definition of the significance criteria adopted for this assessment.

129

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Vibration are the average values of the measurements taken across the day and night-time 12.4.20 HD 213/11 - Revision 1 advises that should the level of vibration at a receptor be periods. predicted to rise to above a level of 0.3 mm/s, or an existing level above 0.3 mm/s is Table 12-5: Summary of Daytime Baseline Noise Monitoring (06:00 – 00:00) predicted to increase, then this should be classed as an adverse impact from vibration. Location Average Measured Noise Level (dB) Location Number 12.5 Consultation LAeq,18 hour LA90,18 hour LA10,18 hour 12.5.1 South Tyneside Council provided a response to consultation by the Planning LT1 Make me Rich 63 60 64 Inspectorate on their Scoping Opinion (see section 4.5 and Appendices 1.1). In LT2 Scots House 62 58 64 relation to noise and vibration, the comments were focussed on potential construction, stating "In terms of construction impacts the proposed area of works LT3 West House Farm 61 58 62 are again distant from residential property other than two farms. The council is keen to see some protection offered to these residential units given that site works may LT4 79 Foxhomes 65 60 66 be undertaken during night and evening periods. BS5228 (Noise from construction sites) is an acceptable starting point for assessments but significant noise sources Table 12-6: Summary of Night-time Baseline Noise Monitoring (23:00 – and any piling methodology need to be selected with care and operated during 07:00) reasonable time periods." Location Average Measured Noise Level (dB) 12.5.2 Consultation was undertaken with South Tyneside Council and Sunderland City Location Number Council on the following aspects: LAeq,8 hour LA90,8 hour LA10,8 hour

 An assessment to be undertaken in line with the guidance contained within the LT1 Make me Rich 56 48 58 Design Manual for Roads and Bridges (HD 213/11).  Construction assessment to be undertaken in accordance with BS 5228. LT2 Scots House 55 44 57  Noise monitoring locations and durations. LT3 West House Farm 55 48 55 12.6 Baseline conditions LT4 79 Foxhomes 58 45 60

12.6.1 A total of 19 properties and other noise sensitive receptors are located within 100 m 12.7 Potential impacts (without mitigation) of the Scheme alignment. These properties currently experience high levels of noise, with road traffic being the dominant source of noise. Noise levels vary from Construction impacts around 60 dB LA10,18h to over 75 dB LA10,18h according to the distance between the road and the façade of the property and whether or not there are other properties or 12.7.1 Appendix 12.5 sets out indicative details of the construction activities and plant that other screening structures between them and the road. If no changes are made to are expected to be used on site. The construction plant information including the existing road infrastructure, these noise levels would gradually increase with numbers of plant, percentage ‘on’ times and BS 5228-1: 2009+A1:2014 references time, due to expected growth in the volume of traffic. are also detailed in Appendix 12.5. This information has been provided by the contractor and forms the basis of the construction noise assessment. Measurement of existing noise levels 12.7.2 A provisional construction programme has been provided by the contractor which 12.6.2 Noise monitoring undertaken at four locations in 2014 is considered representative shows all activities that are programmed to occur simultaneously at various for this assessment and is summarised in this chapter, due to their having been no locations for each week during the construction period. Table 12.7 identifies four major changes in the area over the period. Long–term, unattended noise scenarios that have been considered within the construction assessment. These monitoring was undertaken during the period of November 20th – 4th December scenarios are considered representative of the main construction phases. The 2014 at each location, with a noise measurement recorded every 15 minutes during construction information used in this chapter is considered the most likely works that 15-day period. proposal. However, it is subject to change, and therefore, the assessment of 12.6.3 The monitoring locations are shown in Figure 12.2 and the monitored data potential noise and vibration effects from construction should be considered summarised in Tables 12.5 and 12.6 below. indicative at this stage. 12.6.4 Tables 12.5 and 12.6 present a summary of the daytime (06:00 to 00:00) and the night-time (23:00 to 07:00) monitoring respectively. The monitoring results below

130

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Table 12-7: Construction Scenarios  Type and number of activities;

Scenario Construction Activities Represents  Type of plant/equipment;  Distance from noise sources; Demolition of West House Farm accommodation bridge and embankments  Nature of the local ground and strata; Site clearance  Topography; and, Boundary Fencing Early construction  Wind direction. A Merge and diverge earthworks period Bored piling for retaining structures 12.7.4 It is expected that the majority of construction works will normally take place Reinforced concrete works for retaining structures between 08:00 - 18:00 Monday to Friday and 08:00 to 13:00 on Saturday. There Ancillary plant for earthworks may be exceptions to these hours for oversize deliveries and junction tie-ins etc. In addition, there are likely to be extended working hours in the summer months for Other minor works the earthworks to take advantage of the weather / daylight. Embankment construction 12.7.5 Noise levels would be elevated in the immediate vicinity of the Scheme due to Ancillary Plant to embankment construction various construction activities taking place. Receptors in these areas have the Bored piling for retaining structures potential to be adversely affected by construction noise. Excavation & Trimming bored piles Construction Noise Site clearance 12.7.6 Construction noise levels have been predicted at representative receptors located Boundary Fencing Worst case week of in close proximity to the works (see Table 12.8). Noise levels have been predicted B Merge and diverge Earthworks activity for each of the scenarios described in Table 12.7 and a worst-case construction Backfill to Reinforced Structures noise level identified for each sample receptor. Lay Blacktop 12.7.7 The noise predictions take into account the information referred to in paragraph Piled embankment foundations and mat 12.7.1, distance of plant to the receptors, and topographical information between Drainage/utility diversion the plant and the receptors. The noise model assumes typical locations for activities Install kerbs & gullies / safety fencing working simultaneously. For mobile activities, e.g. earthworks or road surfacing, Install Lamp columns worst case locations have been used adjacent to receptors along the Scheme. The highest predicted noise level for each receptor has been considered as the potential Bored piling for retaining structures construction noise level for this assessment. This approach is considered to provide Excavation & Trimming bored piles worst case construction noise levels for each receptor. Site clearance 12.7.8 Predicted noise levels emanating from the worst case construction scenario are Boundary Fencing Approximate middle shown in Table 12.8. These noise levels are representative of the weekday C point of construction Ancillary Plant to embankment construction works between 08:00 - 18:00 Monday to Friday and 08:00 to 13:00 on Saturdays. Merge and diverge Earthworks Columns 2, 3, 4 and 5 of Table 12.8 provide the predicted construction noise level Piled embankment foundations and mat for each receptor considered, for each of the scenarios detailed above. The sixth column identifies the worst case construction noise level for each receptor. The Reinforced concrete works for retaining structures predicted noise levels assume worst case construction activity for a given scenario, Site clearance Last few months of in terms of noise level, with all plant for a given activity operating on a given day, at D Earthworks construction a point on the construction site closest to each representative receptor. Construction works are transient and variable in nature and it is almost impossible 12.7.3 Noise and vibration impacts would vary from time to time and location to location to predict exact plant and vehicle movements in advance of the works. It is throughout the construction period. They are also dependent on the contractor's therefore considered that the predicted levels presented are the worst case chosen method of working and on the timing and phasing of certain operations. scenario and in reality noise levels will generally be less than those presented. Factors expected to influence the effect of construction work on noise and vibration 12.7.9 The baseline noise levels (LAeq) contained in Table 12.8 are taken from two levels at nearby properties include: sources. Those baseline levels in bold are taken from the noise monitoring  Existing noise levels; exercise. Where baseline noise measurements are not representative, or available, for the receptor locations, baseline noise levels have been derived through applying

131

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

the LA10,18hr to LAeq,16hr formulae provided within the TRL report 'Converting the levels provided are likely to occur for a limited period, when construction activities UK traffic noise index LA10,18h to EU noise indices for noise mapping' to the are located at a position closest to each receptor. At other times it is expected that predicted noise level for the DM 2018 scenario. construction noise levels would be less than those presented in Table 12-8. 12.7.10 All noise levels in Table 12-8 are ‘façade noise levels’, i.e. they are measured or 12.7.12 The majority of the construction phase would require the movement of heavy calculated 1m in front of the most exposed window or door in the façade of the vehicles within the construction site. Where applicable, such on-site movements property. have been included within the noise model. For construction phases such as road surfacing, it is assumed that materials would be delivered to site via the local road Table 12-8: Construction Noise Impact – Worst Case Weekday Daytime network. At present, the delivery routes are not defined; however, it is expected that Predicted Noise Level from vehicles would access the site from the A19 or the A184. Given the already substantially high traffic flows on these roads, it is considered that the subsequent Construction works LAeq dB Total Baseline Noise for each Scenario Noise increase in noise and vibration on the A19 or A184 would be minimal. Noise Change Level, Receptor (Table 12-7) Level, dB(A) Construction Vibration L , LAeq 12hr Aeq 12hr 12.7.13 Construction activities proposed which have the potential to give rise to largest Max (B) (C-B) A B C D (C=A+B) levels of vibration at receptors would be associated with vibratory earthwork (A) compacting works and bored piling activities. Such works would be associated with 11 Hambledon Close 65.9 70.3 65.9 65.5 70.3 65.0 71.4 6.4 the construction of structures and earthworks. 2 Fareham Grove 67.8 70.2 66.7 67.8 70.2 66.2 71.7 5.5 12.7.14 Within the information that the construction contractor has provided, the Caterpillar 21 Lavender Grove 62.9 64.6 60.2 61.2 64.6 57.4 65.4 8.0 CS 76 self-propelled has been identified for use in the embankment construction 31 Boston Crescent 52.0 54.3 50.7 50.0 54.3 60.9 61.8 0.9 team. 33 Benton Avenue 52.6 56.3 52.0 51.0 56.3 56.1 59.2 3.1 12.7.15 Table 12-9 details predicted vibration levels, produced using the techniques 47 Foxhomes 65.6 68.1 63.4 64.6 68.1 60.0 68.7 8.7 contained with BS 5228-2, at the nearest sensitive receptors to the proposed 56 Foxhomes 68.3 70.4 65.6 67.7 70.4 62.2 71.0 8.8 embankment construction areas. Both the 5% and 50% scaling factors have been 80 Foxhomes 72.6 73.8 70.2 72.2 73.8 65.9 74.5 8.6 used for the probability of the predicted value being exceeded, for steady state Make Me Rich Farm 67.6 74.3 68.7 69.1 74.3 63.5 74.6 11.1 operation. Make Me Rich Gardens 67.9 66.6 65.2 66.2 67.9 63.5 69.2 5.7 12.7.16 The differences in prediction between a 5% probability and 50% probability of the West House Farm, predicted value being exceeded gives an indication of the uncertainty of the 73.2 75.7 73.1 72.8 75.7 62.0 75.9 13.9 Newcastle Road predicted levels. It should be noted that the 5% probability is considered a worst Woodland View Lodge 64.5 71.8 61.3 66.9 71.8 61.6 72.2 10.6 case assumption, and would only be expected to result for a short duration of time. Quality Hotel, Witney Table 12-9: Predicted Ground-borne Vibration from Vibratory Soil 65.2 68.9 64.6 64.1 68.9 58.0 69.2 11.2 Way Compaction Plant NHS Information 82.2 84.4 77.3 79.0 84.4 67.3 84.5 17.2 Predicted ground-borne vibration Authority, Witney Way Nearest distance to level (ppv), mm/s R N L I, Boldon Colliery 79.9 84.8 74.7 73.4 84.8 70.0 84.9 14.9 Receptor vibratory soil The Quadrus Centre, compaction, m 5% probability 50% probability 70.7 73.4 70.9 70.9 73.4 60.8 73.6 12.8 Witney Way Make Me Rich Mount Pleasant Marsh 78 0.33 0.09 67.1 74.3 68.0 69.6 74.3 58.5 74.4 15.9 Farm Local Wildlife Site West House Farm 60 0.48 0.13 Boldon Lake Local 76.1 78.3 71.7 73.1 78.3 61.0 78.4 17.4 Wildlife Site NHS Information 39 0.89 0.24 Authority 12.7.11 Table 12-8 indicates that the majority of worst case construction noise levels are RNLI, Boldon predicted to occur in Scenario B, which represents the overall worst case week of 26 1.58 0.43 construction activity throughout the entire construction programme. Through Colliery analysing the predicted construction noise levels further, it is advised that the site 80 Foxhomes 62 0.46 0.12 clearance and embankment construction teams are the dominant source of construction noise at the nearest sensitive receptor locations. Given the transient 12.7.17 Based upon the prediction methodology contained within BS 5228-2, the ground- nature of such construction activities, the worst case predicted construction noise borne vibration level at one of the closest buildings to the works would be 1.58mm/s

132

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

ppv at the RNLI building on Boldon Business Park (assumed to contain offices). In Noise levels at sample receptors accordance with BS 5228-2, the probability of vibration exceeding these levels 12.7.25 Table 12-10 compares noise levels at sample receptor locations in the DM scenario would be 5%, whilst the predicted vibration level, with a 50% probability of the in 2018 against the DS scenario in 2018 (short-term impact), while Table 12.11 predicted value being exceeded, is 0.43 mm/s. For receptors further from the works, compares the noise levels at each sample receptor location in the DM scenario in vibration levels would be less than those calculated above. 2018 against the DS scenario in 2033 (long-term impact). The Tables show the 12.7.18 As vibration passes through the foundations of a building the level will alter as an magnitude of noise change in accordance with the criteria presented in Appendix effect of the transfer function. Such transfer functions will differ between properties; 12.3. however, a general reduction in vibration from free-field to foundations of 60% is 12.7.26 A list of the day and night-time noise levels at all of the receptors within the study often applied96. However, for the purpose of this assessment no reduction has been area is presented in Appendix 12.6. assumed and is therefore a conservative assessment approach. Table 12-10: Comparison of Predicted Noise Levels at Properties for Do 12.7.19 In terms of residential buildings, a vibration level of 1.58 mm/s ppv is likely to be Minimum (2018) and Do Something (2018) perceptible to residents, and in accordance with the guidance within BS 5228-2, could lead to complaint. It is assumed that a vibration of this magnitude could have Do Minimum Do Something Noise Level Magnitude of a similar effect within an office environment. Receptor 2018, L 2018, L A10,18h A10,18h Change (dB) Change 12.7.20 When assuming a more typical probability of exceedance (50%), a vibration level of (dB) (dB) Negligible 0.43 mm/s is predicted at the worst effected receptor. In the context of a residential 16 Turfside 73.1 73.2 0.1 building, would be just about perceptible to occupants. Adverse Negligible 12.7.21 In all cases, the predicted vibration levels shown in Table 12.9 fall well below the 79 Foxhomes 71.1 71.0 -0.1 vibration levels defined in BS 7385-2 which could give rise to cosmetic damage to Beneficial buildings. In addition, given the transient nature of the soil compaction works, this 33 Holland Park Negligible 73.8 72.9 -0.9 level of vibration would only be experienced for short duration, e.g. two to three Drive Beneficial days, when the compaction works occur at the nearest position to the properties. 60 Cheltenham Negligible 74.8 74.3 -0.5 12.7.22 Driven piling has the potential to result in high levels of noise and ground-borne Drive Beneficial vibration. However, partly for this reason, only rotary piling is proposed as part of 23 Windermere Negligible 72.9 73.0 0.1 the construction programme, which does not produce high levels of ground-borne Crescent Beneficial vibration. Rotary piling is proposed for use at the retaining walls to be constructed Negligible within the Testos junction, and for the approach embankments leading up to the 113 Roman Road 74.5 74.4 -0.1 Beneficial Testos junction. Furthermore, the indicative construction programme indicates that Negligible the closest rotary piling would occur to a sensitive residential property would be 93 Roman Road 72.8 72.6 -0.2 39m. Given this distance and the low levels of vibration resulting from such piling, Beneficial this is not considered to have any perceptive effect and is not taken into any further 27 Calf Close 65.1 65.1 0.0 No Change account in this assessment. Drive 1 Gateshead Negligible Operational impacts 73.8 73.9 0.1 Terrace Adverse 12.7.23 Predicted noise levels at all noise sensitive receptors within the HD 213/11 - Negligible Revision 1 calculation area are detailed in Appendix 12.6 Table 12.6.2 and a 17 Addison Road 69.4 69.6 0.2 comparison is made between the data gathered during the noise monitoring Adverse exercise and the predicted noise levels at representative locations in Appendix 12.6 59 Ferryboat Lane 71.3 69.8 -1.5 Minor Beneficial Table 12.6.1. 47 Hedworth Lane 61.6 62.7 1.1 Minor Adverse 12.7.24 Although noise levels are predicted at all receptor locations within the calculation 32 Windermere Negligible 71.6 71.7 0.1 area, noise levels are also presented at a number of sample receptors. These are Crescent Adverse typical of other receptors in a given location. 53 Cheltenham Negligible 75.6 74.8 -0.8 Drive Beneficial Negligible West House Farm 64.4 64.3 -0.1 Beneficial 96 Measurement & Assessment of Groundborne Noise & Vibration, The Association of Noise Consultants, 2001

133

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Do Minimum Do Something Do Minimum Do Something Noise Level Noise Level Magnitude of Magnitude Receptor 2018, L 2018, L Receptor 2018, L 2033, L Change A10,18h A10,18h Change (dB) Change A10,18h A10,18h of Change (dB) (dB) (dB) (dB) (dB) Mount Pleasant Negligible Negligible 27 Calf Close Drive 65.1 65.5 0.4 Marsh Local 59.6 59.5 -0.1 Adverse Beneficial Wildlife Site 1 Gateshead Negligible 73.8 74.3 0.5 Boldon Lake Local Terrace Adverse 62.1 62.1 0.0 No change Wildlife Site Negligible 17 Addison Road 69.4 69.8 0.4 12.7.27 It is observed from Table 12-10 that one representative receptor, ‘47 Hedworth Adverse Lane', is expected to experience a perceptible adverse impact in the short term, Negligible 59 Ferryboat Lane 71.3 68.7 -2.6 with a noise increase of 1.1 dB with the Scheme in place. Hedworth Lane is located Beneficial approximately 2 km to the north-west of the A19 / A184 junction. The traffic Negligible 47 Hedworth Lane 61.6 62.5 0.9 modelling indicates an increase in both traffic flow (approximately 18%) and the Adverse percentage of heavy goods vehicles (1%) on this road as a result of the Scheme. 32 Windermere Minor However, it shall be noted that in absolute terms, the increase in AAWT is only 522 71.6 68.5 -3.1 vehicles, against a baseline traffic flow of 2,898. Crescent Beneficial 53 Cheltenham Minor 12.7.28 The sample receptor ‘59 Ferryboat Lane’ is expected to experience a minor 75.6 72.6 -3.0 Drive Beneficial beneficial impact, with an associated change in noise level of -1.5 dB. Negligible West House Farm 64.4 64.9 0.5 12.7.29 All other sample receptors are expected to experience either a negligible change, or Adverse no change, with the Scheme in place, in the year of opening. Mount Pleasant Negligible 12.7.30 The noise changes in the short term are highlighted in Figure 12.3 Do-Minimum Marsh Local 59.6 60.0 0.4 Adverse 2018 versus Do-Something 2018, which shows the noise change contours in terms Wildlife Site of the magnitude of impacts. The contours illustrate the areas where changes in Boldon Lake Local Negligible noise levels would occur as a result of the Scheme. 62.1 62.6 0.5 Wildlife Site Adverse Table 12-11: Comparison of Predicted Noise Levels at Properties for Do Minimum (2018) and Do Something Scenario (2033) 12.7.31 Table 12-11 shows that no sample receptors are expected to experience a perceptible adverse impact in the long term with the Scheme in place. Do Minimum Do Something Noise Level Magnitude 12.7.32 It should be noted that the predicted noise levels for DS 2033 include the benefit of Receptor 2018, L 2033, L Change A10,18h A10,18h of Change the proposed LNRS, which is expected to be in place on the A19 by 2033, even if (dB) (dB) (dB) the Scheme does not go ahead. Therefore, similar reductions in noise level would Negligible 16 Turfside 73.1 70.7 -2.4 be expected in the DM 2033 noise levels for many of the sample receptors above. Beneficial 12.7.33 Two sample receptors (32 Windermere Crescent and 53 Cheltenham Drive) are Negligible 79 Foxhomes 71.1 68.7 -2.4 expected to experience perceptible benefits in the long term with the Scheme in Beneficial place. 33 Holland Park Negligible 73.8 71.1 -2.7 12.7.34 All other sample receptors are expected to experience either a negligible change, or Drive Beneficial no change, with the Scheme in place, in the long term. 60 Cheltenham Negligible 74.8 71.9 -2.9 Drive Beneficial 12.7.35 The noise changes in the long term are highlighted in Figure 12.5 Do-Minimum 2018 versus Do-Something 2033, which shows the noise change contours in terms 23 Windermere Negligible 72.9 70.0 -2.9 of the magnitude of impacts. The contours illustrate the areas where changes in Crescent Beneficial noise levels would occur as a result of the Scheme. Negligible 113 Roman Road 74.5 74.8 0.3 HD 213/11 - Revision 1 summary tables Adverse 12.7.36 Tables 12-12, 12-13 and 12-14 provide the noise level change comparisons in Negligible 93 Roman Road 72.8 73.2 0.4 Adverse accordance with the reporting requirements for a Detailed Assessment within HD

134

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

213/11 - Revision 1. See paragraph 12.4.18 and Appendix 12.3 for more Table 12-13: Long-term Traffic Noise Comparison, Do Minimum (2018) information on the classification of noise impacts. against Do Minimum (2033) Table 12-12: Short-term Traffic Noise Comparison, Do Minimum (2018) Scenario/Comparison: Do Minimum 2018 against Do Minimum 2033 against Do Something (2018) Daytime Night-time Scenario/Comparison: Do Minimum 2018 against Do Something 2018 Change in noise level Number of Number of (with magnitude of impact Number of other Daytime dwellings Change in noise level category) dwellings sensitive (with magnitude of impact category) Number of Number of other (>55 dB) dwellings sensitive receptors receptors 0.1 – 2.9 (negligible) 1,542 37 162 0.1 – 0.9 (negligible) 664 20 Increase in Increase in 3.0 – 4.9 (minor) 0 0 0 1.0 – 2.9 (minor) 9 0 noise level noise level 5.0 – 9.9 (moderate) 0 0 0 3.0 – 4.9 (moderate) 0 0 LA10,18h LA10,18h 10+ (major) 0 0 0 5+ (major) 0 0

No Change 0 172 5 25 No Change 0 920 12

0.1 – 2.9 (negligible) 6,400 60 663 0.1 – 0.9 (negligible) 5,440 61 Decrease in Decrease in 3.0 – 4.9 (minor) 517 7 2 1.0 – 2.9 (minor) 1,598 12 noise level noise level 5.0 – 9.9 (moderate) 0 0 0 3.0 – 4.9 (moderate) 0 4 LA10,18h LA10,18h 10+ (major) 0 0 0 5+ (major) 0 0 12.7.37 It is observed from Table 12-12 that nine dwellings are predicted to experience 12.7.41 The long-term noise changes are demonstrated in Figure 12.4 which shows the perceptible increases (1.0 dB LA10,18h or more) in the short term in noise level noise change contours between the Do Minimum 2018 and DM 2033. This figure following the introduction of the Scheme, with all of these properties experiencing a highlights that the majority of the calculation area would be subject to Negligible noise increase of between 1.0 and 2.9 dB. Conversely, 1,598 dwellings are noise decreases in the long term DM situation, which is as a result of the assumed predicted to experience perceptible decreases in noise levels with the Scheme in LNRS due to be installed by 2033. place, with all of these properties experiencing a noise decrease of between 1.0 12.7.42 It should be noted that the predicted noise levels for DS 2033 (which are used to and 2.9 dB. This means that, in the short term, the number of properties whose generate the numbers of properties in this table) include the benefit of the proposed noise level would noticeably increase would be heavily outweighed by the number LNRS, which is expected to be in place on the A19 by 2033, even if the Scheme whose noise level would noticeably decrease. does not go ahead. 12.7.38 In terms of other sensitive receptors, none are expected to experience perceptible 12.7.43 Table 12-14 shows that for the 2033 DS daytime scenario, no dwellings are adverse impacts, whilst 16 are expected to experience perceptible beneficial predicted to experience perceptible noise increases. Conversely 38 dwellings and impacts, consisting of 12 “minor beneficial” and four “moderate beneficial” impacts. one other sensitive receptor are predicted to experience perceptible decreases in 12.7.39 Overall, when comparing the amount of receptors that would experience a noise levels with the Scheme in place in the long term. There are also 6,925 perceptible decrease in noise level (1,613) against those that would experience a dwellings that are expected to experience "Negligible" benefits, compared with perceptible increase in noise level (9), the overall impact of the Scheme can be 1,272 dwellings that are expected to experience "Negligible" adverse impacts, in the considered to be very much beneficial in the short term. long term with the Scheme in place. 12.7.40 Table 12-13 overleaf shows that should the Scheme not be constructed, there are 1,542 dwellings that would experience a "Negligible" noise level increase in the long term. Conversely, 6,400 dwellings would experience "Negligible" noise level decreases, whilst 517 would experience "Minor" noise level decreases. These decreases in noise level are generally as a result of the LNRS which has been included within the DM 2033 scenario, but not in the DM 2018 scenario.

135

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Table 12-14: Long-term Traffic Noise Comparison, Do Minimum (2018) DM scenario the long term, nuisance curves are used which result in much lower against Do Something (2033) increases. Scenario/Comparison: Do Minimum 2018 against Do Something 2033 12.7.48 Table 12.15 also shows that 6,095 dwellings would experience a reduction in noise nuisance with the Scheme compared to 6,917 in the DM scenario. Daytime Night-time Table 12-15: Traffic Noise Nuisance Change in noise level Number of Number of (with magnitude of impact Number of other dwellings Noise Nuisance Assessment category) dwellings sensitive (>55 dB) Do Minimum Do Something receptors Change in nuisance level Number of 0.1 – 2.9 (negligible) 1,272 44 157 Number of dwellings dwellings Increase in 3.0 – 4.9 (minor) 0 0 0 noise level <10% 1,542 893 5.0 – 9.9 (moderate) 0 0 0 LA10,18h Increase in nuisance 10<20% 0 651 10+ (major) 0 0 0 level 20<30% 0 22

30<40% 0 0 No Change 0 396 1 21 >40% 0 0

0.1 – 2.9 (negligible) 6,925 63 668 No Change 0 172 970 Decrease in 3.0 – 4.9 (minor) 38 1 0 noise level 5.0 – 9.9 (moderate) 0 0 0 LA10,18h <10% 6,916 6,095 10+ (major) 0 0 0 Decrease in nuisance 10<20% 1 0 12.7.44 During the night-time period, no dwellings are expected to experience either a level 20<30% 0 0 perceptible benefit nor a perceptible adverse impact (where the predicted noise level is above 55 dB(A) LAeq,8 hour). 30<40% 0 0 12.7.45 Overall, when comparing the amount of receptors that would experience perceptible >40% 0 0 decrease in noise level (39) against those that would experience a perceptible Basic Noise Level (BNL) changes increase in noise level (0), the overall impact of the Scheme can be considered to be beneficial in the long term. 12.7.49 Consideration has also been given to likely noise impacts at dwellings along the wider road network, outside the HD 213/11 - Revision 1 calculation area. Table 12.- Noise nuisance 16 provides predicted BNL's for affected routes outside the HD 213/11 - Revision 1 12.7.46 Noise nuisance is explained in Appendix 12.3 paragraphs 11.3B.18-11.2B.20. Note calculation area. The levels in brackets are the differences between the DM in the that this relates to noise nuisance as defined in DMRB and is not related to baseline and the DS scenarios considered. statutory nuisance. In summary, it is related to the percentage of people ‘bothered Table 12-16: Basic Noise Levels (BNL) for Affected Routes outside the very much or quite a lot’ by traffic noise. Calculations of the change in noise Calculation Area nuisance have been undertaken for all dwellings within the HD 213/11 - Revision 1 Sensitive calculation area for the assessment of permanent traffic noise impacts. Table 12-15 Basic Noise Level dB L Receptors A10,18h below provides the results of the noise nuisance assessment. Road within 50 12.7.47 Table 12-15 shows that with the Scheme in place 1,566 dwellings would experience m DM201 DS2018 DS2033 an increase in noise nuisance compared to 1,542 dwellings in the DM situation. A19 Northbound on-slip Although a proportion of the dwellings are predicted to experience increases in 0 65.2 66.8 (+1.6) 67.5 (+2.3) nuisance levels greater than 10% with the Scheme in place, it shall be noted that a from Sunderland Highway small increase in noise level in the short term, results in a relatively large increase in A19 Main Carriageway 0 76.6 73.6 (-3.0) 74.1 (-2.5) nuisance, e.g. a 0.9 dB increase in noise level is equivalent to 20% increase in the Southbound noise nuisance level in the short term. Whereas when considering nuisance in the

136

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

12.7.50 As there are no sensitive receptors within 50m of either of the affected routes Table 12-18: Traffic Airborne Vibration Nuisance Reporting Table outside of the calculation area, no further consideration of BNL impacts is necessary. Vibration Nuisance Assessment Do Minimum Do Something Noise Action Plan Important Areas Change in nuisance level Number of Number of dwellings 12.7.51 Important Areas identified within the Study Area which have the potential to be dwellings affected by the Scheme are listed in Table 12-17. <10% 864 742 Table 12-17: Noise action planning Important Areas and expected changes in Increase in nuisance 10<20% 0 0 noise level with the Scheme in place level 20<30% 0 0 Important Area Important DS 2020 DS 2035 Area ID(s) 30<40% 0 0 Fellgate (north of the A19/A184 >40% 0 0 “Negligible” Testos Junction) east and west of “Negligible” changes 2440 changes in the the A19 in close proximity to the in the noise level noise level carriageway No Change 0 579 660 Fellgate (north of the A19/A184 “Minor” benefits “Negligible” changes Testos Junction) west of the A19 in 2441 in the noise level in the noise level <10% 379 421 close proximity to the carriageway 10<20% 1 0 “Negligible” Decrease in nuisance Along the A184 in West Boldon “Negligible” changes 10031 changes in the level 20<30% 0 0 (Addison Road) in the noise level noise level 30<40% 0 0 12.7.52 Table 12-17 demonstrates that Minor noise benefits are predicted at Important Area >40% 0 0 2441. The predicted reduction in noise levels results from a reduction in speed on the north bound carriageway of the A19 with the introduction of the Scheme. In the long terms Negligible changes are predicted in this area. Ground-borne vibration 12.7.53 Table 12-17 shows that Negligible changes in noise are predicted at the other 12.7.57 HD 213/11 - Revision 1, paragraph A5.26 states, "Significant ground-borne Important Areas. As such, no adverse impacts, as a result of the Scheme, are vibrations may be generated by irregularities in the road surface. Such vibrations expected at the Defra Noise Mapping Important Areas contained within the HD are unlikely to be important when considering disturbance from new roads and the 213/11 - Revision 1 Calculation Area. assessment will only be necessary in exceptional circumstances." Further to this, Figure 3 from "Transport and Road Research Laboratory (TRRL) Report No RR53 - Noise Insulation Regulations assessment Ground Vibration Caused by Civil Engineering Works97" provides a summary of 12.7.54 An assessment has been carried out using the predicted noise levels obtained from measurements taken by the TRRL which indicates the relative effects of various the noise modelling exercise, and there are no receptors that would be eligible for construction related sources. This figure indicates that, for a heavy lorry on a poor noise insulation as a result of the Scheme. This is because no properties meet the road surface at 8 m, a PPV of 0.1 mm/s is expected. criteria set out in the Noise Insulation Regulations 1975 (as amended), which are 12.7.58 The shortest horizontal distance between a sensitive receptor and the running explained in Appendix 12.2, section 12.2F. surface of the Scheme is around 18 m. Therefore, given the distances between the nearest sensitive receptors and the proposed road running surface, Ground-borne Vibration nuisance Vibration is not considered to be a significant issue. 12.7.55 Changes in vibration nuisance have been calculated for all dwellings that are within the HD 213/11 - Revision 1 calculation area. Table 12.18 below provides the results of the vibration nuisance assessment undertaken. 12.7.56 Table 12-18 shows that 742 properties would experience an increase in airborne vibration nuisance with the Scheme in place compared to 864 in the DM. In addition, 421 properties are predicted to experience a reduction in airborne vibration nuisance with the Scheme in place, compared to 380 in the DM scenario. 97 Transport and Road Research Laboratory (TRRL) Report No RR53 – Ground Vibration Caused by Civil Engineering Works

137

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

12.8 Mitigation the plant, whether plant is mobile or stationary, ground conditions, material of screens, etc. Mitigation for construction impacts 12.8.4 There are also practical considerations when implementing noise screens, 12.8.1 All work would be undertaken to the guidance detailed in BS 5228: 2009+A1:2014 – particularly where mobile plant is used or where the works are particularly transient. Code of Practice for noise and vibration control on construction and open sites, Part For example, installing screens adjacent to excavation works is unlikely to be 1: Noise and Part 2: Vibration. It is anticipated that the following mitigation practical given the day-to-day movement of such works. When considering this, measures would be employed on site to ensure that noise and vibration levels are with the indicative nature of the construction information at this time, it is not attenuated as far as possible: possible to accurately predict the likely noise benefits at a given location from the potential of such noise screens. The practicality of using noise screens would  The use of 'best practicable means' during all construction activities; require further consideration at the construction stage.  Avoid unnecessary revving of engines and ensure that plant and equipment is 12.8.5 It is anticipated that, as part of the CEMP, a scheme of noise and vibration switched off when it is not in use for longer periods of time; monitoring would be drafted and consulted upon with the Environmental Health  Keeping haul roads well maintained and avoid steep gradients; Department of South Tyneside Council before being formally approved by the Secretary of State. This would contain a schedule of monitoring and agreed noise  Starting up plant and equipment sequentially rather than all together; and vibration limits.  Selection of low noise emitting plant where available and suitable; Mitigation for operational impacts  Use of audible reversing warning systems on mobile plant and vehicles should 12.8.6 HD 213/11 - Revision 1 recommends that noise increases in excess of 1 dB(A) in be of a type which, whilst ensuring that they give proper warning, have a the short term and 3 dB(A) in the long term should be mitigated if possible. Noise minimum noise impact on persons outside sites; level predictions demonstrate that only nine receptors in the calculation area would  Establish agreement with the local authority on appropriate controls for be exposed to such noise increases. However, these nine sensitive receptors are undertaking significantly noisy works, vibration-causing operations close to all located on Hedworth Lane, which is approximately 2 km to the north-west of the receptors or working outside of normal construction hours (assumed to be 08:00 A19 / A184 junction. Furthermore, as the increase in noise level is due to a to 18:00 Monday to Friday and 08:00 to 13:00 on Saturday); relatively small increase in traffic numbers and the noise change would be imperceptible in the long term, mitigation measures are not considered necessary.  Programming works so that the requirement for working outside normal working hours is minimised (taking into account the highway authority's statutory duties Achieving improvement for Noise Important Areas under the Traffic Management Act 2004); 12.8.7 This Chapter identifies that no adverse impacts will result at the Important Areas  Vibration soil compaction plant shall be set to a low amplitude setting when contained within the Study Area. Nevertheless, it is the responsibility of the Highway operating in close proximity to sensitive receptors; Authority, where feasible, to reduce noise levels for Important Areas, regardless of noise level change predicted from a proposed scheme.  Use of low noise emission plant where possible; 12.8.8 In considering the above, a review has been undertaken of the Important Areas to  All piling will be rotary; determine potential mitigation options that could be considered at the detailed  Develop and maintain good relations with people living and working in the design stage. For Important Areas 2440 and 2441 potential measures would vicinity of site operations; include the construction of noise barriers or earth bunding between the A19 carriageway and the residential properties. Such measures would likely result in  Implement an efficient complaints procedure; perceptible noise benefits for those residential properties contained within the  Where viable, the use of temporary noise screens around particularly noisy Important Areas. activities (or stationary plant such as generators); and 12.8.9 It is not considered feasible to introduce mitigation measures for Important Area  Regular plant maintenance. 10031. This area, adjacent to the A184, is a predominately urban area with residential premises fronting the public footpath. The use of noise barriers or earth 12.8.2 The majority of the above are considered good practice measures which local bunding is therefore not feasible for reasons of access and visual impacts. In authorities would likely require as part of a ‘best practice approach.’ addition, speeds on this section of the A184 are too slow for low noise road 12.8.3 The use of temporary noise screens adjacent to plant can, if positioned effectively, surfacing to be effecting in reducing noise. provide noise reductions of 10 dB or more. For such benefits to occur, it would 12.8.10 At the detailed design stage the potential for those mitigation measures mentioned typically require there would be no line of sight between the receptor and noise above will be investigated in accordance with Highways England’s responsibilities source. There are a number of other variables which determine the actual for reducing noise levels wherever possible in Important Areas. attenuation that would result for individual receivers, e.g. noise spectrum content of

138

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

12.9 Monitoring and maintenance significance adverse effects, whilst 32 are expected to experience potentially significant beneficial effects. During the night-time period, no receptors are likely to Construction phase experience potentially significance adverse effects, whilst one is expected to experience potentially significant beneficial effects. 12.9.1 It is anticipated that, as part of the CEMP, a scheme of noise and vibration monitoring would be drafted and consulted upon with the Environmental Health 12.10.7 Therefore, in the long term, similar to the short term assessment, the Scheme has a Department of South Tyneside Council before being formally approved by the beneficial effect. Secretary of State. This would contain a schedule of monitoring and agreed noise and vibration limits. 12.11 Cumulative effects Operational phase 12.11.1 The noise and vibration impact assessment is based on computer modelling, 12.9.2 No further monitoring is proposed. drawing its data on potential effects principally from a traffic model. The traffic model is itself a computer model of future traffic flows, comparing the flows that 12.10 Residual impacts and their significance would occur if the Scheme were not to be built (the ‘DM scenario’) with those if it were to be built (the ‘do-something scenario’). Construction phase 12.11.2 In both scenarios, the traffic model includes other reasonably foreseeable future 12.10.1 The predicted worst case construction noise levels indicate the potential for developments in the surrounding area, in order to take account of their effect on significant effects at those properties and other sensitive receptors close to the traffic growth and flow patterns. This is essential to ensure that the effect of the construction of the Scheme. In order to control the potential noise impacts, localised Scheme itself can be identified and isolated. mitigation measures would be implemented as part of a ‘best practice approach.’ 12.11.3 In relation to the noise and vibration impact assessment, it means that the With the implementation of suggested ‘best practice approach’ mitigation measures, cumulative effects of other developments with the Scheme are already built into the and the application of a Construction Environmental Management Plan, any impact air quality assessment from the outset. will be minimised. However, despite this, it is possible that significant construction noise levels will result for short durations. 12.11.4 In relation to intra-project cumulative effects, no significant long-term noise and vibration impacts have been identified, while there is the potential for beneficial 12.10.2 The use of noise screens has the potential to reduce noise levels by up to 10 dB effects on some receptors in the long term (i.e. reductions in noise). It is therefore when compared to those contained within Table 12-8. However, there are a number considered very unlikely that any adverse cumulative impacts would occur. of practicality considerations required to determine whether the use of such measures would be an effective and/or efficient mitigation measure. Where the implementation of noise screens are determined to be practical, this could result in reductions in noise such that significant noise levels do not arise at a number of sensitive receptors. Further consideration of the use of noise screens would be undertaken at the construction stage. 12.10.3 Based on the analysis undertaken, perceptible vibration due to soil compaction activities is a possibility on occasion at those few properties closest to the Scheme. The levels of vibration could be perceptible to residents and could lead to complaint, however, such levels can be tolerated if prior warning and explanation has been given to residents and the vibration is experienced for a short duration. It is therefore considered that vibration arising from construction activities will not result in a significant effect for any receptor location considered. Operational phase 12.10.4 In significance terms, analysis has shown that no receptors are likely to experience potentially significance adverse effects, whilst 77 are expected to experience potentially significant beneficial effects, in the year of opening with the Scheme in place. 12.10.5 Therefore, in the short term, the Scheme has a beneficial effect. 12.10.6 In significance terms, analysis has shown that, for the daytime period, in the long term with the Scheme in place, no receptors are likely to experience potentially

139

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

CHAPTER 13 PEOPLE AND COMMUNITIES

Executive summary 13.1 Introduction This chapter covers the potential effects of the Scheme on people and communities in the vicinity of the A19/A184 Testos Junction. This includes occupiers of agricultural, community 13.1.1 This chapter is structured according to the following eight subheadings: land use, and development land, owners and users of private property, users of community facilities, physical assets, non-motorised users (NMUs), community severance, community and stakeholder groups within the local area. The impact of the Scheme on movement amenity, public transport users, vehicle travellers, and economy and employment. between communities was also considered via all transport modes, as well as potential 13.1.2 For land use, the assessment considers the effects on community land and impacts on the local economy. facilities, development land, agricultural land and farm businesses. The assessment addresses impacts at: the local level, in close proximity to the Scheme; the 13.1.3 For physical assets, the assessment considers the effects on private built assets community level, including the closest communities of Fellgate and Hedworth, Boldon in proximity to the Scheme, including residential, commercial, and industrial Colliery and Town End Farm; and the regional level, including the three local authorities of property. South Tyneside, Gateshead and Sunderland. The assessment draws on information gathered from desk-based research, site inspections and consultation. 13.1.4 For NMUs, the assessment considers effects on pedestrians, cyclists, equestrians, such as changes to the accessibility and usability of NMU routes and changes to Most of the permanent land take which would be required for the Scheme (approx. 95% of journey lengths, as well as changes to journey amenity. total permanent land take) is currently in agricultural use. This moderate quality land comprises parts of four farm businesses and two other landholdings, all adjoining the A19 13.1.5 For community severance, the assessment considers any loss of all or part of a between the Testos and Downhill Lane Junctions. community facility or community, based on the level of direct land take, as well as any disruption in access to facilities. The remaining area of permanent land take (approximately 5% of the permanent land take) is from land owned by National Grid and used as a community facility. This includes a small 13.1.6 For community amenity, the assessment considers the ability of people to enjoy section of wooded area to the immediate southeast of Testos Junction that runs along the their surroundings and the indirect effects on feelings of wellbeing amongst local fringe of an electricity sub-station, owned by National Grid. This area is used by West stakeholder groups (namely local residents, outdoor leisure users, farmers, and Boldon Environmental Education Centre (WBEEC), and includes outdoor teaching facilities. community groups). Although the operation of WBEEC would be temporarily disrupted during construction, 13.1.7 For public transport users, the assessment considers the effects on bus routes ultimately its functional teaching space would be expanded through the implementation of and the potential for changes to bus journey times. appropriate mitigation measures. 13.1.8 For vehicle travellers, the assessment considers the effects on traffic and delay Temporary land take would also be required, in some cases to facilitate construction of the times, changes to the view from the road, and changes to the level of stress highway improvements and in some to facilitate diversion of statutory utilities. Temporary experienced by drivers. land take would again be from moderate quality agricultural land. Once construction has 13.1.9 For economy and employment, the assessment considers the effects on completed, the land would be returned to agricultural use. employment levels and general economic stimulation. Temporary adverse residual effects are likely for three agricultural holdings/properties due to land take (one significant, two not significant), and adverse (not significant) residual effects The two-bridge option and the single-bridge option are likely for one residential farmhouse, three commercial sites and two community facilities 13.1.10 Consideration has been given to the two different options for carrying the A19 over (wildlife sites) in proximity to the Scheme due to effects on access and disruption to traffic the roundabout at Testos Junction. during construction. During construction, the Scheme would have temporary adverse 13.1.11 With the exception of the ‘views from the road’ sub-topic (see 13.6.78), it is not impacts on road users, including public transport users, due to disruptive construction considered that the localised difference in design at the junction will make a activities. There are expected to be beneficial effects during operation with regard to the significant difference to the assessment of impact for any of the receptors covered improved transportation and movement between communities and facilities in the area. by this chapter. All of the other assessments included in this chapter are therefore There are significant long-term beneficial effects for pedestrians, cyclists and equestrians considered to be equally valid for both options. during operation. At the local authority level, the construction of the Scheme is expected to lead to the 13.2 Limitations of the assessment temporary creation of approximately 126 jobs. This is a beneficial effect as the area suffers from unemployment that is above the national average. The permanently improved local 13.2.1 The owners of two small plots of land located in the southern part of the study area transport network would benefit both the local and regional economies, with long-term could not be contacted. Based on the desk study of published information and data beneficial employment impacts. held from previous surveys, together with a visual inspection of the fields from outside the boundaries, it was assumed that these blocks of land are in agricultural use and they were included in the agricultural baseline on this basis.

140

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

13.2.2 The assessment of driver stress is based on the outputs of a traffic model and is therefore subject to the assumptions applied to, and limitations of, the model. 13.2.3 Whilst traffic data were collected and predicted for all links in the network, the thresholds in the DMRB guidance refer to carriageways, not junctions. Therefore, all of the links that comprise the roundabout itself have been omitted from the assessment.

13.3 Legislative and policy background Legislative background 13.3.1 Key legislation relevant to this chapter includes:  The Localism Act (2011)98 – which sets out a series of measures with the potential to achieve a substantial shift in power away from central government and towards local people;  The Commons Registration Act 196599 – which created a system for the registration and legal protection of Common Land and Town and Village Greens, although there are none in the study area;  The Countryside and Rights of Way (CRoW) Act 2000100 and the Highways Act 1980101 – which is the principal legislation governing the registration and protection of public footpaths, bridleways, byways open to all traffic and restricted byways. The CRoW Act also provides measures to improve public access to the open countryside and registered common land; and  Countryside Stewardship Scheme (CSS)102 – replaced the Government’s Environmental Stewardship Scheme (ESS) which was closed in 2014 and aimed to make payments to farmers and landowners to enhance and conserve English landscapes, their wildlife and history and to help people enjoy them. The CSS has three main elements: higher tier; mid-tier and a lower tier of capital grants including the Hedgerows and Boundaries Capital Grants. Policy background National Policies)103 13.3.2 National policy relevant to the scope of potential effects on People and Communities is outlined in Table 13-1 below.

98 A plain English guide to the Localism Act – Update (2011). Accessed from:http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/localgovernment/pdf/1896534.pdf 99 UK Government (1965). Accessed from: http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1965/64/pdfs/ukpga_19650064_en.pdf 100 UK Government (2000). Accessed from: http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2000/37/contents 101 UK Government (1980). Accessed from: http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1980/66 102 UK Government (2015). Accessed from: https://www.gov.uk/government/collections/countryside-stewardship- get-paid-for-environmental-land-management 103 Department for Transport. (2014).National Policy Statement for National Networks. Accessed from: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/387222/npsnn-print.pdf

141

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Table 13-1: Relevant National Policies National Policy Relevant Paragraph How the policy has been addressed

National Networks People and communities are not covered as a specific generic impact in the NNNPS. People and communities are The NNNPS sets out the Government’s vision and policy against National Planning Policy referred to in the following sections of the NNNPS: which the SoS will make decisions on applications for Statement (NNNPS) Health: paragraphs 4.79 to 4.82; development consent for nationally significant infrastructure (Designated January projects on the strategic road and rail networks. Land use including open space, green infrastructure and Green Belt: paragraphs 5.162 to 5.185; and 2015) A full review of the Scheme against the NNNPS is set out in Noise: paragraphs 5.186 to 5.200. Appendix A of the Planning Statement (document ref TR010020/APP/7.1) National Planning Policy The NPPF sets out that the purpose of planning is to help achieve sustainable development. The People and Communities chapter covers the following: land Framework (NPPF) Paragraph 7 asserts that there are three dimensions to sustainable development - economic, social and use; physical assets; non-motorised users (NMUs); community (March 2012) environmental and identifying the roles that a planning system should perform… severance; community amenity; public transport users; vehicle travellers; and economy and employment. Paragraph 17 sets out the core planning principles of the NPPF, which relate to sustainable economic development, active management of growth to make use of sustainable modes of travel, and local strategies to deliver health, social and cultural wellbeing. Section 13.9 ‘Residual Impacts and their Significance’ indicates Paragraph 18 of Section 1 (Building a strong, competitive economy) covers the Government’s commitments to that the proposed scheme would have a positive effect on the delivering economic growth to create jobs and prosperity, while meeting the challenges of global competition and a local economy and employment. low carbon future. Paragraph 19 states that “planning should operate to encourage and not act as an impediment to sustainable Section 13.7 ‘Mitigation’ details the proposed Non-motorised growth”. User (NMU) facilities. Section 13.9 ‘Residual Impacts and their Section 3 (Supporting a Prosperous Rural Economy) covers economic growth and prosperity in rural areas and Significance’ notes that NMUs would experience a long-term, local/community services in villages. beneficial effect as a result of improved connectivity, improved safety and improved amenity on the network of Public Rights of Section 7 covers the requirement for good design in the planning process. Ways (PRoW), cycle routes and roads. Therefore, the Scheme Paragraph 70 of Section 8 (Promoting Healthy Communities) requires planning policies and decisions to ‘deliver the would help to improve health, social and cultural wellbeing for all social, recreational and cultural facilities and services the community needs . users. Additionally, during operation, the Scheme would have Paragraph 75 asserts that “planning policies should protect and enhance public rights of way and access. Local beneficial effects on public transport users (see Section 13.7). authorities should seek opportunities to provide better facilities for users, for example by adding links to existing rights The improved NMU facilities and improvements to public of way networks including National Trails”. transportation would improve access to community facilities and Planning Practice Planning Practice Guidance relating to relevant NPPF policies are included under “Noise”, paragraphs 001 to 012, services, and contribute positively to making places better for Guidance (PPG) “Health and wellbeing” paragraphs 004 to 005, “Open Space, sports and recreation facilities, public rights of way and people. local green space” paragraphs 003, 004, 007, 010-011, 017-018. 13.3.3 Local planning policy relevant to the scope of potential effects on People and Communities is outlined in Table 13-2: and Table 13-3 below: Table 13-2: Relevant Policies within the South Tyneside statutory Development Plan South Tyneside Local Relevant Policy How the policy has been addressed Development Framework Core Strategy (June Policy ST1 Spatial Strategy for South Tyneside Section 13.9 ‘Residual Impacts and their Significance’ indicates that the Scheme would have a positive effect on the local economy 2007) “The spatial strategy for South Tyneside, as shown on the Key Diagram, is to: and employment. C) promote opportunities along the A19 Economic Growth Corridor” Section 13.6 ‘Potential Impacts’ notes that 119 construction jobs, resulting in a direct net increase in local jobs of 67, have been Policy E1 Delivering Economic Growth and Prosperity covers investment in education and training. estimated as a result of the Scheme. Indirect employment has been estimated at 59 jobs for the local area, combining to give total net jobs (all sectors) of 126 for the local area.

142

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Section 13.9 ‘Residual Impacts and their Significance’ indicates Development Policy DM1 Management of Development addresses residential amenity, design of external spaces, linkage that the proposals would have an adverse effect on amenity for Management Policies to wider green infrastructure, prioritisation of movement by pedestrians and cyclists and the needs of some stakeholders during construction. However, the Scheme (December 2011) all users for access into and around buildings for public use. would have a beneficial effect on these stakeholders during operation. Policy DM 5 Gypsies and Travellers and Travelling Showpeople Caravan Sites covers proposals for provision of accommodation for gypsies, travellers and travelling showpeople. The Scheme would include improved connectivity, improved safety and improved amenity on the network of PRoWs, cycle routes and roads for all users (see Section 13.9).

The Scheme would provide for West Pastures Gypsy and Travellers Site via improved NMU facilities along the A184 and providing safe access to the bus stops to the west of Testos junction. The proposed NMU facilities are detailed in Section 13.7 ‘Mitigation.’

Table 13-3: Relevant Policies within the Sunderland statutory Development Plan Sunderland City Council Relevant Policy How the policy has been addressed City of Sunderland Policy CF13 Loss of Community Facilities: “The loss of necessary community facilities will be a material There will not be a loss of community facilities as part of the Unitary Development consideration in assessing development proposals”. proposed scheme. Plan: Saved Policies (March 2007) Policy L10 Countryside Recreation covers the improvement and promotion of countryside recreational activities Section 13.7 ‘Mitigation’ details the proposed NMU facilities. and access to them, including measures relating to the improvement of the rights of way network, signposting, Section 13.9 ‘Residual Impacts and their Significance’ notes that facilities for people with disabilities, public transport, car parking, the great north forest, limiting noisy sports, NMUs would experience a long-term beneficial effect as a result of equestrian activities and access to wildlife sites. improved connectivity, improved safety and improved amenity on the network of PRoWs, cycle routes and roads. Policy B19 User friendly Environment addresses measures to ensure that facilities to which the public have access have ease of access for pedestrians, including those with impaired mobility, shopping trolleys, pushchairs Section 13.7 ‘Mitigation’ notes that the Scheme would cause the etc.; provide protection from weather; and assist community safety and protection from crime. loss of some Grade 3b agricultural land. However, a scheme for sustainable use of soil resources within the Soil Management Plan would be devised. This would include the restoration to agricultural Policy CN8 Rural Economy and Agriculture covers policy relating to the protection of ‘best and most versatile’ use of any temporarily used agricultural land, where possible, and agricultural land. the sustainable use of any surplus topsoil produced by the construction process. Section 13.9 ‘Residual Impacts and their Significance’ indicates Development Policy DM1 Management of Development addresses residential amenity, design of external spaces, linkage that the proposals would have an adverse effect on amenity for Management Policies to wider green infrastructure, prioritisation of movement by pedestrians and cyclists and the needs of some stakeholders during construction. However, the Scheme (December 2011) all users for access into and around buildings for public use. would have a neutral or beneficial effect on these stakeholders during operation.

The Scheme would include improved connectivity, improved safety and improved amenity on the network of PRoWs, cycle routes and roads for all users (see Section 13.10).

143

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Physical assets 13.4 Assessment approach and method 13.4.9 Data on the physical receptors present within the study area were collected via Guidance existing GIS data layers and information compiled during several previous phases of the project including Ordinance Survey data and aerial photography. All 13.4.1 This chapter was developed with reference to the following parts of DMRB Vol 11: previously collected data were verified and updated with current GIS datasets and Section 3104: desk-based research, including online searches. Agricultural surveys and 13.4.2 Part 6 Land Use; consultation with farmers were undertaken. Assessment of WBEEC was also  Part 8 Pedestrians, Cyclists, Equestrians & Community Effects; and informed by consultation. Non-motorised users (NMUs)  Part 9 Vehicle Travellers. 13.4.10 Baseline data were derived from the Non-Motorised User (NMU) Context Report 13.4.3 In addition, DMRB Interim Advice Note 125/15105 sets out the requirement to (Appendix 13.1) and NMU survey (Appendix 13.2), supplemented by publically combine the current DMRB Vol 11 Section 3 parts 6, 8 and 9 into one chapter titled available information provided by South Tyneside Council and Nexus (Tyne and People & Communities. Wear Passenger Transport Executive). 13.4.4 The available published guidance does not include methods for determining the 13.4.11 Traffic model data were used to determine Average Annual Daily Traffic (AADT) at magnitude of impacts considered, or for measuring the sensitivity of the receptors to points throughout the local transport network. Results for the percentage change in these impacts. Where there is no DMRB assessment method then professional traffic around the Scheme were used to assess improvements in accessibility. judgement is used to determine whether the impacts are: Community severance  Adverse or beneficial; 13.4.12 Key community facilities have been identified through a combination of aerial  Long-term or short-term; imagery and information from local authority websites.  Construction or operational; and Community amenity  Whether the effect is significant or not significant. 13.4.13 The impact on community amenity was assessed based on the findings of other 13.4.5 The Homes and Communities Agency’s Additionality Guide106 was used in the relevant chapters, namely: air quality, noise, visual, and landscape. Where there is assessment of employment impacts. Further information is given in paragraphs potential for several different types of individual impacts, there is potential for a 13.4.22-25. The assessment of driver stress uses a descriptive scale of ‘high’, significant combined amenity effect. ‘medium’ and ‘low’ as specified in DMRB; see paragraph 13.4.39 and Table 13-5 for Public transport users more information. 13.4.14 Baseline information was derived from the NMU Context Report (Jacobs, 2017) 13.4.6 Impacts on Agricultural Land Classification grade and soils are addressed in found in Appendix 13.1. The NMU Context Report was prepared using desk-based Chapter 10. research, site visits, surveys, consultation feedback, and a thorough review of the Data sources previous NMU context reports (Jacobs 2006 and 2014). Land use Vehicle travellers 13.4.7 Data on land use within the study area were collected via existing GIS data layers 13.4.15 Baseline information for the assessment of vehicle travellers was derived entirely and information compiled during previous phases of the project, including online from the output of the traffic model, which included traffic flow and speed scenarios cartographic sources such as Ordinance Survey maps, MAGIC online maps, South for the opening year 2021 and design year 2036. Tyneside Council and Sunderland City Council websites. 13.4.16 To assess driver stress, DMRB guidance provides advice on categorising stress as 13.4.8 All previously collected data were verified and updated with current GIS datasets high, moderate or low based upon speeds and flows during peak hour flows over at and desk-based research, including online searches. least 1km of a route. Under the DMRB guidance all links with traffic travelling at less than 60 km/hr are considered of high stress. 13.4.17 Driver stress was calculated by comparing average hourly flow per lane and 104 DMRB Volume 11 Section 3 - http://www.standardsforhighways.co.uk/ha/standards/dmrb/vol11/section3.htm average vehicle speed during morning (AM) and evening (PM) peak hours against 105 Highways England (2015). Accessed from: thresholds for single carriageways and dual carriageways provided in the DMRB http://www.standardsforhighways.co.uk/ha/standards/ians/pdfs/ian125r2.pdf guidance. 106 Homes and Communities Agency (2014). Additionality Guide Fourth Edition. Accessed from: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/378177/additionality_guide_201 13.4.18 The traffic model splits the road network into different links, principally where a 4_full.pdf change in the road occurs. This may be at a junction between two main roads,

144

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

where a side road joins a main road, or where the road goes from a single lane to 13.4.23 The Additionality Guide method was used to estimate net employment benefits. The two lanes. The meeting point of any two links is a ‘node’. Each node is assigned a Additionality Guide provides multipliers for leakage, displacement and deadweight, number and each link is assigned a label composed of the nodes at each end which are defined in the context of an assessment of employment as follows: separated by an underscore. The nodes are shown in Figure 13.10 and Figure  Leakage: The proportion of benefits that accrue to those outside of the target 13.11. group. Here, this refers to jobs that go to those who live outside the local area, 13.4.19 However, each traveller’s actual experience of the junction is in terms of a ‘traffic namely the local authorities of South Tyneside, Sunderland and Gateshead. movement’ using two or more links. Traffic movements are journeys through the  Displacement: In terms of this project, this refers to those who are already junction that start on one road and leave on another and these are described in employed and change jobs in order to take roles with the project. detail in Table 13-4. The assessment of each movement takes account of all the links used (except those comprising the roundabout itself).  Deadweight (or the reference case): This refers to what proportion of the effects Table 13-4 Journeys assessed for drivers’ stress would arise without this scheme. In an employment impact assessment this can be seen as jobs going to those unemployed workers who would soon get a Description different job, such as high-demand workers. Journey 1 On the A19 southbound, starting from the north of Testos Junction and  Economic multiplier effects: Further economic activity associated with additional ending at Downhill Lane Junction local income and supplier purchases as a result of the project. These are known Journey 2 On the A19 northbound, starting from Downhill Lane Junction and ending to as the indirect and induced effects. the north of Testos Junction 13.4.24 Additionality is calculated as: Journey 3 On the A184 west to the A19 southbound AI = [GI x (1-L) x (1-Dp) x (1-S) x M] – GI*x (1-L*) x (1-S*) x M*] Journey 4 On the A19 northbound to the A184 west Journey 5 On the A184 from west to east through Testos Junction Where: AI = Net additional impact 13.4.20 The driver stress was calculated for each link in each of the following scenarios to GI = Gross impact determine the level of impact: L = Leakage Dp = Displacement  The existing layout in the baseline year (2012); S = Substitution  The do-minimum scenario (i.e. without the Scheme) in 2021; M = Multiplier  The do-something scenario (i.e. with the Scheme) in 2021; 13.4.25 Note that ‘*’ donates a reference case and hence deadweight; as the reference case is not building the Scheme, the deadweight is ‘0’.  The do-minimum scenario (i.e. without the Scheme) in 2036; and Study area  The do-something scenario (i.e. with the Scheme) in 2036. 13.4.26 The study areas for each individual topic are described in the following sections. 13.4.21 In addition, consideration is given to drivers’ views, as the quality of views can contribute to the quality of a driver’s experience. The assessment of drivers’ views Land use addresses potential changes in the quality of existing views. Information for this 13.4.27 Land use effects were considered in the assessment where a portion of the holding assessment is taken from in-house maps and Google Earth. is affected by the Scheme’s land-take requirements. This may involve a loss of Economy and employment land or severance of access to land and resulting alteration in the way the land is used or a change in the viability of use. 13.4.22 The assessment of impacts on the economy and employment draws on construction cost and labour spend estimates produced for the Scheme by 13.4.28 With regard to the agricultural assessment, the study area is defined as comprising Highways England. In addition, multipliers and other factors were used in the all land managed, or capable of being managed, under agricultural or related land assessment, sourced from the Additionality Guide107 and the Office for National use occupations and adjoining the existing A19 between the A1290 Downhill Lane Statistics. Junction in the south and Hedworth in the north. Physical assets

107 Additionality Guide: A standard approach to assessing the additional impact of interventions (2008), English 13.4.29 For the assessment of physical assets in general a 100 m buffer corridor was Partnerships available at: applied. Professional judgement was applied in deciding the relevance of individual https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/191511/Additionality_Guide_0.p receptors, taking into account the size of the property, ownership and access df routes.

145

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

13.4.30 Private property was categorised as residential, commercial, industrial or Vehicle travellers agricultural. Driver stress Non-motorised users 13.4.39 The descriptive scale for levels of driver stress, as provided in the DMRB guidance, 13.4.31 The NMU study area, as shown in Figure 13.8, stretches from Hedworth in the is presented in Table 13-5. Depending on the peak hourly flow and average journey north, the B1298 in the east, 500 m south of Downhill Lane Junction to the south speed, driver stress can be described as low, moderate or high. and 1 km west of Testos Junction, to the west. Table 13-5: Descriptive scale for levels of driver stress Community severance Average peak hourly flow per lane, in Average journey speed (km/hr) 13.4.32 The assessment of community severance focused on the community facilities flow units per one hour adjacent to the Scheme that would be affected by land take. For single carriageways Under 50 50-70 Over 70 Community amenity Under 600 High Moderate Low 13.4.33 The assessment of amenity focuses on community stakeholder groups within the 600-800 High Moderate Moderate communities of Fellgate and Hedworth, Boldon Colliery and Town End Farm, as well as relevant stakeholder groups within the local study area of the three local Over 800 High High High authorities in proximity to the proposed scheme – South Tyneside, Gateshead and For dual carriageways Under 60 60-80 Over 80 Sunderland. Under 1200 High Moderate Low Public transport users 1200-1600 High Moderate Moderate 13.4.34 The bus stops likely to be affected by the Scheme were defined using professional Over 1600 High High High judgement. In addition, bus routes that are subject to changes in journey times were considered when defining the study area. 13.4.35 Two bus stops to the west of Testos Junction are included within the study area. To Views from the road the east, the study area includes the bus stops along Abingdon Way, and in New 13.4.40 The ‘view from the road’ is defined in DMRB, Volume 11, Section 3, Part 9: Vehicle Town and West Boldon. These bus stops provide links to Gateshead, Jarrow, Travellers as the ‘extent to which travellers, including drivers, are exposed to Newcastle, North Shields, South Shields, Washington, Durham, Heworth Rail different types of scenery through which a route passes’. The quality of views from Station, Whitburn, Silksworth and Sunderland. a road can influence a drivers’ experience along a route, either positively or Vehicle travellers adversely. 13.4.36 For the assessment of traffic and delays, data of all available links in the SATURN 13.4.41 The aim of the assessment is to compare the nature and quality of views likely to be traffic model were investigated. These ranged from commuter routes into the experienced by travellers using the proposed scheme, with those currently commercial areas of Newcastle and Gateshead areas to the north to key routes experienced from the existing route. from the north of Sunderland to the South. 13.4.42 The assessment of views from the road includes: 13.4.37 For drivers’ views, the views considered as part of the assessment extend to the  Types of scenery or the landscape character as described and assessed for the visible skyline. The study area includes all locations with potential changes in views baseline studies; from the road as a result of the Scheme. The topography of the area to the west of the A19 is mainly flat. The western part of the study area therefore extends to the  Extent to which travellers might be able to view the scenery and landscape; and A184 around 1.5 km to the west of Testos junction. To the east the study area  Quality of the landscape as assessed for the baseline studies. extends to West Boldon and to Downhill Lane junction in the south. In the north, the study area extends to 1 km north of Testos junction. 13.4.43 When assigning a view to the surrounding landscape, the following two categories have been used: Economy and employment  Restricted view – frequent cuttings or structures blocking the view; and 13.4.38 The assessment of impacts on the economy and employment focuses on the three local authorities in proximity to the proposed scheme, South Tyneside, Gateshead  Open view – view extending over many miles, or only restricted by existing and Sunderland. landscape features. 13.4.44 Views from the road have been assessed as beneficial, neutral or adverse, reflecting the change expected as a result of the proposed scheme.

146

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Economy and employment centre is closed. Public access is by prior booking only. Nevertheless, WBEEC 13.4.45 Effects on the economy from investment in the Scheme are assessed at a high is a valued community resource. level with the use of output multipliers derived by the Office for National Statistics 13.5.4 The key communities in the study area are: (ONS) to reflect the total level of economic stimulation from spending on the  Fellgate and Hedworth, South Tyneside; Scheme.  Boldon Colliery, South Tyneside; and 13.4.46 The assessment of employment follows the Additionality Guide, and utilises estimates of displacement, leakage and substitution that are based on the assessed  Town End Farm, Sunderland. baseline employment profile of the area. Knock-on impacts are assessed through 13.5.5 These are discussed in greater detail in the communities section below. the use of multipliers. 13.5.6 The built-up areas of these communities are mainly located at the outer fringes of 13.4.47 In the absence of any established criteria, the significance of effects on the the study area and so facilities within the communities are not likely to be impacted, economy and employment was assessed using professional judgement in the while the areas closest to the Scheme are predominantly open countryside within context of baseline conditions. the green belt. 13.5 Baseline conditions Development land Land use 13.5.7 Development land is defined in DMRB as:  Land that is covered by local planning authorities’ future development land use Community land and facilities designations as indicated in adopted and emerging development plans; or 13.5.1 Community land is defined by DMRB as land used by the community and includes  Land upon which planning permission has been granted for developments that common land, town and village greens and general public open spaces; community have not yet been built, such as for housing development. facilities includes places of worship, medical centres and hospitals, schools, and shops. It also includes land designated in Local Plans as Public Open Space. 13.5.8 Table 13-6 shows development land identified through desk-based research, along with the relevant planning policy that relates to them. 13.5.2 There are two areas of land used by the community within the study area that are covered by the DMRB definition: Table 13-6: Land use allocations  Land adjacent to the river Don, approximately 1 km to the north east of the Planning Policy Allocation Type Relevant Policy and Implications Scheme, is designated as public open space. Document and Location  A section of land adjacent to the watercourse Calf Close Burn, approximately E1- Delivering Economic Growth and 1 km to the north west of Testos Junction has been identified as proposed open Prosperity. 40ha of land allocated to meet space. economic development requirements, including 35ha for new employment land and  In addition to the above, Boldon Lake Local Wildlife Site (LWS) (see Figure 5.1) Employment Land at employment uses within mixed development South Tyneside is located immediately adjacent to the existing Testos Junction, east of the A19 Boldon Colliery, to the sites. Local Plan: Core and north of the A184. It is understood that there has been some access in the north east of Testos Land set aside at Boldon Colliery includes Strategy (2007) past, e.g. for fishing. However, the site is in private ownership, is currently Junction. Cotswold Lane/Hutton Street (1.10) ; North of signposted as private land and does not appear to be in public use. Hence it is Brooklands Way, Boldon Business Park considered that this land does not qualify as open space or any other special (0.60); category land as defined by the Act. West of 16 Brooklands Way, Boldon Business 13.5.3 There is one community facility within the study area that is covered by the DMRB Park (0.61). definition: A1 – Accessibility. Priority given to improving accessibility, particularly by encouraging and  WBEEC lies within Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS, on 13 hectares of National Grid South Tyneside Transport links along promoting public transport improvements, both land surrounding an electricity sub-station. It was opened in 1997 as a Local Plan: Core the A19 Economic within the borough and between the borough partnership project between Groundwork South Tyneside and National Grid, with Strategy (2007) Growth Corridor. and the A19 Economic Growth Corridor, funding and support from both partners. In addition to local schools, the centre is including the major employment area at used by local community groups; youth projects, environmental professionals Boldon Colliery. and teachers, and provides volunteering opportunities, training and event facilities. The site is fenced and access is through a gate that is locked when the

147

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Planning Policy Allocation Type Agricultural land and businesses Relevant Policy and Implications Document and Location 13.5.9 Farm structure108 in the study area comprises a mix of owner-occupied, tenanted South Tyneside Green belt land EA1- Local Character and Distinctiveness. B) (long and short term lettings) and licensed landholdings, sometimes farmed with Local Plan: Core immediately west of Focus on protecting and enhancing the land elsewhere. Strategy (2007) the A19. openness of the green belt. 13.5.10 One owner-occupied unit is farmed by use of a local agricultural contractor and EA1- Local Character and Distinctiveness. C) Residential villages to another lets or licenses land for arable cropping and hay making. South Tyneside Preserving the special and separate the north and west of Local Plan: Core characters of urban fringe villages, including; 13.5.11 One farm has an Agricultural Holdings Act tenancy of land from the Church the A19 Testos Strategy (2007) Boldon Colliery, West Boldon and East Commissioners (CC) Estate and a second farms CC estate land from nearby under Junction. Boldon. a Farm Business Tenancy (FBT) agreement. Transport links. 13.5.12 Smaller permanent pasture fields north west of Downhill Lane Junction are utilised B1298 Abingdon SA2-I-xv. Enhancements and highway for horse grazing. Other small fields north of Downhill Lane Junction did not appear South Tyneside Way/B1298 Henley infrastructure improvements for traffic Site-Specific to be under active agricultural management at the time of the survey. Way Junction, Boldon movement and the reduction of congestion on Allocations (2012) Colliery. North east of the Strategic Road Network by 2021. 13.5.13 The agricultural land in the study area is mainly managed for arable crop the Testos Junction. production, including ley grass in the rotation. The crops grown comprise combinable crops of winter sown cereals (mainly wheat) and oilseed rape in Transport Links. rotation. There is some limited grassland for grazing and hay/silage making, B1298 Abingdon Way associated with a beef cattle rearing enterprise on one of the farms. Other mainly between the A184 SA2-I-xvi. Enhancements and highway South Tyneside Newcastle Road and infrastructure improvements for traffic permanent grassland areas are utilised for horse grazing or currently not used. Site-Specific the B1298 Henley movement and the reduction of congestion on Allocations (2012) 13.5.14 Most farms use the local road network, comprising the A19, A184 and Downhill Way, Boldon Colliery. the Strategic Road Network by 2021. Lane, for access to and from farmsteads and fields. Two farms have field access East of the Testos gateways directly off the A19. Junction. 13.5.15 One farm in the study area is currently entered in Natural England’s Entry Level 1.1 Hectares of Stewardship (ELS) Scheme which encourages environmentally sensitive Economic SA3-C-ix. Priority economic development site South Tyneside Development Land at to be developed by 2016. Assumed to be management of land. Site-Specific Boldon Business equal mix business, general industrial and Allocations (2012) 13.5.16 The known extent of the agricultural units in the study area are outlined on Figure Park, Brooklands storage and distribution. 13.3 and summarised in Table 13-7 below. Way Table 13-7: Agricultural property baseline Gypsy and Traveller Caravan Farm ref. Approximate total Accommodation. Farm business Farm type or land use South Tyneside SA10-A. Allocated to provide for 13 permanent No. 1-8 area of land farmed Green belt land at Site-Specific gypsy and traveller caravan pitches with West Pastures, to the 1 West House Farm, 69 ha Arable (wheat/barley), with Allocations (2012) opportunity for transit accommodation. west of Boldon and West Boldon (171 acres) 16 ha grass in rotation for south-west of Testos hay/silage Junction. 2 Wheathill Farm, 650 ha Mixed – beef suckler herd International Whitburn (1,600 acres) plus arable, with permanent Advanced grassland rented at West Proposal for a International Advanced Manufacturing Park Manufacturing Boldon used for silage strategic employment joint development plan document by Park area action production; the land is site north of the Sunderland City Council and South Tyneside plan prepared entered into ELS Nissan plant. Council in support of the Sunderland and partly in parallel 3 Land at Elliscope 40 ha Mainly arable (combinable South Tyneside City Deal. with the Local Plan Farm, West Boldon (100 acres) crops), with 6 ha permanent DPD grassland for haylage.

108 “Farm structure” refers to the general arrangement of farms through such factors as location, size, buildings and fixed equipment, tenure, cropping and/or stocking etc

148

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Farm ref. Approximate total numbers of cyclists commuting to work at the Nissan plant from Boldon Colliery, Farm business Farm type or land use No. 1-8 area of land farmed Fellgate and Hedworth, and from other residential areas outside the study area. 4 Glebe Farm, West 54 ha Mainly grassland for horse Industrial property Boldon (134 acres) grazing and hay; land east of 13.5.25 An electricity sub-station jointly operated by National Grid and Northern Powergrid A19 short term FBT let and is located on land adjacent to the existing Testos Junction, east of the A19 and licensed to others for combinable crops and hay south of the A184. The sub-station site incorporates Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS. It also houses West Boldon Lodge, a purpose-built environmental education centre 5 Land at Downhill 2 ha Grassland with 13 hectares of land, which is a valued community resource discussed further Lane Junction (1), (5 acres) under community land and facilities. West Boldon 6 Land at Downhill N/A Grassland Non-motorised users (NMUs) Lane Junction (2), Public rights of way, cycle routes and roads West Boldon 13.5.26 The PRoW, cycle routes and roads in the vicinity of Testos Junction are illustrated 7 Make Me Rich Farm, 6.5 ha Grassland for horse grazing on Figure 13.8 and the main routes for NMUs are described below in Table 13-8. West Boldon (16 acres) and hay production The survey data collected in July 2014 are displayed in Figure 13.9. Physical assets 13.5.27 The land surrounding Testos Junction is principally rural to the west, with a limited number of footpaths and lanes. A bridleway and footpath both cross the A19 to the 13.5.17 Local receptors in proximity of the Scheme are the focus of the sub-topic on north and south of Testos Junction, respectively. To the east of Testos Junction are physical assets. These impacts are assessed in terms of the receptors discussed industrial and urban areas that are served by a bridleway and cycleways. below. The receptors are shown on Figure 13.4. Table 13-8: Existing PRoW, cycle routes and roads Residential property 13.5.18 There are no residential properties located directly on the route. However, two ID Description/Comments residential properties are located close to the west side of the existing A19. Footpaths 13.5.19 West House Farm Farmhouse is located approximately 110 m west of the existing B27 East-west footpath linking West Pastures Lane (located to the west of the A19 highway boundary. The house forms part of a wider agricultural holding A19), to the B46 bridleway (located to the east of the A19). The B27 is flanking the west side of the A19, mostly to the north of the A184. severed by the A19 but not formally stopped up, making crossing at-grade through the central reserve barrier dangerous due to the high volumes and 13.5.20 Make-Me-Rich Farm House is located approximately 75 m from the existing speeds of traffic on the A19 and the lack of signage. highway fence boundary and approximately 65 m from the proposed new boundary. The footpath has relatively low usage; pedestrian use was recorded but not The house is on a smallholding located to the south-west of the proposed scheme. crossing the A19. It is suggested that users are also accessing the route Commercial property from across fields. 13.5.21 There are two active commercial properties adjacent to the Scheme; Boldon B29 North-south field path linking the A184 Newcastle road and West Pastures Business Park and Enterprise Rent-A-Car, located on the north east and north west Lane. corners of the junction respectively. B22 Field path linking Follingsby Lane and West Pastures Lane. 13.5.22 Boldon Business Park lies to the east of the proposed scheme and north of Testos Bridleways Junction. The business park covers an area of approximately 23 hectares. The B28 Situated to the north of Testos Junction. Provides a safe east-west route ‘Quadrus Centre’, a landmark building located just north of Boldon Lake, is a hi-tech over the A19 via an old agricultural accommodation bridge from Boldon business centre occupied by small-to-medium sized service businesses, including a Business Park to the A184 west of Testos Junction. number of consultancy and recruitment firms. The bridleway is in fairly good condition, but there is relatively low usage. 13.5.23 The disused site to the north west of the junction, which was formerly a specialist Although only pedestrians and cyclists were seen using the route during the car dealership, has been acquired and developed by Enterprise Rent-A-Car. surveys, there was evidence to suggest it had been recently used by equestrians. It is likely that supressed demand is due to poor crossing 13.5.24 The Nissan Plant, although it lies outside the study area in Washington North, is a facilities and little room to manoeuvre at the junction with the A184. significant employer in the area. Detailed NMU surveys have shown that the side Consultation confirmed equestrians’ desire to travel east-west across the roads, cycle paths and rights of way in the surrounding area (especially Downhill A19. Lane, Follingsby Lane and Bridleway B46) are used all year round by significant B46 Situated to the east of Testos Junction, the B46 runs north-south from the

149

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

ID Description/Comments ID Description/Comments (The ‘Don A184/B1298 Abingdon Way roundabout to Downhill Lane. along Downhill Lane. Valley The bridleway is in good condition and is a popular facility well used by a Footpath’) variety of NMUs, particularly by cyclists as a commuter route. 13.5.28 NMU survey counts of pedestrians, cyclists and horse riders were conducted in September 2006 and June 2014. In 2014, the survey locations and methodology Cycleways was discussed with the Public Rights of Way Officer at South Tyneside Council and A19 north- A segregated cycleway runs alongside the slip road from the A19 north- surveys were undertaken at ten locations along the existing network for two bound to bound to the A184 west-bound. weekdays and one weekend. The count and direction of pedestrians, cyclists and A184 equestrians journeys at each location was recorded and users were asked to west- answer a questionnaire as to the purpose of their journey. The results of the survey bound count showed the highest flows were by cyclists, followed by pedestrians. The 2014 Abingdon A segregated cycleway runs along the east side of Abingdon Way on to the survey locations and results are displayed in Figure 13.9; for more discussion on Way to A184 east-bound towards Testos Junction. these and the 2006 survey data see the NMU Context Report provided in Appendix A184 13.1. Roads 13.5.29 An additional NMU survey was undertaken over a two-week period between 11 and A19 There is a gap/chicane in the central reservation of the A19 to allow 24 April 2015. Cameras were located at either end of the Bridleway B28 bridge to crossing from one section of the B27 to the next. However, pedestrians are assess the eastbound and westbound NMU movements. The survey was reluctant to use this facility. undertaken during a week of the Easter school holiday (which ran from 3 to 17 April There are no footways along the A19. 2015) and a week which was not the Easter school holiday. The results showed that pedestrians and cyclists were the highest users. No equestrians were recorded There is evidence of both cyclists and pedestrians using the A19 southbound on-slip road at Downhill Lane Junction as a short cut to and using the bridge during the two-week period. Total NMUs per day per direction of from the B46 by climbing over the safety fence. There has been one travel ranged from 5 to 28. There was not a noticeable difference between the two recorded collision involving a cyclist on the slip road. weeks. Appendix 13.2 provides a full list of the results. A184 The A184 connects Gateshead to East Bolden and then to the A1018 into 13.5.30 Based on the survey data and general observations whilst out on site, it is believed Sunderland. To the west of Testos Junction it is a trunk road and dual that at present there is a fairly low usage of the NMU network by pedestrians and carriageway, to the east it is a single-carriageway and not a trunk road. horse riders but higher usage by cyclists, especially as part of utility journeys. This The east-bound carriageway is a popular route for cyclists in both is believed to be as a result of limited connectivity between and along existing directions. Much of the NMU traffic originates from and/or leaves the A184 routes and because the available crossing facilities of the A184 and A19 are at Abingdon way. perceived as dangerous for NMUs. There is a footway around the north of Testos Junction along the east- 13.5.31 Therefore, with the exception of the B46, which is well used for recreation and bound carriageway of the A184 from the end of the B28 to the Abingdon leisure journeys, low usage for recreational purposes may be the result of Way roundabout. suppressed demand rather than lack of desire lines. Pedestrians, cyclists and horse To the west of Testos Junction, at the end of the B28 there is a footway riders’ desire lines are described within the NMU Context Report. between the east-bound and west-bound carriageways of the A184. A small number of pedestrians were recorded using this footway to use the bus stop Community severance on the west-bound carriageway. 13.5.32 The areas closest to the Scheme are predominantly open countryside within the B1298 Abingdon Way links the A184 to Boldon Colliery and to the A19 north of green belt. The only community facility captured in the study area is WBEEC, a Abingdon Testos Junction. purpose-built environmental education centre with 13 hectares of land. As well as Way education programmes for schools, adults and families, the centre also runs West Runs north-south linking A184 west of Testos Junction to Downhill Lane community events, offers room hire, and supports a range of volunteers. WBEEC, Pastures and providing access to West Pastures Gypsy and Travellers Site. provided by National Grid, opened in August 2010 and is an Erlund House log cabin Lane constructed from high quality Northern Pine logs grown in Finland. The 13-hectare Downhill To the south of Testos Junction, the A19 leads to Downhill Lane and the site comprises open water, wet and dry meadows, grassland, woodland, coppiced Lane A1290. Downhill Lane links north-eastwards back towards Boldon, and willow areas and scrub woodland. One area of the site is known as Mount Pleasant south-westwards towards the Nissan car factory and Washington. Downhill Marsh LWS and contains locally rare species of orchid and examples of ancient Lane itself is part of a recreational route known as ‘the Great North Forest ridge and furrow meadow. The site is actively managed using traditional Trail’. The B46 exits onto Downhill Lane. conservation techniques. The centre caters for all age groups to learn about the There was a large number of cyclists recorded turning from the B46 east natural environment.

150

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Community amenity providing access to South Shields or Sunderland and Jarrow/North Shields; and Bus 558 providing access to Whitburn and Fellgate. There are Metro stations at 13.5.33 Figures 13.5 – 13.8 show information relevant to the baseline conditions for the Brockley White, to the north of Boldon Colliery, and East Boldon. These stations study area. provide a link to Sunderland, Gateshead and Newcastle and Newcastle Airport. Fellgate and Hedworth 13.5.41 Along the eastern edge of the A19 extending towards Boldon Colliery is a LSOA in 13.5.34 The ward of Fellgate and Hedworth comprises two built-up residential areas located the 5th decile of the Index of Multiple Deprivation (IMD 2015). The neighbourhoods approximately 1 km northwest of Testos Junction, and a large rural area bisected by around Boldon Colliery and East Boldon are relatively less deprived, while those the A184. This area contains several farms and other isolated properties, including around West Boldon are relatively more deprived, including two wards in the 2nd Make-Me-Rich Farm, West House Farm and Elliscope Farm, which are the closest decile of most deprived in England. residential properties to the Scheme. The built-up areas are self-contained Town End Farm communities with access to local facilities such as shops, post offices, primary schools, the Hedworthfield Community Association Community centre and the 13.5.42 Town End Farm is a residential area within the boundaries of Sunderland City Fellgate Metro Station. There is no existing connectivity between the built-up areas Council, to the south east of Downhill Lane Junction. Town End Farm is a relatively and the rural areas. self-contained community with access to key facilities such as shops, a post office and a primary school within its own boundaries. 13.5.35 The community is serviced on public bus routes by Buses 5 and 9, which can be used to access facilities in South Shields or Sunderland and Jarrow/North Shields, 13.5.43 The community is serviced on public bus routes by Bus 50A, which can be used to and bus route 558, which can be used to access facilities in Whitburn. It is also access facilities in South Shields and Washington/Durham; and Buses 29/X36 serviced by Fellgate Metro station with connections to Sunderland, Gateshead, providing access to Newcastle/Gateshead/Heworth Rail Stations and Newcastle and Newcastle Airport, providing an alternative means of transportation. Sunderland/Silksworth. 13.5.36 Along the western side of the A19 extending north to Fellgate, the Scheme lies 13.5.44 The area around Town End Farm is relatively deprived, containing LSOAs within st nd rd along Lower Super Output Area (LSOA) with an index of multiple deprivation (IMD the 1 , 2 and 3 deciles of the most deprived in England in 2015. 109 th 2015) in the 6 decile of deprivation for all wards within England in 2015 (i.e. Community stakeholder groups relatively low deprivation). Fellgate itself is comprised of LSOA of lower deprivation, while Hedworth is comprised of LSOAs of relatively high deprivation, in the 2nd 13.5.45 Within the local study area, there are a number of general stakeholder groups. decile. These include local residents; those residents of farmhouses in close proximity to the Scheme; outdoor leisure users, such as at Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS; farmers Boldon Colliery and others working on agricultural land in the area; commuters, including those 13.5.37 Boldon Colliery is the closest community to the proposed junction improvements. using the public right of way and road network to access employment; local road The ward is adjacent to the east side of the A19 for the entire length of the Scheme. users who use the roads for access more generally; and community groups, such as social and education groups within the local area. 13.5.38 The community comprises primarily residential areas at Boldon Colliery and West Boldon, and a commercial area at Boldon Business Park, all to the north of the Public transport users A184, together with a rural area south of the A184. 13.5.46 A number of buses operate within the area of Testos Junction providing routes to 13.5.39 Community facilities within Boldon Colliery include the Boldon Village Hall and Gateshead and Newcastle to the west and Middlesbrough and Sunderland to the Housing Office, Boldon Welfare Ground recreational area and Boldon Children’s south east. Centre, as well as a cinema, restaurants, a large supermarket, a parade of local 13.5.47 There are bus stops located on each carriageway of the A184 to the west of Testos shops, a post office, a primary school and a secondary school. These facilities are Junction. These form part of bus routes X9 and X10 which are the shortest and all located north of the A184 and east of the A19, mainly in and around Boldon most direct known public transport routes between Middlesbrough and residents Business Park. The community is fairly self-contained, in that most of the north of Testos Junction. necessary local community facilities are available within its own built-up area. 13.5.48 The bus stops also provide routes to Gateshead and Newcastle, though there are 13.5.40 The community is serviced on public bus routes by Bus X34, which can be used to alternative bus routes for these destinations along Abingdon Way. Whilst surveys access facilities in South Shields and Gateshead/Newcastle; Bus 50A providing did record use of these bus stops, the level of demand and origin of users is access to South Shields and Washington/Durham; Buses 29/X36 providing access currently unknown. NMU access to these bus stops is via the B28, and the footway to Newcastle/Gateshead/Heworth Rail Station and Sunderland/Silksworth; Bus 50 along the north side of the A184 from Testos Junction. providing access to South Shields and Washington/Durham; Buses 5 and 9 13.5.49 There are a number of bus stops in the urban area to the east of Testos Junction, 109 Department for Communities and Local Government (2015). Accessed from: along Abingdon Way, and in New Town and West Boldon. The bus stops provide https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/english-indices-of-deprivation-2015

151

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

links to Gateshead, Jarrow, Newcastle, North Shields, South Shields, Washington, Economy and employment Durham, Heworth Rail Station, Whitburn, Silksworth and Sunderland. 13.5.59 The economy and employment sub-topic focuses on the wider region surrounding Vehicle travellers the A19. The impact assessment focuses on the three relevant regional local 13.5.50 The A19 is a strategic north-south route running from Doncaster to north of authorities – South Tyneside, Sunderland and Gateshead. Newcastle via York and linking the Tyne and Wear conurbation with Teesside. 13.5.60 Table 13-9 shows key relevant statistics from the 2011 Census for the three local 13.5.51 Traffic surveys in 2013 estimated flows on the A19 towards Testos Junction to be in authorities. excess of 25,000 for an average day. According to the 2014 traffic assessment, the Table 13-9: Key statistics from the 2011 Census110 major vehicle movements contributing to the traffic flows are as follows: South Indicator Sunderland Gateshead North East England  Traffic continuing along the A19 in both directions, across Testos Junction; Tyneside  Traffic travelling between the A184 west and the A19 south in both directions; Population 148,127 275,506 200,214 2,596,886 53,012,456 and

 Through traffic on the A184 in both directions. Population density 23.0 20.0 14.1 3.0 4.1 13.5.52 Driver stress has three main components: frustration, fear of potential accidents and uncertainty relating to the route being followed. Heavy congestion frequently occurs Households 67,167 119,758 89,154 1,129,935 22,063,368 at Testos Junction, leading to drivers experiencing moderate to high levels of driver stress on the majority of the links of the road network, particularly during peak Proportion of households – 57.1% 59.8% 58.2% 61.8% 63.4% hours. Stress levels are highest on the A184 travelling eastbound and the existing property owned A19 travelling southbound. outright/with mortgage/loan Proportion of people in 75.8% 75.5% 76.5% 77.3% 81.4% 13.5.53 In terms of the driver’s view from the road, the topography of the area to the west of good/very good health the A19 is mainly flat, with rolling fields and localised valleys. West Boldon (at an elevation of 60 m Above Ordnance Datum (AOD)) and the Boldon Hills (90 m AOD) Economic inactivity rate 6.6% 5.8% 5.0% 5.4% 4.4% form areas of higher ground to the eastern horizon. 13.5.61 Table 13-10 shows Gross Value Added (GVA) by industry for 2015. The NUTS3111 13.5.54 Substantially modified landforms in the study area include the existing A19 road area of Tyneside covers the local authorities of Newcastle-upon-Tyne, Gateshead, with its embankments, bridges and cuttings at Downhill Lane Junction (up to 7.5 m South Tyneside and North Tyneside, but, along with Sunderland, is the closest tall), the West House Farm footbridge, and the cuttings (up to 5 m deep) where the approximation to the local study area that is available. road passes Hedworth to the north. Table 13-10 Industry share of GVA by area, 2015112 13.5.55 Most of the land within the study area to the west of the A19 is made up of mixed arable and pastoral fields, separated by gappy, moderately maintained hedgerows Industry Tyneside (%) Sunderland (%) North East (%) England (%) with some semi-mature trees. 13.5.56 The A19 north of Testos Junction is enclosed by trees on both sides, comprising a Agriculture, forestry and 0.1 0.1 0.7 0.6 fishing significant tree belt on the boundary of Boldon Business Park (approximately 25 m wide and 700 m long) and woodland/highway edge planting (6 m wide and 890 m Production 1.6 7.7 3.9 2.5 long) to the west. Hawthorn and gorse scrub populate the edges of un-worked Manufacturing 10.3 22.3 14.0 9.7 agricultural land either side of the A19, north east of Make-Me-Rich Farm and along the River Don to the east of the road. Construction 5.6 6.0 6.2 5.9 13.5.57 The West Boldon Tree Preservation Orders (TPOs) surround the National Grid sub- Distribution; transport; 17.4 15.8 17.5 18.9 station and form part of Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS, which is also the site for accommodation and food WBEEC and includes a thick hedgerow to the southern boundary, marshland, open grassland meadows, open water and outdoor teaching areas. 110 Nomis (2013). Census 2011 data. Accessed from: https://www.nomisweb.co.uk/census/2011. 13.5.58 There are a large number of electricity pylons extending out from the sub-station at 111 Nomenclature of Units for Territorial Statistics (NUTS) is a hierarchical classification of administrative WBEEC which detract from the majority of views within and outside of the study boundaries. NUTS3 refers to an administrative level comprising countries or groups of unitary authorities with a population size ranging from 150,000 to 800,000. area. At least six rows of pylons radiate from the sub-station in all directions. The 112 ONS (2016). Regional gross value added. Accessed from: pylons vary in height from around 20 m to around 40 m. https://www.ons.gov.uk/economy/grossvalueaddedgva/datasets/regionalgrossvalueaddedincomeapproach

152

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Deprivation Industry Tyneside (%) Sunderland (%) North East (%) England (%) 13.5.63 South Tyneside has a relatively high level of deprivation, being ranked 31st out of Information and 7.6 4.1 4.9 7.1 326 local authorities in the Index of Multiple Deprivation 2015. In 2010, South communication Tyneside was ranked 47th out of 326, of the most deprived local authorities, indicating that relative deprivation has worsened in recent years. Financial and insurance 4.8 4.9 3.8 7.6 services 13.5.64 Sunderland is also relatively deprived, ranking 38th out of 326 local authorities in the Real estate activities 10.5 9.0 11.2 13.0 Index of Multiple Deprivation 2015. The level of deprivation in Sunderland has remained the same since 2010. Business service activities 10.4 5.4 8.8 12.9 13.5.65 Gateshead is ranked 80th out of 326 local authorities in the Index of Multiple Public administration; 27.9 22.4 25.9 17.8 Deprivation 2015. Gateshead’s standing in the deprivation ranking has improved education; health substantially since 2010, with Gateshead previously being ranked as the 42nd most Other services and 3.8 2.4 3.0 4.1 deprived local authority. household activities All industries (£ million) 18,224 5,745 49,677 1,433,164 13.6 Potential impacts (without mitigation) 13.5.62 Table 13-11 shows the share of employment by industry in 2015. Construction impacts Table 13-11: Proportion of employee jobs by industry, 2015113 Land use South Sunderland Gateshead North East England Community land and facilities Industry Tyneside (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) 13.6.1 Land is to be taken to build a combined cycleway and footpath from within the Agriculture, forestry 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.3 0.6 southern boundary of Boldon Lake LWS, which could cause a loss of amenity and fishing during construction. In addition, the proximity of Boldon Lake LWS to the Scheme construction site means that there could be some minor loss of amenity during the Production 0.6 3.1 0.6 1.2 1.1 construction period, in particular in regard to potential combined effects resulting Manufacturing 11.0 17.7 12.3 10.9 8.1 from air quality, landscape and visual and noise and vibration impacts. Construction 5.0 3.8 6.1 4.8 4.5 13.6.2 The Scheme would require a small-scale permanent loss of land on the western Distribution; transport; 25.9 23.5 29.1 25.3 27.5 fringes of Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS. The ecological impacts of this effect are accommodation and taken into account in Chapter 9. There may be the potential for cumulative effects food with air quality, landscape and visual and noise and vibration impacts at this site which could aggregate to a greater impact than that which is assessed for each Information and 1.5 2.5 4.1 3.1 4.4 individually. communication 13.6.3 The main area of current outdoor teaching activity for WBEEC is in the wooded Financial and 0.8 4.2 1.3 2.1 3.6 insurance services area on the west and north west sides of the site, which will be disrupted first by the power line diversion works and then by the construction of the permanent Real estate activities 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.7 highway/bridleway works. Business service 15.4 10.5 16.4 13.8 17.8 13.6.4 Substantial clearance of woodland within the WBEEC/Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS, activities with consequent increased impacts on the normal operation of WBEEC, have been Public administration; 33.0 30.3 26.6 33.0 26.1 avoided through extensive advance consultation and preparatory liaison with education; health Northern Power Grid over the design of the works to minimise both the amount of Other services and 2.2 1.5 1.3 1.9 2.1 clearance and the disruptive effect of the works. household activities 13.6.5 WBEEC’s teaching areas and paths will not be directly affected by construction of Total (number of jobs) 45,000 119,000 98,000 1,071,000 24,867,000 the highway or bridleway. However, both the activities of power line diversion and construction will be noisy, and would disrupt the ability of WBEEC to use these areas as they require. In addition, the works would likely occur through the spring 113 Nomis (2016). Business Register and Employment Survey. Accessed from: and summer, WBEEC’s busiest period. https://www.nomisweb.co.uk/articles/971.aspx

153

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

13.6.6 WBEEC also has teaching areas on the eastern side of the site, but Groundwork’s 13.6.16 Works to divert the electricity cables and provide replacement pylons would not ability to use these areas is limited by poor security, as they are very close to a significantly disrupt the operation of the sub-station, and would not compromise public bridleway, they are not effectively fenced, they are heavily trespassed and electricity supply. The diversion works would be planned and coordinated with often vandalised. The management of WBEEC have expressed concern about the Northern Powergrid. opening of a new public right of way close to their existing teaching areas on the Non-motorised users western part of the site, as they consider it could expose them to similar problems there, and could compromise their child safeguarding measures in areas currently 13.6.17 Proposed changes to the existing NMU routes and facilities (footways, cycleways remote from any direct public access. Since providing this feedback (in 2014) and public rights of way, roads used by NMUs and crossing facilities) surrounding WBEEC have developed their eastern teaching areas significantly. Testos junction are described in Chapter 2 (section 2.10) and illustrated on Figure 2.11. 13.6.7 There is designated open space land adjacent to the River Don, approximately 1 km north-east of the Scheme; this is not likely to be affected by the Scheme. 13.6.18 During the construction phase, there will be some disruption to the existing NMU routes as a result of works to divert statutory services, highway works, works to 13.6.8 Similarly, a section of land adjacent to the watercourse Calf Close Burn, improve the NMU facilities themselves or construct new NMU facilities or works to approximately 1 km to the north west of Testos Junction has been identified as provide new agricultural means of access. At this stage, the duration of temporary proposed open space. This is not likely to be affected by the Scheme. closures and diversions and the diversion routes have not been determined; this will Development land be carried out in the detailed design phase. Journeys made between community 13.6.9 There would be little in the way of adverse effect on land allocations, such as facilities, residential properties and industrial zones are likely to increase in length nearby Boldon Business Park and the travellers’ site at West Pastures, which are and duration during temporary, localised diversions. Construction of the A19 would fully developed and in operation. There would be a minor infringement on land cause a severance to the B28. NMUs would have to use the existing crossings on allocated as green space. the north of Testos Junction, which would increase journey times. 13.6.19 The introduction of construction works as part of the Scheme and on or within the Agricultural land and businesses vicinity of the NMU facilities are likely to result in a temporary reduction of visual 13.6.10 As indicated in Figure 13.3, agricultural land extending to 31.25 ha in total on six amenity and therefore journey pleasantness. It is likely that all routes are landholdings would potentially be required for temporary uses during the susceptible to visual intrusion of variable magnitude. Exposure to traffic is likely to construction period. increase during construction due to the queuing of vehicles and construction 13.6.11 The temporary uses would include the contractor’s compound and materials vehicles. The presence of construction vehicles and plant in the area may result in storage, soil storage, haul routes and land which would be required for utility increased levels of fear. Construction activities are also likely to increase noise, diversions. The areas required are outlined under ‘Other effects before mitigation’ dust and air quality levels. in Table 13.15 below. Community severance 13.6.12 The temporarily used areas would be out of agricultural production for some or all of 13.6.20 WBEEC would experience the loss of land from the western edge of the site the construction period, but would be progressively returned to agricultural use on (adjacent to the existing A19), near the main outdoor teaching areas to completion of their use during the construction period and replacement of soils. accommodate power line diversion works and the construction of the permanent 13.6.13 Although a number of agricultural land plots have been included in the draft highway/bridleway (see paragraph 13.6.3). There is no land take required within Development Consent Order (DCO) boundary for temporary use, or temporary use WBEEC’s teaching areas and no changes in access to the site anticipated; however with the permanent acquisition of rights, the intention would be to return these sites disruption during construction could affect the ability of WBEEC to operate as to the owner on completion of the restoration. normal. Physical Assets Community amenity 13.6.14 The Scheme would not require the demolition of any properties; however, two 13.6.21 During construction, the amenity of community members who live near or use land farmhouses would experience minimal disruption during construction: West House in proximity to the site would be affected by disruption caused by construction Farm to accommodate a new attenuation pond between the farm house and the activities, as well as adverse impacts on noise, air quality and visual environment. highway and Make-Me-Rich which would be affected by temporary access for These impacts would be temporary and localised, though together and without construction to the east of the farm house. mitigation, they may affect the overall amenity of a community and current stakeholder groups. 13.6.15 The Scheme would not require demolition or land take from commercial properties, including Boldon Business Park, and would not affect the use of the car rental site. Public transport users There is therefore no direct land-use impact in relation to commercial properties. 13.6.22 The presence of construction works would cause some short-term disruption to However, occupiers of the business park may experience some disruption during local bus routes which use Testos Junction, particularly the X9 and X10 which stop the construction period, due to potential temporary road closures or diversions.

154

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

on the A184 west of Testos Junction. The routes would remain open; however 13.6.30 The ONS produces output multipliers by industry which can be used to estimate the there could be temporary relocation of bus stops. In addition to this minor total economic stimulation of investment114. The published output multiplier for disruption, the amenity of the users of these services would be reduced. construction is 1.829 and for employment cost multiplier for construction is 2.013. Vehicle travellers 13.6.31 According to Highways England scheme cost estimates, the mid-range estimate for total construction outturn for the Scheme is £44.9 million, with a low and high Traffic and delay time estimate of £31.7 million and £70.7 million. Applying the output multiplier for 13.6.23 The contractor is required to keep two lanes of traffic open in both directions on the construction, total economic stimulation would be expected to be in the range £58.0 A19 throughout the construction period. However, some communities are likely to million to £129.3 million, with a mid-range estimate of £82.1 million. However, these experience an increase in construction-related traffic. There are likely to be some high level multipliers account for the total economic stimulation from the Scheme in delays for those travelling towards the south, from Fellgate and Hedworth and the United Kingdom, and not all of it would be generated within the study area. Boldon Colliery. Commuter routes into the commercial areas of Newcastle and Gateshead may be disrupted for those heading north or west through the junction, 13.6.32 Table 13-12 shows the estimate of the total economic stimulation for the Scheme. such as from Town End Farm, causing an increase in travel times. In addition, Table 13-12: Total economic stimulation access to Boldon Business Park from the south may be more difficult during Low Mid-range High construction.. Estimate Estimate Estimate Driver Stress Construction outturn £31.7 million £44.9 million £70.7 million 13.6.24 Appendix 13.3 provides a detailed breakdown of the driver stress calculations, Output multiplier for construction 1.829 which have been carried out using traffic data derived from the traffic model. Total economic stimulation £58.0 million £82.1 million £129.3 million 13.6.25 During the construction phase, there would be a short-term rise in driver stress due to the temporary disruption on the roads and the need to travel through road works. 13.6.33 The staff/labour cost for the Scheme is estimated at between £15.2 million and There would not be any diversions to other routes, but there are likely to be short- £33.8 million, with a mid-range estimate of £21.5 million. This is split between staff term delays which may lead to driver frustration and uncertainty. However, this costs, including contractor and designer site staff (£5.9 million to £13.2 million), and would be mainly limited to journeys involving the A19, not to journeys on the A184. labour costs, including the contractor’s own labour plus that of the supply chain Views from the road (£9.2 million to £20.6 million), as shown in Table 13-13. 13.6.26 During the construction phase, views from the road will be significantly constrained. 13.6.34 With the application of the construction sector employment cost multiplier to the Furthermore, the construction activity will be visible from the road. labour cost, the Scheme would be expected to generate between £30.6 million and £68.0 million in economic stimulation through employment spend on labour. Economy and employment However, as for total construction spend, these high level multipliers account for the Economy total economic stimulation from employment spend on the Scheme in the United Kingdom, and not all benefits would be realised in the study area. 13.6.27 Construction impacts on the three local authorities of the wider region relate to economic stimulus and employment impacts from spend on the Scheme. The Table 13-13: Economic stimulation through employment spend Scheme will act to stimulate the local job market and increase employment both Mid-range High Estimate Low Estimate through direct jobs and indirect and induced employment. In addition, expenditure Estimate on the Scheme in the local economy will act to stimulate the local market including multiplier effects so that overall stimulus is greater than the nominal spend in the Employment Spend £15.2 million £21.5 million £33.8 million region. Staff cost £5.9 million £8,4 million £13.2 million 13.6.28 Any economic and employment effects within the wider South Tyneside, Gateshead Labour cost £9.2 million £13.1 million £20.6 million and Sunderland local authorities caused by disruption to commuter times are likely Employment cost multiplier for 2.013 to be minimal in respect to this regional scale. construction 13.6.29 Construction expenditure will come from direct spend on materials and labour for Economic stimulation through £30.6 million £43.3 million £68.0 million the Scheme, indirect spend from firms supplying products and services to the employment spend on labour Scheme, and induced spend from the additional money earned by those working on local the Scheme.

114https://www.ons.gov.uk/economy/nationalaccounts/supplyandusetables/datasets/ukinputoutputanalyticaltablesde tailed

155

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

13.6.35 Note also that the assessment of employment spend is highly related to the job Local Description/Assumption creation assessment below, with a strong degree of overlap; as such, the results Multiplier 1.88 Construction employment multiplier from the UK input- should not interpreted as cumulative benefits as they are largely inclusive of each 115 output multipliers 2010 other, and to do so would be double counting. Deadweight 0% All the benefits are expected to be as result of the Employment project 13.6.36 As described in the methodology section, additionality was applied to estimate the Net local direct 67 Additionality calculation level of employment that could be temporarily captured within the local area, effects namely the local authorities of South Tyneside, Sunderland and Gateshead, as summarised in Table 13-14. Indirect and induced 59 Additionality calculation employment 13.6.37 Additionality seeks to determine the level of impact from investment that is Total net jobs 126 Additionality calculation additional to what would otherwise be present. As such it considers direct and captured locally (all indirect employment, along with leakage, or jobs that are filled from those outside of sectors) the study area, namely the three local authorities, and displacement, or employment that is merely transferred from elsewhere in the area without any job creation. 13.6.41 As noted above, this benefit is also captured in the economy sub-section above; double counting of employment spend and job creation should be avoided. 13.6.38 The workforce is likely to be sourced from both local and national suppliers; we will work with the local authorities in order to maximise the opportunities for local Operational impacts workers. Land use 13.6.39 The duration of the construction programme is estimated at 32 months. Over this Community land and facilities period, a total of 29 Full Time Equivalent (FTE) jobs are expected for designer and contractor staff, and 90 FTE for the contractor’s own labour and that of the supply 13.6.42 The Scheme would require a small verge of land take near Boldon Lake LWS for a chain/sub-contractors. This amounts to a total of 119 FTE jobs over the course of proposed cycleway and footpath; however, the site I signed as private land and the 32-month programme. does not appear to be in public use, and would be expected to be unaffected during operation of the road. 13.6.40 Applying the assumptions detailed in the table below and rounding to the nearest whole number, it was estimated that the 119 construction jobs would result in a 13.6.43 The Scheme would require a small-scale permanent loss of land on the western direct net increase in local jobs of 67. Indirect employment was estimated at 59 fringes of Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS. The ecological impacts of this effect are jobs for the local area, combining to give total net jobs (all sectors) of 126 for the taken into account in Chapter 9. This land is owned by National Grid and used by local area. WBEEC. This permanent loss would not significantly affect operation of WBEEC. However, due to the introduction of a new bridleway to the west of WBEEC, without Table 13-14: Employment captured within the local area during construction mitigation, there would be security concerns which could prevent normal operation Local Description/Assumption of the facility. Gross direct jobs 119 FTE jobs over the course of the 113 week programme 13.6.44 Three pylons within WBEEC will be removed, leading to a net gain in habitat and usable area within WBEEC/Mount Pleasant Marsh. The removal of cables would Leakage 25% It is expected that a reasonably high proportion of the also remove an existing requirement for periodic tree clearance and reduction within benefits will be retained within the local area and that WBEEC/Mount Pleasant Marsh, as part of regular maintenance of the power grid. 25% of jobs would ‘leak’ to Newcastle-Upon-Tyne and North Tyneside, which border the study area to the north Development land Displacement 25% Displacement is assumed to be low as the labour 13.6.45 Operational impacts on development allocations and planning applications are requirement for the Scheme is somewhat limited in largely expected to be beneficial due to the improved access provided by the respect to the size of the overall labour market in the Scheme. In particular, the Scheme is expected to be beneficial for the existing area, and unemployment in the area is higher than the Nissan motor manufacturing plant at Washington and the proposed IAMP, adjacent national average to the A19 south of Testos Junction. Substitution 0% Substitution effects were considered unlikely

115 https://www.ons.gov.uk/ons/about-ons/business-transparency/freedom-of-information/what-can-i- request/published-ad-hoc-data/econ/december-2014/provisional-estimates-of-type-uk-employment-multipliers- and-effects.xls

156

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Agricultural land and businesses Number/ Land-take required Description of land Other effects before 13.6.46 Four farm businesses would be affected by permanent land take for the Scheme, Name hectares % farm area taken mitigation taking between 0.77% and 8.03% of the total land area identified of each farm. The West Boldon southbound carriageway carriageway, one to each field fifth farm business would only be affected by temporary land take and would between Testos Junction affected therefore experience no operational effects. and Downhill Lane Junction Approximately 4.39 ha 13.6.47 In addition, two other smaller holdings of agricultural land in the southern part of the temporary use of land during study area would lose all or part of their area. construction, for return to agriculture 13.6.48 The retention of the local road network and use of Testos and Downhill Lane Junctions would allow continued access to land on both sides of the new road for all 5. Land at 1.27 100% All of the two fields in this farms. Downhill landholding, located east None Lane and west of the A19, north 13.6.49 However, without mitigation, the existing access to agricultural land east and west Junction (1) of Downhill Lane Junction of the A19 between Downhill Lane Junction and Testos Junction would be lost, due to the closure of existing field accesses from the A19. 6. Land at 0.65 N/A% Western part of field None Downhill adjoining A19 southbound 13.6.50 The impacts of land take and other effects on each farming business and Lane slip road to Downhill Lane landholding affected by the proposed scheme are summarised in Table 13-15 Junction (2) below. Apart from farm access, the impacts include the effects of severing land 7. Make Me 0.05 0.77% North eastern corner of Approximately 0.25 ha such as creation of small, awkwardly shaped fields and cutting of land drainage Rich Farm, grass field, west of A19 temporary use of land during systems. West Boldon north of Downhill Land construction, for return to 13.6.51 The impacts outlined are in the absence of mitigation; proposed mitigation of the Junction agriculture effects on farm businesses is described in Section 13.8 below. Table 13-15: Agricultural property land take Physical assets Land-take required 13.6.52 West House Farm Farmhouse and Make-Me-Rich Farmhouse are located within Number/ Description of land Other effects before approximately 100 m of the Scheme. These properties are likely to experience Name hectares % farm area taken mitigation minimal impacts resulting from increases in traffic which are assessed in the 1. West 5.45 8.03% Eastern parts of arable and Severance of land drainage amenity sub-topic. House Farm, grass fields adjoining A19 systems 13.6.53 For West House Farmhouse in particular, the distance to the A19 would be reduced West Boldon northbound carriageway, Approximately 12.86 ha from approximately 110 m at present to approximately 45 m. north and south of Testos additional temporary use of Junction and south of land during construction, for 13.6.54 The potential effects of the Scheme in terms of air quality and noise and vibration A184, west of the Junction return to agriculture are discussed in Chapters 6 and 12 respectively. 2. Wheathill 0.00 0.00% No permanent land take Approximately 7.51 ha 13.6.55 The Scheme would require no demolition or land take from commercial properties. Farm, temporary use of land during 13.6.56 Occupiers of the Boldon Business Park and Enterprise Rent-A-Car would Whitburn construction of utility experience slight long-term benefits as a result of reduced congestion and improved diversions, for return to agriculture safety on the A19. 3. Land at 3.10 7.75% Eastern parts of arable and Loss of access gateway off 13.6.57 There would be no demolition of buildings at the electricity sub-station and land take Elliscope grass fields adjoining A19 A19 northbound carriageway would not affect its operation. The Scheme does require the diversion of overhead Farm, West northbound carriageway to northern fields power lines that originate at the sub-station to run underground, which will result in Boldon between Downhill Lane Severance of land drainage the removal of pylons. Junction and Testos systems 13.6.58 Two additional sets of cables that currently cross the A19 below ground would also Junction Approximately 6.24 ha be affected by the loss of pylons at the point where they switch to overhead routes. temporary use of land during The existing underground routes would need to be extended, and new pylons construction, for return to provided west of the new A19 boundary. agriculture 4. Glebe 0.80 1.46% Parts of arable and grass Loss of two access gateways Farm, fields adjoining A19 off A19 southbound

157

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Non-motorised users cyclists and pedestrians would be provided on the slip roads on the north side of the 13.6.59 Existing footpaths, cycleways, bridleways and minor roads in the vicinity of the junction. Scheme can be identified on Figure 13.8. Proposed changes to the network of 13.6.66 The new ramp for cyclists at the south end of the bridleway B46 would increase rights of way are shown on Figure 2.11 and described in Chapter 2 (section 2.10). connectivity to Downhill Lane Junction, catering safely and legally for the desire-line 13.6.60 The reduction in traffic flows around the junction (as a result of the transfer of A19 that leads some cyclists and pedestrians to use the A19 south-bound slip road. This through traffic onto the flyover) would reduce associated congestion and therefore would provide a safer, more direct route than the formal bridleway route. It may also improve safety for NMUs using the adjacent footways and cycleways, or the reduce the number of cyclists crossing Downhill Lane to the east of the junction in circulatory carriageway. A reduction in congestion would also improve air quality order to continue south-west towards the Nissan factory, which would reduce fear of and noise levels around the junction, which would improve amenity levels for NMUs accidents. on these routes. 13.6.67 A new cycleway along the north side of the A184 west of Testos Junction would 13.6.61 Footpath B27 would require diversion from its existing route as a result of the provide a link to the upgraded cyclist and pedestrian crossing at the A19 north of Scheme due to the widening of the A19 south of Testos Junction. However, Testos Junction and the existing segregated cycleway and footway along Abingdon although the new route would be greater in length, it would replace an unsafe Way. It would segregate cyclists and pedestrians from road traffic on the A184, uncontrolled crossing with a much safer signalised crossing; it would greatly which would improve safety of the route. This route is likely to see an increase in improve connectivity of the footpath with other routes; and it would improve the use by cyclists due to the severance of the B28. standard of the path over part of its length from footpath to bridleway. Overall, the 13.6.68 A new agricultural access route would be provided from the Abingdon Road effect is deemed to be beneficial. roundabout, in part through fields parallel to bridleway B46, to fields between the 13.6.62 There would be no direct impact of the Scheme on footpaths B29 and B22, but A19 and bridleway B46. This would have beneficial impacts for NMUs as farm increased connectivity on footpath B27 may encourage increased use of these traffic that currently runs along the bridleway would be removed from it for most of footpaths to the southwest of the junction. The section of footpath B27 upgraded to the length of the route, improving both safety and amenity for NMUs. bridleway east of the A19 would allow equestrians, pedestrians and cyclists to join Community severance bridleway B46 from the west. It is expected that this improved connectivity would 13.6.69 WBEEC will experience a permanent loss of land from the western edge of the site increase usage of both bridleway B46 and bridleway/footpath B27. as described in paragraph 13.6.3; however, this is not likely to affect the long-term 13.6.63 The existing bridleway B28 would be severed through the removal of the operation of the site. agricultural bridge across the A19 north. However, connectivity between routes to 13.6.70 With the Scheme in place surrounding communities, in particular Boldon Colliery the east and west of the A19 would be retained through the new bridleway link and West Boldon will benefit from improved access to the countryside. running east-west south of the A184, linked to bridleway B46 via the upgraded/diverted footpath B27, and further linked to the east via the new footway 13.6.71 New and improved crossing facilities at the junction, combined with changed NMU along the south side of the A184 to Abingdon Way roundabout. The new route via routes, will enhance community access to public transport, in particular the bus- signalised crossing facilities on the south side of Testos Junction would increase stops on the A184 west of Testos junction, reducing community severance. journey distances for users travelling to or from the northeast of Testos Junction, Community amenity compared to the existing route via bridleway B28. However, the low levels of equestrian use on the existing B28 indicate a relatively small impact and the journey 13.6.72 Impacts during the operation of the Scheme in terms of amenity would be expected would be made safer by formalised crossings, rather than the existing stopping to be minimal, as the routes of the A19 and A184 follow the general footprint of the point at the pavement of the A184. In addition, the new route would have much existing roads. Improved traffic flow and general economic and demographic better connectivity to other routes and onward into the countryside than the existing growth would increase volume of traffic over time, but the Scheme would also be bridleway B28. expected to reduce congestion. 13.6.64 The new crossing of the A184 west of Testos Junction, linked to a new footway, Public transport users would allow pedestrians easier and safer access to and from the bus stop on the 13.6.73 With the Scheme, there is expected to be a reduced traffic flow of vehicular traffic west-bound carriageway of the A184. This may encourage more NMUs to use around Testos Junction, which would have positive impacts on bus services which these bus stops and would improve safety for existing users. use these routes. The addition of a crossing on the A184 to the west of Testos 13.6.65 Pegasus crossing facilities (a crossing for horse riders, with separate parallel Junction would provide users of the X9 and X10 with an easier and safer way to facilities for cyclists and pedestrians) on the northbound and southbound slip roads cross between the bus stop on the westbound carriageway and the footway on the south of Testos Junction would allow pedestrians, cyclists and horse riders to cross eastbound carriageway. The new footway on the westbound carriageway, from the safely. These crossings would also ensure that demand for footpath or bridleway junction to the bus stop would also improve connectivity and safety of access to the usage would not be supressed due to safety concerns. Signalised crossings for bus stop. It is likely that both the new crossing and footway would encourage increased use of these bus services.

158

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Vehicle travellers Journeys Peak Do Minimum Do Something Traffic and delay time the A19 northbound link to Testos 13.6.74 Although overall traffic could increase, delay times are expected to reduce due to Junction and then high from Testos reduced congestion. For the communities to the north of Testos Junction, there Junction to Boldon Colliery would be improved access to the south, while access to Boldon Business Park would be improved for those approaching from the west or south. For communities AM Fluctuates from moderate to high for High for the A184 eastbound link and south and east of Testos Junction, there would be improved access to retail and the A184 eastbound link to the Testos then moderate for the A19 southbound Junction and then high for the A19 link from Testos to Downhill Lane employment centres in Newcastle. southbound link from Testos to Junction 13.6.75 Forecasted junction delays are shown by the change in opening year 2023 from Do Downhill Lane Junction Journey 3 Minimum (DM) (i.e. without the Scheme) to Do Something (DS) (i.e. with the PM Fluctuates from moderate to high for Fluctuates from moderate to high for Scheme) in Table 13-16 below. As key links connecting the communities in the the A184 eastbound link and then high the A184 eastbound link and then study area, these routes are considered important receptors. for the A19 southbound link from moderate to high for the A19 Table 13-16: Junction delays Testos to Downhill Lane Junction southbound link from Testos to Downhill Lane Junction Direction AM Peak Inter Peak PM Peak AM High for the A19 northbound link to Fluctuates from moderate to high for A19 northbound -00:58 00:00 -05:48 Testos Junction and then moderate for the A19 northbound link to Testos the A184 westbound link Junction and then moderate for the A184 eastbound -00:09 -00:09 -03:17 A184 westbound link Journey 4 A19 southbound -02:15 +00:01 -02:43 PM High for the A19 northbound link to Fluctuates from moderate to high for A184 westbound -01:23 -00:56 -00:17 Testos Junction and then moderate for the A19 northbound link to Testos the A184 westbound link Junction and then moderate for the Average vehicle delay -01:34 -00:20 -03:16 A184 westbound link

AM Moderate for the A184 eastbound link High for all the links Driver stress to Testos Junction and then high for the A184 eastbound link from Testos 13.6.76 Appendix 13.4 provides detail on the driver stress calculations. Junction to West Boldon 13.6.77 Driver stress for five journeys is shown below in Table 13-17 and Table 13-18 and Journey 5 PM Fluctuates from moderate to high for Moderate for the A184 eastbound link on Figure 13.1 (for opening year) and Figure 13.2 (for design year). These the A184 eastbound link to Testos to Testos Junction and then high for specifically compare AM and PM peak flows rather than daily traffic flows for DM Junction and then high for the A184 the A184 eastbound link from Testos and DS scenarios for the opening year (2021) and the design year (2036), but do eastbound link from Testos Junction to Junction to West Boldon not consider the sections of road making up the roundabout itself. West Boldon Table 13-17: Drivers’ stress for different journeys in 2021 (Do Something) Table 13-18: Drivers’ stress for different journeys in 2036 (Do Something)

Journeys Peak Do Minimum Do Something Journeys Peak Do Minimum Do Something

AM High for all the links High for the A19 southbound link to AM High for all the links High for the A19 southbound link to Testos Junction and then moderate Testos Junction and then moderate from Testos to Downhill Lane Junction from Testos to Downhill Lane Junction PM High for all the links Fluctuates from moderate to high for Journey 1 Journey 1 PM High for all the links Fluctuates from moderate to high for the A19 southbound link to Testos the A19 southbound link to Testos Junction and then moderate to high for Junction and then moderate to high for the link from Testos to Downhill Lane the link from Testos to Downhill Lane Junction Junction AM High for all the links Moderate for the A19 northbound link AM High for all the links Moderate for the A19 northbound link to Testos Junction and then high from to Testos Junction and then high from Journey 2 Testos Junction to Boldon Colliery Journey 2 Testos Junction to Boldon Colliery PM High for all the links Fluctuates from high to moderate for PM High for all the links Fluctuates from high to moderate for

159

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

reduced time and cost in the transport of and access to goods and services across Journeys Peak Do Minimum Do Something the three local authorities; South Tyneside, Gateshead and Sunderland. the A19 northbound link to Testos Economy Junction and then high from Testos Junction to Boldon Colliery 13.6.81 The operational phase of the Scheme would contribute to the economy in terms of ongoing monitoring and maintenance work. The overall contribution of this work is AM Fluctuates from moderate to high for High for the A184 eastbound link and likely to be minimal. As it is not currently known what the operational requirements the A184 eastbound link to the Testos then moderate for the A19 southbound of the Scheme will be, this aspect is not assessed further. Junction and then high for the A19 link from Testos to Downhill Lane southbound link from Testos to Junction 13.6.82 The wider benefits of the Scheme justifying its construction are not assessed in Downhill Lane Junction depth within the EIA but would include benefits of increased access to labour Journey 3 PM High for all the links Fluctuates from moderate to high for markets and supply chains for local businesses, and increased access to the A184 eastbound link and then employment and retail for local residents. These would be expected to be beneficial moderate to high for the A19 contributions to the local region during the operation of the Scheme; however, as southbound link from Testos to the Scheme is primarily online and is improving existing access rather than opening Downhill Lane Junction up new access, the overall effect in this regard may be modest. AM High for the A19 northbound link to Fluctuates from moderate to high for 13.6.83 These economic benefits would be especially pertinent for the deprived areas of the Testos Junction and then moderate for the A19 northbound link to Testos local study area such as at the north and south ends of the Scheme, as well as the the A184 westbound link Junction and then high for the A184 local region in general. westbound link Journey 4 Employment PM High for all the links Fluctuates from moderate to high for the A19 northbound link to Testos 13.6.84 The operational phase of the Scheme would contribute to local jobs in terms of Junction and then moderate for the ongoing monitoring and maintenance work; however, the Scheme is unlikely to A184 westbound link increase the numbers employed significantly as it is an improvement of an existing AM Fluctuates from moderate to high for High for all the links road, rather than the creation of substantial new infrastructure. The overall the A184 eastbound link to Testos contribution of this work is likely to be minimal, and as it is not currently known what Junction and then high for the A184 the operational requirements of the Scheme will be this aspect is not assessed Journey 5 eastbound link from Testos Junction to further. West Boldon 13.6.85 The wider benefits of the Scheme justifying its construction are not assessed within PM High for all the links High for all the links the EIA but would include benefits of increased access to employment for local residents, and access to a wider labour market for local businesses. These effects would be expected to benefit the local region. However, as the Scheme is primarily Views from the road online and links already exist between potential employees and areas of 13.6.78 The new raised A19 carriageway could have a negative effect on drivers’ views employment in the local region, these effects would be expected to be modest. from the A184 driving towards Testos junction, as currently open views would be interrupted by raised earthworks and structures. This effect would be slightly less 13.7 Mitigation for the single-bridge option than for the two-bridge option, as drivers would be able to see through to the other side of the junction under the bridge. Drivers travelling Mitigation for construction impacts on the A19 on the other hand will benefit from a more open view due to the Land use elevation. This affects a much larger number of drivers as the A19 carries far more traffic than the A184. Community Land and Facilities 13.6.79 The Scheme necessitates a number of new signs (see Figure 2.7). These will 13.7.1 Any temporary loss of amenity at Boldon Lake and Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS provide essential information to the driver, reducing route uncertainty and therefore during construction would be minimised through measures in the Construction reducing driver stress. Environmental Management Plan (CEMP). Economy and employment 13.7.2 At WBEEC, it is proposed that prior to any construction and power diversion works, a 2.2 m-high security fence would be constructed around most of Mount Pleasant 13.6.80 Operational impacts on the economy and employment in the wider region would be Marsh LWC, excluding only impassable areas of marshland and existing security expected in relation to improved access between jobs and the labour market and fence. It would be similar to the one already used around West Boldon Lodge within the WBEEC site, and would extend:

160

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

 From the site access road eastwards along Mount Pleasant Marsh Physical assets LWC/WBEEC’s northern boundary (approximately opposite the north side of 13.7.9 The effects of disruption during construction on businesses in Boldon Business West Boldon Lodge), to Bridleway B46; Park would be minimised or avoided through measures in the TMP. These could  South along Bridleway B46 to the north side of Footpath B27; include restrictions on the routes to be taken by construction traffic and careful design/timing of temporary road closures or diversions.  Eastwards along the north side of Footpath B27 (where it is upgraded to bridleway) to the new section of bridleway; 13.7.10 The works to divert electricity power cables would be designed and undertaken by Northern Powergrid on behalf of and in consultation with HE in line with standard  Northwards between the new section of bridleway and Mount Pleasant Marsh procedures for the diversion of statutory undertakers’ equipment. This would LWC/WBEEC; and minimise or avoid any disruption to electricity supply or the operation of the sub-  North-eastwards between the new footway on the A184 and Mount Pleasant station. Marsh LWC/WBEEC until the fence meets the impassable marshland or open Non-motorised users (NMUs) water. 13.7.11 During the construction phase dust is likely to be generated which could have a 13.7.3 This security fence would allow Groundwork/WBEEC to transfer teaching activities negative effect on NMUs. These effects would be minimised or avoided through to the eastern part of the site during construction. Once operational, Groundwork measures in the CEMP; these include, among others, locating dust-generating would have a fully secured site and continue to be able to make full use of these activities away from sensitive receptors, taking account of prevailing winds while newly secured teaching areas. stockpiling materials, and implementing standard dust-suppression techniques. 13.7.4 Northern Powergrid believes it would be possible to lower the lines directly onto the More detailed analysis on the air quality assessment is presented in Chapter 6. trees without any significant harm to them. If this is not possible, it is proposed that Community severance the redundant cables would be removed using scaffolding towers with nets strung between them. The cables would be lowered onto the nets, and drawn across the 13.7.12 A new section of bridleway would be provided, running north-south between the A19 and the tops of the trees for removal. A small amount of vegetation removal crossing and the present line of Footpath B27, between the A19 and along the edge would still be required in the immediate vicinity of the pylons for their removal. of Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS/WBEEC, improving access to the countryside and connectivity between elements of the rights of way network. Development land 13.7.13 The implementation of a TMP would help to reduce potential traffic impacts and 13.7.5 Any minor, temporary adverse impacts on development land such as that at Boldon ensure that access is maintained throughout the construction process. Business Park and West Pastures Travellers’ Site would be mitigated, where possible, by adhering to the Traffic Management Plan (TMP) and following Community amenity standardised construction procedures as set out in the CEMP. 13.7.14 The CEMP would address environmental impacts including impacts on air quality Agricultural land and businesses and noise this would provide mitigation for the reduction in amenity levels caused by works during the construction phase. 13.7.6 The permanent loss of 11.32 ha of Grade 3b agricultural land116 is unavoidable and would be subject to compulsory acquisition procedures under the Development Public transport users Consent Order, therefore no mitigation is proposed. 13.7.15 Few public transport impacts during the construction period were identified; 13.7.7 A plan for sustainable use of soil resources, where possible within the Scheme (a therefore, there is limited need to provide mitigation. Traffic management would be ‘Soil Management Plan’) would be devised. This would include the restoration to provided to mitigate a number of negative effects for bus users during construction. agricultural use of any temporarily used agricultural land, where possible, and the Vehicle travellers sustainable use of any surplus topsoil produced by the construction process. 13.7.16 During the construction phase, a traffic management plan and site traffic 13.7.8 Access to farmed land during the works would be maintained wherever possible to management plan would be implemented to minimise delays and reduce any enable continued farming on all the holdings affected by construction. Disruption to increase in stress caused by the roadworks. This would include temporary signage farms would be minimised through measures which would be adopted in the which would be put in place to reduce uncertainty and frustration. During the contractor’s CEMP (see Chapter 11 on materials), such as measures to reduce dust construction phase two lanes of traffic would remain open in each direction along and construction site runoff and temporary access arrangements. the A19, which would increase traffic flows and reduce driver stress levels. The link roads would be constructed first to allow diversion of A19 traffic to these roads rather than diverting traffic outside of the Scheme area. Where full diversions may be required, it is anticipated these would take place at night time. 116 Grade 3b agricultural land is considered by the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs system of Agricultural Land Classification as being of moderate versatility and quality.

161

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Economy and employment Physical assets 13.7.17 Effects on the wider region from the construction of the Scheme in terms of the 13.7.26 Mitigation options for air quality, landscape and noise and vibration impacts are economy and employment would be expected to be positive in terms of job creation outlined in Chapters 6, 8 and 12 respectively. and expenditure and so do not require mitigation. No specific measures to enhance Non-motorised users (NMUs) these benefits have been identified at this time. 13.7.27 Throughout the Scheme design, consideration has been given to the NMU strategy Mitigation for operational impacts through close iterative engagement between the EIA team and the highway Land use designers, and mitigation has already been incorporated as part of the design. Feedback from consultation with user groups was also fed into the design. All new Community land and facilities or altered facilities have been designed with reference to relevant Highways 13.7.18 On-going discussions would take place with the management of WBEEC and England guidance and the Disability Discrimination Act. National Grid would continue, to identify potential opportunities to provide 13.7.28 See Chapter 2, Section 2.10 for a description of mitigation measures through improvements to the facilities there as part of the project. Initially, this would include design related to NMU provision. the fencing off of previously external sites for access by users of the centre for educational and recreational purposes. 13.7.29 With the mitigation measures and enhancements already included in the design, no further mitigation measures have been identified. Development land Community severance 13.7.19 As there would be no significant adverse effect on any extant planning permissions or outstanding planning applications during operation, no mitigation is required. 13.7.30 As effects are primarily positive in terms of community severance, further mitigation has not been identified. Agricultural land and businesses Community amenity 13.7.20 Agricultural land quality and farm systems in the study area depend upon effective land drainage in winter for sustainable farming operations. The detailed design of 13.7.31 Effects on communities would be expected to be minimal in terms of amenity after the Scheme would take this into account in order to minimise the impact on mitigation proposed in other chapters, in particular the landscape and visual agriculture through provision of outfalls for land drainage systems. Further work mitigation discussed in Chapter 8. would be undertaken to design and install new land drains on retained or reinstated Public transport users farmland by agreement as accommodation works. 13.7.32 The effects on public transport users during operation of the proposed scheme are 13.7.21 The agricultural land areas, totalling 31.25 ha, affected by temporary uses including expected to be positive and therefore no mitigation is required. the contractor’s compound would be out of production during all or part of the construction period, but would be returned to agriculture on completion. To help Vehicle travellers ensure reinstatement of these areas back to agriculture, a detailed methodology 13.7.33 As part of the Scheme, road signs and traffic signals would be used to explain route would be prepared. changes and direct drivers with the aim of reducing uncertainty, delays and driver 13.7.22 Suitable replacement access points to severed fields and areas where existing stress for those drivers using the new road layout. The improved section of the A19 access is lost would be required to ensure continued operation of farm units. would also be designed to a higher highway standard than the existing road, which Without this mitigation some farm units would experience a greater land loss than would help to reduce uncertainty, fear and driver stress. discussed above and subsequently a greater adverse impact than detailed in the Economy and employment section below. 13.7.34 Effects on the wider region from the operation of the Scheme would be expected to 13.7.23 A private means of access track would be provided to the severed land of Glebe be positive and do not require mitigation. Farm, east of the A19. 13.7.24 Extending the existing field access track within the land at Elliscope Farm as 13.8 Maintenance ‘Accommodation Works’ by negotiation with the landowner would allow continued 13.8.1 It is currently assumed that, once constructed, the responsibility to maintain rights of agricultural access to the northernmost field. way outside of the highway boundary will be placed with the local authority. This 13.7.25 The Scheme design would include suitable discharge points for agricultural land includes the footway along the A184 east of Testos Junction, the upgraded and drainage systems severed by the new works. This is particularly required for all land diverted B27 footpath and the new bridleway along the A184 west of Testos on the west side of the A19 between Downhill Lane Junction in the south and Junction. Rights of way within the boundary of the highways estate, such as the Hedworth in the north. new cycle path from the B46 to Downhill Lane Junction, will be the responsibility of the Highways England.

162

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

13.9 Residual impacts and their significance Receptor Description Impact Mitigation Description of residual Land use impact Community land and facilities the Close Burn, watercourse approximately 1km to 13.9.1 Community land and facilities in proximity to the Scheme are assessed in Table 13- Calf Close the north-west of the 19 below. Boldon Lake LWS and Mount Pleasant Marsh LWS are both locally Burn Testos Junction has important community assets. The land adjacent to the River Don and the section of been identified as land adjacent to the watercourse Calf Close Burn are located a greater distance proposed open from the Scheme and therefore less likely to be accessed by the relevant space. communities within the study area. Table 13-19: Community land and facilities Development land Receptor Description Impact Mitigation Description of 13.9.2 The assessment of likely effects on development land is found in Table 13-20 residual below. impact Table 13-20: Planning allocations and development applications Boldon Lake Boldon Lake LWS is Temporary impact Standard Construction: LWS located immediately from increase in construction Adverse – not Allocation or application type and Impact Mitigation Description adjacent to the traffic due to practice to significant location of residual existing Testos construction mitigate noise impact Junction, east of the activity leading to and vibration, Operation: Construction: A19 and north of the reduced access landscape and Neutral A184. However, this and amenity (see visual, and air Neutral Employment Land at Boldon Colliery, to Improved None does not qualify as 13.6.1). Minimal quality impacts. the north east of Testos Junction. accessibility required Operation: open space or any land-take required Beneficial other special category for cycleway and Construction: Improved as defined by the Act. footpath (see Transport links along the A19 Economic None Neutral transportation 13.6.42). Growth Corridor. required links Operation: Mount Mount Pleasant Temporary impact Mitigation Construction: Beneficial Pleasant Marsh LWS is located from construction includes Adverse – not Construction: Landscape Marsh LWS immediately adjacent (see 13.6.2 - security fencing significant Minor Adverse - not to the existing Testos 13.6.6); permanent which will Green belt land immediately west of the mitigation to infringement significant Junction, east of the loss small verge of increase the A19. maintain on Green belt Operation: A19 and south of the land (see 13.6.43). area available Operation: openness Neutral A184. for use by Beneficial – not education and significant Reduced Construction: community Residential villages to the north and congestion to None Neutral groups from the west of the A19 Testos Junction. improve required Operation: baseline. character Beneficial Land The land adjacent to No impact n/a n/a Transport links. B1298 Abingdon Construction: Improved adjacent to the River Don, expected (see Way/B1298 Henley Way Junction, None Neutral the River Don approximately 1km to 13.6.7). transportation Boldon Colliery. North east of the required Operation: the north-east of the links Testos Junction. Beneficial Scheme, is designated as public Transport Links. B1298 Abingdon Way Construction: Improved open space. between the A184 Newcastle Road and None Neutral transportation the B1298 Henley Way, Boldon required links Operation: Colliery. East of the Testos Junction. Beneficial The section A section of land No impact n/a n/a of land adjacent to the expected (see Hectares of Economic Development Improved None Construction: adjacent to watercourse Calf 13.6.8). Land at Boldon Business Park, access required Neutral

163

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Allocation or application type and Impact Mitigation Description Agricultural land and businesses location of residual 13.9.3 Seven individual receptors have been considered within this report and impacts impact have been identified for all these receptors: five farm businesses and two other Brooklands Way Operation: agricultural land holdings (see Table 13-21 below). Beneficial 13.9.4 These impacts may be long term, such as permanent loss of land, or short term Gypsy and Traveller Caravan Construction: such as temporary uses of land during the construction period. Accommodation. Green belt land at Improved None Neutral West Pastures, to the west of Boldon access required Operation: 13.9.5 Mitigation measures would be provided in the Scheme proposals for the farm and south-west of Testos Junction. Beneficial business receptors where appropriate and feasible. These include design measures to reduce impact, construction management measures designed to minimise Joint development plan document by disruption to farm businesses, and the provision of new accesses to replace those Sunderland City Council and South that would be lost. However, these mitigation measures do not reduce the land-take Tyneside Council in support of the Construction: Sunderland and South Tyneside City Improved None Neutral area. Deal proposal for a strategic access required Operation: 13.9.6 The restoration of temporarily disturbed land used during the construction phase, employment site north of Nissan - Beneficial such as land used for the contractor’s compound and utility diversions, would result prepared partly in parallel with the Local in a reduction in the overall impact. Plan DPD above. 13.9.7 The identification and assessment of impacts, taking account of mitigation where Application ST/0084/15/FUL has been appropriate, is summarised in Table 13-21 below. registered. It is in Feldgate and Construction: Hedworth north of Testos Junction and Table 13-21: Agricultural receptors No effect None Neutral west of the A19. Change of use from expected required café to hot food takeaway. New shop Operation: Principal Description of front and extraction flue outlet to side Neutral Receptor Description Impact Mitigation residual elevation. Measures impact Application ST/0854/94/15/DM has West House Farm Temporary land New land Construction: Farm, West business take (12.86 ha) drainage outfall Adverse – been delegated. It is in Boldon Colliery Construction: northeast of the Testos Junction. Boldon during arrangements; significant No effect None Neutral Resubmission of condition construction. and reinstatement Operation: expected required Operation: ST/854/94/08/DM (Condition 14) Permanent land of temporarily Adverse - Neutral Details of Surface and foul water take (5.45 ha) disturbed land significant drainage system. and severance of Application ST/0006/15/FUL has been land drainage systems during registered. It is in Boldon Colliery east Construction: of Testos Junction and north of the operation. Improved None Neutral A184. Demolition of existing redundant Wheathill Farm Temporary land Reinstatement of Construction: access required Operation: day centre and construction of 14 social Farm, business take (7.51 ha) temporarily Adverse – Beneficial housing dwellings with associated road, Whitburn during disturbed land significant car parking and landscaping. construction. Operation: Application ST/0087/COND has been No permanent Neutral registered. It is in Boldon Colliery east land take. Construction: of Testos Junction and south of the Land at Farm Temporary land New access Construction: Neutral A184. Discharge of Condition 5 - No effect None Elliscope business take (6.24 ha) arrangements to Adverse – not Details of foundations for the proposed expected required Operation: Farm, West during northern part of significant new building - relating to previously Neutral Boldon construction. land, west of A19; approved Planning Application new land Permanent land Operation: ST/1303/13/FUL. drainage outfall take (3.1 ha), loss Adverse – not arrangements; of access off A19 significant to northern fields; and reinstatement severance of land of temporarily drainage disturbed land

164

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

systems. Description Glebe Farm, Farm Temporary land New access Construction: Receptor Description Impact Mitigation of residual West Boldon business take (4.39 ha) arrangements to Adverse – effect (short term during land east of A19; significant Make-Me- The property lies Temporary Restoration Construction: let and construction. and reinstatement Operation: Rich approximately 75 metres from access for of land after Minor adverse licensed of temporarily Permanent land Adverse – not the existing highway fence construction construction fields) take (0.80 ha); disturbed land significant boundary and approximately required phase. Operation: loss of access off 65 meters from the proposed directly to the Neutral A19 to two fields. new boundary. The house east of the Land at Land holding Permanent land None Neutral (land is lies on a smallholding located farm house. to the south-west of the Downhill take (1.27 ha). currently Lane unused) proposed scheme. Junction (1) Commercial Land at Land holding Permanent land None Construction – Downhill take (0.65 ha). Neutral 13.9.9 There are a small number of commercial receptors in proximity to the Scheme. Lane Operation - These include the Boldon Business Park which is a locally important employment Junction (2) Neutral centre, Enterprise Rent-A-Car, and the Nissan Car Plant. Table 13-23 provides Make Me Farm Temporary land Reinstatement of Construction – more detail on the potential impacts on commercial receptors. Rich Farm, business take (0.25 ha) temporarily Neutral Table 13-23: Commercial receptors West Boldon during disturbed land Operation - Description of construction. Neutral Receptor Description Impact Mitigation Permanent land residual impact take (0.05 ha). Boldon Boldon During During Construction: Business Business Park construction, construction, Adverse – not Park lies to the east access to the site phasing and significant of the proposed to be partially alternate routing Physical assets scheme and infringed. During to maintain access Private property north of Testos operation access to the business Operation: Residential Junction. to improve park. During Beneficial – not through reduced operation no significant 13.9.8 There are two residential dwellings located on farmsteads in proximity to the congestion. mitigation Scheme. The effects on these properties are assessed in Table 13-22 below. necessary. Table 13-22: Residential dwellings Enterprise The disused During During Construction: Rent-A- site to the construction, construction, Adverse – not Description Car north-west of access to the site access to be significant Receptor Description Impact Mitigation of residual the Testos to be partially maintained.

effect Junction infringed. During acquired and operation access Operation: West The Farmhouse lies A new No Construction: developed by to improve Beneficial – not House approximately 110m west of attenuation additional Neutral Enterprise through reduced significant Farm the existing A19 highway pond is to be mitigation Rent-A-Car. congestion. boundary. The house forms located in required. Operation: part of a wider agricultural between the Neutral holding flanking the west side farm house of the A19, mostly to the and the Industrial north of the A184. highway. 13.9.10 The only industrial site in the study area is the National Grid electricity sub-station. Although the Nissan car manufacturing plant lies outside the study area to the south, it has been included in the assessment as it is a significant employer of residents within the study area. Effects on these receptors are considered in Table 13-24 below.

165

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Table 13-24: Industrial receptors Description of Receptor Description Impact Mitigation Description of Receptor Impact Mitigation residual impact residual impact B27 – Footpath Construction disturbance No mitigation required Construction: / Bridleway leading to reduction in Adverse – not Electricity Jointly operated by Access point to east No amenity. Permanent sub-station National Grid and of Testos Junction mitigation significant Neutral diversion/ reconnection Norther Powergrid, slightly disrupted, required Operation: would increase journey times located on land loss a small portion Significant but also improve safety and adjacent to the existing of the unused verge. beneficial connectivity to other routes. Testos Junction, east A section east of the A19 of the A19 and south of would be upgraded to the A184. bridleway. Nissan Car Although it lies outside During construction, No Construction: B28 - Bridleway Permanent closure of No mitigation required Construction: Plant the study area in some traffic mitigation Adverse – not existing route. Significant Washington North, is a congestion and required significant significant employer in disruption to NMU However, replacement route adverse

the area. facilities, during to south of junction with Operation: operation, access to Operation: improved connectivity to Significant be improved via Beneficial – not other routes and onward into beneficial reduction in significant the countryside. congestion. Northbound Pegasus crossing facilities No mitigation required. Construction: and for equestrians and Neutral southbound slip signalised crossing for Operation: Non-motorised users roads south of pedestrians and cyclists Significant Testos Junction replace B28 bridge to north 13.9.11 During the construction phase there will be some disruption and amenity effects on beneficial users of existing NMUs. of junction and uncontrolled B27 at-grade crossing to 13.9.12 A number of enhancements to the NMU network have been incorporated into the south, with improved design for the junction improvements. These include the creation of cycleways, connectivity and safety. diversion of a footpath, creation of a footway, and upgrading of signalised B29 - Footpath Construction disturbance No mitigation required Construction: crossings. These would provide major beneficial effects in the long-term. leading to reduction in Adverse – not 13.9.13 Overall, NMUs would experience a long-term beneficial effect as a result of amenity. significant improved connectivity, improved safety and improved amenity on the network of Permanent increased Operation: PRoWs, cycle routes and roads. The effects on individual routes are presented in connectivity on B27 may Neutral Table 13-25 below. increase use of footpath. Table 13-25: Non-motorised users B46 - bridleway Construction disturbance No mitigation required Construction: leading to reduction in Adverse – not Description of amenity. significant Receptor Impact Mitigation residual New ramp for cyclists would Operation: impact increase connectivity and Significant provide safety B22 - Footpath Construction disturbance No mitigation required Construction: beneficial improvements. leading to reduction in Adverse – not Diversion of agricultural amenity. significant traffic off the route for part of Permanent increased Operation: the length would improve connectivity on B27 may Neutral amenity and safety. increase use of footpath. Improved connectivity via upgrade to footpath B27 and new crossing over A19 to routes west of the A19.

166

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Description of Table 13-26: Community severance Receptor Impact Mitigation residual Description of impact Receptor Impact Mitigation residual New footway Improved access to the bus No mitigation required. Construction: effect adjacent to stop. N/A west-bound WBEEC The loss of land from the western A new security Construction: Operation: edge of the site, near the main fence to allow carriageway of Adverse – not Significant outdoor teaching areas. relocation of A184, west of significant beneficial outdoor teaching Testos Junction (enhancement) facilities to be Operation: New footway Improved connectivity No mitigation required Construction: undertaken during the construction Neutral adjacent to between NMU routes at the N/A west-bound new crossing and West period. Operation: side of A184, Boldon Significant east of Testos beneficial Junction (enhancement) Community amenity New bridleway Improved connectivity None required Construction: link from between communities east of N/A 13.9.15 The table below identifies stakeholder groups within the study area likely to be Testos Junction the A19 and the countryside Operation: impacted by changes in amenity. Stakeholder groups are considered to be sensitive to West to the west, replacing Significant receptors and are assessed with consideration of professional judgement in Table Pastures Bridleway B28 with better beneficial 13-27. linkage Table 13-27: Community amenity – Stakeholder groups Upgrade Improved safety and None required Construction: footway to two- accessibility for cyclists Significant Description of way cycleway adverse Stakeholder Impact Mitigation residual adjacent to Operation: effect eastbound side Significant of A19, both Local residents Some disruption during construction, Noise, air Construction: beneficial east and west (Two local visual impact of development, loss of quality and (enhancement) Adverse - of Testos farmhouses in amenity due to increased traffic landscape Significant close proximity noise and air quality impacts as well mitigation Junction, from Operation: opposite West to the as views from the road impacts. Neutral Pastures to Scheme) Abingdon Way Outdoor During construction, loss of amenity Noise, air Construction: New signalised Substantially improved ease None required Construction: leisure users at Boldon Lake LWS; during quality and Adverse – not crossing of and safety of access to bus- N/A operation, the loss of some land at landscape significant A184, west of stop on westbound Mount Pleasant and increased mitigation Operation: Operation: Testos Junction carriageway of A184, and to footprint of the Scheme could lead to Significant Adverse – not new bridleway and diverted loss of amenity. beneficial significant Footpath B27 (enhancement) Farmers Loss of land, access to fields and Provide Construction: farming patterns disrupted. alternative Adverse – not access significant Community severance Operation: 13.9.14 The only community receptor in the study area is the WBEEC. Effects on this Neutral receptor are considered in Table 13-26 below. Local road Access to the surrounding road None Construction: users network improved, less congestion required Neutral leading to stress reduction. Operation: Beneficial Commuters Improved access to employment None Construction:

167

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Description of Transit Route Impact Mitigation Description of Stakeholder Impact Mitigation residual residual effect effect Middlesbrough to construction opportunities, reduced congestion required Neutral leading to shorter commute times Operation: and more pleasant journeys. Beneficial Table 13-29: Public transit - Operation Community Visual impact of development on the Landscape Construction: Change in journey Description of groups area’s character. mitigation Neutral Transit Route time at Testos PM residual Operation: Peak period effect Neutral Bus 50 between South Shields and N/A Undetermined Washington/Durham Bus 50A between South Shields and Southbound (westbound Beneficial Public transport users Washington/Durham approach): -00:17 Public transportation Bus X34 between South Shields and Eastbound: -03:17 Beneficial 13.9.16 Public transit routes directly impacted by the Scheme during construction are shown Gateshead/Newcastle in the two tables below. Table 13-28 shows the potential effects during construction Buses 29/X36 between Newcastle/ Westbound: -00:17 Beneficial of the Scheme which are assessed as adverse. Impacts on routes directly impacted Gateshead/Heworth Rail Station and by the Scheme during operation are shown for the year 2023 Do Something relative Sunderland/Silksworth to Do Minimum scenarios in Table 13-29 and are expected to be beneficial. Bus 5 and 9 between South Shields or N/A Undetermined Table 13-28: Public transit - Construction Sunderland and Jarrow/North Shields, and Bus 558 between Whitburn and Fellgate Transit Route Impact Mitigation Description of residual effect Buses X9 and X10 to Gateshead and Westbound (northbound Beneficial Newcastle approach): -05:48 Bus 50 between South N/A N/A Undetermined Shields and Buses X9 and X10 to Sunderland and Southbound (eastbound Beneficial Washington/Durham Middlesbrough approach): -03:17 Bus 50A between South Temporary delays at Traffic Adverse Shields and Testos Junction due management Washington/Durham to construction Vehicle travellers Bus X34 between South Temporary delays at Traffic Adverse Traffic and delay time Shields and Testos Junction due management 13.9.17 Forecasted junction delays are shown by the change in opening year 2023 from Do Gateshead/Newcastle to construction Minimum to Do Something in Table 13-30 below. As key links connecting the Buses 29/X36 between Temporary delays at Traffic Adverse communities in the study area, these routes are considered important receptors. Newcastle/Gateshead / Testos Junction due management Table 13-30: Junction delays Heworth Rail Station and to construction Sunderland /Silksworth AM Inter PM Description of Direction Bus 5 and 9 between South N/A N/A Undetermined Peak Peak Peak residual effect Shields or Sunderland and A19 northbound -00:58 00:00 -05:48 Beneficial Jarrow/North Shields, and Bus 558 between Whitburn A184 eastbound -00:09 -00:09 -03:17 Beneficial and Fellgate A19 southbound -02:15 +00:01 -02:43 Beneficial Buses X9 and X10 to Temporary delays at Traffic Adverse A184 westbound -01:23 -00:56 -00:17 Beneficial Gateshead and Newcastle Testos Junction due management to construction Average vehicle delay -01:34 -00:20 -03:16 Beneficial Buses X9 and X10 to Temporary delays at Traffic Adverse Sunderland and Testos Junction due management

168

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Driver stress Receptor Impact Mitigation Description 13.9.18 Following the implementation of the traffic management plans, road signs and traffic of residual signals, the effect of the Scheme on drivers’ stress levels during construction of the impact Scheme is considered to be neutral. not assessed 13.9.19 Although there would be a number of locations where driver stress would remain 13.9.26 The wider benefits of the Scheme justifying its construction are not assessed in high after opening, for most drivers using the A19 there would be a reduction in depth within the EIA but would include benefits of increased access to labour stress levels after the Scheme has opened. There would also be a reduced fear of markets and supply chains for local businesses, and increased access to accidents where the road layout has been enhanced to include cycleways or employment and retail for local residents. These would be expected to be beneficial footways as the segregation from NMUs would improve the safety of these routes. contributions to the local region during the operation of the Scheme; however, as The overall effect of the Scheme for driver stress during operation is beneficial. the Scheme is primarily online and is improving existing access rather than opening Views from the road up new access, the overall effect in this regard may be modest. 13.9.20 There are likely to be significant adverse effects on views from the road during 13.9.27 These economic benefits would be especially pertinent for the deprived areas of the construction, due to the presence of a major construction site and traffic local study area such as at the north and south ends of the Scheme, as well as the management works. These effects are temporary and no specific mitigation is local region in general. proposed. Conclusion 13.9.21 Adverse operational effects on views from the road would principally affect 13.9.28 Post-mitigation residual effects are limited to the following adverse effects: travellers on the A184 driving towards the A19, where the new raised carriageway permanent land take of community land, private property and agricultural land. would be prominent in the view and would obscure the view of the countryside There would be long-term beneficial effects in terms of improved safety and beyond. This effect would be greatest for the two-bridge option, and less for the connectivity for NMUs. single-bridge option, as the latter would permit views through under the bridge. 13.9.29 Construction of the Scheme would require land take of a section of wooded area to 13.9.22 Mitigation for the two-bridge option would include tree and shrub planting on the the immediate southeast of Testos that runs along the fringe of an electricity sub- embankments to naturalise the appearance of the embankment and integrate it into station. This area is used by WBEEC, and includes outdoor teaching facilities. This the landscape, reducing the appearance of an engineered structure. land take would result in a temporary disruption to the use of this community facility; 13.9.23 It is considered that the residual effect would be adverse, but not significant, for however, ultimately its functional teaching space would be expanded through either option. mitigation. Economy and employment 13.9.30 Some further land take would be required of private property, which would mainly be agricultural properties. The permanent land take is from moderate quality 13.9.24 Effects on the economy and employment are expected to be positive and therefore agricultural land and temporary requirements for construction land use would be no mitigation is required. The effects are summarised in Table 13-31. returned to agricultural use once completed. 13.9.25 The operational phase of the Scheme would contribute to the local economy in 13.9.31 One moderate adverse residual impact and three minor adverse residual effects are terms of ongoing monitoring and maintenance work. The overall contribution of this likely for four agricultural properties due to land take, and minor adverse residual work is likely to be minimal. As it is not currently known what the operational effects are likely for one residential farmhouse, three commercial sites and two requirements of the Scheme will be, this aspect is not assessed further. community facilities (wildlife sites) in proximity to the Scheme due to access and Table 13-31: Economy and employment assessment traffic impacts during construction. During construction, the Scheme would have temporary adverse impacts on road users, including public transport users, due to Receptor Impact Mitigation Description disruptive construction activities (including moderate adverse impact on bus routes of residual 29, X36, 50A, X34, X9 and X10). There are expected to be beneficial effects during impact operation with regard to the improved transportation and movement between Economy in the local area Total economic N/A Construction - communities and facilities in the area. (South Tyneside, stimulation of Beneficial 13.9.32 At the local authority level, the construction of the Scheme is expected to lead to the Gateshead, Sunderland) between £46.6 Operation – creation of approximately 126 jobs. million and £63.3 not assessed million 13.9.33 The permanently improved local transport network would benefit both the local and regional economies, with long-term beneficial employment impacts. Employment in the local 126 total net jobs N/A Construction – area captured locally Beneficial Operation –

169

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

13.10 Cumulative Effects 13.10.1 Intra-project impacts from likely cumulative effects have been considered in light of these individual effects, particularly the significant effects covered in Chapter 6 - Air quality; Chapter 8 - Landscape and visual effects; and Chapter 12 - Noise and vibration. These are affects that are likely to have socio-economic impacts, such as business viability or quality of use, through negative or positive amenity impacts. These impacts are covered in Table 13.27. 13.10.2 In addition, it is considered that WBEEC is likely to be subject to a cumulative effect. This is the result of the combined effect of the following impacts on the site:  The loss of land from the western edge of the site, near the main outdoor teaching areas;  Reduced ecological and landscape value of the woodland due to the loss of trees and other vegetation in the permanently lost land and in the area affected by diversion of overhead cables;  Increased noise due to the increased proximity of the highway and the elevation of the main carriageway;  Security issues associated with the provision of new non-motorised user facilities adjacent to the site; and,  Set against this, improved amenity due to the removal of the overhead lines and pylons from within the site. 13.10.3 The cumulative effect of these combined impacts has been considered in a holistic manner from the outset. Mitigation measures, including the provision of appropriate security fencing, timing of the works and the relocation of the main teaching areas to a different part of the site have been determined in consultation with the managers of the site.

170

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

CHAPTER 14 ROAD DRAINAGE AND THE WATER ENVIRONMENT

Executive summary 14.1 Introduction This chapter, which describes the potential impacts of the Scheme on the water environment, covers the following main themes: water quality, flood risk and fluvial geomorphology117. 14.1.1 This chapter addresses the potential effects of the construction and operation of the Water quality addresses the potential risks to the chemical and biological quality of surface proposed A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement scheme on surface water, flood waters from construction works and from routine run-off or accidental spillage during risk and fluvial geomorphology. Attributes of the water environment (such as operation of the road. Flood risk covers the potential risk both of the road itself becoming individual watercourses or floodplains) have been identified, and the impacts on flooded or of the Scheme increasing flood risk elsewhere. The geomorphological each of their features (such as water quality, the conveyance of flows, or flood assessment links the effects of the scheme to wider environmental concerns and compliance storage) have been assessed. with the European Water Framework Directive. All three themes are supported by detailed 14.1.2 Water pollution from road drainage derives from contaminants left on the road appendices (see Appendices 14.1-14.3). surface during its use. The main sources of contaminants in routine run-off are The Scheme is split into southern and northern sections for the purpose of drainage (See from the deposition of contaminants from incomplete fuel combustion, small oil or Figure 2.10). fuel leaks, as well as general vehicle, tyre and road degradation. Spillages normally consist of oil, fuel and other pollutants following road accidents. The southern section of the Scheme would discharge into the River Don via a new outfall northeast of Downhill Lane Junction, replacing an existing outfall. The outfall would be 14.1.3 During construction, the principal risks to the water environment relate to upstream of a section of Make-Me-Rich Meadow which is a designated Local Wildlife Site suspended solids in run-off from the site and accidental spillage of fuel, oil or other (LWS). Additional treatment and protection would be provided as part of the Scheme in the chemicals used on site. Construction work can also create new pathways by which form of an attenuation pond. The attenuation pond would include overflow and isolation pollution can reach the water environment. There may also be physical systems to allow contaminants to be contained and treated within the attenuation pond. modifications to watercourses where outfalls are constructed. The run-off from the northern section of the Scheme would drain via the existing discharge 14.1.4 During operation, impacts may be associated with pollutants washed from the road point used for the existing A19. The discharge point is located approximately 2 km north of surface by rainwater, and spillages or fuel or other contaminants as a result of road Testos junction. Additional treatment and protection would be provided in the form of an traffic accidents. attenuation pond that would treat part of the catchment area. Again the attenuation pond 14.1.5 Flood risk can be affected by increased areas of impermeable surfaces, would include systems to contain contaminants and avoid discharge of polluted water into the construction within a floodplain, or by creating obstructions to existing flow patterns. River Don. Those existing flow patterns can include land drainage networks such as field A cycleway is proposed north of the A184 (see Figure 2.11) as part of the A19 / A184 Testos drains and culverts. Junction Improvement scheme. The routine run-off from the cycleway would be managed The two bridge option and the single bridge option using an appropriate Sustainable Drainage System (SuDS) technique. The preferred method will be determined through design development. There would be no change to the A184 road 14.1.6 Consideration has been given to both of the options for carrying the elevated A19 system east of Testos junction. carriageway across the roundabout at Testos junction. There would be no significant difference in the drainage strategy, drainage design or impermeable area Two footways are proposed as part of the Scheme (see Figure 2.11). The footpaths would between these two options, or in the water bodies affected. The assessments be located: presented in this chapter are therefore equally valid for both options.  South of the A184 westbound carriageway (west of Testos junction); adjacent to the northbound carriageway of the A19; and would include access to the bus 14.2 Legislative and policy background stops to the west of Testos Junction; and National legislation  South of the A184 westbound carriageway (east of Testos junction). 14.2.1 UK legislation for the protection of the water environment has developed over The run-off from these footways would be drained using an over the edge drainage 118 several decades, leading to a complex collection of Acts and Regulations. Key system . Directives, Acts, and Regulations are listed below:  European Water Framework Directive 2000/60/EC;

117 i.e. the study of the form and function of streams and their interaction with the landscape around them.  European Freshwater Fish Directive 78/659/EEC; ‘Fluvial’ refers to the processes associated with running water, ‘geo’ refers to the earth and ‘morphology’ in this  Water Act 2003; case refers to channel shape. 118 Over the edge drainage is when run-off is drained into the adjacent land, ditch or mitigation measure.  Environmental Protection Act 1990;

171

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

 The Groundwater Regulations 2009;

 Water Environment (Water Framework Directive) (England and Wales) Regulations 2003; Planning Planning Practice Guidance relating to As above. Practice NPPF policies of relevance are  Control of Pollution (Oil Storage) Regulations 2001; Guidance (PPG) included under Flood Risk and Coastal  Surface Water (Dangerous Substances) (Classification) Regulations 1989 change paragraphs 001-003, 006, (amended 1992, 1997 and 1998); and 009-069.  Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010, as amended in 2016. Local Planning Policy National Policy 14.2.3 Local planning policy relevant to the scope of potential effects on Road Drainage 14.2.2 National policy relevant to the scope of potential effects on Road Drainage and the and the Water Environment is outlined in Tables 14-2 and 14-3 overleaf. Water Environment is outlined in Table 14-1 below. Table 14-2 Relevant Policies within the South Tyneside statutory Development Plan Table 14-1 Relevant National Policies South Tyneside Relevant Policy How the policy has been National Policy Relevant Paragraph How the policy has been Local addressed addressed Development Framework Pollution control Road drainage and the water environment The NNNPS sets out the and is not covered as a specific generic impact Government’s vision and policy Core Strategy Policy ST2 Sustainable Urban Living The proposed drainage design includes sustainable urban environmental in the NNNPS. Road drainage and the against which the SoS will make (June 2007) water environment is referred to in the decisions on applications for drainage systems (see following sections of the NNNPS: development consent for “High quality in sustainable urban living will Paragraph 14.6.7 and 14.6.8). nationally significant be promoted by ensuring that:  Pollution control and other infrastructure projects on the D) use is made of ‘sustainable urban The Scheme would not be environmental protection regimes: strategic road and rail networks. drainage systems’ and water located in an area where flood paragraphs 4.48 to 4.56; conservation features including risk is unacceptably high. The A full review of the Scheme ‘grey water recycling’ and other Flood Risk Assessment  Flood risk: paragraphs 5.90 to against the NNNPS is set out in technologies wherever possible”. (Appendix 14.2) indicates that 5.115; and Appendix A of the Planning there is a moderate risk that Statement (document ref EA5 Environmental Protection the Scheme flooding from Water quality and resource: TR010020/APP/7.1) “To complement the regeneration of the surface water and/or artificial paragraphs 5.219 to 5.231. Borough, the Council will control new drainage systems, and Section 6 ‘Climate Change’ of development so that it: mitigation is required (Table National One of the core planning principles the Flood Risk Assessment ……. Planning Policy identified in paragraph 17 is that planning 4.1 of Appendix 14.2). (Appendix 14.2) notes that any Framework should “support the transition to a low does not permit unsustainable proposed mitigation measures (NPPF) (March carbon future in a changing climate, taking schemes to be located in those areas would need to make an 2012) full account of flood risk”. of the coast, Tyne corridor and Don allowance for climate change Paragraph 99 asserts that “new within the design. The drainage Valley where flood risk is unacceptably development should be planned to avoid strategy includes an allowance high”. increased vulnerability to the range of of 20%, in accordance with Development Policy DM1 Management of Development impacts arising from climate change. When DMRB guidelines. Sensitivity Management A Flood Risk Assessment new development is brought forward in testing will be carried out using Policies (Appendix 14.2) has been areas which are vulnerable care should be an increase of 40% with a view “In determining all applications under the completed for the proposed taken to ensure that risks can be managed to managing significant impacts (December planning Acts we will ensure that, where 2011) A19 / A184 Testos Junction through suitable adaptation measures, within the Scheme, where relevant: Improvement scheme. The including through the planning of green practicable. …… Flood Risk Assessment has infrastructure”. K) the development is designed to considered the risk from all Paragraph 100 states that “inappropriate The Flood Risk Assessment sources of flooding to and from (Appendix 14.2), including an minimise and mitigate localised flood risk, development in areas at risk of flooding, both on site or elsewhere, where this has the proposed development. should be avoided by directing Exception Test, has considered the risk from all sources of development away from areas at highest 172 risk, but where development is necessary, flooding to and from the making it safe without increasing flood risk proposed development. There elsewhere”. are no significant risks to the development. Management of

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

South Tyneside Relevant Policy How the policy has been (i) Not be likely to impede Local addressed materially the flow of flood Section 14.9 ‘Residual Development water, or increase the risk of Impacts and their Framework flooding elsewhere, or Significance’ indicates that increase the number of been identified by the Strategic Flood Risk There are no significant risks to people or properties at risk there would be no adverse Assessment, Site-Specific Flood Risk the development. Management from flooding (including impacts of the Scheme on the Assessment or Surface Water of the increased impermeable coastal flooding); and water environment during Management Plan. For any development area through the collection and Not adversely affect the quality or operation and construction. proposed in a Critical Drainage Area, as attenuation of surface water availability of ground or surface Additionally, the Scheme identified by the Strategic Flood Risk within two new ponds with water, including rivers and other would treat previously Assessment, a full flood risk assessment discharges restricted to unmitigated highway runoff, and drainage impact assessment may be greenfield rates will ultimately waters, or adversely affect fisheries or other water-based wildlife resulting in beneficial impacts required. Development on any sites reduce the discharge rate of on water quality. allocated in Flood Risk Zones will only be surface water into the receiving habitats”. permitted in accordance with the findings River Don, providing a negligible of a Sequential Flood Risk to minor benefit downstream. Assessment…..” Pre-earthwork ditches will help manage an existing moderate 14.3 Assessment approach and method risk of run-off from agricultural land to the west of the road. 14.3.1 Information has been obtained for a study area extending a minimum of 1 km from Site-Specific No relevant policies N/A the Scheme, and extending as necessary to incorporate river quality data and flow Allocations and gauging data from beyond this 1 km distance where considered relevant and Proposals Map necessary to inform the assessment by the specialist carrying out the work. (April 2012) 14.3.2 The following sources have been consulted to gain information on the existing environment: Table 14-3 Relevant Policies within the Sunderland statutory Development Plan  Ordnance Survey Mapping; Sunderland City Relevant Policy How the policy has been  Environment Agency - What's in your backyard (http://apps.environment- Council addressed agency.gov.uk/wiyby/default.aspx);  Environment Agency we - Catchment Data Explorer City of Sunderland Policy EN11 Flooding The Flood Risk Assessment (http://environment.data.gov.uk/catchment-planning/) Unitary (Appendix 14.2) has considered Development Plan: the risk from all sources of “All proposals for new development  Environment Agency (https://data.gov.uk/publisher/environment-agency) flooding to and from the Saved Policies (including changes of use) will be judged proposed development. There  Data on flood risk provided upon request by the Environment Agency; (March 2007) in accordance with the policies and are no significant risks to the proposals of this plan. Where the plan  Data on water hardness upon request by the Environment Agency; development. Management of does not indicate any proposals for the increased impermeable area change, the existing pattern of land use  Landmark Envirocheck Report (2014); through the collection and is intended to remain; proposals for attenuation of surface water  Defra's MAGIC interactive map (http://magic.defra.gov.uk); development in such areas will need to within two new ponds with be compatible with the principal use of  British Geology Surveys interactive map discharges restricted to the neighbourhood”. greenfield rates will ultimately (http://mapapps.bgs.ac.uk/geologyofbritain/home.html); reduce the discharge rate of  Defra's archive website for freshwater fisheries designations Policy EN12 Impact of Development surface water into the receiving (www.defra.gov.uk); River Don, providing a negligible “In assessing proposals for development to minor benefit downstream.  Topographical surveys to determine watercourse dimensions; Pre-earthwork ditches will help (including changes of use), the council,  South Tyneside Local Development Plan 2012, in conjunction with the environment manage an existing moderate agency and other interested parties, will risk of run-off from agricultural (http://www.southtyneside.info/CHttpHandler.ashx?id=14712&p=0); and seek to ensure that the proposal would land to the west of the road.

173

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

 South Tyneside Local Development Plan 2010, WFD status of any water bodies (see Appendix 14.3). The WFD has informed the http://www.southtyneside.info/CHttpHandler.ashx?id=7038&p=0 fluvial geomorphology section of this report. 14.3.3 The water quality assessment as defined in DMRB (HD45/09) applies a staged 14.3.13 Tables 14.4 to 14.6 below are based on DMRB and have been used to categorise process (Methods A-F), not all steps of which are always applicable. the results of the assessments. The significance of an impact is a function of the sensitivity of a feature of the water environment and the magnitude of a predicted 14.3.4 Method A is an assessment using Highways Agency’s (now known as Highways impact. The significance of impacts has been determined only for residual impacts England) Water Risk Assessment Tool (HAWRAT). This was undertaken to predict following embedded (operational) and additional (construction) mitigation. the risk of potential impacts of the Scheme on potentially sensitive water receptors. The HAWRAT assessment has been undertaken for the design year (2036). 14.3.14 Table 14-4 provides the criteria used to determine the sensitivity of water environment features and Table 14-5 the magnitude of an impact. Table 14-6 14.3.5 HAWRAT calculates whether the Scheme would 'pass' or 'fail' in terms of water shows how the significance of an impact is categorised using the determined as a quality in the receiving watercourses. HAWRAT was developed in recognition of function of sensitivity and magnitude. the objectives of the WFD for water bodies to achieve a good status or potential119 for ecology and chemical composition. Therefore, the HAWRAT assessment is Table 14-4: Valuation of water environment features based on a change in water quality relative to the physical characteristics of each Sensitivity Criteria Typical Examples watercourse, as those characteristics affect the dilution and dispersion of highway run-off. Very high Feature has Surface water quality: a high quality EC designated salmonid / cyprinid fishery 14.3.6 Method B is a more detailed water quality assessment which only applies if a ‘fail’ and rarity on results from HAWRAT and cannot be removed by applying mitigation within a regional or WFD classification - High HAWRAT. This did not apply in this case, so Method B was not required. national Site protected / designated under EU or UK scale 14.3.7 Method C is an assessment of the potential impacts of routine runoff on habitat legislation (SAC, SPA, SSSI, WPZ, groundwater, as opposed to surface water. This requirement for this method was Ramsar site, salmonid water) scoped out of the assessment as the British Geology Survey interactive map Species protected by EU legislation indicates that the superficial deposits would be clay, in the area of the proposed Groundwater: attenuation ponds. Therefore, no interaction between groundwater and surface Principal aquifer providing a regionally important water is expected during operation. resource or supporting site protected under EU 14.3.8 Method D of the DMRB guidance was undertaken to calculate spillage risk and the and UK habitat legislation associated probability of a serious pollution incident. SPZ 1 14.3.9 Methods E and F are detailed hydrological/hydraulic modelling methods that apply Flood risk: only if we are making changes to the watercourse or floodplain that potentially affect Floodplain or defence protecting more than 100 flood risk, and are not applicable here. residential properties from flooding 14.3.10 Traffic models have been used to predict future traffic forecasts for the A19 / A184 Fluvial geomorphology: Testos Junction Improvement. Predicted traffic flows are a parameter of the HAWRAT for the routine run-off and spillage risk assessments. This is as higher A watercourse that appears to be in complete natural traffic levels could lead to more pollution from increased usage. Additionally, the equilibrium and exhibits a natural range of morphological features (such as pools and riffles). There is a diverse range percentage of Heavy Good Vehicles (HGVs) is a parameter for the spillage risk of fluvial processes present, free from any modification or assessment; this is as a higher percentage of HGVs increases the likelihood of a anthropogenic influence. pollution incident. Feature has High Surface water quality: a high 14.3.11 The FRA was undertaken to assess the potential impacts of the proposed road WFD classification - Good improvement scheme on flood risk (see Appendix 14.2). The FRA has informed the quality and Major cyprinid fishery flood risk section of this report. rarity on a local scale Species protected under EU or UK habitat legislation 14.3.12 The WFD assessment was undertaken to determine if the Scheme would compromise the attainment of a WFD objective or result in the deterioration in the Groundwater: Principal aquifer providing locally important resource or supporting river ecosystem 119 Modified watercourses and artificial waterbodies can only achieve good ‘potential’ as these waterbodies are not SPZ 2 in their natural state and therefore can only provide the potential to reach an ecological status. Flood risk:

174

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Sensitivity Criteria Typical Examples Floodplain or defence protecting between 1 and Table 14-5: Estimation of the magnitude of impact on water environment 100 residential properties or industrial premises from flooding features Fluvial geomorphology: Magnitude Criteria Typical Examples A watercourse that appears to be in natural equilibrium and of impact exhibits a natural range of morphological features (such as Major Results in Surface water quality: pools and riffles). There is a diverse range of fluvial adverse loss of processes present, with very limited signs of modification or Failure of both soluble and sediment-bound pollutants in feature other anthropogenic influences. HAWRAT (Method A, Annex I) and compliance failure with and/or quality EQS values (Method B) Medium Feature has Surface water quality: and integrity Calculated risk of pollution from a spillage >2% annually a medium of the WFD classification - Moderate (spillage risk assessment, Method D, Annex I) quality and attribute rarity on a Groundwater: Loss or extensive change to a fishery Loss or extensive local scale Aquifer providing water for agricultural or change to a designated nature conservation site industrial use with limited connection to surface Groundwater: water Loss of, or extensive change to, an aquifer Potential high risk SPZ 3 of pollution to groundwater from routine run-off – risk score >250 (groundwater assessment, Method C, Annex I) Flood risk: Calculated risk of pollution from spillages >2% annually Floodplain or defence protecting 10 or fewer (spillage risk assessment, Method D, Annex I) Loss of, or industrial properties from flooding extensive change to, groundwater supported designated wetlands Fluvial geomorphology: A watercourse showing signs of modification and recovering Flood risk: to a natural equilibrium and exhibiting a limited range of Increase in peak flood level (1% annual morphological features (such as pools and riffles). The probability) >100 mm (hydrological assessment of design watercourse is one with a limited range of fluvial processes floods and hydraulic assessment, Methods E And F, Annex I) and is affected by modification or other anthropogenic influences. Fluvial geomorphology: Major shift away from anticipated natural baseline conditions Feature has Low Surface water quality: with potential to alter processes at the catchment (large) a low quality WFD classification - Poor scale and rarity on a local scale Groundwater: Moderate Results in Surface water quality: Unproductive strata adverse effect on Failure of both soluble and sediment-bound pollutants in integrity of HAWRAT (Method A, Annex I) but compliance with EQS Flood risk: feature, or values (Method B) Calculated risk of pollution from spillages Floodplain with limited constraints and a low loss of part of >1% annually and <2% annually probability of flooding of residential and industrial properties feature Partial loss in productivity of a fishery Fluvial geomorphology: Groundwater: A highly modified watercourse that has been changed by Partial loss or change to an aquifer channel modification or other anthropogenic pressures. The Potential medium risk of pollution to groundwater from routine watercourse exhibits no morphological diversity and has a run-off – risk score 150-250 Calculated risk of pollution from uniform channel, showing no evidence of active fluvial spillages >1% annually and <2% annually processes and not likely to be affected by modification. Partial loss of the integrity of groundwater supported designated wetlands Flood risk: Increase in peak flood level (1% annual probability) >50 mm

175

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Magnitude Criteria Typical Examples Magnitude Criteria Typical Examples of impact of impact Fluvial geomorphology: of negative Groundwater: effect A shift away from natural baseline conditions with potential to Calculated reduction in existing spillage risk by 50% or more occurring alter processes at the reach or multiple reach (medium) scale to an aquifer (when existing spillage risk <1% annually) Minor Results in Surface water quality: Flood risk: adverse some Failure of either soluble or sediment-bound pollutants in Reduction in peak flood level (1% annual measurable HAWRAT probability) >10 mm change in Calculated risk of pollution from spillages >0.5% annually and Fluvial geomorphology: feature <1% annually quality or Slight improvement on natural baseline conditions with vulnerability Groundwater: potential to improve (enhance) flow processes at the reach Potential low risk of pollution to groundwater from routine run- (local) scale off – risk score <150 calculated risk of pollution from spillages Moderate Results in Surface water quality: >0.5% annually and <1% annually minor effects on beneficial Moderate groundwater supported wetlands HAWRAT assessment of both soluble and sediment-bound improvement pollutants becomes a pass from an existing site where the Flood risk: of feature baseline was a fail condition quality Increase in peak flood level (1% annual Calculated reduction in existing spillage by 50% or more probability) >10mm (when existing spillage risk >1% annually) Fluvial geomorphology: Groundwater: Minimal shift away from natural baseline conditions with Calculated reduction in existing spillage risk by 50% or more typically localised impacts up to the reach (local) scale (when existing spillage risk is >1% annually) Negligible Results in The Scheme is unlikely to affect the integrity of the water Flood risk: effect on environment Reduction in peak flood level (1% annual feature, Surface water quality: probability) >50 mm but of No risk identified by HAWRAT (pass both soluble and insufficient Fluvial geomorphology: sediment-bound pollutants) magnitude to Notable improvements (enhancements) on natural baseline affect the use Risk of pollution from spillages <0.5% conditions and recovery of fluvial processes at the reach or or integrity Groundwater: multiple reach (medium) scale No measurable impact upon an aquifer and risk of pollution Major Results in Surface water quality: from spillages <0.5% beneficial major Flood risk: improvement Removal of existing polluting discharge, or removing the of feature Negligible change in peak flood level (1% annual likelihood of polluting discharges occurring to a watercourse quality probability) <+/- 10 mm Groundwater: Fluvial geomorphology: Removal of existing polluting discharge to an aquifer or removing the likelihood of polluting discharges occurring Minimal or no measurable change from natural baseline conditions in terms channel form and flow/ sediment Recharge of an aquifer processes. Any human impacts likely to be highly localised Flood risk: and not affecting the reach (local) scale. Reduction in peak flood level (1% annual Minor Results in Surface water quality: probability) >100 mm beneficial some HAWRAT assessment of either soluble or beneficial Fluvial geomorphology: sediment-bound pollutants becomes pass from an existing effect on Substantial improvement (enhancement) on baseline site where the baseline was a fail condition feature or a conditions at catchment (large) scale. Some recovery of flow reduced risk Calculated reduction in existing spillage risk by 50% or more and sediment regime. (when existing spillage risk is <1% annually)

176

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Tyne. The River Don from Source to Tidal limit WFD water body is classified as Table 14-6: Estimating the significance of potential effects on water achieving Good Chemical Potential. environment features Calfclose Burn Sensitivity Magnitude 14.4.7 Calfclose Burn is a tributary of the River Don that joins with the river approximately 2.5 km north (and downstream) of Testos Junction. Calfclose Burn lies of Features Negligible Minor Moderate Major approximately 900 m west of the A19 at Testos junction. The river flows directly Very High Neutral Moderate or Large Large or Very Large Very Large northwards, into and through the residential area of Fellgate. Although Calfclose High Neutral Slight or Moderate Moderate or Large Large or Very Large Burn is within the study area (1 km), it has not been included in the assessment as the proposed works would not affect this watercourse either during construction or Medium Neutral Slight Moderate Large operation. Low Neutral Neutral Slight Slight or Moderate Land drains 14.4 Baseline conditions 14.4.8 There are a number of land drains within the 1 km study area. Two of these land drains have been identified within the close vicinity of the Scheme. One of the land 14.4.1 Figure 2.9 illustrates the indicative environmental constraints for the wider study drains is located north of the electricity sub-station, adjacent to Mount Pleasant area, including the key water environment features and existing drainage network. Marsh. A further drain is situated alongside the Nissan Motor Manufacturing (south of the Downhill Lane junction) and lies approximately 20 m from the A19. The drain Existing drainage network located north of the sub-station could be affected by the construction of the 14.4.2 The existing outfalls and the associated catchment areas are described below: Scheme, and therefore has been included in the assessment for construction impacts, but the drain south of Downhill Lane junction would not be affected and  Catchment 1 drains via Outfall 1; has not been included in the assessment.  Catchment 2 drains via Outfall 2; and Surface water quality  Catchment 3 drains via Outfall 3. 14.4.9 Four historical pollution incidents involving the River Don have occurred between its 14.4.3 Drainage surveys were undertaken in 2015 to determine the existing highways source (east of Wrekenton) and Jarrow. All the incidents, which occurred in 2016, drainage system (Figure 2.9). The existing drainage outfalls are located: 2007 (twice) and 2002, involved the spillage of sewerage into the River Don.  Northeast of Downhill Lane Junction (Outfall 1); 14.4.10 The River Don has a Very Good Compliance rating score in the vicinity of Testos Junction. The rating system relates to the level of permits that the EA has recorded  to the east of Mount Pleasant Marsh, approximately 550 m from Testos junction as breached in the last year. The Boldon Business Park, adjacent to Mount (Outfall 2); and Pleasant, held a radioactive substance site licence between 2001 and 2012.  2 km north of the Testos Junction (Outfall 3). 14.4.11 The Envirocheck report (2014) identified three consented discharges within 600 m 14.4.4 A former highway outfall into Boldon Lake, north-east of Testos Junction, is no of the proposals. National Grid Electricity Transmission Plc, which is located longer in use and has been sealed shut. adjacent to Mount Pleasant Marsh, discharges treated sewage to a tributary of the River Don. Mount Pleasant Farm, located 580 m from the proposed site, has a River Don licence to discharge treated effluent to the River Don. Additionally, J G Taylor and 14.4.5 The River Don is in the Northumbria River Basin District. The River Don rises east Sons, which is located approximately 600 m from the proposed site, have a license of Wrekenton and flows in a generally easterly direction, under the A194(M) and to discharge treated effluent into the River Don. A195, and through farmland until it meets the A19 at Downhill Lane junction, 14.4.12 The River Don, within the study area, was designated as a cyprinid water,120 but not approximately 900 m south of Testos Junction. At Downhill Lane, the River Don as a salmonid water, under the repealed Freshwater Fish Directive (FFD). This passes beneath the A19 in a culvert which is approximately 160 m in length. The 121 stretch of the River Don is now a protected area under the WFD . river then follows a sinuous, but generally northerly course, between fields for around 1.5 km and then through a predominantly urban area, to discharge into the tidal River Tyne at Jarrow. 120 A ‘cyprinid’ fishery contains fish species such as carp. A ‘salmonid’ fishery contains fish species such as 14.4.6 The River Don is a heavily modified water body, which means it has been salmon or trout. significantly artificially altered or modified over time. The River Don is classified as 121 It is a protected water under the WFD because it is the main river of its catchment. Although the Don is the achieving Poor Ecological Potential from its source to its confluence with the River designated protected water, the protected status extends to its tributaries. There are specific WFD-related targets for the River Don to meet and anything compromising those targets is a significant impact.

177

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

environment. Chapter 9, Ecology and Nature Conservation, provides more information on the LWSs, the potential effect of the Scheme on these sites and the proposed mitigation measures. 14.4.14 Calfclose Burn is a stream that flows across agricultural land and the residential area of Fellgate. It is a LWS given that it has more than 0.25 ha of lowland fen habitats, which is defined as a priority habitat in the Durham Biodiversity Action Plan.

14.4.15 Boldon Lake is a small artificial lake situated directly northeast of Testos Junction (see Plate 14.1) and is designated by South Tyneside Council as a LWS. The site includes a lake fringed by marginal vegetation, with a surrounding strip of marshy grassland. The pond supports waterfowl, dragonfly and damselfly. Boldon Lake has a recreational purpose as it has provision for anglers. 14.4.16 Mount Pleasant Marsh is a LWS located at the southeast corner of Testos Junction roundabout (see Plate 14.2 overleaf). The LWS comprises open water, reed-beds, marshy grassland scrub and plantation woodland that surrounds the electricity sub- station. The ponds support wildlife including toads, frogs, smooth newts and birds (including grey heron and kingfishers). West Boldon Environmental Education Centre, which adjoins the water body, hosts many educational visits and training events. The centre has a viewing and dipping platform which is used to educate Plate 14.1: Boldon Lake visitors (see Plate 14.3). The Lake also has provision for anglers.

Plate 14.2: Mount Pleasant Marsh, open water area 14.4.13 Five designated LWS122 lie in close proximity to the Scheme (See Figure 9.1). The LWS are mentioned in this chapter in regard to their relationship to the water Plate 14.3: West Boldon Environmental Education Centre pond dipping 122 South Tyneside Local Development Framework (2010) Local Wildlife Sites and Local Geodiversity Sites th platform [online]. [Accessed 17 January 2017] https://www.southtyneside.gov.uk/article/36015/Local-Development- Framework 14.4.17 Make-Me-Rich Meadow LWS includes species-rich, damp, unimproved grassland and a section of the River Don itself. The LWS has been designated, in part,

178

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

because it includes part of a section of the River Don which has particular habitat House Farm that is related to surface water runoff. There is additional surface features that are beneficial to wildlife. It also provides occupied breeding habitat for water flood risk at points where the Scheme has a dam-like effect intercepting water vole and was used by otter. surface water flow paths causing ponding. Further detail regarding the current flood 14.4.18 Elliscope Farm East Hylton is also a designated LWS. The site consists of two risk to the A19 is contained within the FRA (Appendix 14.2). small woodlands and the linking section of the River Don, leading east from Hylton Groundwater Bridge Farm. It has also been designated as a LWS, in part, because it includes part of a section of the River Don which has particular habitat features that are 14.4.22 The project area is underlain by a Secondary A aquifer in the bedrock. The EA has beneficial to wildlife. It also provides occupied breeding habitat for water vole and classified the groundwater vulnerability of the majority of the Scheme as low. was used by otter. However, to the east of Downhill Lane junction vulnerability is increased to high. The site does not lie within a groundwater Source Protection Zone (SPZ). 14.4.19 The annual 95 percentile river flow of a watercourse (Q95) is the flow exceeded for However, there is a total catchment (zone 3) groundwater SPZ approximately 1 km 95% of the time (i.e. it is a measure of the flow of water in the river when it is very east of the Scheme. low). The Q95 gives an indication of the capacity of the watercourse to dilute and disperse any contaminants discharged into it without causing any harm to the water 14.4.23 One water abstraction was identified in the Envirocheck Report (2014) within 1 km of the Scheme. North East Property Partnership Limited is licensed to abstract quality or ecosystems. Estimates of the Q95 were calculated using the methodology (IH108) in accordance with the DMRB. groundwater from a single point north of Testos junction. 14.4.20 HAWRAT assessments were undertaken to identify the impacts of the existing 14.4.24 British Geology Survey interactive maps indicate that the superficial deposits are drainage system on the River Don. Both Catchments 1 and 3 currently fail for clay in the area surrounding Testos Junction. sediment impacts (see Table 14-7). The result sheets for the HAWRAT Fluvial geomorphology assessment are included in Appendix 14.3. 14.4.25 The contemporary channel morphology within the vicinity of the Scheme is varied, Table 14-7: Summary of HAWRAT routine run-off assessment for the with some morphological features observed as well as lengths of modified channel. existing drainage system The river bed was observed to be predominantly silt. The majority of the banks had been historically impacted by dredging and were therefore high and vertical with HAWRAT Results Compliance with only some lengths of a vegetated riparian buffer. Drainage Receiving Environment Agency Soluble: Sediment: catchments Environmental Quality 14.4.26 To the north, where the River Don flows through Station Burn Nature Reserve, the Watercourse acute chronic Standards river has an irregular meandering planform with little variation in flow type. impacts impacts 14.4.27 A limited number of vegetation stands were observed that would create isolated Step 2 (without mitigation) – Existing Drainage system areas of cover for invertebrates and fish. Flow patterns along the channel were 1 River Don Pass Fail Pass observed as being generally uniform (see Appendix 14.2). 2 River Don Pass Alert Pass 14.4.28 Within the study area, the planform of the River Don has not changed significantly 3 River Don Pass Fail Pass since 1862. Sensitivity of features Flood risk 14.4.29 Table 14-8 shows the sensitivity of each of the features of the local water 14.4.21 The EA has no records of flood events in this area. The EA’s on-line flood maps environment. indicate that the majority of the area of works does not lie within a floodplain. Table 14-8: Water attributes: features, quality and sensitivity However, a small floodplain is situated where the A19, just north of the Downhill Lane junction, crosses the River Don. The River Don from source (east of Attribute Feature Indicator of Quality Sensitivity 123 Wreckenton) to the Scheme has a catchment area of 1,580 ha . The EA maps River Don Water supply / Good WFD chemical status. High indicate that this floodplain is located across and on either side of the A19. At this (except for quality Make-Me-Rich location, the river is culverted 10 m beneath the level of the road and as such the Dilution and The river receives discharges of treated Medium Meadow and risk from fluvial flooding is considered to be very low. Additionally, there is a removal of sewage and storm water. Elliscope Farm moderate risk of surface water flooding identified from a land drain located at West waste products East Hylton) Potential additional pollutant sources: 123 Centre for Ecology and Hydrology, Flood Estimation Handbook [Online], Accessed [01/02/2017], agricultural fields surrounding the river. https://fehweb.ceh.ac.uk/GB/map Biodiversity Poor ecological WFD classification. High

179

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Attribute Feature Indicator of Quality Sensitivity Attribute Feature Indicator of Quality Sensitivity However, the River Don within the study and training events. The centre has a area was designated as a cyprinid water viewing and dipping platform. under the repealed FFD. Make-Me-Rich Water supply/ The River Don, which has Good WFD High Conveyance of Main River. High Meadow quality chemical status, forms part of Make-Me- flow (section of the Rich Meadow LWS. River Don that Fluvial River flow/sediment has formed some Medium Dilution and The river receives discharges of treated Medium flows through geomorphology natural morphological forms including a removal of sewage and storm water. Make-Me-Rich meandering planform. There is some waste products Meadow) natural habitat present. However, the Potential additional pollutant sources: channel cross-section is partially agricultural fields surrounding the river. modified with obvious signs of artificial modification (including dredging and Biodiversity Make-Me-Rich Meadow is a designated High bank modifications). as a LWS. The River Don within the study area was also designated as a Land drain Dilution and Small land drain that is assumed to Low cyprinid water under the repealed FFD. (north of removal of receive discharge from the electricity electricity sub- waste products sub-station. Conveyance of The section of the River Don that flows Low station) flow through Make-Me-Rich Meadow is considered as a small watercourse due West House Surface water Historical flood events relating to Medium to its size. Farm land flood risk agricultural land drain drain Fluvial River flow/sediment has formed some Medium geomorphology natural morphological forms including a Groundwater Water supply / Secondary A aquifer in the bedrock Medium meandering planform. There is some quality underlain the study area. natural habitat present. However, the A water abstraction from groundwater channel cross-section is partially was identified in the vicinity of the modified with obvious signs of artificial Scheme. modification (including dredging and Vulnerability Low vulnerability for the majority of the Low bank modifications). Scheme. Elliscope Farm Water supply/ The River Don, which has Good WFD High High vulnerability east of Downhill Lane High East Hylton quality chemical status, forms part of Elliscope junction. (section of the Farm East Hylton LWS. River Don that Dilution and The river receives discharges of treated Medium Flood Risk Underlain by secondary A aquifer, Low flows through removal of sewage and storm water. deposits have a relatively low primary Elliscope Farm waste products permeability and ground investigations East Hylton) indicate 1-3 m depth of groundwater. Potential additional pollutant sources: Boldon Lake Water supply / WFD chemical status has not been High agricultural fields surrounding the river. quality assessed. Biodiversity Elliscope Farm East Hylton is a High designated as a LWS. The River Don Assumed Good WFD chemical status. within the study area was also designated as a cyprinid water under the Biodiversity The pond has been designated a LWS Medium repealed FFD. Mount Water supply / WFD chemical status has not been High Conveyance of The section of the River Don that flows Low Pleasant quality assessed by the EA. flow through Elliscope Farm East Hylton is Marsh considered as a small watercourse due Assumed ‘good’ WFD chemical status. to its size. Biodiversity The pond is designated as a LWS. Medium Fluvial River flow/sediment has formed some Medium Recreation West Boldon Environmental Education High geomorphology natural morphological forms including a Centre hosts numerous educational visits meandering planform. There is some natural habitat present. However, the

180

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Attribute Feature Indicator of Quality Sensitivity Construction impacts channel cross-section is partially 14.6.2 Some of the temporary land areas are intended to be used for the temporary modified with obvious signs of artificial storage of topsoil or subsoil in bunds, or of bulk fill materials. Storing construction modification (including dredging and materials on site could cause sediment from the materials to enter the surrounding bank modifications). water environment and cause sediment loading. Surface water Conveyance of Localised floodplain where the A19, Medium flood risk area flow north of the Downhill Lane junction, 14.6.3 During the majority of the construction period, areas of the construction site would passes 10 m beneath the A1 through a have surfaces of bare earth, exposed construction materials such as crushed rock, culvert. and stockpiles of topsoil. Rainwater draining from the construction site would carry a heavy load of sediment from these sources. Without mitigation, the discharge of 14.5 Limitations of the assessment such quantities of sediment would affect the quality of water in local watercourses and could lead to silting-up; this would increase flood risk and damage aquatic 14.5.1 The HAWRAT assessment has taken treatment efficiencies of mitigation measures habitats. Deposition of silt from the construction site would cease at the end of presented in HD33/16 of DMRB. These treatment efficiencies are indicative and construction, but the effects could potentially continue in the longer term due to the are based on the precautionary approach. effects of the silt already deposited in the stream beds. 14.5.2 Topographical surveys were undertaken for the River Don in the vicinity of the 14.6.4 Without mitigation, there is a risk that construction works could disrupt surface water Scheme. However, the river dimensions of the River Don 2 km north of Testos flows, in particular in areas where excavations are proposed. Where construction Junction were not surveyed. For the purpose of the assessment, the river works intercept surface water flow paths there is a risk of damage to plant and dimensions for the River Don to the east of the Downhill Lane Junction have been personnel as well as the changes to risk in the surrounding environment due to used for the HAWRAT assessment for Outfall B (2 km north of Testos Junction). altered flow paths. Works that occur in the channel and flood plain can cause Sensitivity testing has been undertaken to determine the sensitivity of these potential temporary loss of flood storage which may cause localised increases in parameters, and they are deemed suitable. flood risk. During construction, it is likely that soil compaction would occur resulting in increased runoff from reduced soil infiltration rates due to works traffic and the 14.6 Potential impacts (without mitigation) potential presence of temporary haul roads. Furthermore the excavation works required for SuDS pond construction could be subject to groundwater flooding given 14.6.1 Potential impacts of the Scheme on the water environment without any mitigation the groundwater depths discussed in the FRA. measures are summarised below. Mitigation measures are described in Section 14.6.5 Construction could lead to accidental spillages of fuels, lubricants, hydraulic fluids, 14.7, and the significance of effects, taking mitigation into account, is described in cement or other pollutants without mitigation. These are risks rather than predicted Section 14.8. impacts, because their actual occurrence is uncertain, and the specific location, Construction impacts nature and severity of any incident cannot be predicted. The risk would cease at  Pollution from mobilised sediments and from spillage of fuels, lubricants, the end of the construction period, but the effects of any such spillage, if it did hydraulic fluids and cement during construction activity. occur, could be either long-term or short-term, depending on its location and scale. 14.6.6 Installation of an outfall would potentially require in-channel working, which could  Installation of outfalls would potentially require in-channel working. This could disturb existing channel forms including bed and bank characteristics and deposits. disturb existing channel bed forms.  Changes in the conveyance of flood flows as a consequence of new structures. Operational impacts Operational impacts 14.6.7 The drainage strategy for the Scheme is shown on Figure 2.10 and described in Chapter 2. The proposed drainage design would include sustainable urban  Changes to surface water quality as a consequence of routine run-off from the drainage systems. The proposed outfalls and the associated catchment areas are highway. It should be noted that routine run-off would be discharged to the described below: River Don and not to groundwater;  Catchment 1 would drain via Outfall A; and  Pollution impacts from accidental spillages;  Catchments 2 and 3 would drain via Outfall B.  Potential for changes to channel geomorphology due to new discharge from an outfall and a new outfall headwall; and 14.6.8 The following measures are proposed for the following catchment areas:  Changes in the conveyance of flood flows as a consequence of new structures.  All run-off from Catchment 1 would pass through an attenuation pond; and  All run-off from Catchment 2 would pass through an attenuation pond.

181

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

14.6.9 The drainage strategy (Appendix 2.1) has been considered as embedded mitigation  Minimising the size/extent of the outfall headwall where possible to reduce the for the purpose of this assessment. potential impact on the banks. Routine run-off from the A19, south 14.6.15 The proposed outfall for this catchment is located upstream of Make-Me-Rich 14.6.10 Run-off from the southern section of the A19 (between Testos junction and Downhill Meadow, which is designated by South Tyneside Council as a LWS. Lane junction) would drain via Outfall A to the River Don. The proposed outfall Routine run-off from the A19, north would be located east of Downhill Lane junction (See Figure 2.10). Changes to the 14.6.16 Run-off from the northern section of the A19 (between Testos junction and Outfall existing catchment and outfalls would be as follows: 3) would drain via the same discharge point used for the existing A19. In the DS  The road area of the existing Catchment 1 would increase from 2.7 ha to 5.9 ha; scenario, this is referred to as Outfall B. No alterations would be made to the outfall structure. Changes to the existing catchment would be as follows:  The catchment area would be extended further north and include part of the A19 passing under the Testos junction; and  Run-off from both Catchment 2 and 3 would discharge into the River Don at this point. At present, Catchment 2 drains to the east of Testos junction (existing  The catchment area would increase in width. outfall 2). 14.6.11 Catchment 1 would be drained via a wet attenuation pond124 situated adjacent to the A19, north of Downhill Lane junction. The attenuation pond would retain a  The road area of Catchment 2 would significantly increase from 0.85 ha to 4.7 depth of 50 cm of permanent water. The permanent water in the attenuation pond ha. would reduce re-suspension of pollutants that would occur with a dry pond base.  Catchment 2 would be extended further north and span across: Testos The removal of suspended solids and associated heavy metals would be achieved roundabout; the western section of the Scheme; and part of the northern section through the physical processes of settlement and filtration. of the Scheme; 14.6.12 The pond would be designed with overflow and isolation systems so that  The road area of the proposed Catchment 3 would decrease from 2.6 ha to contaminants in the drainage network, upstream of the ponds, could be intercepted 1.5 ha. Catchment 3 would include the northern section of the Scheme. The and contained. This includes a penstock125 that would provide protection to width of the Catchment areas would increase. watercourses in the event of a spillage. A penstock would be located between the attenuation ponds and outfalls. If a contamination incident occurred, the penstock  It should be noted that Outfall B would receive additional highway runoff from could be closed to stop polluted water discharging into the River Don. the existing A19 beyond the Scheme limits to the north. This additional area (4 ha) has been included in the HAWRAT calculations for Outfall B. 14.6.13 Water treatment as described above is a secondary function of the the attenuation pond. Its primary purpose is to regulate the rate of discharge of water into the River 14.6.17 Catchment 2 would be drained via a wet attenuation pond north of Testos junction, Don, to ensure that flood risk would not be increased. The discharge would be adjacent to West House Farm. Run-off from Catchment 2 would be attenuated attenuated to the greenfield run-off rate (i.e. it would not exceed the rate that would before being discharged back into Catchment 3. The attenuation pond would afford be expected from a natural catchment). benefits to water quality and flood risk (see Paragraphs 14.6.11 to 14.6.13). 14.6.14 The precise location and alignment of Outfall A would be determined as part of the Routine run-off from the cycleway detailed design, within the limits of a small area of land allocated within the red-line 14.6.18 It is proposed to widen and upgrade the existing footway to cycleway adjacent to boundary of the DCO to allow flexibility for this purpose. This flexibility has been the north side of the single-carriageway A184, east of Testos Junction (adjacent to retained at this stage to ensure that, during detailed design, adjustments can be Boldon Lake see Figure 2.11). The run-off from the cycleway will be managed using made to reduce environmental impact. The outfall has been recommended to be SuDS techniques. As there is a net decrease in area draining to the A184 installed at a location that would not excessively alter channel flow and drainage system the impact is considered to be negligible. The A184 east of Testos sedimentation patterns. Specific considerations include: junction is not a trunk road and is maintained by South Tyneside Council.  Directing outfalls downstream to minimise impacts on flow; 14.6.19 The routine run-off has not been assessed for this cycleway as it would not carry traffic and would not discharge into a trunk road drainage system. The HAWRAT  Directing an outfall discharge away from the banks of the river channel to assessment has been designed to assess surface run-off from trunk roads and minimise any potential risk of erosion (particularly along the opposite bank); and motorways. However, the run-off from this cycleway has been included in the FRA (see Appendix 14.2). 124 During rainfall, water from the impermeable road surface can run off rapidly and increase the water level of the water bodies to which it discharges. An ‘attenuation pond’ (or ‘balancing pond’) holds back the water before 14.6.20 The drainage system has been designed so that the run-off would be reduced to a discharge, allowing it to be released slowly and reducing flood risk. While the water is held in the pond, green field run-off rate. South Tyneside Council have been consulted regarding the sediment and pollutants can settle out, which improves the quality of water before it is discharged. 125 run-off from the proposed cycleway. A ‘penstock’ is a sluice for controlling or directing the flow of water. It is a term inherited from the older technology of mill ponds and watermills.

182

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Routine run-off from the footways 14.6.26 Table 14.9 shows that Outfalls A and B would pass the Tier 2 assessment for 14.6.21 Two footways are proposed as part of the Scheme (see Figure 2.11). The run-off sediment chronic impacts. An Alert is shown because the runoff would discharge from these footways would be drained using an over the edge drainage system118. into a Protected Area (see Paragraph 14.6.23). Surface water quality 14.6.27 The attenuation ponds would provide betterment in terms of water quality for these receptors relative to the existing drainage regime. 14.6.22 Two HAWRAT assessments were undertaken to assess the potential impacts of the Scheme on the River Don at Outfall A and Outfall B. A summary of the results are Accidental Spillage shown in Table 14.9. The HAWRAT results sheets for the routine run-off 14.6.28 The results of the spillage risk assessment are shown in Appendix 14.1. The assessments are included in Appendix 14.1. assessment has identified that the risk of an accidental spillage leading to a 14.6.23 Whether the discharge is likely to impact on a protected site for conservation is one pollution incident would be sufficiently low and that no mitigation measures would attribute of the HAWRAT assessment. Make-Me-Rich Meadow is designated by be required. However, the overflow and isolation systems of the attenuation ponds South Tyneside Council as a LWS126 and has been considered as a protected site would provide betterment. for the HAWRAT assessment. Additionally, the River Don was designated as a 14.6.29 The risk of an accidental spillage or vehicle fire, which could lead to a pollution cyprinid water under the repealed FFD at Outfall A and B. The River Don is now a incident, is considered to be proportional to the risk of an accident involving heavy protected area under the WFD. goods vehicles. As the Scheme would be designed to reduce accident rates 14.6.24 Table 14-9 shows that Outfalls A and B would pass the Step 2, Tier 1 assessment through improved junction design, the risk of spillages would be expected to for soluble acute impacts and the assessment against Environmental Quality reduce. Standards (EQSs) but fail the assessment for sediment chronic impacts. Flood Risk 14.6.25 Following the Tier 1 assessment, a Tier 2 assessment for soluble-bound pollutants 14.6.30 The detailed assessment and results of the FRA are provided in Appendix 14.2. was undertaken for both outfalls. The physical dimensions of the watercourse 14.6.31 The majority of the Scheme is not at risk of flooding from rivers or the sea. recorded during the topographical survey (see Paragraph 14.5.2) were used for the However, a small section of the Scheme, where the River Don passes under the Tier 2 assessments (site measurements of bed width (m), side slope (m/m), long A19 approximately 170 m north of Downhill Lane Junction, would lie in a flood zone slope (m/m) and an estimate of Manning’s n). 3. At this point the road is being raised and the current road level is 10 m above the Table 14-9: Summary of HAWRAT routine run-off assessment for the crossing confirming the risk is low. Scheme without mitigation 14.6.32 The attenuated discharge rate from the Scheme has been calculated and is Drainage Receiving Tier 1 Tier 2 significantly less than the discharge capacity from the existing outfall. As such the catchments Watercourse Scheme would result in a marginal benefit to areas downstream such as Boldon for HAWRAT Results Compliance with all events including and above the median annual flood event. The FRA has Environment concluded that the flood risk to this proposed site is low, and the proposed Soluble: acute Sediment: Agency development does not increase flood risk elsewhere. impacts chronic Environmental 14.6.33 The proposals do not include any below ground structures and as a consequence impacts Quality Standards the proposed works would not affect groundwater and are classified as having a low Step 2 (without mitigation) – Proposed Scheme risk on the impact of groundwater flooding. The SuDS pond flowing to outfall one is Tier 1 proposed to be around 3m deep. Due to groundwater levels being estimated at between one and three metres below the surface the pond will be lined in order to 1 (outfall A) River Don Pass Fail Pass stop groundwater seeping into the pond affecting its capacity. 2 and 3 River Don Pass Fail Pass (outfall B) Fluvial geomorphology Tier 2 14.6.34 The use of permanent outfall structures along the River Don would have the potential to locally change the channel form by altering flow dynamics and sediment 1 (outfall A) River Don Pass Alert Pass processes. The headwall would potentially directly replace a small length of natural 2 and 3 River Don Pass Alert Pass channel bank and bed and potentially encourage downstream erosion. However, (outfall B) the energies of the rivers in the study area are relatively low and it is not anticipated that they would cause significant erosion.

126 South Tyneside Local Development Plan, 2012, http://www.southtyneside.info/CHttpHandler.ashx?id=14712&p=0

183

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

14.7 Mitigation 14.9 Residual impacts and their significance Mitigation for construction impacts 14.9.1 The residual impacts of the Scheme, with embedded (operation) and additional (construction) mitigation in place, have been assessed and are presented in Tables 14.7.1 The permanent and temporary drainage systems for the A19 / A184 improvements 14-10 and 14-11. would be developed early in the construction process to reduce the temporary risks of pollution to the water environment during construction. Surface water quality 14.7.2 It is intended that the contractor would use both the existing and proposed drainage 14.9.2 During construction, there would be no likely residual effects associated with water systems and associated outfalls during construction. Temporary discharges may be quality. All impacts on surface water quality would be neutral to moderate beneficial required. during operation. 14.7.3 Measures to control the risk of pollution during construction would be implemented Flood Risk through a Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP). During construction, contractors would operate to best practice standards to ensure that 14.9.3 There would be no likely residual flood risk effects during the construction and impacts on the surrounding water environment would be limited. operation of the Scheme. 14.7.4 Measures to limit adverse effects on flood risk would include the establishment of Fluvial geomorphology designated plant and material storage areas outside of flood risk zones. Works 14.9.4 There are unlikely to be any geomorphological residual impacts on the River Don within the channel and floodplain would be limited to times of low flows. Within the during the construction and operation of the Scheme. CEMP there should be a surface water management plan and where possible permanent drainage features would be installed during the initial stages of 14.10 Water Framework Directive construction to provide attenuation for construction runoff as early as possible. Dewatering equipment should be made available during construction in the event of 14.10.1 A WFD assessment is provided in Appendix 14.3. potential groundwater flooding at SuDS pond one detailed in section 14.6.4. 14.10.2 The WFD assessment has shown that the proposed drainage system would be 14.7.5 All fuel, oil and chemicals would be stored in accordance with the requirements of compliant under the WFD. Additionally, the proposed works would be unlikely to the Control of Pollution (Oil Storage) Regulations 2001. The construction plant result in the deterioration or prevention of an improvement in the overall WFD status would be refuelled in designated areas on an impermeable surface, away from of the River Don or any downstream water bodies. drains and watercourses. If any refuelling did need to take place in other areas of 14.10.3 Potential construction impacts are not considered as part of the WFD assessment. the site, a prescribed safe method would be used. An emergency spill plan would However, following consultation with the EA, it has been agreed that, if the be generated and spill kits would be available at appropriate locations. activities are established to be permanent these would be included in a revised 14.7.6 Care would be taken to avoid damage to existing sewers within the vicinity of the WFD assessment. works areas. 14.7.7 Certain areas of temporary land would be used for storing stockpiles of topsoil, 14.11 Cumulative Effects subsoil or bulk, fill materials. Temporary drainage arrangements would be put in 14.11.1 This section assesses the potential intra-project cumulative effects. Sensitive place to capture site run-off and to settle out silt that would be mobilised during receptors that could be affected by more than one aspect of the proposed construction. A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement scheme have been assessed. 14.7.8 An Environmental Permit from the Environment Agency would be required for the 14.11.2 Chapter 15, Cumulative Effects, provides detail on the potential impacts between works over or adjacent to the River Don. the Testos Junction Improvement scheme and other proposed developments. 14.8 Monitoring and maintenance 14.11.3 The surrounding water environment could potentially be effected by changes to surface water run-off from alterations to the drainage system as well as changes to 14.8.1 Contaminated sediment would be removed periodically from the attenuation ponds. the geology and soils in the area (see Section 10.6). However, the construction Regular inspections would identify when this action would need to be taken. As mitigation measures identified in this chapter are considered appropriate to mitigate such, the attenuation ponds would be maintained in line with the DMRB guidance the potential impacts on the surrounding water environment during construction. (defined in Table 6.1 of Volume 4, Section 2, Part 1, HA 103/06). 14.11.4 Discharge from Catchment 1 would be discharged into a section of the River Don that forms part of Make-Me-Rich Meadow LWS. Signs of Water Vole and Otter have been observed adjacent to this section of the River Don (see Chapter 9). The effects of the highways run-off discharged into this section of the River Don in terms of the water environment have been assessed as slight to moderate beneficial due

184

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

to the introduction of attenuation ponds. Therefore, the Scheme should have a beneficial effect on the surrounding ecological habitat and protected species. 14.11.5 Additionally, the two attenuation ponds in the proposed drainage design have been designed so that the highways run-off would be discharged at green field run-off rate. As a result, conveyance of flow through Make-Me-Rich Meadow has been assessed as neutral in this ES.

185

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Table 14-10: Summary of Potential Effects Arising from the Construction of the Scheme

Import Magn Potential Impact Feature Attribute Indicator of Quality Mitigation Significance ance itude Change in water quality River Don (except Water quality Poor WFD classification. Chemical quality has not been assessed. Medium Negligible Neutral for Make-Me-Rich Meadow) Dilution and The river is of moderate size as it is the largest watercourse in the High Negligible Neutral removal of waste study area and is a main river. It receives discharges of treated

products sewage and storm water

Biodiversity Poor WFD classification. Medium Negligible Neutral Develop Pollution Prevention Flooding from increased Conveyance of Main watercourse. High Plan, including spillage response Negligible Neutral surface water run-off flow measures, prior to construction. Change in water quality Land drain Water supply / A land drain is situated adjacent to Mount Pleasant Marsh, north of Low Prepare appropriate method Negligible Neutral quality the electricity sub-station. statements for working with and storing oils and chemicals in line Change in water quality Groundwater Water supply / Water quality has not been assessed. Water abstraction from Medium with the requirements of the Negligible Neutral quality groundwater. Control of Pollution (Oil Storage) Vulnerability Low vulnerability for the majority of the Scheme. Low Regulations 2001. Negligible Neutral Contractor to implement a High vulnerability east of Downhill Lane junction. High Construction Environmental Negligible Neutral Change in water quality Boldon Lake Water quality Water quality has not been assessed by the EA. Medium Management Plan. Negligible Neutral Conveyance of The lake has limited flow and of moderate size High Design an Environmental Incident Negligible Neutral flow Control Plan (EICP) to ensure protective measures are Biodiversity The pond is of high biodiversity value from Defra Higher Level High implemented to deal with both Negligible Neutral Stewardship Farm Environment Plan. normal and emergency situations. Change in water quality Mount Pleasant Water quality Water quality has not been assessed by the EA. Medium Contractors to undertake Negligible Neutral Marsh construction work to best practice Conveyance of The water body has limited flow and is of a small size. High standards. Negligible Neutral flow Permanent drainage system to be Biodiversity The pond is of high biodiversity value from Defra Higher Level High developed early in construction. Negligible Neutral Stewardship Farm Environment Plan. Provide construction phase Recreation West Boldon Environmental Education Centre hosts numerous High Surface Water Management Plan. Negligible Neutral educational visits and training events. The centre has a viewing An Environmental Permit from the and dipping platform. Environment Agency would be required for the works over or Change in water quality Make-Me-Rich Water quality The River Don, which has poor WFD status, runs through Make- Medium Negligible Neutral adjacent to the River Don. Meadow (section Me-Rich Meadow. of the River Don Agree Drainage Strategy with Biodiversity Make-Me-Rich Meadow is a designated as a LWS Medium Negligible Neutral that flows through Environment Agency. Flooding from increased Make-Me-Rich Conveyance of The section of the River Don that flows through Make-Me-Rich Low Negligible Neutral surface water run-off Meadow) flow Meadow is considered as a small watercourse due to its size. Flooding from increased Floodplain Conveyance of Localised floodplain where the A19, north of the Downhill Lane Medium Minor Slight adverse surface water run-off flow junction, crosses over the River Don. adverse (temporary)

186

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Table 14-11: Summary of Potential Effects Arising from the Operation of the Scheme Import Magn Signific Potential Impact Feature Attribute Indicator of Quality Mitigation ance itude ance Change in water quality River Don (except Water quality Poor WFD classification. Chemical quality has not been Medium Run-off from Catchments 1 and 2 Minor Slight for Make-Me-Rich assessed. would pass through attenuations beneficial beneficial Meadow) ponds before being discharged Dilution and The river is of moderate size as it is the largest watercourse in High Minor Slight into the River Don. All of the run- removal of waste the study area and is a main river. It receives discharges of beneficial beneficial off from Catchment 2 and 3 products treated sewage and storm water would pass through a Biodiversity Poor WFD classification. Medium Hydrodynamic Vortex Separator Minor Slight (HVS). Eighteen per cent of run- beneficial beneficial off from Catchment 1 would pass through a HVS. Flooding from increased Conveyance of Main river. High Run-off from Catchments 1 and 2 Minor Slight surface water run-off flow would pass through attenuations beneficial beneficial ponds before being discharged into the River Don. Change in water quality Land drain Water supply / A land drain is situated adjacent to Mount Pleasant Marsh, north Low n/a Negligible Neutral quality of the electricity sub-station. Change in water quality Groundwater Water supply / Water quality has not been assessed. Water abstraction from Medium n/a Negligible Neutral quality groundwater. Vulnerability Low vulnerability for the majority of the Scheme. Low n/a Negligible Neutral High vulnerability east of Downhill Lane junction. High n/a Negligible Neutral Change in water quality Boldon Lake Water quality Water quality has not been assessed by the EA. Medium n/a Negligible Neutral Conveyance of The lake has limited flow and of moderate size. High n/a Negligible Neutral flow Biodiversity The pond is of high biodiversity value from Defra Higher Level High n/a Negligible Neutral Stewardship Farm Environment Plan. Change in water quality Mount Pleasant Water quality Water quality has not been assessed by the EA. Medium n/a Negligible Neutral Marsh Conveyance of The water body has limited flow and is of a small size. High n/a Negligible Neutral flow Biodiversity The pond is of high biodiversity value from Defra Higher Level High n/a Negligible Neutral Stewardship Farm Environment Plan. Recreation West Boldon Environmental Education Centre hosts numerous High n/a Negligible Neutral educational visits and training events. The centre has a viewing and dipping platform. Change in water quality Make-Me-Rich Water quality The River Don, which has poor WFD status, runs through Make- Medium Catchment 1 would pass through Minor Slight Meadow (section Me-Rich Meadow. an attenuation pond before being beneficial beneficial of the River Don discharged into the River Don. that flows through The outfall is located within Make-Me-Rich Make-Me-Rich Meadow. Meadow) Biodiversity Make-Me-Rich Meadow is a designated as a LWS Medium Catchment 1 would pass through Minor Slight an attenuation pond before being beneficial beneficial discharged into the River Don. The outfall is located within Make-Me-Rich Meadow.

187

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Import Magn Signific Potential Impact Feature Attribute Indicator of Quality Mitigation ance itude ance Flooding from increased Conveyance of The section of the River Don that flows through Make-Me-Rich Low Catchment 1 would be Minor Neutral surface water run-off flow Meadow is considered as a small watercourse due to its size. attenuated before being beneficial discharged into the River Don. The outfall is located immediately upstream of Make-Me-Rich Meadow. Flooding from increased Floodplain Conveyance of Localised floodplain where the A19, north of the Downhill Lane Medium Run-off from Catchments 1 and 2 Negligible Neutral surface water run-off flow junction, crosses over the River Don. would pass through attenuations ponds before being discharged into the River Don.

188

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

CHAPTER 15 CUMULATIVE EFFECTS

Executive summary Scope of the topic This chapter considers the potential for other developments or infrastructure projects to have 15.1.6 It was considered most appropriate that intra-project cumulative effects be effects that act cumulatively with those of the proposed A19 / A184 Testos Junction addressed within the relevant specialist topic chapter, together with all other Improvement scheme. impacts on the same class of environmental receptor. This is consistent with the advice given in the Planning Inspectorate’s Advice Note 17, paragraph 2.5. The potential for individual environmental receptors to be affected in more than one way by the A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement scheme, and for those separate effects to act 15.1.7 Inter-project cumulative effects require a separate scoping procedure and cumulatively, is considered in the relevant specialist chapters. assessment method. Consequently, this chapter addresses inter-project cumulative effects separately from impacts discussed in the other chapters. This chapter assesses the potential cumulative effects of the Scheme together with other proposed developments. Traffic related effects 15.1.8 Several environmental topics base all or part of their impact assessment on 15.1 Introduction information about the quantity of traffic on the road network in the wider area surrounding the A19/A184 Testos Junction, its distribution, speed and movement. 15.1.1 This chapter assesses the potential cumulative effects of the proposed A19 / A184 This information is derived from a computer-based traffic model. These topics Testos Junction Improvement Scheme with other proposed developments. include Air Quality, Noise and Vibration, Road Drainage and the Water 15.1.2 Despite the presence of various guidance documents covering Environmental Environment (part), and the driver stress element of People and Communities. Impact Assessments (EIA), there is no widely accepted definition of 'cumulative 15.1.9 The traffic model has built into it, in accordance with standard guidelines, impact assessment' at present. At its simplest, cumulative effects occur: assumptions about traffic growth over time, taking into account proposed  as a result of changes caused by other reasonably foreseeable developments developments and infrastructure projects in the surrounding region. This means acting cumulatively with the similar effects of the proposed development (‘inter- that inter-project cumulative effects are already built into these assessments and project cumulative effects’); or do not need to be covered again in this chapter.  from the combined effect of several different impacts of the proposed 15.1.10 Topics in this environmental statement that base their assessment primarily on development, acting together on a single receptor, so that the combined effect traffic-based computer modelling include: is more significant than the sum of the individual effects (‘intra-project  Air quality (Chapter 6); and cumulative effects’).  Noise and vibration (Chapter 12). 15.1.3 Cumulative effects can therefore come from multiple projects (inter-project) or from within the same project (intra-project). In order for two impacts to have a 15.1.11 Topics that base part of their assessment on traffic-based calculations include: cumulative effect, the impacts will need to have a temporal relationship (i.e. arise at  People and communities (Chapter 13 – calculations of driver stress); and broadly the same time) and a spatial relationship (i.e. occur in broadly the same geographic area).  Road drainage and the water environment (Chapter 14 – calculations of risk to water quality from routine drainage run-off and from accidental spillages on the 15.1.4 As cumulative effects arise from two or more impacts acting together, an impact highway during operation). that may not have a significant effect on its own may combine with another to have a significant cumulative effect. The two bridge option and the single bridge option 15.1.5 This chapter has been prepared with reference to the Planning Inspectorate’s 15.1.12 Consideration has been given to both of the options for carrying the elevated A19 127 ‘Advice Note 17: Cumulative Effects Assessment’ , and guidance on cumulative carriageway across the roundabout at Testos junction. In the light of the 128 effects contained in DMRB Volume 11 . assessments made in the individual topic chapters, this is considered a very localised issue in which the environmentally significant differences between the options are marginal at best and relevant only to a localised area within the Testos junction scheme. They are not therefore considered to be relevant to the 127 The Planning Inspectorate 2015 ‘Cumulative Effects Assessment’, Advice Note 17. https://infrastructure.planninginspectorate.gov.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Advice-note-17V4.pdf consideration of cumulative effects. 128 DMRB Volume 11, Section 2, Part 5, ‘Assessment and management of environmental effects’, Chapter 1 paragraphs 1.53-1.60 and Chapter 2 paragraphs 2.13-2.16. http://www.standardsforhighways.co.uk/ha/standards/dmrb/vol11/section2/ha20508.pdf

189

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Limitations on the assessment Development Plans – with appropriate weight being given as they move closer to adoption), recognising that much 15.1.13 It is important to note that a full cumulative impact assessment can only be information on any relevant proposals will be limited undertaken for developments for which some environmental information is available, only by identifying the independent impacts of each development can the Identified in other plans and programmes (as appropriate) impacts be compared with those of the A19/A184 Testos Junction Improvement. which set the framework for future development One short-listed development included in the cumulative impact assessment did consents/approvals, where such development is reasonably not have available environmental information. likely to come forward (e.g. highway schemes to which the Secretary of State has made a commitment in the Roads 15.1.14 In some cases, little or no environmental information was available as some Investment Strategy). developments did not require environmental information to be submitted as part of the planning application or because planning applications had not been submitted 15.2.1 Where other projects are already complete or expected to be completed before for all developments. construction of the proposed NSIP, the effects arising from these developments were considered as part of the EIA baseline and potentially as part of both the 15.2 Scoping the cumulative effects assessment construction and operational assessment. The ES distinguishes between projects 15.2.1 This chapter considers the inter-project cumulative environmental effects of the forming part of the baseline and those in the cumulative effects assessment. A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement. 15.2.2 Therefore, the cumulative effects assessment focuses primarily on the interaction 15.2.2 Guidance on the identification of other projects that should be taken into account in between the A19/A184 Testos Junction Improvement and other developments the consideration of inter- project cumulative effects is available in DMRB129 and whose construction will not have commenced, or will not be complete, before from PINS Advice Note 17 (Table 3), which is reproduced here as Table 15-1, with construction of the Testos Junction NSIP. Relevant other developments were some expansion to take more account of projects going through consenting identified by the staged process outlined in Appendix 15.1 regimes other than the Planning Act, 2008. 15.3 Assessment method Table 15-1: ‘Other development’ for inclusion in Cumulative Impact Assessment (based on Planning Inspectorate Advice Note 17 Table 3) Identification of potential impacts Tier 1 Projects under construction Decreasing 15.3.1 The primary method for the identification of potential impacts was through the level of plotting of zones of influence on a topic-by-topic basis. Permitted applications whether under PA2008 or other detail likely regimes, but not yet implemented to be 15.3.2 Where the geographic zone of influence of another development overlaps with the available Submitted applications whether under the PA2008 or other overall zone of environmental influence of the Testos Junction Improvement regimes, but not yet determined Scheme, the receptors relevant to that topic within the area of overlap were identified. If such a receptor was present, and there was also an overlap between Tier 2 Projects on the Planning Inspectorate’s Programme of the time periods in which the impacts would occur, then the potential for a Projects where a Scoping Report has been submitted cumulative effect was considered. Potential applications under other regimes where the 15.3.3 The likely occurrence of a cumulative effect was confirmed in the first instance competent authority has issued a statutory EIA Scoping through the examination of the environmental reports for both projects, to Opinion and a Scoping Report or Environmental Report is determine whether the receptor is identified as being affected by both available developments. This was supplemented by professional judgement to determine the likelihood of any additional effect in the context of the cumulative effects Tier 3 Projects on the Planning Inspectorate’s Programme of Projects where a Scoping Report has not been submitted assessment. Potential applications under other regimes where the The nature of potential cumulative effects competent authority has not issued a statutory EIA Scoping 15.3.4 In identifying cumulative effects, consideration was given to the various different Opinion and there is no Environmental Report or Scoping ways in which cumulative effects can occur. In particular: Report available  Cumulative effects can be ‘additive’, e.g. one source of pollution can add to Identified in the relevant Development Plan (and emerging another source of pollution to create a higher concentration of pollutant than would otherwise occur, or an area of habitat could suffer loss of land from one 129 Design Manual for Roads and Bridges, Volume 11, Section 2, Part 5 (HA205/08), paragraphs 1.54 and 1.58 development and then further loss of land from another development.

190

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

 Cumulative effects can also by ‘synergistic’, where for instance a habitat may  ID1: Land north of Nissan Agricultural Land, west of the A19, east of A1290 be affected by loss of land from one development and pollution or noise from and north of Washington Road (also known as ‘Wearpoint 55’); another, resulting in a combined significant impact.  ID2: Nissan Motor Manufacturing (UK) Limited Washington Road, Usworth;  It is important to recognise whether either or both of the impacts giving rise to  ID3: International Advanced Manufacturing Park, Washington Road, Usworth; the cumulative effect are temporary or permanent, and if temporary over what timescale.  ID4: Site of Former Industrial Units Bedewell Industrial Park/Baker Perkins Sports Ground, Red House Road;  What is the geographic extent of the cumulative effect relative to both the extent of the receptor and the extent of the individual effects.  ID5: Land in Jarrow bounded by Eskdale Drive, Coniston Drive, Lodore Grove, Kirkstone Avenue and Grasmere Avenue;  If the effect is intermittent (i.e. what is its frequency).  ID6: Housing development adjacent to east side of A19, north-west of  What is the value/sensitivity of the receptor and how susceptible is the effect to Simonside; being successfully mitigated.  ID7: Land in Jarrow adjacent to Friar Way/Saxon Way and High Street/Stanley 15.3.5 Any cumulative impacts identified were further defined as 'construction' or Street; 'operational' effects, 'short-term' or 'long-term' (based on whether they would still be felt 15 or more years after construction) and 'beneficial' or 'adverse'. DMRB sets  ID8: Land in Hebburn north of Blue Sky Way and Apollo Court Koppers Way; out a specific methodology for the assessment of the significance of cumulative  ID9: 1 to 11 George Court and Former Wilfred Street Day Care Centre, in effects (see Table 15-2). Boldon Colliery; and Table 15-2: Determining the significance of cumulative effects  ID10: Land in Boldon Colliery, west of Cotswold Lane and north of Hutton Significance Effect Street Severe Effects that the decision-maker must take into account as the receptor/resource 15.4.3 These developments are presented in more detail in Appendix 15.2, whilst Figure is irretrievably compromised. 15.4 shows the overlap between their worst case zone of influence130 and that for Major Effects that may become a key decision-making issue. the Testos Junction Improvement Scheme. Moderate Effects that are unlikely to become issues on whether the project design should be selected, but where future work may be necessary to improve on current Relevant Highway Developments performance. 15.4.4 In addition to future year housing and employment developments, the treatment of Minor Minor effects that are locally significant. uncertainty in model forecasting also needed to include any proposed highway Not significant Effects that are beyond the current forecasting ability or are within the ability of infrastructure schemes. Highway developments within the surrounding area of the the resource to adapt to such change. A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Scheme that could influence the traffic flows in this area were identified and are listed in Table 15-3 (reproduced from the 15.4 Baseline conditions Traffic Forecast Report). Table 15-3: Highway Scheme Uncertainty Log Summary Shortlisted Non-Highway Developments Local Authority Scheme Name / Type Uncertainty 15.4.1 Figure 15.1 shows the A19 Testos Junction Improvement Scheme’s worst case zone of influence, whilst Figure 15.2 and Appendix 15.3 present the non-highways Moor Farm (Built) developments identified in March 2017 for consideration for potential cumulative Seaton Burn (Built) Near Certain effects. The shaded developments in Appendix 15.3 were screened out from being Highways Coast Road (Under Construction) short-listed for the cumulative effects assessment due to a lack of either or both of: England Howdon Interchange (A19(T) / A193) (LNMS)  Overlapping zones of influence; or Killingworth Interchange (A19(T) / A1056) (LNMS) More than likely  Suitable environmental assessment information. Downhill Lane Junction (A19(T) / A1290) 15.4.2 A total of 65 non-highways developments were included in the long-list. After Sunderland A19/A690 (Built) Near Certain filtering, ten non-highways developments were considered as particularly relevant:

130 The individual ZVI for each of the developments is taken from within the environmental reports for each of the developments.

191

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Local Authority Scheme Name / Type Uncertainty 15.5.5 As a consequence of the traffic model including traffic changes related to the other A19/A1231 (Built) developments, those assessments using traffic modelling data (e.g. air quality and noise operational impact analyses) would have already considered the cumulative Cherry Blossom Way/A1290 Signals effect of traffic changes in the main assessment. Therefore, this cumulative effect St Marys Way Realignment (SSTC Phase 1) is not considered again here. Instead the cumulative effects assessment focused New Wear Bridge (SSTC Phase 2) on the non-traffic modelling assessment based impact assessments and their Highway Infrastructure associated with IAMP respective overlapping operational zones of influence. More Than Likely including Washington Road Bridge 15.5.6 As a consequence, many of the short-listed developments offered no or limited Lindisfarne Corridor Improvements (LEP shortlisted) additional risk of cumulative effects due to: South A19/A1290 Junction Improvements (Built) Near Certain Tyneside  Operational effects being covered by analysis using traffic model data; The Arches Roundabout (Strategic Economic Plan)  No non-traffic modelling assessment based overlap of zone of influence; or Whitehouse Farm – Buffer Area (106 / 278)  No temporal overlap during construction periods where construction phase High Flatworth Roundabout (106 / 278) zones of influence apply. Four Lane Ends - Buffer Area (Pinchpoint) 15.5.7 For short-listed non-highways developments ID2, ID4, ID5, ID6 and ID8 the only Scaffold Hill, West Shiremoor Amendments (106 / 278) other possible cumulative effect related to construction traffic movements along the same highway networks and demand for materials and waste disposal, if A192 West Park Highway Mitigations (Built) Near Certain North construction periods overlapped with construction of the Testos Junction Tyneside Holystone Roundabout Capacity Improvement Improvement Scheme. In light of the size of these developments, different type of (Built) material demand and their proximity away from the Testos Junction Improvement A1058 Billy Mill Roundabout (under construction) Scheme, with alternative access road routes, the cumulative effects would be A191 Dualling and associated Cobalt Road Minor. No non-traffic modelling assessment based operational zones of influence Improvements (Built) for these schemes overlapped with Testos Junction. Reasonably A1058 / Norham Road 15.5.8 Short-listed non-highways developments ID7, ID9 and ID10 had commenced Foreseeable construction by 2017 and, in light of their size; it was assumed that these developments would be in operation before 2019. Therefore, there would be no 15.5 Impact Prediction construction phase cumulative effect, whilst no non-traffic modelling assessment 15.5.1 Appendix 15.3 presents the cumulative effects assessment of the short-listed based operational zones of influence overlapped with Testos Junction. developments. 15.5.9 Short-listed non-highways developments ID1 (Wearpoint 55) and ID2 (IAMP) were 15.5.2 Traffic flows are a key factor influencing the environmental effects of the Testos the only developments that posed any potential for significant non-traffic modelling Junction Improvement Scheme in conjunction with other projects. Other projects cumulative effects due to their presence adjacent to Testos Junction. within the region that may affect traffic flows through Testos junction have been 15.5.10 With regards to the highways schemes listed in Table 15.3, only Downhill Lane identified for the traffic model through the development of a ‘traffic uncertainty log’. Junction (A19(T) / A1290) and the highway infrastructure associated with IAMP, 15.5.3 The traffic model considers large-scale developments in the wider surrounding including Washington Road Bridge, were close enough to Testos Junction and region, in terms of the volumes that these developments are expected to generate could potentially be under construction during the same timeframes that their non- and any expected change in the pattern of traffic on the highway network. The traffic modelling assessment zones of influence would overlap. region within which developments have been identified for inclusion in the traffic 15.5.11 Wearpoint 55 lies south of Downhill Lane Junction and many cumulative effects model is extensive. would be localised and synergistic for receptors around Downhill Lane Junction, 15.5.4 The traffic uncertainty log considered a total of 842 development proposals and such as: potential disturbance and visual amenity effect on residents of Make-me- ranked them by both certainty of occurrence and scale. Those ranked ‘near Rich Farm, Elliscope Farm, East Hylton and Town End Farm, plus users of the certain’ or ‘more than likely’ to occur and meeting criteria on scale were included in Great North Forest Trail; potential changes to setting of local heritage settings; and potential flood risk from loss of greenfield areas within the River Don catchment. the traffic model ‘core scenario’, which is used for modelling environmental impacts. Of the 842 overall proposals in the uncertainty log, a total of 46 met these 15.5.12 For the proposed Downhill Lane Junction and the IAMP schemes, there would be criteria (14 employment proposals; 6 office proposals; 2 retail proposals; 23 limited physical overlap with the A19 Testos Junction Improvement scheme housing proposal; and one mixed proposal). temporary and permanent footprints. Where the schemes do overlap this would

192

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

create an additive adverse cumulative effect for many receptors from the increased highway networks and demand for materials and waste disposal, if construction temporary and permanent loss of land. There is a risk of increased adverse effects periods overlapped, would be Not Significant. This is due to type of material on visual amenity receptors and views from / setting of the listed buildings west of demand and small scale of housing development compared to A19 Testos Testos Junction. However, the IAMP footprint may also remove or screen many of Junction scheme, plus the distance apart with alternative access road routes. the A19 Testos receptors south-west of Testos junction (e.g. residents and 15.7.2 Wearpoint 55 lies south of Downhill Land Junction and potential cumulative transient users of the local road and NMU networks around Downhill Lane adverse non-highways effects (e.g. disturbance and visual amenity effect on local Junction, such as residents of Make-me-Rich Farm, Elliscope Farm and East residents; changes to setting of local heritage settings; and flood risk from loss of Hylton, plus users of the Great North Forest Trail west of A19). greenfield areas) would be Not Significant or, at worst, localised and of Minor 15.5.13 Testos Junction Improvement Scheme, Downhill Lane Junction Improvement significance post implementation of mitigation measures. Scheme, Wearpoint 55 and IAMP will all generate the following additive adverse 15.7.3 For the proposed Downhill Lane Junction and the IAMP schemes, there would be effects: dust arisings affecting receptors within 200m of two or more schemes; limited physical overlap with the A19 Testos Junction Improvement scheme construction traffic effects (disruption, stress and amenity disturbance) to those temporary and permanent footprints. Where the schemes do overlap this would using and living alongside roads used by two or more schemes, especially the A19 create a localised additive adverse cumulative effects for many receptors from the and A1290; and waste for off-site disposal affecting capacity in the same waste increased temporary and permanent loss of land (e.g. disturbance and visual handling or disposal sites (albeit for the latter it is assumed all will seek to minimise amenity effect on local residents; changes to setting of local heritage settings; and off-site disposal of waste arisings). These cumulative effects are certain for Testos flood risk from loss of Greenfield areas). The additive cumulative effect on visual and Downhill Lane Junction Improvement schemes, which will be constructed at amenity receptors and views from / setting of the listed buildings west of Testos the same time, and a further additive effect is possible if the construction Junction could be of Minor significance due to the scale of the combined timeframes of Wearpoint 55 or IAMP overlap. Due to the scale of the development. It is assumed removal or screening of receptors south-west of developments, the effects could be of Moderate significance as the issues are Testos junction by the IAMP would mitigate the risk of any Moderate effect. unlikely to prevent the schemes being consented, but additional effort would be necessary to minimise the cumulative effect between the developments. 15.7.4 The additive adverse effects from the overlapping Testos and Downhill Lane Junction Improvement schemes, plus potentially Wearpoint 55 or IAMP (e.g. 15.6 Mitigation construction site dust emissions; construction traffic disruption, stress and amenity disturbance; and off-site waste disposal effects) could be reduced to minor with the 15.6.1 For most of the potential cumulative effects, good design and application of good application of a collaboratively developed and implemented construction site and construction practices would minimise the cumulative effects. These would include traffic management plans. application of construction site pollution controls (see Chapter 14 ‘Road Drainage and the Water Environment’), dust emission controls (see Chapter 6 ‘Air Quality’) and noise mitigation (see chapter 12 ‘Noise and Vibration’). In addition, development of waste and traffic management plans would need to be done in consultation with the local authorities and relevant other developers to reduce the cumulative effects from construction traffic movements and off-site waste disposal.

15.6.2 Highways England is managing both Downhill Lane and Testos Junction Improvement Schemes, plus liaising with the local authorities and developers with regards Wearpoint 55 and IAMP to proactively integrate the schemes and design out cumulative effect risks.

15.6.3 For the IAMP, additional effort would be needed to mitigate the cumulative visual amenity and cultural heritage setting effects. For example, this could entail engagement with Historic England, local authorities and IAMP developer to develop a landscape planting scheme that complements the IAMP development

and minimise the adverse additive effect on the visual amenity and cultural heritage settings.

15.7 Assessment of Significance

15.7.1 For short-listed non-highways developments ID2, ID4, ID5, ID6 and ID8 the

cumulative effect related to construction traffic movements along the same

193

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

GLOSSARY OF TECHNICAL TERMS AND ACRONYMS AQO Air Quality Objective – targets set in the UK Air Quality Strategy, which represent specific concentrations of certain pollutants in the air. The µg Micrograms – i.e. a millionth of a gram. The symbol used at the beginning concentrations vary from pollutant to pollutant, and there may be more than is the Greek letter ‘mu’ one AQO for each pollutant, depending on the method and timescale of measurement. The AQOs are intended to represent the concentration of AADT Annual Average Daily Traffic – one of several ways of measuring the flow of any pollutant below which no effects on human health would be expected to traffic; represents the daily average number of vehicles using a particular occur, even in the most vulnerable individuals. If the concentration of any link in the network, averaged across the whole year one pollutant goes above the level set in the AQO, an ‘exceedance’ is said to occur AAWT Annual Average Weekly Traffic – one of several ways of measuring the flow of traffic; represents the weekly average number of vehicles using a AQS Air Quality Strategy – this establishes the Air Quality Objectives at a particular link in the network, averaged across the whole year national level for a number of specific pollutants

Above ‘Ordnance Datum’ is the standard measure of sea level in the UK, from Archaeological Archaeological field evaluation is a limited programme of non-intrusive Ordnance which all heights are measured for mapping purposes. evaluation and/or intrusive fieldwork which determines the presence or absence of Datum (AOD) archaeological features, structures, deposits, artefacts, or ecofacts within a specified area or site (IfA, 2009, Standard and guidance for archaeological Accidental ‘Accidental Spillages’ means fuels, oils or other contaminants spilled onto field evaluation, 2) Spillages the road as a result of accidents during operation of the road, for instance due to road traffic collisions. Archaeological Archaeological trial trenching involves the excavation of a small sample of trenching an area of potential archaeological interest, to confirm whether AD Anno Domini (Year of Our Lord) archaeological remains are actually present and obtain more information about them. This information is used to inform the impact assessment and ADMS ADMS Roads is a software programme used to model air pollution the design of mitigation problems associated with networks of roads Area of An ‘Area of Search’ refers to an area selected for mineral exploration, for ALC Agricultural Land Classification – a system of classifying the quality of Search example, for use as aggregate agricultural land from Grade 1 (best) to Grade 5 (worst). Grade 3 is subdivided into 3a and 3b. For the purposes of government policy, Grades Attenuate ‘Attenuate’ in this context means any method used to slow down the rate of 1-3a are further classified as ‘best and most versatile’ (BMV) agricultural discharge of water drained off the road into local watercourses, to avoid the land risk of causing floods. In this case, the water will be captured in ponds and then slowly released at a rate agreed with the Environment Agency Amenity Amenity’ can be defined as ‘the pleasantness or attractiveness of a place’ (Oxford Dictionary of English), and visual amenity is therefore the Attenuation During rainfall, water can run off rapidly from the impermeable surface of contribution of views towards the pleasantness or attractiveness of a place. the road, increasing water level in the streams to which it discharges. An The degree of visual amenity therefore varies between locations according ‘attenuation pond’ (or balancing pond’) holds back the water before to the quality of views available discharge, allowing it to be released slowly and reducing flood risk. While the water is held in the pond, sediment and pollutants can settle out, which At-grade A term meaning ‘on the same’ level – i.e. when a roundabout or junction improves the quality of the water before it is discharged and all the roads joining it are at ground levels and all traffic goes around the roundabout or through the junction BAP Biodiversity Action Plan – includes the UK BAP (United Kingdom Biodiversity Action Plan), LBAP (Local Biodiversity Action Plan) and the HE AONB Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty BAP (Highways England Biodiversity Action Plan)

AQMA Air Quality Management Area – local planning authorities are obliged to Baseline IN EIA, ‘baseline conditions’ are the environmental conditions in existence declare an AQMA in any area where there are, or are expected to be, just before the occurrence of an impact – i.e. they are the conditions that exceedances of the relevant Air Quality Objectives. The authority declaring would be affected. Baseline conditions are not the same as existing an AQMA is obliged to prepare a management plan to prevent or remove conditions, which are those in existence at the time of carrying out the EIA, any such exceedances because, this may be some time in advance of the occurrence of an impact

194

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

and environmental conditions may change in the intervening period Project, on the advice of the Planning Inspectorate, in accordance with the Planning Act 2008 BGS British Geological Survey DEFRA Department for the Environment, Food and Rural Affairs Biodiversity Biodiversity is the variety of life in all its forms as discussed in the UK Action Desk study A collation and review of relevant existing information available from Plan published in 1994 – HMSO Cm 2428 published, archival or online sources, including for instance geological and BMV land ‘Best and Most Versatile land’ is land in Grades 1, 2 and 3a of the hydrogeological mapping, historical maps, environmental records etc., Agricultural Land Classification system, deemed by government policy to be allowing an assessment of risks to the human and environmental receptors a national strategic resource to be undertaken

Bund A ‘bund’ is a linear bank or mound, usually built of earth DfT Department for Transport

CEAR Comparative Environmental Assessment Report Dispersed i.e. villages whose building are scattered, rather than group together villages or CEMP Construction Environmental Management Plan – a plan prepared by a settlements contractor before the start of construction work, detailing ‘environmental DMRB Design Manual for Roads and Bridges – the 15 volumes of DMRB provide aspects’ that may be affected by the construction work and management guidance for all aspects of the design of roads and bridges in the UK. methods to prevent any such effects. The CEMP would include methods Volume 10 covers environmental mitigation and Volume 11 governs and site management practices to be applied to prevent generation of environmental impact assessment. Other volumes cover other aspects of nuisance dust, accidental pollution events and a range of other potential the design and preparation of highways projects sources of accidental damage to the environment, and response and reporting procedures to minimise the damage in the event of a pollution Do-Minimum A hypothetical scenario used to provide a realistic comparison of the effects incident (DM) of the scheme. The do-minimum scenario includes and changes to the highways infrastructure that would occur even if the scheme does not go Colluvium Accumulations of soil at the foot of a slop as a result of erosion from ahead, and any other developments in the surrounding area that would repeated ploughing on the slope influence the movement of traffic and would occur independently of the Construction Vegetation removal, topsoil stripping, temporary storage of materials, scheme activity ground excavation and remodelling, bare earth, movement of construction Do-Something A hypothetical scenario used to provide a realistic comparison of the effects vehicles and tall features such as cranes and other construction plant (DS) of the scheme. The do-something scenario includes changes in traffic flows Contaminated Any land which appears to the local authority in whose area it is situated to caused by the scheme as well as any other developments in the Land be in such a condition, by reason of substances in, on or under the land that surrounding area that would influence the movement of traffic – (a) significant harm is being caused or there is the significant possibility of Driver stress A standard measure of drivers stress can be calculated, based on the such harm being caused volume of traffic per lane and average speeds CPRE Campaign to Protect Rural England – a pressure group concerned with EA Environment Agency – a non-departmental government body covering landscape issues England and Wales, responsible for the protection of the environment, CRTN Calculation of Road Traffic Noise – a computer model used to calculate he including the regulation of polluting activities and the control and prevention noise levels at any given location, identifying the contribution to that noise of flooding made by traffic ECI Early Contractor Involvement – a form of contract for major construction dB Decibel – a measure of noise. Not on a linear scale – 2dB is 10 times as projects, in which the contractor is involved earlier than under a traditional loud as 1dB and 3dB is 10 times as loud as 2 dB and so on contract, to ensure their construction to relevant decision-making during the pre-construction phases DCO Development Consent Order – under which the relevant Secretary of State can grant consent for construction of a Nationally Significant Infrastructure EcIA Ecological Impact Assessment

195

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

EIA Environmental Impact Assessment – an assessment of certain types of Geology Geology is the stud of solid earth, the material of which it is composed major project of the significant effects that the project could have on the (principally rocks) and the processes by which they evolve environment. The proposer is required to carry out the assessment by law, in this case under the Infrastructure Planning (Environmental Impact Geophysical Geophysical surveys use variations in physical properties of the soils, such Assessment) Regulations, 2009 surveys as its electrical conductivity or magnetic properties, to detect archaeological features without excavation. EIA Each consenting regime is governed by a dedicated set of EIA Regulations. Regulations Nationally Significant Infrastructure Projects subject to the Planning Act 200 GIS Geographical Information Systems must carry out EIA in accordance with the Infrastructure Planning (Environmental Impact Assessment) Regulations, 2009 as amended GLVIA Guidelines for Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – a set of guidelines for the stated purpose, published jointly by IEMA and the Emergent ‘Emergent’ species are plants that grow upright from the water surface and Landscape Institute species are rooted on the base of the water body Grade This refers to a junction where one road has been elevated or lowered to a Ephemeral/ Ephemeral/ short perennial habitat comprises patchy aggregations of Separated different level so that the main flow of traffic is separated short annual or perennial small herbs, usually on recently disturbed ground or perennial poor soils Grading Out i.e. reducing the gradient of the slope away from the road to integrate it with habitat the natural topography

EPA European Protected Species – any species protected by law across the Green Bridge A green bridge is a structure intended to provide direct connectivity between European Union under European Union legislation habitats on opposite sides of the road that would otherwise be severed. Its decking would normally be covered with soils and planted with appropriate EPS License A license obtained from Natural England, under which works that would vegetation, integrated with planting on the land to either side affect an EPA are permitted. Usually carries conditions to ensure that there is no long-term damage to the affected population of the species Greenfield i.e. the rate of discharge that would be expected from an area of concerned. Such works would be an offence if carried out without a licence runoff undeveloped land with entirely soil covered, permeable surfaces. Such or without complying with the conditions of the licence areas release water into watercourses much more slowly than areas with hard, impermeable surfaces EA Environmental Statement – the report on the results of the EIA Ground Flora Ground flora refers to small non-woody plants growing at ground level EU European Union within woodland areas, such as primroses, bluebells, celandine etc.

Excavated i.e. old road surface materials removed from redundant carriageways or Ha Hectares soils and areas to be re-surfaced recycled road HAWRAT Highways Agency Water Risk Assessment Tool – a method to assist in planings assessing impact on water quality in accordance with DMRB (Note that Highways Agency is now Highways England) FSC Forestry Stewardship Council Hedgerow Hedgerow is defined as any boundary line of trees or shrubs over 20m long FRA Flood Risk Assessment and less that 5m wide, between major woody stems at the base (Defra, 2007) Fugitive Dust i.e. visible emissions of dust that does not come from a definable point source, for example a smoke stack. Typical examples would include stored HER Historic Environment Records – a database maintained by individual piles of soil, dry bare earth on construction sites or haul roads etc. counties or local authorities, containing records of archaeological sites, historic buildings and other aspects. The HER for this study was the Tyne Future Year This is a specified year in the future, usually15 years after the opening of and Wear Historic Environment Record. the project. This is used to make predictions using computer models for both traffic flows and related environmental effects. HDV Heavy Duty Vehicle

196

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

HGV Heavy Goods Vehicle character landscape into different Landscape Character Areas. The purpose of this assessment process is to aid the formulation and implementation of planning policies Hibernaculae The place/ structure/ shelter chosen by an animal for hibernation relating to the landscape LBAP Local Biodiversity Action Plan – see also BAP; the relevant LBAP for the Historic Historic landscape character types are distinctive and repeated area is Durham Biodiversity Action Plan landscape combinations of components defining generic historic landscapes such as character ‘ancient woodland’ or ‘parliamentary enclosure’. The types used in this LCA Landscape Character Area – defined at a local level by the Local Planning types (HLCT) study were defined based on evidence from historic maps and other Authority. sources LCU Landscape Character Unit – defined at a more detailed, project-specific HRA Habitat Regulations Assessment level for the purposes of this assessment

IAMP International Advanced Manufacturing Park Limit value The concentration of certain specific pollutants in the air that are not to be exceeded, under the Air Quality Standards that implement the European IAN Interim Advice Note – published by Highways England (formerly the Directive on Ambient Air Quality and Clean Air for Europe – 2008/50/EC Highways Agency) to modify/ update guidance given within DMRB, in advance of the permanent replacement of the relevant sections of DMRB Link A ‘link’ is the stretch of road between two junctions. For major strategic routes such as motorways, the volume of traffic along a link remains IAQM Institute of Air Quality Management constant along its whole length, because traffic can only join or leave at the junctions. For many other roads this is not the case, because traffic can IEEM Institute of Ecology and Environmental Management – a professional body join or leave at other access points such as private properties, businesses for ecologist and environmental managers etc.

IEMA Institute of Environmental Management and Assessment – a professional LNR Local Nature Reserve body for environmental managers and EIA professional Local Plan Saved policies from a local plan document that has expired, but that were Impermeable Impermeable surfaces are those where water acnnot pass through the ‘saved’ formally saved for continued application as part of the Development Plan surface and soak into the underlying ground. This means that all of the policies pending the adoption of a replacement plan water will flow rapidly off the surface. In the case of a highway, it will flow off the road surface into the highway drainage system LWS Local Wildlife Site LAF Local Access Forum – statutory bodies, prescribed under the Countryside Marginal Marginal habitats are areas of shallow water or wet ground around the and Rights of Way Act 2000 and appointed by a loal highway authority or habitat edges (margins) of waterbodies and have their own characteristic flora and national park authority. Their function is to advise the relevant authority as fauna to the improvement of public access to land for the purposes of open-air recreation and the enjoyment of the area. LAFs comprise appointed Mitigation Measures which have the purpose of avoiding, reducing or compensating members who must be representative of both users of local rights of way or for adverse environmental impacts. It may also include measures to create access land and owners and occupiers of access land or land environmental benefits encompassing local rights of way Mycorrhiza A group of fungi that grow in symbiotic relationships with the roots of trees. Landform ‘Landform’ is the combination of slope and elevation that produce the shape Many tree species are dependent on mycorrhiza to extent their root and form of the land systems

LAPPC Local Authority Pollution Prevention Control under which local authorities Nationally Any infrastructure project that is deemed, according to the criteria set in the are responsible for granting permits for, and regulation of, industrial Significant Planning Act, 2008 (as amended) to be nationally significant. Such projects activities in Category A(2) or B as defined in the Environmental Permitting Infrastructure are authorised through a statutory process that requires an application for a (England and Wales) Regulations 2010 Project DCO, rather than a conventional planning application or the traditional model through the publication of Statutory Orders and the holding of Public Landscape Landscape character assessment is the process of categorising the

197

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Inquiries computer model of the scheme is overlaid onto a base photograph to visually represent the scheme. Features that would be removed as part of NHL ‘National Heritage List’ contains information on internationally and nationally the scheme are removed from the base photograph using Photoshop. designated heritage assets (World Heritage Site, Scheduled Monuments, PINS Planning Inspectorate – an executive agency of the government dealing Listed Buildings, Registered Parks and Gardens, Registered Battlefields with planning appeals, national infrastructure planning application, and Protected Wrecks) examinations of local plans and other planning-related issues in England NCA National Character Area – landscape character areas defined at a national and Wales level by Natural England PM10 Particulate Matter with a diameter of 10 micrometres or less – a pollutant NE Natural England – a public body respsonsible for the protection of the emitted from vehicle exhausts natural environment and landscape in England and the management of PM Particulate Matter with a diameter of 2.5 micrometres or less – a pollutant NNRs and SSSIs 2.5 emitted from vehicle exhausts NMU Non-Motorised Users PMA Private Means of Access NNR National Nature Reserve PRoW Public Right of Way – includes footpaths, bridleways and restricted byways NO Nitrogen dioxide – a chemical pollutant emitted from vehicle exhausts 2 Ramsar site Wetlands of international conservation importance, designated under the Ramsar Convention, often but not always for the protection of populations NO Oxides of nitrogen – includes NO (nitrogen oxide) and NO x 2 of water birds NIA Noise Important Area - Receptor The ‘receptor’ is the existing environmental feature that would be affected by an impact – for instance, the population of a protected species, or a NPPF National Planning Policy Framework – a statement of central government specific archaeological site, or the occupants of a residential property guidance on planning policy, replacing the previous system of topic-specific PPGs and PPSs Red and Red List and Amber List – as defined in ‘Birds of Conservation Concern 3: Amber List the population status of birds in the United Kingdom, Channel Islands and NSIP See ‘Nationally Significant Infrastructure Project’ Species the Isle of Man (2009)

NSR Noise Sensitive Receptor - RIS Road Investment Strategy

Nucleated i.e. villages whose homes and other buildings are grouped around a local Routine runoff ‘Routine runoff’ means water draining from the road surface into nearby villages point, often a church watercourses whenever it rains, which tends to wash contaminants from the road surface into the nearby watercourses Oblique angle Oblique: an angled view rather than a direct view, in which features would of view be less noticeable SAC Special Area of Conservation – strictly protected sites designed under the EU Habitats Directive, representing internationally important, high-quality On-line ‘On-line’ improvement means that the work will be undertaken following the conservation sites that significantly contribute to conserving the 189 habitat line of the existing road types and 788 species identified in Annexes I and II of the Directive (as Outfalls The location at which runoff is discharged into a watercourse amended) Scrub Scrub is a climax vegetation dominated by locally native shrubs, usually PEI Preliminary Environmental Information – information that the applicant must less than 5m tall, occasionally with a few scattered trees (JNCC, 2010) publicise before carrying out consultation of the community in advance of applying for a DCO, if the project concerned is subject to a requirement fo SoCC Statement of Community Consultation – a statement published by the EIA proposer of a Nationally Significant Infrastructure Project, detailing how they intend to consult the community about their project before applying for a Photomontage This is where a photorealistic image of the scheme, based on a 3D DCO. Required under the Planning Act 2008, as amended by the Localism

198

A19 / A184 Testos Junction Improvement Environmental Statement

Act, 2011.

Soil The attenuation potential of a soil is its ability to lessen the amount of, or attenuation reduce the severity of groundwater contamination potential

SCC Sunderland City Council

SSSI Site of Special Scientific Interest – a statutory designation under the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 (as amended), protecting nationally important wildlife sites, habitats and geological sites

STC South Tyneside Council

SWMP Site Waste Management Plan – a plan for construction projects governing the minimisation, management, storage, re-use and disposal of wastes generated through construction work

TAG Transport Analysis Guidance – Department for Transport guidance on the appraisal of transport strategies and projects, providing for a framework for decision-making on the funding of projects

Treatment ‘Treatment’ means any method used to improve the quality of water before discharge through the removal of sediment or pollutants

TPO Tree Preservation Order

TAMMS Tyneside Area Multi-Modal Study – a study undertaken to investigate options for road improvements in the Tyneside Area.

UK United Kingdom

WFD Water Framework Directive

Woodlands Vegetation dominated by trees more than 5m high when mature, forming a distinct, although sometime open, canopy (JNCC, 2010)

ZTV Zone of Theoretical Visibility – this is the zone from which the scheme is theoretically visible over ‘bare earth’

ZVI Zone of Visual Influence – the area within which a project may be visible and may influence the quality of views. The ‘zone of visual influence’ approximately covers all land from which the scheme is visible. It is limited by topographic features such as hill and valleys and by visual barriers such as woodland and buildings

199